Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
B Safety
C Preventive maintenance
0 Complete machine
1 Engine
Workshop manual
2 Transmission
3 Driveline/axle
4 Brakes
5 Steering
6 Suspension
7 Load handling
8 Control system
10 Common hydraulics
11 Common electrics
12 Common pneumatics
D Error codes
E Schematics
F Technical data
A Foreword
Foreword......................................................................................................... 3
About the Workshop Manual ...................................................................... 3
General ............................................................................................................. 3
Conditions ......................................................................................................... 3
Storage .............................................................................................................. 3
About the machine version ................................................................................ 3
Copyright ........................................................................................................... 3
Reading instructions ................................................................................... 4
Warning information .......................................................................................... 4
Important information ........................................................................................ 4
Read the Operator’s Manual ............................................................................. 4
Read the Maintenance Manual ......................................................................... 4
Workshop manual contents ............................................................................... 5
Function group structure ................................................................................... 6
References between different information types ............................................... 7
Product alternatives and optional equipment .................................................... 8
Machine card ..................................................................................................... 8
Function descriptions ........................................................................................ 9
About the documentation ......................................................................... 12
Documentation sections .................................................................................. 12
Ordering of documentation .............................................................................. 12
Feedback .................................................................................................. 13
Form for copying ............................................................................................. 13
Foreword
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Conditions
page
–
Storage
page
–
NOTE
The workshop manual should be accessible to service personnel.
Copyright
page
–
Kalmar Industries AB
Duplication of the content in this manual, in whole or in part, is strictly
prohibited without written permission from Kalmar Industries AB.
Duplication by any means such as copying, printing, etc., is prohibited.
Reading instructions
Warning information
page
–
DANGER
Situation that may result in serious personal injury,
possible death, if the instruction is not followed.
WARNING
Situation that may result in serious personal injury if
the instruction is not followed.
CAUTION
Situation that may result in damage to the product if
the instruction is not followed.
Important information
page
–
NOTE
Information that is important without being safety related.
0 Complete machine
1 Engine
Technical description, comprehensive function descriptions and a
2 Transmission
description of the function of components included in the machine,
3 Driveline/axle divided into function groups.
4 Brakes The components used for each function are described under each
subfunction. Consequently, common components are described in
5 Steering several places, but in general under the first function to use the
6 Suspension component.
Together with the general description is a detailed description of
7 Load handling
what is unique about the specific subfunction. The next subfunc-
8 Control system tion to use the same component only has a description what is
unique for the new function.
9 Frame, body, cab and accessories
Work instructions for corrective maintenance (replacement of
10 Common hydraulics
components).
11 Common electrics
12 Common pneumatics
D Error codes Error code information and instructions for reading error code in-
formation.
G Terminology and index General terminology and abbreviations, explanation of terms and
abbreviations that can appear in the sections, index for headings
in the manual.
Product alternative
Product alternative describes options that are fitted instead of a spe-
cific piece of standard equipment (e.g. engine alternative).
Equivalent information for different product alternatives are described
consecutively in separate segments within the same function group.
To indicate that there are different alternatives, "Product alternative" is
added to the heading together with a simple description of the alterna-
tive, e.g. "(Product alternative Climate control system ECC)". In addi-
tion, the alternative that is an option is marked with the symbol for
optional equipment.
Optional equipment
000264
Machine card
page
–
NOTE
If the machine has been modified after delivery, information on
the machine card may be incomplete or incorrect.
The machine card indicates the drawings the machine consists of. In
many cases, these can be liked to option and product alternative. For
more information on handling product alternative and optional equip-
ment, see Product alternatives and optional equipment page 8. The
machine card is delivered with the spare parts catalogue.
The machine card is divided into the same function groups as the
spare parts catalogue, maintenance manual and workshop manual.
For reasons of practicality, the machine card only uses the first and
second level of the function group register. The function groups are
written in groups of four characters, e.g. group 0107 refers to group 1.7
Cooling system in the manual.
For more information on how the machine card is used to order spare
parts, see the foreword of the spare parts catalogue.
If the information on the machine card does not prove helpful, contact
Kalmar Industries AB.
NOTE
All documents that accompany the machine are non-registered
documents. No notification is made regarding changes.
Function descriptions
page
–
5b
D5 1
5a
6
D790-1
D797-1
7
10 3
D7
10
9
C2
8
2 A 4
T H
P
C
P2
P1
10 2
T 9
9 C1
8
EF
P
1 1 T
8
3
009679
3 Ackumulatorn lagrar servotryck. Back- Se tryckskylt p v nster Ackumulator servokrets, beskrivning sida
ventilen i tryckreduceraren g r att tryck- rambalk. 15
et lagras n r motorn st ngs av.
6
010277
5
Example of function description
Operator's manual
The Operator's manual is supplied with the machine in the cab.
Documentation kit
Maintenance manual and spare parts catalogue with machine card are
supplied with the machine as a separate documentation kit.
Supplementary documentation
Supplementary documentation can be ordered for the machine.
• Workshop manual.
• Supplier documentation for engine, transmission and drive axle.
Ordering of documentation
page
–
Feedback
Form for copying
page
–
From:
Company / Sender: ..........................................................................................................................................
Telephone: ..........................................................................................................................................................
E-mail: .................................................................................................................................................................
Manual
informa- Name / Publication number: .............................................................................................................................
tion
Sugges-
tions, .............................................................................................................................................................................
views, re-
marks,
etc. .............................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................
B Safety
Safety .............................................................................................................. 3
General safety information ......................................................................... 3
Safety concerns everyone! ................................................................................ 3
A near accident is a warning! ............................................................................ 3
Safety instructions ...................................................................................... 4
General ............................................................................................................. 4
Service position ................................................................................................. 4
Hydraulic and brake systems, depressurizing ................................................... 5
Oils .................................................................................................................... 7
Fuel system ....................................................................................................... 8
Clothing, etc. ..................................................................................................... 9
Several mechanics on the same machine ......................................................... 9
Working under machine .................................................................................. 10
Lifting heavy components ............................................................................... 11
Vibrations ........................................................................................................ 11
Noise ............................................................................................................... 12
Solvents .......................................................................................................... 12
Fire and explosion risks ................................................................................... 13
Fluid or gas under pressure ............................................................................ 14
Coolant ............................................................................................................ 15
Refrigerant ...................................................................................................... 15
Air pollution ..................................................................................................... 16
Tensioned springs ........................................................................................... 17
Electric motors ................................................................................................. 17
Rotating components and tools ....................................................................... 17
Tyres and rims ................................................................................................. 18
Lifting equipment ............................................................................................. 19
Environment ............................................................................................. 20
General ........................................................................................................... 20
Safety
mm mm mm mm mm mm
The safety information concerns everyone who works with the ma-
chine! Persons who do not follow the safety instructions given in this
manual must make absolutely sure that the work is performed without
risks of personal injury and without risk of damage to machine or ma-
chine property!
Remember to:
• follow the instructions in this manual
• be trained for the work in question
• follow local laws, safety rules and regulations
• use the correct equipment and tools for the job
• wear the correct clothes
• use common sense and work carefully. Do not take any risks!
Kalmar Industries has in this publication documented and warned for
situations and risks that may occur in connection with using as well as
service/repairs of the machine during normal circumstances.
That’s why it’s important that all who work with the machine or repair/
service the machine read and follow the information in the workshop
manual and operator’s manual.
Safety instructions
General
page
–
Read, consider and follow the safety instructions below before starting
to work in the machine:
• Service position page 4
• Hydraulic and brake systems, depressurizing page 5
• Oils page 7
• Fuel system page 8
• Clothing, etc. page 9
• Several mechanics on the same machine page 9
• Working under machine page 10
• Lifting heavy components page 11
• Vibrations page 11
• Noise page 12
• Solvents page 12
• Fire and explosion risks page 13
• Fluid or gas under pressure page 14
• Coolant page 15
• Refrigerant page 15
• Air pollution page 16
• Tensioned springs page 17
• Electric motors page 17
• Rotating components and tools page 17
• Tyres and rims page 18
• Lifting equipment page 19
Service position
page
–
General
Service position is used for service, maintenance and other situations
when the machine needs to be secured.
Service position means:
• Machine parked, that is, parking brake applied.
• Forks and lifting carriage in fully lowered position.
• Engine off.
• Main electric power off (with battery disconnect switch).
007550
1 Make sure that the forks and the lifting carriage are fully lowered.
2 Depressurise the hydraulic system by draining servo pressure
from the accumulator.
007710
3
a) For hydraulic servo:
Repeatedly activate the load handling functions.
b) For electric servo:
Turn the main current on, turn the starter key to position I and
activate the load handling functions several times.
4 Turn the start key to position 0 and turn off the main electric pow-
er.
NOTE
Keep the drain valve open as long as work is in progress.
When closing the drain valve, check that it is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
005648
Oils
page
–
The following safety instructions shall be followed for work when hand-
ling oils.
WARNING
Warm and pressurized oil.
IMPORTANT
Always clean the area around components and con-
nections before they are loosened. Dirt in oil systems
causes increased wear, resulting in subsequent ma-
terial damages.
Fuel system
page
–
The following safety instructions shall be followed for work when hand-
ling fuel.
DANGER
Pay attention to the risk of fire when working on the
fuel system.
WARNING
Use protective gloves and protective goggles. If a
component is to be disconnected, hold a rag over the
connection as protection and to collect fuel. The en-
gine’s fuel system operates at very high pressure.
The pressure is so high that the jet can injure the skin,
resulting in severe injuries. Risk of personal injuries.
CAUTION
Always clean the area around components and con-
nections before they are loosened. Dirt in the fuel may
cause malfunctions and engine stop in undesirable
situations as well as increase wear, resulting in sub-
sequent material damages.
IMPORTANT
Always take action to avoid spills. In places where
drain containers cannot be used, use a pump or hose
for safe handling.
Clothing, etc.
page
–
WARNING
If several mechanics are working on the same vehicle,
take extra care so that unintentional movements do
not injury another person. Communicate so that eve-
ryone knows where all are and what they are doing.
Risks
Work with wheels or axle suspension, mountings, etc. may result in
components on the other side moving and causing damage/injury.
Movements performed from the operator's station, e.g., movement of
lifting equipment, may cause severe personal injuries.
Safety precautions
• Make sure that the machine's lifting equipment is completely low-
ered or secured in another way.
• Move battery disconnector to position zero, remove the key.
• Be aware of the risks when several persons work around the ve-
hicle.
• Make your co-workers aware of what you’re working with.
• Do not work with drive wheels on the machine's both sides at the
same time.
Risks
Mechanical or hydraulic tools and lifting devices can fall over or acci-
dentally be lowered due to malfunctions or incorrect use.
Safety precautions
Use axle stands and supports that stand securely.
Lifting tools should be inspected and type approved for use.
WARNING
Careless handling of heavy components can lead to
serious personal injury and material damage.
Risks
Unsuitable lift slings, straps, etc. may break or slip.
The centre of gravity (balance point) of the component can change
during the course of the work, and the component may then make un-
expected movements which may cause severe personal injuries and
material damage.
A component lifted with lifting equipment can start to turn if the equilib-
rium is upset.
A component lifted using an overhead crane may start to swing back
and forth, which can cause severe crushing injuries or material dam-
age.
Safety precautions
Lifting with lifting device. Use lifting tools or other tools, especially
when there are such adapted for certain work. See workshop manual
for methods.
If lifting must be performed without lifting device:
• Lift near the body.
• Keep your back vertical. Raise and lower with legs and arms, do
not bend your back. Do not rotate your body while lifting. Ask for
assistance in advance.
• Wear gloves. They're good protection against minor crushing in-
juries and cuts to fingers.
• Always use protective shoes.
Vibrations
page
–
In case of long-term use of vibrating tools, for example, impact nut run-
ners or grinders, injuries may be sustained as vibrations can be trans-
mitted from tools to hands. Especially when fingers are cold.
Safety precautions
Use heavy gloves to protect against cold and somewhat against vibra-
tions.
Switch between work duties to give the body time to rest.
Vary work position and grip so that the body is not stressed in only one
position by the vibrations.
Noise
page
–
Noise louder than 85 dB (A) that lasts for longer than 8 hours is con-
sidered harmful to hearing. (Limit values may vary between different
countries.) High tones (high frequencies) are more damaging than low
tones at the same sound level. Impact noise can also be hazardous,
e.g. hammer blows.
Risks
At noise levels higher than the limits hearing damage can occur. In
more severe cases, hearing damage can become permanent.
Safety precautions
Use hearing protection. Make sure that it is tested and protects against
the noise level in question.
Limit noise with noise-absorbing dividers, for example, noise-absorb-
ing materials in roof and on walls.
Solvents
page
–
Fluids that (as opposed to water) dissolve grease, paint, lacquer, wax,
oil, adhesive, rubber, etc. are called organic solvents. Examples:
White (petroleum) spirits, gasoline, thinner, alcohols, diesel, xylene,
trichloroethylene, toluene. Many solvents are flammable and consti-
tute a fire hazard.
Risks
Products containing solvents produce vapours that can cause dizzi-
ness, headaches and nausea.They may also irritate mucous mem-
branes in the throat and respiratory tracts.
If the solvent comes into direct contact with the skin, this may cause
drying and cracking.Risk for skin allergies increases. Solvents may
also cause injury if they penetrate through the skin and are absorbed
by the blood.
If the body is continuously exposed to solvents, the nervous system
may be damaged. Symptoms include sleep disorders, depressions,
nervousness, poor memory or general tiredness and fatigue. Continu-
ous inhalation of gasoline and diesel fumes is suspected to cause
cancer.
Safety precautions
Avoid inhaling solvent fumes by providing good ventilation, or wearing
a fresh-air mask or respiratory device with a suitable filter for the toxic
gases.
Never leave a solvent container without tight-sealing lid.
Use solvents with low content of aromatic substances. This reduces
the risk of injuries.
Avoid skin contact.
Use protective gloves.
Make sure that work clothes are solvent-resistant.
Risks
Examples of cause of ignition is welding, cutting, smoking, sparks
when working with grinders, contact between hot machine parts and
flammable materials, heat development in rag drenched with oil or
paint (linseed oil) and oxygen. Oxygen cylinders, lines and valves shall
be kept free from oil and grease.
Fumes from, e.g., gasoline are heavier than air and may "run" down
into a sloping plane, or down in a grease pit, where welding flames,
grinding sparks or cigarette embers may cause an explosion. Evapo-
rated gasoline explodes very forcefully.
Special cases
Diesel fuel oil with added gasoline has a lower ignition point. Risk of
explosion already at room temperature. The explosion risk for warmed
diesel fuel oil is higher than for gasoline.
When changing oil in the engine, hydraulic system and transmission,
keep in mind that the oil may be hot and can cause burn injuries.
Welding on or near machine. If diesel and or other oils have leaked out
and been absorbed by rags, absorbent agents, paper or other porous
material, hot welding sparks can cause ignition and explosive fires.
When a battery is charged, the battery fluid is divided into oxygen and
hydrogen gas. This mixture is very explosive. The risk of explosion is
especially high when using a booster battery or quick-charger, as this
increases the risk of sparks.
Today’s machines contain a lot of electronic equipment. When weld-
ing, the control units must be disconnected and the electric power
must be turned off with the battery disconnect switch. Powerful weld-
ing currents may otherwise short-circuit the electronics, destroy ex-
pensive equipment or cause an explosion or fire.
Never weld on painted surfaces (remove paint, by blasting at least 10
cm around the welding or cutting point). Use gloves, breathing protec-
tion and protective goggles. In addition, welding work may not be done
near plastic or rubber materials without first protecting them from the
heat. Paints, plastics, and rubber develop a number of substances that
may be hazardous to health when heated. Be careful with machines
that have been exposed to intense heat or fire.
Safety precautions
Store hazardous substance in approved and sealed container.
Make sure that there is no ignition source near flammable or explosive
substances.
Make sure that ventilation is adequate or there is an air extraction unit
when handling flammable substances.
High-pressure lines can be damaged during work, and fluid or gas can
stream out.
There may be high pressure in a line even if the pump has stopped.
Therefore, gas or fluid can leak out when the connection to the hose
is loosened.
A gas cylinder subjected to careless handling can explode, for exam-
ple, if it falls onto a hard surface. Gas can stream out through dam-
aged valves.
Risks
There are injury risks in connection with work on:
• Hydraulic systems (e.g., working hydraulics and brake system).
• Fuel system.
• Tyre changes.
• Air conditioning.
Safety precautions
• Use safety glasses and protective gloves.
• Never work on a pressurized system.
• Never adjust a pressure limiting valve to a higher pressure than
recommended by the manufacturer.
• A hydraulic hose that swells, for example, at a connection, is
about to rupture. Replace it as soon as possible! Check connec-
tions thoroughly.
• Use fluid when checking for leaks.
• Never blow clothes clean with compressed air.
• Discarded pressure accumulators must first be punctured before
they are deposited as waste (to avoid risk of explosion). Carefully
drill a hole with 3 mm diameter after depressurizing.
• Never use your hands directly to detect a leak. A fine high-pres-
sure stream from a hydraulic hose can easily penetrate a hand
and causes very severe injuries.
Coolant
page
–
Risks
The cooling system operates at high pressure when the engine is
warm. Hot coolant can jet out and cause scalding in case of a leak or
when the expansion tank cap (filler cap) is opened.
Ingesting ethylene glycol and anti-corrosion compound is dangerous
and hazardous to health.
Safety precautions
• Use protective gloves and safety glasses if there is a risk of
splashing or spraying.
• Open the filler cap first, to release the excess pressure. Open
carefully.Hot steam and coolant can stream out.
• If possible, avoid working on the cooling system when the coolant
is hot.
Refrigerant
page
–
Risks
The air conditioning operates at high pressure. Escaping refrigerant
can cause frostbite.
Refrigerant that is heated (e.g., when repairing leaking climate/AC
system), generates gases that are very dangerous to inhale.
Safety precautions
• When working on the air conditioning system, use the special in-
structions and equipment for refrigerant specified in the workshop
manual. Anyone performing such work must have special certifi-
cation and authorization. (Note national legislation and local reg-
ulations!)
• Use protective gloves and safety glasses if there’s a risk of leaks.
• Make sure that heat-producing sources or objects are not close by
(cigarette glow, welding flame).
Air pollution
page
–
Air pollution is the impurities in the air around us and which are regard-
ed as hazardous to health. Certain pollution is more prominent in cer-
tain environments.
The following health-hazardous air pollution is especially prominent in
workshops:
• Carbon monoxide (fumes) is present in exhaust fumes. Odour-
less and therefore especially dangerous.
• Nitrogen oxides (nitrous gases) are present in exhaust fumes.
• Welding smoke especially hazardous to health when welding on
oily surfaces, galvanized or lacquered materials.
• Oil mist for example, when applying anti-corrosion agent.
• Grinding dust and gases generated when grinding and heating
plastics, lacquer, anti-corrosion agents, lubricants, paint, etc.
• Isocyanates are present in certain paints, fillers, adhesives and
foam plastics used on machines.
Risks
Sulfuric acid mist is corrosive and injures the respiratory tracts. (Gen-
erated when heating certain plastics and paints.)
Isocyanates can be released in the form of steam, dust (or may be
present in aerosols) when cutting, grinding or welding. Can irritate mu-
cous membranes producing symptoms similar to asthma and impair-
ing lung function. Even brief exposure to high concentrations can give
problems with persistent high sensitivity.
Safety precautions
• Make sure of adequate ventilation with fresh air when welding,
battery charging and other work when hazardous gases are gen-
erated.
• Use suitable protective gloves and breathing protection when
there is a risk of oil mist. Make sure that the protection is oil-proof.
• Apply oil-resistant protective lotion to unprotected skin.
• Make sure that an eye-wash station is in the immediate vicinity
when working with corrosive substances.
• Avoid unnecessary operation of the machine inside the workshop.
Connect an air extractor to the exhaust pipe so that the exhaust
fumes are removed from the workshop.
Tensioned springs
page
–
Risks
If a tensioned spring releases, it is shot out by the spring force and can
also take adjoining parts with it.
Small springs can cause eye injuries.
Parking brake springs are tensioned with high force and can cause
very severe accidents if they are accidentally released in an uncon-
trolled manner.
Gas springs and gas-charged shock absorbers are tensioned with
high force and can cause very severe accidents if they are accidentally
released in an uncontrolled manner.
Safety precautions
• Use safety glasses.
• Lock rings should be of a suitable type and in good condition.
• Follow the instructions in this and other manual when performing
maintenance and changing parts and components.
• Always use recommended tools.
Electric motors
page
–
Safety precautions
Always turn off the battery disconnector when working on electric mo-
tors.
Always block the machine’s wheels and make sure that the parking
brake is activated and that the gear selector is in neutral position be-
fore starting any work on the machine.
Risks
Rotating components, for example, fans or shafts, can cause severe
injuries if touched.
Drills, lathes, grinders or other machines with rotating parts can cause
severe accidents if clothes or hair get caught and are wound up in the
machine.
Safety precautions
• Do not use gloves when working with a drill.
• Remove loose, hanging clothing, scarf or tie.
• Never use clothing with wide sleeves or trouser legs.
• Make sure that clothing is intact and in good condition.
• Long hair should be gathered up in a hair-net or similar.
• Remove large or loose hanging jewellery from hands, arms and
neck.
DANGER
Tyres should be regarded as pressurized containers.
They constitute fatal danger if handled incorrectly.
Risks
Dismantling wheels: Tyres, rims or lock rings can be thrown.
Inflating of wheels: Tyres, rims or lock rings may be ejected.
Safety precautions
• Deflate the tyre before starting to work on the wheel.
• Check that tyres, rims and lock rings aren’t damaged. Never re-
pair damaged rims or lock rings.
• Wheels shall be inflated on the machine or in a protective device,
designed and dimensioned so that it can handle or dissipate a
shock wave from a tyre explosion as well as catch the ejected
parts.
• Use protective screen and safety glasses.
Lifting equipment
page
–
When working on the machine in general, and with the lifting equip-
ment in particular, the greatest caution must be exercised with respect
to securing the mast and carriage.
Always make a habit of lowering the carriage to its lowest position be-
fore working on the machine.
Risks
Risk of crushing if the machine’s lifting equipment is not lowered or se-
cured.
Risk of crushing is extra high when depressurising the hydraulic sys-
tem; see Hydraulic and brake systems, depressurizing page 5.
Safety precautions
• Do not start work until the carriage is completely lowered. If by na-
ture the work requires a raised carriage, this must be secured.
Environment
General
page
–
Recycling
Well-thought out recycling of the machine is the cornerstone of ending
its life cycle and being able to reuse materials in new products. Ac-
cording to calculations by Kalmar Industries, the machine can be recy-
cled to more than 90% by weight.
Declarations
The machine does not contain asbestos.
The machine contains lead in batteries and electric cabling. Some
models have counterweights of cast lead.
If the machine is equipped with air conditioning, then refrigerant of the
type R134a is used, in an amount between 1-3 kg.
C Preventive maintenance
C Preventive maintenance
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Preventive maintenance
page
–
0 Complete machine
Complete machine
mm mm mm mm mm mm
The Kalmar DCF 280-500 is a forklift truck with a lifting capacity of 28–
50 tons depending on version.
The power source is a straight 6-cylinder, 4-stroke turbocharged low-
emission diesel engine with unit injectors and air-to-air intercooler.
The transmission is hydromechanical with gears in constant mesh. It
has three or four gears in each direction, depending on version. En-
gine power is transferred with a torque converter.
The driveline/axle comprises a propeller shaft and a rigid drive axle
with hub reduction. Drive is via the front wheels.
The service brake is of wet disc type, built together with drive wheel
hubs. The parking brake is a disc brake and acts on the drive axle in-
put shaft.
Steering is via the rear wheels and a double acting hydraulic cylinder.
The steering axle is pendulum-suspended in the frame.
The wheels are mounted on the hubs with clamps. Twin wheels are
mounted on the drive axle, while the steering axle has single wheels.
Load handling comprises components and functions for handling
loads. The load is lifted with forks that are secured at a carriage and
sit on a mast. Load handling comprises the functions lifting/lowering,
tilt, side shift, spreading, levelling and load carrier.
• Lifting/lowering is the function used to raise and lower the fork
carriage.
• Side shift is moving the forks parallel at the same distance from
each other laterally along the carriage.
• Spreading is adjusting the width between the forks on the
carriage.
• Tilt is used to angle the load in the longitudinal direction of the ma-
chine with the help of the mast.
• Levelling is angling the load in the lateral direction of the machine.
• Load carrier is holding or gripping the load.
The control system is functions for warning the operator of dangerous
situations and machine faults. The control system has diagnostic re-
sources that simplify troubleshooting.
The frame bears the machine. The frame houses the engine, trans-
mission, drive axle and steering axle. The sides of the frame house
tanks for fuel, hydraulic oil and brake system fluid. The cab is posi-
tioned centrally. As an option, the cab can be displaced laterally.
instructions
When troubleshooting, it is important that the work is structured and
logical. The point of the troubleshooting described in the maintenance
manual is to exclude components as error source so that the real error
source can be pin-pointed. A suggested structured work method is de-
scribed below.
When troubleshooting, it is important to understand how the machine
functions. Certain malfunctions can be pin-pointed directly using func-
tion descriptions. Sections 0–12 contain descriptions of the various
functions of the machine.
Troubleshooting procedure
1 Check that there is battery voltage available.
• Battery disconnect switch, must be in position 1.
• Battery voltage, should be 22–30 V.
• Fuses, check that they are intact.
2 Check that all oil and fluid levels are normal.
• Fuel
• Engine oil
• Transmission oil
code, example
1 Choose suitable section 0–12 to find the function and sub-func-
tion that have caused the symptom.
2 Read the function description for the function in question to get
an overall understanding of which components are affected and
how these interact.
3 Use the function description and check the signals for the func-
tion in question to find where in the function chain that signal or
reaction is incorrect.
4 The fault is probably between the two units where the signal is
failing. Start by checking the component that should send the
signal.
5 If the component that is to send the signal seems to be correct,
check transmission of the signal (electric wiring or hydraulic
hoses).
For electric cabling, see Troubleshooting cable harness page 7.
For hydraulic hoses, see Troubleshooting hydraulic hoses page
8.
6 If the leads or hoses between the components seem in order,
then check the component that receives the signal.
example
Error codes are strong indicators of malfunctions detected by the con-
trol system. Many error codes are connected to electrical malfunctions
but there are also error codes that interpret associations between one
or several signals that indicate a non-electrical malfunction. It’s impor-
tant to not draw conclusions too fast based on an error code.
1 Read out error codes from the display, e.g., error code 34.
2 Use the error code lists and search information about the error
code, see "Example of error code information in error code list"
below.
Error code lists are found in section D Error codes.
For detailed instruction on reading out error code, see section D
Error codes.
3 Follow the instructions in the field “Action”.
4 Use diagnostic menus and circuit diagrams to determine if the in-
put signal to the control unit is correct; see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4 Diagnostics as well as section E Schematics.
5 Use the function group to find more information if needed.
In section 0–12 there is function description, the function's includ-
ed components and their position as well as, in certain cases,
work instructions for how components are checked, cleaned or
adjusted.
6 If possible, eliminate component fault by testing the component
individually.
Electric components can sometimes be checked with resistance
measurements using a multimeter.
Hydraulic components are often checked by measuring pressure
(then described in the function group and indicated in the section
C Preventive maintenance). Sometimes valves can be activated
mechanically to determine if the malfunction is electric or hydrau-
lic.
7 If the component’s measurement values are correct, continue by
troubleshooting electric cables and hydraulic hoses.
For electric cabling, see Troubleshooting cable harness page 7.
For hydraulic hoses, see Troubleshooting hydraulic hoses page
8.
8 If the cable is not defective, then connect the lead to the control
unit.
NOTE
The main electric power shall be turned off with the battery
disconnector!
9 Disconnect the cable from the component in question.
10 Turn on the main electric power with the battery disconnect
switch.
Connec-
tions and Diagnostic Function
Code Description Limitation Action
compo- menu group
nents
34 Signal error from Parking brake Check cabling be- D790-1/K8:5 - HYD, menu 5 4.1.2 Parking
parking brake cannot be re- tween the control unit S107, K8:13 - brake control
switch, indicates re- leased. and the component S107
leased and applied with diagnostic menu.
at same time or noth- Check component.
ing at all.
NOTE
Perform troubleshooting for all cables in the same way to avoid
damage to control units, components or measuring equipment.
NOTE
Some components cannot be checked without power supply
to the component. In such an event, proceed to point 5.
a. Measure resistance between connections for the component
in the connector at the control unit or component.
b. The resistance must correspond with the component. Other-
wise there may be an open circuit or short circuit in cable har-
ness and/or component.
5 Check if there is short circuit to frame:
a. Unplug the connector at both the control unit and the compo-
nent in question.
b. Measure the resistance of one lead at a time. Measure be-
tween the lead and a frame-connected part of the machine.
c. The multimeter should show endless resistance.
WARNING
Oil under high pressure!
Personal injury!
1 Engine
1 Engine ............................................................................................................. 3
1.1 Controls and instruments ......................................................................... 43
1.1.1 Ignition switch ...................................................................................... 43
1.1.2 Accelerator pedal ................................................................................. 44
1.2 Fuel system .............................................................................................. 45
1.2.1 Fuel tank .............................................................................................. 45
1.2.2 Sensor, fuel level ................................................................................. 45
1.6 Air intake and exhaust outlet .................................................................... 46
1.6.1 Air cleaning system .............................................................................. 46
1.6.3 Exhaust system ................................................................................... 47
1.6.4 Intercooler ............................................................................................ 48
1.7 Cooling system ......................................................................................... 49
1.7.4 Radiator and expansion tank ............................................................... 50
1.7.5 Cooling fan ........................................................................................... 51
1.7.7 Coolant ................................................................................................ 55
1.7.8 NO (normally open) switch, coolant level ............................................ 60
1.7.10 Engine heater ...................................................................................... 60
1.9 Control system engine .............................................................................. 61
1.9.1 Control unit, engine .............................................................................. 61
1.11 Start/stop .................................................................................................. 62
1.11.1 Starter motor ........................................................................................ 62
1.11.2 Stopping device ................................................................................... 62
1 Engine
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Engine, general
page
–
Engine alternative
The following engine alternatives can be used with DCF 280-330:
NOTE
Certain aspects of Volvo and Cummins engines are the same. In-
structions common to the two are indicated (Volvo or Cummins
engine). If the instructions are unique, the entire engine designa-
tion is specified.
location
3 4 5
0
P I
2 II
III
6a
6b
009623
11 10 9 8 7
Machine electrical components
˚C
. bar
0 rpm
P I kph
II
III
D5
<˚
1,5
10
D10
D1
D14 D11
3,12,14,23 11,22 2,6
D794 D790-1 D790-2
D7
D793 D797-1 D795
D19 20 17 15,18,21
D16
D12
19 D4 H2O
SENSORS D8
4 13 16
9
009685
8 M 7
2 Cab control unit KIT (D790-2) sends Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
ignition on via the CAN bus. If the key tem, error shown with error 11.5.3.11 Control unit KIT (D790-2)
is turned to the preheating position, code.
then preheating is also sent on the
CAN bus.
4 The preheating coils (E800-1) warm - D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
each cylinder with a glow plug. tem, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5
6 Control unit KIT (D790-2) transmits a - See section 11 Common electrics, group
start signal on the CAN bus. 11.5.3.11 Control unit KIT (D790-2)
7 The starter motor (M654) is controlled U = 24 V Starter motor, description (Volvo engine) page 62
by the engine control unit (D794) D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
through starter relays and receives tem, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5
signals from the cab control unit
(D790-1) via the CAN bus.
8 The starter motor (M654) cranks the - Starter motor, description (Volvo engine) page 62
engine. D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5
9 The engine’s sensors send signals to - Se Engine control unit, general page 61
the engine control unit (D794), which
regulates the injectors so that the en-
gine starts.
10 The accelerator pedal (B690) sends U = 0.5–4.5 V See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
the cab control unit (D790-1) a voltage Lower voltage than 0.5 V Cab control unit (D790-1)
signal proportional to the downward and higher voltage than 4.5 D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
press of the pedal. V used to detect malfunc- tem, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
tion in cable harnesses and
controls.
11 The cab control unit (D790-1) trans- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
mits a message with the rpm request tem, error shown with error Cab control unit (D790-1)
on the CAN bus code. D11: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
12 The engine control unit (D794) in- - Se Engine control unit, general page 61
creases engine speed. D12: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
13 The NO switch for coolant level U = 24 V NO (normally open) switch, coolant level page 60
(B759) sends a voltage signal to the
engine unit (D794) if the coolant level
in the expansion tank is low.
15 The KID control unit (D795) shows en- - Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories,
gine data via display figures. group 9.1 Controls and instruments
16 The fuel level sensor (B757) sends R = 0–70 ohm Sensor, fuel level, description page 45
the frame control unit (D797-1) a volt- D16: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
age signal proportional to the fuel lev- tem, group 8.4.3.7 CAB, menu 7
el in the tank.
17 The frame control unit (D797-1) trans- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.2
mits fuel level on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with error Frame control unit (D797-1)
code.
18 The KID control unit (D795) shows - See section 11 Common electrics, group
fuel level in the operating menu for en- 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
gine and transmission.
20 The transmission control unit (D793) Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.9
transmits speed on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with error KIT control unit (D793)
code.
21 The KID control unit (D795) shows the - See section 11 Common electrics, group
machine’s speed. 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
22 If output shaft rpm is so high that it Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
reaches the limit for the machine’s tem, error shown with error Cab control unit (D790-1)
speed limitation, the cab control unit code.
(D790-1) transmits a reduce engine
rpm request on the CAN bus.
23 Control unit engine (D794) restricts - Se Engine control unit, general page 61
engine rpm.
4
3 8
2
1 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
010197
19
3
2
010198
1
˚C
. bar
0 rpm
P I kph
II
III
D5
10 <˚ 1, 5
D10 D1
D7 D11
3,12,7,14,23 11 2,6
D794 D790-1 D790-2
D14
D16
D4 D12
H2O
19 M 4
SENSORS
13 16
009686
8 9
3 If preheating is activated with the start U = 24 V Se Engine control unit, general page 61
key, the engine control unit (D794)
supplies voltage to the preheating re-
lay and thereby the preheating coil.
4 The preheating coil warms the engine - D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
intake air. tem, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5
6 Control unit KIT (D790-2) transmits a - See section 11 Common electrics, group
start signal on the CAN bus. 11.5.3.11 Control unit KIT (D790-2)
7 The starter motor (M654) is controlled U = 24 V Starter motor, description (Volvo engine) page 62
by the engine control unit (D794) D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
through starter relays and receives tem, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5
signals from the cab control unit
(D790-1) via the CAN bus.
8 The starter motor (M654) cranks the - Starter motor, description (Volvo engine) page 62
engine. D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5
9 The engine’s sensors send signals to - Se Engine control unit, general page 61
the engine control unit (D794), which
regulates the injectors so that the en-
gine starts.
10 The accelerator pedal (B690) sends U = 0.5–4.5 V See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
the cab control unit (D790-1) a voltage Lower voltage than 0.5 V Cab control unit (D790-1)
signal proportional to the downward and higher voltage than 4.5 D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
press of the pedal. V used to detect malfunc- tem, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
tion in cable harnesses and
controls.
11 The cab control unit (D790-1) trans- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
mits a message with the rpm request tem, error shown with error Cab control unit (D790-1)
on the CAN bus code. D11: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
12 The engine control unit (D794) in- - Se Engine control unit, general page 61
creases engine speed. D12: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
14 The engine control unit (D794) trans- Checked by control sys- Se Engine control unit, general page 61
mits engine data and warning mes- tem, error shown with error D14: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
sages on the CAN bus. code. tem, group 8.4.6.6 ENGINE, menu 6, 8.4.6.7 EN-
GINE, menu 7 and 8.4.6.8 ENGINE, menu 8
15 The KID control unit (D795) shows en- - See section 11 Common electrics , group
gine data via display figures. 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
16 The fuel level sensor (B757) sends U = 0.5–4.5 V Sensor, fuel level, description page 45
the frame control unit (D797-1) a volt- Lower voltage than 0.5 V D16: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
age signal proportional to the fuel lev- and higher voltage than 4.5 tem, group 8.4.3.7 CAB, menu 7
el in the tank. V used to detect malfunc-
tion in cable harnesses and
controls.
17 The frame control unit (D797-1) trans- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.2
mits fuel level on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with error Frame control unit (D797-1)
code.
18 The KID control unit (D795) displays - See section 11 Common electrics, group
the fuel level in the operating menu for 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
engine.
19 The output shaft speed sensor (B758) - See Supplier documentation, transmission.
sends the transmission control unit D19: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
(D793) pulses with frequency propor- tem, group 8.4.7.6 TRANSM, menu 6
tional to output shaft rpm.
20 The transmission control unit (D793) Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.9
transmits speed on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with error KIT control unit (D793)
code.
21 The KID control unit (D795) shows the - See section 11 Common electrics, group
machine’s speed. 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
22 If output shaft rpm is so high that it - See section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
reaches the limit for the machine’s Cab control unit (D790-1)
speed limitation, the cab control unit
(D790-1) transmits a reduce engine
rpm request on the CAN bus.
23 Control unit engine (D794) restricts - Se Engine control unit, general page 61
engine rpm.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1 8
007353
11 10 9
Volvo TAD950VE and TAD952VE engines, left side (in machine’s di-
rection of travel)
2 Flywheel position sensor and rev sensor 8 Coolant temperature sensor NOTE! Note that the po-
sition differs depending on model.
6 Expansion tank
4
5
16
6
15
14
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
007352
Volvo TAD950VE and TAD952VE engines, right side (in machine’s di-
rection of travel)
(TAD1250VE engine)
2
1
4
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
009637
17
18
1 3
6
7
009636
8
Engine, replacement
page
–
DANGER
The engine is very heavy.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Attach hoisting equipment to the engine.
3 Disconnect required hoses and cables before separating engine
and transmission.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
4 Remove the radiator.
5 Use a jack to secure the gearbox.
7 Remove the nuts for the flex plate through the hole under the cov-
er washer.
NOTE
Turn the engine for each nut to be removed from the flex plate.
8 Take up the slack in the hoisting equipment.
NOTE
Do not lift the engine.
NOTE
Beware of balance before the engine is lifted.
NOTE
If the flex plates are damaged during engine replacement, they
must be replaced.
12 Lift the engine away.
Assembly
13 Apply lubricating grease to the converter connection - both on the
engine and the gearbox.
14 Insert two studs into the flywheel housing as a guide when the en-
gine is installed.
15 Transfer the engine brackets to the new engine; tighten to
169 Nm (oiled screw).
007775
16 Centre a stud on the flywheel so that it aligns with the hole in the
flywheel housing.
007772
17 Lift the engine into place. Make sure that the studs on the fly-
wheel come into correct alignment and do not damage the flex
plate.
18 Install the screws which fix the gearbox and engine, but do not
tighten the screws fully. Leave about a millimetre between the en-
gine and gearbox to facilitate installation of the nuts for the flex
plate/flywheel.
007776
19 Fit the nuts that fix the flex plates at the flywheel in two steps. First
fit the nuts without tightening. Then rotate the flywheel one more
revolution and tighten the nuts to 40 Nm (oiled screw).
NOTE
Turn the engine for each nut to be installed to the flex plate.
DANGER
The engine is very heavy.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Attach hoisting equipment to the engine.
3 Disconnect required hoses and cables before separating engine
and transmission.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
4 Remove the radiator.
5 Use a jack to secure the gearbox.
7 Remove the eight screws in the flex plate through the hole under
the cover plug.
NOTE
Rotate the engine for each bolt in the flex plate that has to be re-
moved.
8 Take up the slack in the hoisting equipment.
NOTE
Do not lift the engine.
007762
9 Remove the screws between engine and gearbox.
10 Remove the screws in the engine brackets.
11 Carefully detach the gearbox from the engine.
12 Withdraw the engine rearwards to separate it from the gearbox.
NOTE
Beware of balance before the engine is lifted.
NOTE
If the flex plates are damaged during engine replacement, they
must be replaced.
13 Lift the engine away.
Assembly
14 Apply lubricating grease to the converter connection - both on the
engine and the gearbox.
15 Insert a stud into one of the nuts on the flexible plate as a guide
when the engine is installed.
16 Transfer the engine brackets to the new engine; tighten to
330 Nm (oiled screw).
007769
20 Fit the screws that fix the flex plates at the flywheel in two steps.
First fit the screws without tightening. Then rotate the flywheel
one more revolution and tighten the screws to 40 Nm (oiled
screw).
NOTE
Turn the engine for each screw to be installed in the flex plate.
NOTE
The engine must be loosened from the engine mounts and sep-
arated from the transmission to remove a dropped bolt. Secure
007762
007895
22 Measure and check that the engine is centred in the frame.
23 Fit the screws in the engine bracket.
Tighten to 330 Nm (oiled screw).
24 Fit the cover plug in front of the flywheel.
25 Install the cooler.
26 Remove the hoisting equipment from the engine.
27 Remove the jack from underneath the gearbox.
28 Connect the required hoses and cables for the engine and trans-
007796
Engine, replacement
page
–
DANGER
The engine is very heavy.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Disconnect required hoses and cables before separating engine
and transmission.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
3 Remove the radiator.
4 Attach hoisting equipment to the engine.
7 Remove the eight screws in the flex plate through the hole under
the cover plug.
NOTE
Rotate the engine for each bolt in the flex plate that has to
be removed.
8 Take up the slack in the hoisting equipment.
NOTE
Do not lift the engine.
Assembly
11 Apply lubricating grease to the converter connection - both on the
engine and the gearbox.
008301
12 Insert a stud into one of the nuts on the flex plate as a guide when
installing the gearbox.
007769
15 Fit the screws that fasten the gearbox and engine and tighten
them to 40 Nm (oiled screw).
16 Remove the stud through the hole in the flywheel housing.
17 Fit the screws that fix the flex plates at the flywheel in two steps.
First fit the screws without tightening. Then rotate the flywheel
one more revolution and tighten the screws to 40 Nm (oiled
screw).
NOTE
Turn the engine for each screw to be fitted in the flex plate.
NOTE
The engine must be loosened from the engine mounts and
separated from the transmission to remove a dropped bolt.
Secure the bolt in the socket when installing.
˚C
. bar
0 rpm
P I kph
II
III
D5
<˚
1,5
10
D10
D1
D14 D11
3,12,14,23 11,22 2,6
D794 D790-1 D790-2
D7
D793 D797-1 D795
D19 20 17 15,18,21
D16
D12
19 D4 H2O
SENSORS D8
4 13 16
9
009622
8 M 7
2 Cab control unit KIT (D790-2) sends Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
ignition on via the CAN bus. If the tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.1 KIT control unit (D790-2)
key is turned to the preheating posi- ror code.
tion, then preheating is also sent on
the CAN bus.
4 The preheating coil (E800) heats the - D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
primary air to the engine. tem, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5
6 Control unit KIT (D790-2) transmits a - See section 11 Common electrics, group
start signal on the CAN bus. 11.5.3.1 KIT control unit (D790-2)
7 The starter motor (M654) is control- U = 24 V Starter motor, description (Cummins engine)
led by the engine control unit (D797- page 62
1) via a starter relay and receives D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
signals from the cab control unit tem, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5
(D790-1) via the CAN bus.
8 The starter motor (M654) cranks the - Starter motor, description (Cummins engine)
engine. page 62
D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5
9 The engine’s sensors send signals - Engine control unit, general page 61
to the engine control unit (D794),
which regulates the injectors so that
the engine starts.
10 The accelerator pedal (B690) sends U = 0.2–4.8 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories,
the KCU cab control unit (D790-1) a Lower voltage than 0.2 V group 9.1 Controls and instruments
voltage signal proportional to the and higher voltage than D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
downward press of the pedal. 4.8 V is used to detect system, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
malfunction in cable har-
nesses and controls.
11 The KCU cab control unit (D790-1) Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
sends the engine control unit (D794) tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
an rpm request via the CAN bus. ror code. D11: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
12 The engine control unit (D794) in- - Engine control unit, general page 61
creases engine speed. D12: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
13 The NO switch for coolant level U = 24 V NO (normally open) switch, coolant level page
(B759) sends a voltage signal to the 60
engine unit (D794) if the coolant lev-
el in the expansion tank is low.
15 The KID control unit (D795) shows - See section 11 Common electrics, group
engine data via display figures. 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
16 The fuel level sensor (B757) sends R = 4–73 ohm Sensor, fuel level, description page 45
the frame control unit (D797-1) a A warning message ap- D16: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
voltage signal proportional to the fuel pears on the display if the system, group 8.4.3.7 CAB, menu 7
level in the tank. amount of fuel in the tank
is less than 15% for more
than 40 seconds.
17 The frame control unit (D797-1) Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
transmits fuel level on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
ror code.
18 The KID control unit (D795) shows - See section 11 Common electrics, group
fuel level in the operating menu for 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
engine and transmission.
20 The transmission control unit (D793) Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
transmits speed on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.9 KIT control unit (D793)
ror code.
21 The KID control unit (D795) shows - See section 11 Common electrics, group
the machine’s speed. 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
22 If output shaft rpm is so high that it Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
reaches the limit for the machine’s tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
speed limitation, the KCU cab con- ror code.
trol unit (D790-1) transmits a reduce
engine rpm request on the CAN bus.
23 Control unit engine (D794) restricts - Engine control unit, general page 61
engine rpm.
3
2
1
9
10
11
12
13
14
009619
15
3 4
5
6
2
1 7
9
10
11
12
13
009621
Cummins QSB6.7 engine, right side (in machine’s direction of travel)
˚C
. bar
0 rpm
P I kph
II
III
D3
<˚ 1,3
8
D8 D1
SENSORS H2O M
009644
17 7 11 6 14
2 The KCU cab control unit (D790-1) trans- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
mits "ignition on" on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
ror code.
3 The ignition switch (S150) sends a volt- U = 24 V Ignition switch function page 43
age signal to the KIT control unit (D790-2) D3: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
when the start key is turned to start posi- system, group 8.4.6.4 ENGINE, menu 4
tion.
4 Control unit KIT (D790-2) transmits a start Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
signal on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.11 Cab control unit (D790-2)
ror code.
6 The starter motor (M654) cranks the en- - Starter motor, description (Cummins en-
gine. gine) page 62
7 The engine’s sensors send signals to the - Se Engine control unit, general page 61
engine control unit (D794), which regu-
lates the injectors so that the engine
starts.
8 The accelerator pedal (B690) sends the U = 0.2–4.8 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accesso-
KCU cab control unit (D790-1) a voltage Lower voltage than 0.2 V ries, group 9.1 Controls and instruments
signal proportional to the downward press and higher voltage than D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
of the pedal. 4.8 V is used to detect system, group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
malfunction in cable har-
nesses and controls.
9 The KCU cab control unit (D790-1) sends Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
the engine control unit (D794) an rpm re- tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
quest via the CAN bus. ror code.
10 The engine control unit (D794) increases - Se Engine control unit, general page 61
engine speed.
11 The NO switch for coolant level (B759) U = 24 V Cooling system, description page 49
sends a voltage signal to the engine unit
(D794) if the coolant level in the expan-
sion tank is low.
12 The engine control unit (D794) transmits Checked by control sys- Se Engine control unit, general page 61
engine data and warning messages on tem, error shown with er- D12: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
the CAN bus. ror code. trol system , group 8.4.6.6 ENGINE, menu
6 and 8.4.6.7 ENGINE, menu 7
13 The KID control unit (D795) shows engine - See section 11 Common electrics , group
data via display figures. 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
14 The fuel level sensor (B757) sends the R = 4–73 ohm Sensor, fuel level, description page 45
frame control unit (D797-1) a voltage sig- D14: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
nal proportional to the fuel level in the trol system, group 8.4.3.7 CAB, menu 7
tank. A warning message appears on the
display if the amount of fuel in the tank is
less than 15% for more than 40 seconds.
15 The frame control unit (D797-1) transmits Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
fuel level on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
ror code.
16 The KID control unit (D795) displays the - See section 11 Common electrics , group
fuel level in the operating menu for en- 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
gine.
18 The transmission control unit (D793) Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
transmits speed on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.9 KIT control unit (D793)
ror code.
19 The KID control unit (D795) shows the - See section 11 Common electrics, group
machine’s speed. 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
20 If output shaft rpm is so high that it reach- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics, group
es the limit for the machine’s speed limita- tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
tion, the KCU cab control unit (D790-1) ror code.
transmits a reduce engine rpm request on
the CAN bus.
21 Control unit engine (D794) restricts en- - Se Engine control unit, general page 61
gine rpm.
20
19
18
004463
17 16 15 14 13
1 2 3 4
009728
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
1 Vibration damper 8 Draining of condensation from fuel filter and water-in-fuel sensor
2 Location for air conditioning compressor 9 Fuel filter
3 Fuel connection (outlet) 10 Sensor fuel pressure
4 Engine control unit (D794) 11 Fuel pump
5 Engine oil drain plug 12 Oil pressure and oil temperature sensor
6 Starter motor (M654) 13 Crankshaft position sensor
7 Fuel connection (intake)
Engine, replacement
page
–
(Cummins engine)
DANGER
The engine is very heavy.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Attach hoisting equipment to the engine.
3 Disconnect required hoses and cables before separating engine
and transmission.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
009088
6 Remove the screws holding the cover plate to the flywheel on the
left side of the engine.
008314
7 Remove the screws in the flex plate through the hole under the
cover plug.
NOTE
Rotate the engine for each bolt in the flex plate that has to be re-
moved.
8 Take up the slack in the hoisting equipment.
NOTE
008315
Do not lift the engine.
NOTE
008275
NOTE
If the flex plates are damaged during engine replacement, they
must be replaced.
13 Lift the engine away.
Assembly
14 Transfer the engine brackets to the new engine; tighten to
330 Nm (oiled screw).
15 Apply lubricating grease to the converter connection - both on the
engine and the gearbox.
008301
16 Insert a stud into one of the nuts on the flexible plate as a guide
when the engine is installed.
007769
20 Fit the screws that fix the flex plates at the flywheel in two steps.
First fit the screws without tightening. Then rotate the flywheel
one more revolution and tighten the screws to 35 Nm (oiled
screw).
NOTE
Turn the engine for each screw to be installed in the flex plate.
NOTE
008315
The engine must be loosened from the engine mounts and sep-
arated from the transmission to remove a dropped bolt. Secure
the bolt in the socket when installing.
21 Fit the screws that fasten the gearbox and engine and tighten
them to 52 Nm (oiled screw).
008275
007796
mission. Check and fill fluids as needed.
29 Bleed air from the engine’s fuel system before start.
P No function.
0 Stop position. Ignition cut off, i.e. everything off.
Key can be removed.
I Operating position.
Voltage to all electrical functions. Engine and transmis-
sion control units are now active.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.1.5 CAN/POWER,
menu 5 and 8.4.6.4 ENGINE, menu 4.
II For Volvo TAD760VE, TAD950VE, TAD952VE,
TAD1250VE and Cummins QSB6.7 engines: Preheating
position.
NOTE
The machine is equipped with an electric restart in-
terlock, which prevents engagement of the starter
motor when the engine is rotating.
Conditions for starter motor engagement are that the
transmission is in neutral position and the engine is
not already running.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.6.4 ENGINE,
menu 4.
1. Accelerator pedal
2. Brake pedal
The fuel system distributes fuel between the cylinders and thereby
controls the engine output power and rpm.
When the engine is started, the fuel pump sucks fuel from the tank
through the fuel filter and forces it to the unit injections. The unit injec-
tors spray in the fuel and atomises the fuel to the engine’s combustion
chamber.
See Engine, component locations (Volvo TAD760VE engine) page 8,
Engine, component locations (Volvo TAD950VE and TAD952VE en-
gines) page 13, Engine, component locations (TAD1250VE engine)
page 15, Engine, component locations (Cummins QSB6.7 engine)
page 32 or Engine, component locations (Cummins QSM11 engine)
page 37 for component locations.
WARNING
Fuel under high pressure.
The fuel tank is located on the left-hand side of the machine behind the
brake fluid reservoir.
007113
1 2 3
1. Fuel filler
2. Fuel tank
3. Fuel level sensor
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.7 CAB, menu 7
The air cleaning system consists of an air cleaner with filter, filter indi-
cator, pipes and hoses. There are two filters in the air cleaner that
clean the air and a dust reservoir that collects larger particles. The dust
reservoir can be emptied without opening the air cleaner.
Combustion in the engine requires air. Free unobstructed flow for
fresh air and exhausts is essential for effective engine operation.
When the air filter cleans the air for engine, particles collect in the filter
material. With time, so many particles collect that the filter does not let
through enough air for effective combustion, then the filter has to be
replaced. The filter indication measures the vacuum pressure on the
engine side of the filter. When the filter is clogged, the vacuum pres-
sure increases and the indicator indicates that it’s time to replace filter.
004468
WARNING
2
Hot exhaust system!
4
7
004461
6 5
Exhaust system overview
1. Tail pipe
2. Cab undercarriage bracket
3. Frame bracket
4. Silencer
5. Brackets for suspending exhaust pipe and
silencer
6. Exhaust pipe
7. Heat shield mounted on exhaust pipe
8. Flex pipe
9. Connection to turbocharger
1.6.4 Intercooler
Intercooler, description
page
–
3
003215
Radiator assembly
1. Intercooler
2. Engine radiator
3. Transmission oil cooler
4. Transmission oil thermostat
5. Condenser mounting (to AC)
The engine is water-cooled and has passages through which the cool-
ant from the radiator flows round a closed system.
Main parts of the cooling system:
• Coolant pump, located in the engine.
• Expansion tank, located in the engine compartment.
• Thermostat, located in the engine
• Cooling fan, located in front of the radiator
• Water cooler, part of radiator assembly (middle).
• Engine oil cooler, located in the engine
• Transmission oil cooler, part of radiator assembly (lower).
• Intercooler, part of radiator assembly (upper).
• Fuel cooler, located behind the radiator
• Coolant filter, located in engine (for Volvo TAD950VE,
TAD952VE, TAD1250VE and Cummins QSM11 engines).
How the engine cooling system works:
1. Coolant is circulated through the cylinder head, engine block and
oil cooler by the coolant pump.
2. The thermostat directs the heated coolant back to the coolant
pump or through the radiator.
3. When the coolant is colder than the thermostat opening tempera-
ture it is pumped back to the engine.
When the coolant is warmer than the thermostat opening temper-
ature it is pumped through the radiator and then back to the cool-
ant pump.
4. The expansion tank allows the coolant to expand without escap-
ing from the engine.
The radiator for the engine is located in the radiator assembly (made
of aluminium) which is located behind the engine.
The purpose of the cooler assembly is to cool:
1 • Engine coolant.
• Transmission oil (cooled in the lower part of the radiator assem-
bly), see also section 2 Transmission, group 2.6.3 Oil cooler.
• Charge air (cooled in the upper part of the radiator assembly), see
also Intercooler, description page 48.
Also refer to Cooling system, description page 49.
For more information, see supplier documentation, engine.
3
003215
Radiator assembly
1. Intercooler
2. Engine radiator
3. Transmission oil cooler
4. Transmission oil thermostat
5. Condenser mounting (to AC)
1
007314
Volvo TAD760VE
3. Remove the belt from the coolant pump first.
4. Install the new belt.
Undo the belt tensioner and check that the belt is correctly posi-
tioned in the groove and is correctly tensioned.
1
007969
Volvo TAD760VE
NOTE
The belt tensioner tensions in the same direction as the
spring is bent over the belt tensioner arm. To reduce tension
in the belt, rotate the belt tensioner to tighten the spring.
CAUTION
008013
Do not use too much force in or against the tension-
ing direction after the belt tensioner has been ten-
sioned to its positive stop. This could break the belt
tensioner.
3. Lift up the belt tensioner and fit the drive belt. If it is difficult to fit
(the belt seems too short), first position the belt on the grooved
pulley. Then continue holding up the belt tensioner and wriggle
the belt over the water pump pulley.
Undo the belt tensioner and check that the belt is correctly posi-
tioned in the groove and is correctly tensioned.
1.7.7 Coolant
Changing coolant and cleaning the cooling system
page
–
(Volvo engine)
Cooling performance is reduced due to deposits in the radiator and
cooling channels. Always clean the cooling system in connection with
coolant change.
IMPORTANT
Cleaning may not be performed if there is a risk of
freezing in the cooling system since the cleaning so-
lution does not have anti-freeze properties.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions before starting work with the cooling
system, see section B Safety.
NOTE
Before draining, stop the engine and remove the filler cap.
Draining
1 Remove the filler cap from the cooling system’s expansion tank.
2 Open all drain points. Drain the coolant from the radiator and en-
gine block with the drain hose. The drain nipples are located un-
der the radiator and on the engine block’s right side.
3 Check that all coolant drains.
NOTE
There may be deposits inside the tap or the plug. These
must be cleaned away, otherwise there is a risk that coolant
may remain and cause freezing damage.
Check if the installation has additional valves or plugs at the cool-
007394
ant lines’ lowest points. Let drain valves or plugs be open and
make sure that the heat control is at max. heat when cleaning.
Drain point, engine.
4 Insert a hose in the filler hole in the expansion tank and flush with
clean water, until the draining water is clear.
5 If impurities remain after flushing for a long time, it’s possible to
clean with coolant. Otherwise, continue with step 10.
NOTE
To prevent dissolved material from clogging the system
again, drain the system quickly, within 10 minutes, without
the machine’s engine being off for a long time. Remove the
filler cap from the expansion tank and also the lower coolant
hose to increase drain speed.
8 Flush the system immediately and very thoroughly with clean
warm water to prevent impurities from settling again on the inner
surfaces. Flush until the draining water is completely clean. Make
sure that the heat control is at max. heat when cleaning.
9 If impurities should remain after flushing for a long time, then
cleaning can be performed with a radiator cleaning agent and an
aftertreatment with a neutralizing agent.
NOTE
Only use cleaning agents approved by the engine manufac-
turer. Carefully follow the instructions on the package.
Filler orifice
10 When the cooling system is completely free from impurities, close
the drain valves.
NOTE
Only use recommended coolant.
IMPORTANT
It is very important that the correct concentration and
volume of coolant is filled in the system. Mix in a sep-
arate clean container for filling the cooling system, be
sure that the fluids mix.
11 Fill coolant so that the level ends up between MIN and MAX
markings. See Coolant, mixing page 59. The engine must not
be started until the system is bled and completely filled.
12 Start the engine when the engine is completely bled free from air
and filled with coolant. Open any breather valves for a time after
start, so that any trapped air can escape.
Open all heat controls on the heater so that it is bled free from air.
13 Stop the engine after approx. one hour and check the coolant lev-
el, top up if needed.
(Cummins engine)
Because cooling performance is reduced by deposits in the radiator
and cooling channels, clean the cooling system when changing cool-
ant.
IMPORTANT
Cleaning may not be performed if there is a risk of
freezing in the cooling system since the cleaning so-
lution does not have anti-freeze properties.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for coolant before starting work, see
section B Safety.
NOTE
Before draining, stop the engine and remove the filler cap.
1 Remove the filler cap from the cooling system’s expansion tank.
2 Open all drain points. Drain the coolant from the radiator and en-
gine block. There is a drain nipple under the radiator and a drain
plug under the coolant inlet on the engine block.
3 Check that all coolant drains.
NOTE
There may be deposits inside the tap or the plug. These
must be cleaned away, otherwise there is a risk that coolant
may remain and cause freezing damage.
Check if the installation has additional valves or plugs at the low-
008020
est points of the coolant lines. Leave drain valves or plugs open
and make sure that the heat control is at max. heat when clean-
ing.
4 Check the condition of the hoses and clamps and check the radi-
ator for leaks. Replace and clean as necessary.
CAUTION
The system must be filled well to prevent air pocket
formation. During filling, air must be vented out from
the cooling channels. Wait 2 to 3 minutes to vent the
system and then fill it.
5 Cleaning:
NOTE
Do not fit the pressure cap. The engine must be run without
pressure cap during this process.
Fill the system with a mixture of sodium carbonate and water (or
similar).
NOTE
008021
Use 0.5 kg sodium carbonate per 23 litres of water.
6 Start and run the engine for 5 minutes with coolant temperature
over 80 °C.
Switch off the engine and drain the cooling system.
7 Fill the cooling system with clean water.
NOTE
Make sure that the system is properly bled during filling.
NOTE
Do not fit the cap.
008022
8 Start and run the engine for 5 minutes with coolant temperature
over 80 °C.
Switch off the engine and drain the cooling system.
NOTE
If the water that drains out is still dirty, the system must be
flushed until the water is clean.
9 When the cooling system is completely free from impurities, close
the drain valves and plugs.
NOTE
Only use recommended coolant.
NOTE
Never use pure water as a coolant. This could cause corrosion
damage to the cooling system.
IMPORTANT
It is very important that the correct concentration and
volume of coolant is filled in the system. Mix in a sep-
arate clean container prior to filling the cooling sys-
tem. Be sure that the fluids mix well.
10 Filling:
Fill coolant so that the level ends up between MIN and MAX
markings. The engine must not be started until the system is
bled and completely filled.
11 Fit the pressure cap and start the engine once the cooling system
has been completely bled and filled.
Open all heat controls on the heater so that it is bled free from air.
12 Stop the engine after approx. one hour and check the coolant lev-
el, top up if needed.
Coolant, mixing
page
–
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for coolant before starting work, see
section B Safety.
IMPORTANT
Ethylene glycol shall not be mixed with other types of
glycol.
Mix
40% glycol
60% water
This mixture protects against internal corrosion, cavitation and freez-
ing down to -28 °C (At 60% glycol mixture, the freezing point is lowered
to -54 °C.) Never mix more than 60% concentrated glycol in the cool-
ant as this reduces cooling effect with risk of overheating and reduces
frost protection.
IMPORTANT
Mix the coolant with clean water.
007395
IMPORTANT
It is very important that the correct concentration and
volume of coolant is filled in the system. Mix in a sep-
arate, clean container before filling the cooling sys-
tem. Make sure that the fluids mix.
IMPORTANT
On machines with ECC or AC, it is vital that the engine
cooling system is refilled with coolant with the right
concentration of anti-freeze. Otherwise there is a risk
that the air conditioning heating coils will freeze when
the cooling function is used during period when the
heating is completely switched off.
NOTE
It is important that the coolant is mixed correctly all year to ensure
adequate corrosion protection. The corrosion-protective proper-
ties decline with time, that is why the coolant has to be changed
according to given intervals.
1.11 Start/stop
1.11.1 Starter motor
Starter motor, description (Volvo engine)
page
–
The starter motor cranks the engine until fuel combustion begins and
the engine starts.
The starter motor is supplied with voltage directly from the start batter-
ies. A relay on the starter motor (solenoid) is activated by the frame
control unit (D797-1).
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5.
For more information, see supplier documentation, engine.
NOTE
The battery disconnect switch must not be used for emergency
stop!
For more information, see supplier documentation, engine.
2 Transmission
2 Transmission.................................................................................................. 3
2.1 Controls and instruments ......................................................................... 39
2.1.1 Gear selector and multi-function lever ................................................. 39
2.2 Torque converter/Clutch system .............................................................. 40
2.2.1 Flex plates ........................................................................................... 40
2.6 Lubrication system ................................................................................... 42
2.6.3 Oil cooler .............................................................................................. 47
2.7 Cooling system ......................................................................................... 49
2.7.3 Oil cooler .............................................................................................. 49
2.8 Transmission control system .................................................................... 50
2.8.1 Control unit transmission ..................................................................... 50
2.8.2 Normally closed (NC) switch, disengagement ..................................... 50
2.8.3 Transmission cable harness ................................................................ 51
2 Transmission
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Transmission, general
page
–
• Cummins QSB6.7
• Volvo TAD760VE
DCF 330 can also use the following engine alternatives:
• Volvo TAD950VE
DCF 370-500 is equipped with Dana TE32418 and can be used with
the following engine alternatives:
• Volvo TAD952VE
• Volvo TAD1250VE
• Cummins QSM11
(TE17312)
Condition Reference value Reference
Sensor operator in Operator in seat Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories, group 9.3.14 Operator-in-seat
seat sensor
F
R
<˚ 1
22 5 D1
D5
21 6, 23 2, 7
D794 D790-1 D790-2
4 17
11
3
009696
2 The KIT control unit (D790-2) trans- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics , group
mits the selected direction of travel tem, error shown with error 11.5.3.11 Control unit KIT (D790-2)
(forward or reverse) on the CAN bus. code.
5 The accelerator pedal transmits a sig- U = 0.5-4.5 V See section 1 Engine, group 1.1.2 Accelerator
nal to the cab control unit (D790-1). pedal
D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem , group 8.4.6.1 ENGINE, menu 1
6 The cab control unit (D790-1) trans- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics , group
mits the desired throttle application on tem, error shown with error 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
the CAN bus. code.
7 The KIT control unit (D790-2) trans- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics , group
mits the selected shifting program on tem, error shown with error 11.5.3.11 Control unit KIT (D790-2)
the CAN bus. code.
8 The oil pressure sensors sends a volt- Checked by Control unit D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
age signal to the transmission control transmission, error shown tem , group 8.4.7.10 TRANSM, menu 10
unit (D793) if oil pressure is too low. with error code.
9 The engine speed and oil temperature Checked by Control unit D9: Diagnostic menu, See Section 8 Control sys-
sensor (B758/766) sends the trans- transmission, error shown tem , group 8.4.7.6 TRANSM, menu 6 and
mission control unit (D793) a pulse with error code. 8.4.7.10 TRANSM, menu 10
signal with frequency proportional to
engine speed and a voltage signal
proportional to the transmission oil
temperature.
10 The transmission control unit (D793) Checked by Control unit See section 11 Common electrics , group
supplies voltage to valve block trans- transmission, error shown 11.5.3.9 KIT control unit (D793)
mission control to obtain desired func- with error code.
tion.
12 The turbine speed sensor (B751) Checked by Control unit D12: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
sends the transmission control unit transmission, error shown tem , group 8.4.7.6 TRANSM, menu 6
(D793) a pulse signal with frequency with error code.
proportional to turbine speed.
13 The drum sensor (B752) sends the Checked by Control unit D13: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
transmission control unit (D793) a transmission, error shown tem , group 8.4.7.6 TRANSM, menu 6
pulse signal with frequency propor- with error code.
tional to drum speed.
14 The output shaft speed sensor (B758) Checked by Control unit D14: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
sends the transmission control unit transmission, error shown tem , group 8.4.7.6 TRANSM, menu 6
(D793) a pulse signal with frequency with error code.
proportional to output shaft speed.
16 The transmission control unit (D793) Checked by Control unit See section 11 Common electrics , group
controls gear shifting according to se- transmission, error shown 11.5.3.9 Transmission control unit (D793)
lected shifting program. with error code.
17 The oil cooler cools the transmission - Oil cooler, description page 49
oil. A thermostat senses the oil’s tem-
perature and directs the oil back to the
transmission if the oil is cold.
18 The transmission control unit (D793) Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics , group
transmits temperature and speed data tem, error shown with error 11.5.3.9 Transmission control unit (D793)
on the CAN bus. code.
19 The KID control unit (D795) shows Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics , group
transmission information in operating tem, error shown with error 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
menus. code.
20 If the signal from the output shaft - D20: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
speed sensor (B758) indicates that tem , group 8.4.7.6 TRANSM, menu 6
machine speed exceeds the speed
limitation, the transmission control unit
(D793) transmits a engine speed re-
duction request on the CAN bus.
21 The engine control unit (D794) reduc- - See section 11 Common electrics , group
es engine speed. 11.5.3.10 Engine control unit (D794)
22 If the clutch pedal (S220-1) is pressed U = 24 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories,
down, it sends a voltage signal to the group 9.1 Controls and instruments
cab control unit (D790-1). D22: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem , group 8.4.7.1 TRANSM, menu 1
23 The cab control unit (D790-1) trans- Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics , group
mits disengage drive on CAN bus. tem, error shown with error 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
code.
24 Normally closed (NC) switch, disen- Brake pressure above Normally closed (NC) switch, disengagement,
gagement (S220-2) sends the KDU 0.2 MPa: description page 50
frame control unit (D797-1) a voltage Conn 1, U = 24 V D24: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
signal if brake pressure is high tem , group 8.4.7.1 TRANSM, menu 1
Conn 2, U = 24 V
enough to allow drive disengagement.
Brake pressure below
0.2 MPa:
Conn 1, U = 24 V
Conn 2, U = 0 V
25 The KDU frame control unit (D797-1) Checked by control sys- See section 11 Common electrics , group
transmits disengagement approved tem, error shown with error 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
on the CAN bus. code.
(TE32418)
F 1
5 R
<˚
19 21
D5 D1
D19 D21
20 6, 22 2, 7
D794 D790-1 D790-2
16
3 11
009697
The illustration depicts the function description for TE32418
2 The KIT control unit (D790-2) transmits Checked by control system, See section 11 Common electrics , group
the selected direction of travel (forward or error shown with error 11.5.3.11 KIT control unit (D790-2)
reverse) on the CAN bus. code.
6 The cab control unit (D790-1) transmits Checked by control system, See section 11 Common electrics , group
the desired throttle application on the error shown with error 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
CAN bus. code.
7 The KIT control unit (D790-2) transmits Checked by control system, See section 11 Common electrics , group
the selected shifting program on the CAN error shown with error 11.5.3.11 KIT control unit (D790-2)
bus. code.
8 The oil pressure sensor sends the trans- Checked by Control unit D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
mission control unit (D793) a voltage sig- transmission, error shown system , group 8.4.7.10 TRANSM, menu 10
nal proportional to oil pressure. with error code.
9 The oil temperature sensor sends the Checked by Control unit D9: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
transmission control unit (D793) a voltage transmission, error shown system , group 8.4.7.10 TRANSM, menu 10
signal proportional to transmission oil with error code.
temperature.
10 The transmission control unit (D793) sup- Checked by Control unit See section 11 Common electrics , group
plies voltage to valve block transmission transmission, error shown 11.5.3.9 KIT control unit (D793)
control to obtain desired function. with error code.
12 The turbine speed sensor (B751) sends Checked by Control unit D12: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
the transmission control unit (D793) a transmission, error shown trol system , group 8.4.7.6 TRANS, menu 6
pulse signal with frequency proportional with error code.
to turbine speed.
13 The drum sensor (B752) sends the trans- Checked by Control unit D13: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
mission control unit (D793) a pulse signal transmission, error shown system , group 8.4.7.6 TRANSM, menu 6
with frequency proportional to drum with error code.
speed.
14 The torque converter temperature switch Checked by Control unit D14: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
(S221) sends the transmission control transmission, error shown system , group 8.4.7.10 TRANSM, menu 10
unit (D793) a voltage signal if oil tempera- with error code.
ture in the torque converter becomes too
high.
15 The transmission control unit (D793) con- Checked by Control unit See section 11 Common electrics , group
trols gear shifting according to selected transmission, error shown 11.5.3.9 KIT control unit (D793)
shifting program. with error code.
18 The KID control unit (D795) shows trans- Checked by control system, Section 11 Common electrics, group
mission information in operating menus. error shown with error 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
code.
19 The crankshaft position sensor provides - See section 11 Common electrics , group
the engine control unit (D794) information 11.5.3.10 Engine control units (D794)
on engine rpm. D19: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
If rpm is so high that it reaches the limit for system , group 8.4.6.6 ENGINE, menu 2
the machine’s speed limitation, the cab
control unit (D790-1) limits engine rpm.
20 The engine control unit (D794) reduces - See section 11 Common electrics , group
engine speed. 11.5.3.10 Engine control units (D794)
21 If the clutch pedal (S220-1) is pressed U = 24 V See section 9 Frame, body, cab and acces-
down, it sends a voltage signal to the cab sories , group 9.1 Controls and instruments
control unit (D790-1). D21: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
trol system , group 8.4.7.1 TRANSM, menu 1
22 The cab control unit (D790-1) transmits Checked by control system, See section 11 Common electrics , group
disengage drive on CAN bus. error shown with error 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
code.
23 Normally closed (NC) switch, disengage- Brake pressure above Normally closed (NC) switch, disengage-
ment (S220-2) sends the KDU frame con- 0.2 MPa: ment, description page 50
trol unit (D797-1) a voltage signal if brake Conn 1, U = 24 V D23: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
pressure is high enough to allow drive dis- trol system , group 8.4.7.1 TRANSM, menu 1
Conn 2, U = 24 V
engagement.
Brake pressure below
0.2 MPa:
Conn 1, U = 24 V
Conn 2, U = 0 V
24 The KDU frame control unit (D797-1) Checked by control system, See section 11 Common electrics , group
transmits disengagement approved on error shown with error 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
the CAN bus. code.
25 The transmission control unit (D793) sup- Checked by Control unit See section 11 Common electrics , group
plies voltage to valve block transmission transmission, error shown 11.5.3.9 KIT control unit (D793)
control so that drive is disengaged. with error code.
008240
29 20 21 22 23 24
2. The transmission’s oil pump 1 feeds the 92.1 l/min at 2420 rpm -
transmission with control pressure for con-
trol of the transmission.
7. Solenoid valve neutral position (RSP) - Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
(Y6066) controls Valve spool neutral posi- system , group 8.4.7.7 TRANSM, menu
tion. 7
9. Solenoid valve drive forward (Y630) con- 0-1000 mA Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
trols Pressure booster drive forward. system , group 8.4.7.8 TRANSM, menu
8 and 8.4.7.9 TRANSM, menu 9
13. Solenoid valve drive reverse controls Pres- 0-1000 mA Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
sure booster drive reverse. system , group 8.4.7.8 TRANSM, menu
8 and 8.4.7.9 TRANSM, menu 9
15. Solenoid valve 1/3 (Y6067) controls Pres- 0-1000 mA Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
sure booster gear 1/3. system , group 8.4.7.8 TRANSM, menu
8 and 8.4.7.9 TRANSM, menu 9
18. Solenoid valve VFS 1/3 (Y6075) controls 0-1000 mA Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
servo pressure to Valve spool gear selec- system , group 8.4.7.7 TRANSM, menu
tion 1/3. 7
25. The safety valve leads the oil back to the Opening pressure: -
sump if the pressure to the torque converter 850 kPa
becomes too high.
38 6
8
10 12 14 16
5
37 39
18
36 17
19 20 21 22
Rev Fwd VFS 2/4 VFS 1/3
34 35 3 4
23 24 25 26
1/3 2/4
33 2
Fwd 2:nd 4:th Rev 1:st 3:rd
1
27 28 29 30 31 32
008210
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1. Bottom strainer oil sump, separates particles from - -
the oil before the pumps.
2. The transmission’s oil pump 1 feeds the transmis- 100.5 l/min at 1973 rpm -
sion with control pressure for control of the trans-
mission.
4. The bypass valve in the filter bracket leads the oil Opening pressure: 410- -
past the filter if the resistance through the filter be- 450 kPa
comes too high.
5. The pressure governor releases pressure to the Opening pressure: 2200 kPa -
torque converter if the pressure becomes too high.
7. Solenoid valve neutral position (RSP) (Y6066) - Diagnostic menu, see section 8
controls Valve spool neutral position. Control system , group 8.4.7.7
TRANSM, menu 7
11. Solenoid valve gear 2/4 (Y6069) controls Pressure 0-600 kPa Diagnostic menu, see section 8
booster gear 2/4. Control system , group 8.4.7.8
TRANSM, menu 8 and 8.4.7.9
TRANSM, menu 9
12. Pressure booster gear 2/4 increases the pressure 0-2000 kPa -
and feeds Valve spool gear selection 2/4.
13. Solenoid valve drive reverse controls Pressure 0-600 kPa Diagnostic menu, see section 8
booster drive reverse. Control system , group 8.4.7.8
TRANSM, menu 8 and 8.4.7.9
TRANSM, menu 9
15. Solenoid valve 1/3 (Y6067) controls Pressure 0-600 kPa Diagnostic menu, see section 8
booster gear 1/3. Control system , group 8.4.7.8
TRANSM, menu 8 and 8.4.7.9
TRANSM, menu 9
16. Pressure booster gear 1/3 increases the pressure 0-2000 kPa -
and feeds Valve spool gear selection 1/3.
19. The valve spool for reverse drive control opens 0-2000 kPa
when the reverse drive clutch is pressurized and
leads a pressure signal to the drive control valve.
20. The valve spool for forward drive control opens 0-2000 kPa -
when the forward drive clutch is pressurized and
leads a pressure signal to the drive control valve.
21. Solenoid valve VFS 2/4 (Y6074) controls servo 1200 kPa Diagnostic menu, see section 8
pressure to Valve spool gear selection 2/4. Control system , group 8.4.7.7
TRANSM, menu 7
22. Solenoid valve VFS 1/3 (Y6075) controls servo 1200 kPa Diagnostic menu, see section 8
pressure to Valve spool gear selection 1/3. Control system , group 8.4.7.7
TRANSM, menu 7
24. The valve spool for gear 2/4 control opens when 0-2000 kPa -
valve spool gear selection 2/4 is pressurized and
leads a pressure signal to the drive control valve.
25. Valve spool gear selection 2/4 pressurizes drive 0-2000 kPa -
clutch gear 2 or drive clutch gear 4.
26. Valve spool gear selection 1/3 pressurizes Drive 0-2000 kPa -
clutch gear 1 or Drive clutch gear 3.
33. The transmission oil pump pumps oil through the 85.1 l/min at 1973 rpm -
cooler and supplies the torque converter with oil
pressure to run the machine.
35. The bypass valve in the filter bracket leads the oil - -
past the filter if the resistance through the filter be-
comes too high.
39. The safety valve leads the oil back to the sump if Opening pressure: 900 kPa -
the pressure in the torque converter becomes too
high.
(TE17312)
Left side Right side
3 4 5 6
1 2 7 8
11
10
010282
12 13 14 9
1. Gearbox 8. Oil filling
2. Turbine speed sensor (B751) 9. Oil filter transmission
3. Torque converter 10. Sensor rpm output shaft (B758)
4. Sensor, temperature out to oil cooler 11 Cross-toothed flange (for connection to propeller
shaft)
5 Sensor oil pressure 12 Cooling hoses
6. Engine rpm sensor (input shaft) and oil temperature 13 Thermostat
sensor (B758/766)
7. Sensor, drum rpm (B752) 14 Transmission oil cooler
(TE32418)
Left side Right side
1 2 3 4 13 14 15 16 17
007036
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 8 12
1. Delivery line, oil filter 10. Sensor, drum rpm (B752)
2. Oil dipstick and filler orifice 11 Sensor rpm output shaft (B758)
3. Temperature switch, torque converter 12. Output shaft
4. Engine rpm and oil temperature sensor (from radiator 13. Torque converter
to sump)
5 Transmission oil cooler 14. Valve block transmission control
6. Thermostat 15. Power take-off
7. Cooling hoses 16. Oil pumps, transmission
8. Oil filter transmission 17. Gearbox
9. Turbine speed sensor (B751)
2 3 4 5
009630
9 8 7 6
DANGER
The gearbox is very heavy.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Remove the propeller shaft from the transmission.
3 Detach relevant hoses and cables before separating the engine
and gearbox.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
5 Remove the nuts for the flex plate through the hole under the cov-
er washer.
NOTE
Turn the engine for each nut to be removed from the flex plate.
6 Attach the transmission to an overhead crane.
7 Support the engine from underneath with a jack
NOTE
Secure the engine so that it does not tip over when the gearbox
is removed.
8 Remove the screws holding the gearbox to the gearbox mount-
ing.
NOTE
Check the balance of the gearbox before lifting it.
NOTE
If the flex plates are damaged during gearbox replacement, they
must be replaced.
11 Remove the gearbox.
007780
Assembly
12 Apply lubricating grease to the converter connection - both on the
engine and the gearbox.
13 Insert two studs into the flywheel housing as a guide when the
gearbox is installed.
14 Transfer the gearbox mountings to the new gearbox; tighten to
330 Nm (oiled screw).
007775
15 Centre a stud on the flywheel so that it aligns with the hole in the
flywheel housing.
007772
16 Lift the gearbox into place. Make sure that the studs on the fly-
wheel come into correct alignment and do not damage the flex
plate.
17 Install the screws which fix the gearbox and engine, but do not
tighten the screws fully. Leave about a millimetre between the en-
gine and gearbox to facilitate installation of the nuts for the flex
plate/flywheel.
007776
18 Fit the nuts that fix the flex plates at the flywheel in two steps. First
fit the nuts without tightening. Then rotate the flywheel one more
revolution and tighten the nuts to 46-50 Nm (oiled screw).
NOTE
Turn the engine for each nut to be installed to the flex plate.
DANGER
The gearbox is very heavy.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Remove the propeller shaft from the transmission.
3 Detach relevant hoses and cables before separating the engine
and gearbox.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
007761
5 Remove the eight screws of the flex plate through the hole under
the cover washer.
NOTE
Turn the engine for each nut to be removed from the flex plate.
6 Attach the transmission to an overhead crane.
7 Support the engine from underneath with a jack
NOTE
Secure the engine so that it does not tip over when the gearbox
007762
is removed.
8 Remove the screws holding the gearbox to the gearbox mount-
ing.
9 Remove the bolts holding together the transmission and engine.
NOTE
Check the balance of the gearbox before lifting it.
NOTE
If the flex plates are damaged during gearbox replacement, they
must be replaced.
11 Remove the gearbox.
Assembly
12 Apply lubricating grease to the converter connection - both on the
engine and the gearbox.
13 Insert a stud into one of the nuts on the flex plate as a guide when
installing the gearbox.
14 Transfer the gearbox mountings to the new gearbox; tighten to
330 Nm (oiled screw).
007769
18 Fit the screws that fix the flex plates at the flywheel in two steps.
First fit the screws without tightening. Then rotate the flywheel
one more revolution and tighten the screws to 40 Nm (oiled
screw).
NOTE
Turn the engine for each screw to be fitted in the flex plate.
NOTE
The engine must be loosened from the engine mounts and sep-
arated from the transmission to remove a dropped bolt. Secure
007762
007895
20 Measure and check that the gearbox is centred in the frame.
21 Screw the gearbox into the gearbox mountings. Tighten to 330
Nm (oiled screw). Refit the cover plug and propeller shaft.
22 Remove the hoisting equipment from the gearbox.
23 Remove the jack from underneath the engine.
24 Attach relevant hoses and cables to the engine. Check fluid lev-
els and top up as necessary.
25 Calibrate the transmission, see section 8 Control system, group
8.5.2.3 Calibrate DRIVE TRAIN.
007796
DANGER
The gearbox is very heavy.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Remove the propeller shaft from the transmission.
3 Disconnect required hoses and cables before separating engine
and transmission.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
5 Remove the eight screws in the flex plate through the hole under
the cover plug.
NOTE
Rotate the engine for each bolt in the flex plate that has to
be removed.
6 Attach the transmission to an overhead crane.
7 Support the engine from underneath with a jack
NOTE
Secure the engine so that it does not tip over when the gearbox
is removed.
8 Remove the screws holding the gearbox to the gearbox mount-
ing.
9 Remove the screws between engine and gearbox.
NOTE
Check the balance of the gearbox before lifting it.
NOTE
If the flex plates are damaged during gearbox replacement, they
must be replaced.
11 Remove the gearbox.
Assembly
12 Apply lubricating grease to the converter connection - both on the
engine and the gearbox.
13 Insert a stud into one of the nuts on the flex plate as a guide when
installing the gearbox.
14 Transfer the gearbox mountings to the new gearbox; tighten to
330 Nm (oiled screw).
15 Lift the gearbox into place. Guide the stud through the flywheel
and out through the hole in the flywheel housing.
007769
18 Fit the screws that fix the flex plates at the flywheel in two steps.
First fit the screws without tightening. Then rotate the flywheel
one more revolution and tighten the screws to 40 Nm (oiled
screw).
NOTE
Turn the engine for each screw to be fitted in the flex plate.
NOTE
The engine must be loosened from the engine mounts and
separated from the transmission to remove a dropped bolt.
Secure the bolt in the socket when installing.
007796
21 Fit the propeller shaft and cover plugs in front of the flywheel.
22 Remove the hoisting equipment from the gearbox.
23 Remove the jack from underneath the engine.
24 Connect the required hoses and cables for the engine and trans-
mission. Check and fill fluids as needed.
25 Calibrate the transmission, see section 8 Control system, group
8.5.2.3 Calibrate DRIVE TRAIN.
DANGER
The gearbox is very heavy.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Remove the propeller shaft from the transmission.
3 Detach relevant hoses and cables before separating the engine
and gearbox.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
008958
5 Remove the screws holding the cover plate to the flywheel on the
left side of the machine.
008314
6 Remove the screws of the flex plate through the hole under the
cover washer.
NOTE
Turn the engine for each nut to be removed from the flex plate.
7 Support the engine from underneath with a jack
NOTE
Secure the engine so that it does not tip over when the gearbox
008315
is removed.
8 Remove the screws holding the gearbox to the gearbox mount-
ing.
9 Remove the bolts holding together the transmission and engine.
NOTE
Check the balance of the gearbox before lifting it.
NOTE
If the flex plates are damaged during gearbox replacement, they
must be replaced.
11 Remove the gearbox.
007780
Assembly
12 Transfer the gearbox mountings to the new gearbox; tighten to
330 Nm (oiled screw).
008293
14 Insert a stud into one of the nuts on the flex plate as a guide when
installing the gearbox.
15 Lift the gearbox into place. Guide the stud through the flywheel
and out through the hole in the flywheel housing.
16 Install the screws which fix the gearbox and engine, but do not
tighten the screws fully. Leave about a millimetre between the en-
gine and gearbox to facilitate installation of the screws for the flex
plate/flywheel.
007769
18 Fit the screws that fix the flex plates at the flywheel in two steps.
First fit the screws without tightening. Then rotate the flywheel
one more revolution and tighten the screws to 35 Nm (oiled
screw).
NOTE
Turn the engine for each screw to be fitted in the flex plate.
NOTE
008315
The engine must be loosened from the engine mounts and sep-
arated from the transmission to remove a dropped bolt. Secure
the bolt in the socket when installing.
007973
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
R
Control system , group 8.4.7.2 TRANSM, menu 2.
4 Replace the flex plate. Tighten the screws fixing the flex plate to
the transmission to 40 Nm (oiled screws).
5 Reinstall the gearbox; see:
• Gearbox, replacement (TE17312 transmission with Volvo
TAD760VE engine) page 20
• Gearbox, replacement (TE17312 transmission with Volvo
TAD950VE engine and TE32418 transmission with Volvo
TAD952VE engine) page 25
• Gearbox, replacement (TE17312 transmission with Cum-
mins QSB6.7 engine and TE32418 transmission with Cum-
mins QSM11 engine) page 34
6 Before the machine is put into operation, the transmission must
be calibrated; see Transmission, calibration page 50.
007773
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oils before working, see section
B Safety.
NOTE
The transmission must not be over filled!
1 Operate and warm up the transmission oil.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Remove the drain plug for transmission oil and let the oil drain
into the receptacle.
NOTE
Make sure that the sealing washer stays with the drain plug.
DCF 280-330
Transmission oil filter
4 Remove the oil filter with the filter tool.
5 Lubricate the O-ring on the new oil filter with transmission oil.
6 Install the new filters on the gearbox.
Tighten to contact and then another two-thirds of a turn.
7 When the transmission oil has drained, fit the drain plug.
DCF 370-500
Transmission oil filter
A
B
010112
DCF 280-330
A. Position for filling and level control
B. Dipstick and filler orifice
9 Turn the main current on and start the engine. Allow the engine
to idle for at least two minutes.
10 Check that the drain plug seals completely.
11 Check the transmission oil level with the engine running at idle
and top up to the marking for low level.
A
B
007320
DCF 370-500
A. Position for filling and level control
B. Dipstick and filler orifice
a 13 Allow the engine to idle. Check the oil level and fill to the max. oil
level mark.
000356
b
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oils before working, see section
B Safety.
The transmission oil filler pipe and dipstick (position B) is located un-
der the left bonnet.
1 Check the oil level with the engine idling, transmission in neutral
and at working temperature (82-93 °C). The dipstick has two
A markings - MAX and MIN. The oil level should lie between these
B markings.
Wipe off the dipstick before checking.
NOTE
The oil dipstick is long. Wear gloves.
010112
DCF 280-330
A. Position for filling and level control
B. Dipstick and filler orifice
NOTE
Work carefully when filling transmission oil to prevent other
fluids or particles from contaminating the oil, which means
A
B risk of transmission damage.
007320
DCF 370-500
A. Position for filling and level control
B. Dipstick and filler orifice
The transmission oil is cooled in the lower section of the cooler assem-
bly.
A temperature-controlled bypass valve, which only acts on the trans-
1 mission oil cooling circuit, is located in a pipe on the underside of the
cooler (engine side). The valve closes when the oil starts to reach
working temperature. This means that the oil reaches normal working
temperature more quickly.
For more detailed information, see supplier documentation, transmis-
sion.
3
003215
Radiator assembly
1. Intercooler
2. Engine radiator
3. Transmission oil cooler
4. Transmission oil thermostat
5. Condenser mounting (to AC)
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
007447
6 Fill with transmission oil; see Transmission oil, changing page 42.
7 Start the engine and check for leaks.
8 Check the transmission oil level; see Oil level, check page 45.
description
The NC switch for disengagement detects if the wheel brakes are
1 pressurised. The NC switch is located on the distribution block for the
10
2 brake system, above the drive axle’s differential.
1
3 The sensor can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
3 Control system , group 8.4.7.1 TRANSM, menu 1.
4
5
5
9 6
8 7
007614
3 Driveline/Axle
3 Driveline/axle .................................................................................................. 3
3.2 Propeller shaft ............................................................................................ 3
3.3 Drive axle ................................................................................................... 4
3 Driveline/axle
mm mm mm mm mm mm
DANGER
Drive axle and machine are very heavy.
1 Remove the mast, see section 7 Load handling, group 7.2 Lifting/
lowering.
2 Park the machine with blocks behind the steering wheels.
3 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
4 Turn the start key to position 0 and turn off the main electric
NSpower.
NOTE
Plug all unions at once to protect the hydraulic system from
contamination.
004501
2
1. Hydraulic hoses
2. Cables
7 Remove the casing (position 3) on the parking brake.
3
004505
5 NOTE
Plug all unions at once to protect the hydraulic system from
4 contamination.
004506
4. Lock nut
5. Release screw
6. Hydraulic hose parking brake
10 Disconnect the propeller shaft from the drive axle. Secure the
propeller shaft, otherwise there is a risk that it will be pulled apart.
11 Lift the machine up so that the frame is lifted away from the axle.
12 Remove the drive wheels from the drive axle.
13 Block up the drive axle under the hubs.
CAUTION
The drive axle may start to roll.
Crushing injury!
Make sure that the drive axle does not roll away when
not under control.
CAUTION
The drive axle may start to roll.
Crushing injury!
Make sure that the drive axle does not roll away when
not under control.
NOTE
Plug all unions at once to protect the hydraulic system from
contamination.
17 Transfer the couplings from the old axle to the new axle.
19 Undo the distribution block bracket and move it to the new axle.
20 Connect the hydraulic hoses from the distribution block to the
drive wheels.
21 Clean the contact surfaces of the drive axle and frame. Also clean
the contact surfaces of the bolts on the underside of the drive ax-
le.
22 Remove the nuts for attaching the drive axle. Blow clean and re-
install the nuts.
23 Transfer the guide pins from the old axle to the new axle.
24 Lift the drive axle into place under the frame.
CAUTION
The drive axle may start to roll.
Crushing injury!
Make sure that the drive axle does not roll away when
not under control.
25 Lower the frame toward the drive axle. Check that the guide pins
fit in the frame.
26 Fasten the new bolts securing the drive axle in the frame.
• Tighten to 1530 Nm (oiled screw) of DCF 280-330.
• Tighten to 2820 Nm (oiled screw) of DCF 370-500.
27 Install the drive wheels on the new axle.
28 Rustproof the new bolts with suitable paint.
004501
2
1. Hydraulic hoses
2. Cables
4 Brakes
4 Brakes ............................................................................................................. 3
4.1 Controls and instruments ........................................................................... 3
4.1.1 Brake pedal ............................................................................................ 3
4.3 Power-assisted brake system .................................................................... 6
4.3.1 Hydraulic oil pump ................................................................................. 8
4.3.2 Brake fluid filter .................................................................................... 12
4.3.3 Accumulator charging valve ................................................................. 13
4.3.4 Accumulator ......................................................................................... 17
4.3.5 Brake valve .......................................................................................... 21
4.3.6 Drive axle block ................................................................................... 24
4.3.7 NC (normally closed) switch, brake pressure ...................................... 25
4.3.8 NO (normally open) switch, brake lights .............................................. 27
4.3.9 Wheel brake ......................................................................................... 29
4.3.10 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................. 32
4.3.11 Shuttle valve, dual brake pedals .......................................................... 32
4.5 Parking brake system ............................................................................... 33
4.5.1 Brake fluid pump .................................................................................. 34
4.5.2 Brake fluid filter .................................................................................... 34
4.5.3 M-valve parking brake ......................................................................... 35
4.5.4 Parking brake unit ................................................................................ 36
4.5.5 Parking brake NC switch ..................................................................... 39
4.5.6 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................. 39
4.8 Temperature control, brake fluid cleaning ................................................ 40
4.8.1 Brake fluid tank .................................................................................... 42
4.8.2 Tank heater .......................................................................................... 43
4.8.3 Hydraulic oil pump ............................................................................... 43
4.8.4 Accumulator charging valve ................................................................. 43
4.8.5 Drive axle block ................................................................................... 43
4.8.6 Wheel brake ......................................................................................... 43
4.8.7 Oil cooler .............................................................................................. 44
4.8.8 Thermal bypass valve .......................................................................... 45
4.8.9 Cooling fan ........................................................................................... 46
4.8.10 Sensor brake oil temperature .............................................................. 46
4.8.11 Breather filter, brake fluid tank ............................................................. 47
4.8.12 Brake fluid filter .................................................................................... 48
4.8.13 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................. 49
4.8.14 Brake system fluid ............................................................................... 49
4 Brakes
mm mm mm mm mm mm
The brake pedal actuates the brake valve via a lever. A spring causes
the pedal to automatically return to its home position.
2 3
000606
1 Clean the floor round the brake pedal and check that nothing is
obstructing the movement of the brake pedal.
2 Check that the brake pedal springs back adequately and that the
clearance between brake pedal and brake valve is 1–1.5 mm. If
needed, adjust the brake pedal’s stop bolt to correct clearance.
3 Check that the pedal moves easily.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Turn off the engine and the main electrical power.
2 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
3 Detach the brake valve from the brake pedal
Secure the brake valve on the cab’s underside and remove the
brake valve attaching bolt.
4 Remove the panel around the steering wheel shaft.
NOTE
There is a variant available with adjustable steering wheel
shaft.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
15 Grease and adjust the brake pedal, see Brake pedal, checking
and adjusting page 3.
004791
description
5
13
B
D790-2 P
T
D10
D797-1
9, 12 D8
10
8
C4 Pa
D11
4 11 15 7
Pa
6
B
ACC
C1 C6
3
P
2 14 T
P
B
B
009634
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The brake fluid pump pumps fluid See pressure plate on left Hydraulic oil pump, description page 8
from the fluid tank. frame beam.
2 The brake oil filter cleans the oil. - Brake fluid filter, general page 12
3 The accumulator charging valve di- Charge: P = 20.5 ±0.5 MPa Accumulator charging valve, description page
rects oil to charging of accumulators Cooling: P < 0.1 MPa 13
or through the brake system's cool-
ing circuit.
4 The accumulators store oil pressure. See pressure plate on left Accumulator, description page 17
frame beam.
5 The brake valve directs pressure - Brake valve, description page 21
from the accumulators to the brake
cylinders proportional to pressing of
the pedal.
6 The brake cylinders compress the See pressure plate on left Wheel brake, description page 29
discs in the brake unit. frame beam.
The brake system has a vane pump with fixed displacement. The hy-
draulic oil pump sits in the rear of the right main pump. The pump gen-
erates hydraulic power, which is stored in the accumulators for brake
force to the power-assisted brake and parking brake. It also generates
the oil flow used for cleaning and cooling. The switchover between
1 power generation and flow is regulated by the accumulator charging
valve; see Accumulator charging valve, description page 13.
For a description of how a vane pump works, see section 10 Common
hydraulics, group 10.4.3 Vane pump with fixed displacement.
007599
The brake system can be separated from the actual hydraulic system,
at which time it is operated by a separate brake fluid pump (vane pump
with fixed displacement). The separate brake fluid pump is located be-
tween the left main pump and the pump for hydraulic oil cooling and
filtration. The pump generates hydraulic power, which is stored in the
brake force accumulators for the power-assisted brake and parking
brake. It also generates oil flow, which is used for cleaning and cool-
009675
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
The hydraulic oil pump for the brake system, cooling and filtering and
the pump for load handling are replaced as a unit. See section 10
Common hydraulics, group 10.4.3 Vane pump with fixed displace-
ment.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the brake sys-
tem from impurities.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and are fitted correctly.
12 Check the O-ring between the brake fluid pump and the cooling
circuit pump. Replace as necessary. Apply silicone sealant to the
sealing surface; see section F Technical data.
13 Install the cooling circuit pump on the brake pump.
Position the pump and check that the gear engages on the shaft.
Fit the pump’s attaching bolts.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
15 Turn on the main electric power and start the engine.
16 Check that the hose connections and seal between the hydraulic
oil pumps are free of leaks.
Check the feed pressure from the brake pump.
17 Remove the receptacle. Treat spill oil as environmentally hazard-
ous waste.
004791
NOTE
If the pump is replaced due to malfunction, change the oil
and filter in the brake system as well.
check
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
005146
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
During charging, the pressure should increase to 20.5 ±0.5 MPa
before the accumulator charging valve switches to cooling. When
the accumulator charging valve switches to cooling, the pressure
drops.
7 Check the pressure during cooling.
004791
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
004810
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
7 Check that the pressure rises slowly to 20.5 ±0.5 MPa.
8 Brake repeatedly and check at which pressure the accumulator
charging valve switches to charging.
The valve must switch to cooling at 15.5 ±0.5 MPa.
9 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
004791
10 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
Close the accumulator charging valve measuring outlet.
11 Close the drain valve on the accumulator charging valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
The accumulator charging valve distributes oil from the brake fluid
3 4 5 6
pump between pressure storage and cooling of the wheel brakes. The
accumulator charging valve is located on the left of the frame in the
area beside the gearbox.
The accumulator charging valve stores pressure by guiding the oil to
the accumulators. The wheel brakes are cooled by directing oil to the
drive axle cooling circuit and then on to the hydraulic oil tank. In ma-
chines with separate brake fluid tank and cooler, the oil passes from
the drive axle cooling circuit via the brake system cooler back to the
brake fluid tank.
The accumulator charging valve prioritises charging of the accumula-
tors above cooling. A restriction of the charging means that a small
quantity of oil also flows to cooling during accumulator charging. At
idling speed the flow from the pump is so small that all oil flows to pres-
sure storage.
The drain valve (position 11) is used to relieve the pressure in the ac-
2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 cumulators to the tank. The valve opens a connection between the ac-
cumulators and the wheel brake’s cooling circuit. The oil is drained
through the wheel brake to the tank.
There is a measuring outlet for measuring accumulator pressure (po-
sition 5) and pump pressure (position 4) on the accumulator charging
valve. The pressures are individual to each machine and are on the
pressure plate on the left-hand frame beam, see section 10 Common
hydraulics. On the accumulator charging valve, there is also a sole-
noid valve, parking brake (position 6), switch (NC) brake fluid pressure
(position 9) and switch (NC) parking brake (position 7).
• Solenoid valve parking brake, description page 35
007600
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the brake fluid reaches
operating temperature, at least 50 °C.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
4 Connect a pressure gauge (0-25 MPa) to the measuring outlet for
accumulator pressure on the accumulator charging valve.
5 Start the engine and run it at idling speed.
6 Close the drain valve on the accumulator charging valve.
004810
MPa
MPa
MPa
MPa
M Pa
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
3 Mark the hydraulic hoses and electric cables as illustrated.
1 C
4 Detach the wiring from the accumulator charging valve.
5 Detach and plug all hydraulic hoses from the accumulator charg-
ing valve.
4
Remove the parking brake valve (C) for easier access.
B
3
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the brake sys-
tem from impurities.
004812
2 A 5
004813
NOTE
4 Check that the O-rings are intact and are fitted correctly.
2 A 5
4.3.4 Accumulator
Accumulator, description
page
–
Pressurised oil from the accumulator is used for the service and park-
Brake system accumulators ing brake systems and for supplying the servo hydraulics’ reducing
valve (see section 4 Brakes and section 7 Load handling).
NOTE
If the accumulator delivers low oil pressure, the pumps may be
damaged and the hydraulic functions may cease to work.
Accumulator, checking
page
–
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
A special tool for checking the accumulators can be ordered from
Kalmar Industries. The procedure without use of the special tool
is described below.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
3 The accumulators can be tested with separate test equipment or
in the machine. Primarily, separate test equipment should be
used since it is faster and more exact.
Test equipment can be ordered from Kalmar Industries AB.
• Test with test equipment: continue with step 4.
• Test in machine: continue with step 6.
MPa
MPa
007604
M Pa
Pressure plate, gas pressure brake accumulators
Checking in machine
1. Screw
2. Clamp
3. Distribution block
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
10 Check that the plugs seal properly.
11 Stop the engine
12 Lower the pressure by means of braking carefully several times
while checking the pressure on the pressure gauge.
004810
NOTE
Check that the seals are intact and are fitted correctly.
18 Turn on the main electric power and start the engine.
19 Close the drain valve on the accumulator charging valve so that
the accumulators are charged.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
20 Check that the accumulators’ connections are sealed tightly.
21 When the accumulators are fully charged, shut off the engine and
turn the start key to position I.
22 Check that at least 8 brake applications (pedal depressions) can
be performed before the pressure drops to 10 MPa.
At 11.5 MPa the warning lamp for low brake pressure must come
on.
Accumulator, replacement
page
–
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Turn off the engine and the main electrical power.
3 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Hold the block firmly so that the other accumulator does not
work loose.
6 Bend the clamp away and remove the accumulator.
7 Fit the new accumulator.
NOTE
009677
The brake valve, which is located on the underside of the cab under-
3
neath the brake pedal, controls the hydraulic pressure to the brakes.
2 A lever transfers pedal force to the valve.
1 The brake valve is a mechanically activated proportional valve. This
means that the resistance in the brake valve increases in proportion to
brake pressure. This provides optimum pedal responsiveness and in-
creased safety as the operator senses if no brake pressure is being
built up (no resistance in the pedal).
007605
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the brake fluid reaches
operating temperature, at least 50 °C.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
4 Connect a pressure gauge (0-25 MPa) to the measuring outlet for
brake pressure on the distribution block on the front axle.
5 Close the drain valve on the accumulator charging valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
6 Start the machine and run it at idling speed until the accumulators
are charged and the accumulator charging valve changes to
cooling.
7 Press down the pedal completely and read off the pressure.
Compare to the pressure plate on the left frame member.
8 Stop the engine
9 Depress the pedal fully and keep it pressed down, check the
pressure.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
3 Mark up and detach the hydraulic hoses from the brake valve.
B
T NOTE
P
Plug the connections immediately to protect the brake sys-
tem from impurities.
4 Secure the brake valve under the cab.
007606
NOTE
Remember the spacer ring.
T
NOTE
P
Check that the O-rings are intact and are fitted correctly.
10 Grease and adjust the brake pedal, see Brake pedal, checking
and adjusting page 3.
004795
The drive axle block distributes oil flow and brake pressure to the right
1 and left-hand wheel brakes. The drive axle block is located on a brack-
10
2 et above the drive axle differential.
1
3 The drive axle block has a measuring outlet for brake pressure and for
3 measuring back pressure in the disc brake’s cooling circuit.
4
The drive axle block has a bypass valve which guides oil directly from
5
5 the cooling circuit intake to the cooling circuit return if the resistance in
9 the axle becomes too great. This protects the wheel brake seals, e.g.
6 when the oil is cold.
8 7 The drive axle block houses two switches - brake light NO (normally
open) switch (S216), see Switch normally open (NO), brake lights, de-
scription page 27, and declutch NO switch (S220), see section 2
Transmission, group 2.8.2 Normally closed (NC) switch, disengage-
ment.
007614
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine until the oil reaches operating
temperature, at least 50 °C.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
6 Start the engine and fully charge the accumulators (the accumu-
lator charging valve changes to cooling).
7 Stop the engine and turn the starter key to position I.
8 Brake several times, stop when the warning lamp for low brake
pressure comes on.
9 Read off the accumulator pressure. The pressure should be ap-
prox. 11.5 MPa.
004810
NOTE
The setting is very sensitive, turn max. 1/4 turn at a time.
11 Repeat steps 6-10 until the warning lamp comes on at 11.5 MPa.
12 Seal the adjusting screw with locking fluid.
13 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
14 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
measuring outlet.
15 Close the drain valve on the accumulator charging valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
The brake light NO switch controls brake light activation when the ma-
chine brakes. The switch is located on the drive axle block which sits
on a bracket above the drive axle differential.
The brake light NO switch (S216) is supplied voltage by and sends a
voltage signal to the frame control unit (D797-1). When the pressure
increases above the closing pressure, a voltage signal is sent to the
frame control unit (D797-1).
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see tab 8 Con-
trol system, group 8.4.5.4 HYD, menu 4.
007609
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine until the brake fluid reaches
operating temperature, at least 50 °C.
2 Stop the engine and turn the starter key to position I.
3 Brake and check that the brake light comes on.
4 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
5 Connect a pressure gauge (0-25 MPa) to the measuring outlet for
brake pressure on the distribution block.
6 Close the drain valve on the accumulator charging valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
7 Start the engine.
DECLUTCH PRESSURE X 9 Press down the brake pedal slowly until the brake light is activat-
ed or the status of the input signal changes. Keep the pedal in this
position and check the pressure on the pressure gauge.
The status can be changed and the brake light should come on
when the pressure is approx. 0.2 MPa.
10 Stop the engine
11 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
12 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
measuring outlet.
13 Close the drain valve on the accumulator charging valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and
tighten the lock ring.
The wheel brakes brake the machine during operation and are located
on the drive axle between the drive axle housing and hub reduction.
The wheel brake uses so-called wet disc brakes (WDB). Wet disc
brakes require minimal maintenance and have a long service life due
to effective cooling. Maintenance requirements are minimised since oil
circulates in the brake system and prevents corrosion.
007615
The wheel brakes have two main sections - disc assembly and brake
1 2
cylinder. The disc assembly performs the braking. The brake cylinder
presses the discs in the disc assembly together during braking.
000016
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
Both the brake cylinder and disc brake must be bled
after work where the brake system is opened or after
work on the wheel brake.
Brake cylinder
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Place a ring spanner on the bleed nipple and connect a transpar-
ent hose to the bleed nipple.
Direct the other end of the hose down into a receptacle.
3 Start the machine and press down on the brake pedal; keep the
pedal pressed down.
4 Open the bleed nipple and allow oil to run out of it until the oil is
free of air bubbles.
NOTE
The hydraulic hose between the brake pedal and brake is
approx. 7 metres long. Therefore, allow at least two litres of
oil to pass through the bleed nipple when bleeding to ensure
that no air pockets remain in the system.
Bleed nipple, brake cylinder, on top of the drive axle at 5 Close the bleed nipple.
the wheel hub's inner short side (left-hand side).
6 Move the spanner and hose and repeat steps 1–4 on the other
side.
7 Check the oil level in the brake system, fill as necessary.
Disc brake
NOTE
Disc brake ventilation is vital to correct cooling of the discs.
1 Start the engine and allow it to idle. Wait until the brake accumu-
lators are fully loaded and the accumulating charging valve has
switched to brake cooling.
2 Remove the bleed screw of the disc brake and let oil flow out of
the hole until it is free of air bubbles. Refit the bleed screw.
3 Repeat steps 1-3 on the other wheel.
The disc assembly consists of several thin metal discs fixed alternately
to the wheel brake housing and to the hub reduction housing. The
discs are mounted on splines, which allows them to move laterally.
Oil circulates between the discs cooling them, thus the name wet disc
brake. The oil is the same as in other parts of the brake system.
Braking is effected by the brake cylinder pressing together the discs.
This creates friction between the discs that are fixed to the axle and
those fixed to the hub reduction.
000008
Disc assembly
000007
Brake cylinder
D5
5
6 12
D790-1 D790-2
D797-1
7 11
D7 D10
4
C4 8
Pa 10 9
ACC
C1 3
H
P
2 T
009635
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The brake fluid pump pumps fluid from P = 21 ±1 MPa Brake fluid tank, description page 42
the brake fluid tank. Hydraulic oil pump, description page 8
2 The brake fluid filter cleans dirt from the - Brake fluid filter, description page 48
oil.
3 The accumulator charging valve directs Charge: P = 20.5 Accumulator charging valve, description
oil to charging of accumulators or through ±0.5 MPa page 13
the brake system's cooling circuit. Cooling: P < 0.1 MPa
4 The accumulators store oil pressure. See pressure plate on left Accumulator, description page 17
frame beam.
5 Switch parking brake (S107) activates Switch activated: Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accesso-
parking brake. Conn 1, U = 24 V ries, group 9.1 Controls and instruments
The switch uses two signals - one for ap- Conn. 7, U = 0 V D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
plied and one for released parking brake. trol system, group 8.4.5.5 HYD, menu 5
Switch in resting position:
Both signals must be correct to enable re-
lease of the parking brake. Conn. 1, U = 0 V
Conn. 7, U = 24 V
6 The cab control unit (D790-1) transmits Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
Activate parking brake on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
ror code.
7 The frame control unit (D797-1) activates U = 24 V Solenoid valve parking brake, description
the parking brake solenoid valve (Y642). page 35
D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
trol system, group 8.4.5.5 HYD, menu 5
8 Solenoid valve parking brake (Y642) af- Pump pressure Solenoid valve parking brake, description
fects the valve spool which drains pres- page 35
sure in the parking brake calliper to tank.
9 The brake caliper is drained of pressure 0 MPa Parking brake unit, description page 36
and the spring applies the parking brake.
10 The parking brake NC switch (S200) Applied parking brake: Parking brake NC switch, description page
opens the circuit when the pressure in- Conn 1, U = 24 V 39
creases. D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
Conn. 2, U = 0 V
trol system, group 8.4.5.5 HYD, menu 5
Released parking brake:
Conn 1, U = 24 V
Conn 2, U = 24 V
11 The frame control unit (D797-1) transmits Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
Parking brake applied on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
ror code.
12 The KIT control unit (D790-2) activates Checked by control sys- Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accesso-
the parking brake indicator light (508). tem, error shown with er- ries, group 9.1 Controls and instruments
ror code.
The parking brake solenoid valve (Y642) activates the parking brake.
The solenoid valve sits on the accumulator charging valve, which is lo-
cated to the left on the frame in the space at the gearbox; see Accu-
mulator charging valve, description page 13.
The solenoid valve opens a connection between the accumulators and
the parking brake calliper at activation. This means that the parking
brake calliper is pressurised and the parking brake is disengaged.
When the voltage feed to the solenoid valve is cut off, the connection
between the accumulators and parking brake calliper is terminated. In-
stead, a connection between the parking brake calliper and tank is
opened and the parking brake applied. This means that the parking
brake is applied if the machine loses electrical power or if the brake
system becomes depressurised.
The solenoid valve is supplied with voltage by the frame control unit
(D797-1) at activation.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.5.5 HYD, menu 5.
007611
DANGER
The machine may start to roll.
Risk of crushing.
1 Start the engine and run the engine at idling speed until the warn-
ing lamp for brake pressure goes out and the accumulator charg-
ing valve changes to cooling.
2 Turn off the engine and turn the start key to position I.
3 Release the parking brake with switch parking brake and check
that the parking brake’s brake caliper releases. The brake caliper
should be able to move.
4 Activate the parking brake with the parking brake switch and
check that the parking brake’s brake caliper is applied.
The parking brake unit keeps the machine stationary when parked.
3 1 2
The parking brake unit is located on the drive axle input shaft between
the propeller shaft and drive axle.
The parking brake acts on the propeller shaft via a disc mounted on
the drive axle input shaft and a brake calliper with dry brake pads
mounted in a bracket on the drive axle.
NOTE
If the hydraulic pressure in the feed circuit drops, a warning is ac-
tivated before the pressure drops so low that the parking brake is
applied. If the parking brake is applied while the machine is on the
move, the brake disc and brake pads must be checked and re-
placed if necessary.
007612
DANGER
The machine may start to roll.
Risk of crushing.
1 Start the engine and run up hydraulic pressure until the accumu-
lators are fully charged and the accumulator charging valve
switches to cooling.
2 Turn off the engine and turn the start key to position I.
3 Release the parking brake.
4 Check that the parking brake caliper can move on the bracket.
5 Check that the brake disc is free from oil and dirt.
NOTE
To avoid turning the adjustment screw as well it must be
held still when tightening the lock nut.
11 Refit the cover to the caliper.
12 Test the operation of the parking brake.
The brake calliper has a spring section and a hydraulic section. The
1 2 3 4 5
spring section applies the brake while the hydraulic section is used to
release the brake. This means that the parking brake is applied if the
brake system loses pressure. This, in turn, means that the machine is
braked if a serious fault arises.
000020
1. Brake pads
2. Release cylinder
3. Application spring
4. Release screw
5. Adjusting washer
The brake pads consist of a metal plate with friction material (lining).
DANGER
The machine may start to roll.
Risk of crushing.
6 Pull the attaching bolt out so that the brake pads can be angled
out and removed.
NOTE
The bolt does not need to be removed.
7 Remove the parking brake pads.
8 Clean the brake disc with methylated spirit.
9 Install new parking brake pads.
10 Press the attaching bolt back.
11 Fit the nut and a new split pin.
12 Adjust the parking brake, see Parking brake unit, checking and
adjusting page 36.
The brake disc is mounted on the drive axle input shaft. The drive ax-
le’s gear ratio amplifies the braking force.
NOTE
Gears cannot be engaged when the parking brake is applied.
007613
function description
Brake system
11
D795
D797-1
D8 9
D10
C1 C3
3 4
P T
2 5
6 10
1 M
008841
8 ˚C ˚C 7
1 The brake fluid pump pumps fluid from See pressure plate on left Hydraulic oil pump, description page 8
the brake fluid tank. frame beam. Brake fluid tank, description page 42
2 The brake oil filter cleans the oil. - Brake fluid filter, description page 48
3 The accumulator charging valve directs Max. 0.1 MPa Accumulator charging valve, description
oil to charging of accumulators or page 13
through the brake system's cooling cir-
cuit.
4 The oil cools the wheel brake. - Wheel brake, description page 29
5 The bypass valve in the distribution - Drive axle block, description page 24
block leads oil past the drive axle if the
back pressure through the wheel brake
is too high.
7 The thermo-bypass valve leads oil past approx. 50 °C Thermal bypass valve, description page 45
the cooler if the temperature is low.
8 The temperature sensor (B762) detects R = 25 kΩ at 20 °C Brake fluid temperature sensor, description
and oil temperature and sends the page 46
frame control unit (D797-1) a voltage D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
signal proportional to the oil tempera- system, group 8.4.5.2 HYD, menu 2
ture.
9 The frame control unit (D797-1) trans- Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
mits oil temperature information on the tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
CAN bus. ror code.
10 When the oil is hot, the frame control U = 24 V with activated Cooling fan, description page 46
unit (D797-1) activates the cooling fan fan D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
(M674) and increases airflow through Activates at 65 °C system, group 8.4.5.2 HYD, menu 2
the cooler.
Deactivates at 55 °C
11 If temperature is high, the KID control Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
unit (D795) activates the high brake fluid tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
temperature warning in the display. ror code.
The brake fluid tank stores the brake system fluid and is located on the
left side of the machine in front of the fuel tank.
The brake system is separate from other hydraulics and has its own
tank and oil filter. This makes it possible to keep additives out of the
brake system fluid.
Brake fluid is filled directly to the tank. A drain plug is located at the
bottom of the tank. Hatches on top of the tank facilitate internal clean-
ing.
The tank is equipped with a filtered breather that allows volume chang-
es in the tank due to temperature variations and use. See Breather fil-
ter, brake fluid tank, description page 47.
The tank has a sight glass for checking oil level.
007752
CAUTION
High voltage.
The brake fluid tank can be equipped with a tank heater, which heats
the brake fluid in the tank and sits in a flange on the front short side of
the tank. The tank heater is designed for cold-climate usage.
The tank heater is operated with high voltage. Heater output is adapt-
ed through different connections and adaptation to different operating
voltage - 110, 230 or 400 V AC. Higher voltage generates higher heat-
er output.
The tank heater is equipped with a programmable thermostat which
007583
The oil cooler cools the brake system fluid in order to maintain brake
performance. The oil cooler is found inside the side panel on the left
side behind the front wing.
The brake system uses a flow-through cooler with electric cooling fan.
The brake system fluid is cooled when it passes the cooler. Openings
in the frame panel allow air to pass through the cooler.
The cooling fan is screwed onto the cooler. See Cooling fan, descrip-
tion page 46.
009678
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Plug all unions at once to protect the hydraulic system from
contamination.
4 Disconnect the cabling from the cooling fan.
5 Remove the attaching bolts and lift away the cooler.
6 Transfer the cooling fan to the new cooler.
7 Install the cooler.
8 Connect the cabling to the cooling fan.
9 Connect the hydraulic hoses to the cooler.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and fitted correctly.
10 Fill the brake fluid tank; see Brake system fluid, changing page
50. The fluid level should be visible in the sight glass.
When the oil is cold, the thermo-bypass value guides the oil past the
cooler directly to the tank. The thermo-bypass valve is found inside the
brake fluid tank at the hose connections to and from the cooler.
The thermo-bypass valve is a temperature-regulated bimetal valve
that is open at low temperatures and completely closed at 50 °C.
007754
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Note how the valve is fitted.
5 Installation is in reverse order.
The cooling fan (M674) is a suctioning electronic fan. The fan suctions
air from the outside of the machine through the cooler and increases
airflow through the oil cooler as needed. The cooling fan is mounted
inside the cooler inside the side panel behind the left drive wheel.
The cooing fan (M674) is supplied voltage by the frame control unit
(D797-1). The cooling fan is activated when fluid temperature is 65 °C
in the brake fluid tank and is deactivated when fluid temperature is
55 °C.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.5.2 HYD, menu 2.
009678
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and fitted correctly.
5 Connect the cabling to the sensor.
6 Fill the brake fluid tank; see Brake system fluid, changing page
50. The fluid level should be visible in the sight glass.
The breather filter cleans the air that passes the tank’s breather upon
volume changes arising due to temperature variations and use. The
breather filter is located in a holder on the top of the brake fluid tank.
The breather filter is a paper insert filter. The filter removes moisture
and dust from the air passing through the tank’s breather.
007757
NOTE
Take care so as not to contaminate the tank.
5 Fit a new filter insert.
1. Brake fluid filler orifice 6 Refit the cover on the filter holder.
2. Breather filter, brake fluid tank
The brake fluid filter eliminates contaminates from the fluid in the brake
system. The filter is secured on a mounting at the side of the brake flu-
id tank.
The brake system fluid filter is a high-pressure filter with removable fil-
ter insert. It is located between the pump and accumulating charging
valve. The fluid is cleaned when it is forced through the glass-fibre ma-
terial of the filter insert before reaching the accumulator charging
valve.
A bypass valve located between the intake and outlet protects the in-
sert. If resistance through the filter surface becomes too great, the by-
pass valve opens a passage past the insert. The bypass function
opens if the oil is viscous (cold or too low/high viscosity) or if the filter
insert is clogged with dirt.
NOTE
When the filter is clogged, the oil is directed past the filter without
cleaning. Therefore, it is very important to replace the filter at the
prescribed interval.
007201
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
The filter protects the brake system against contami-
nants. It is vital that new contaminants do not enter
the brake system during filter replacement.
NOTE
Leave the valve open during replacement.
3 Remove the drain plug on the underside of the filter.
Let the oil run out. Wait a moment since it runs out slowly.
4 Remove the filter holder.
NOTE
The filter holder is heavy. Detach it carefully.
5 Remove the filter insert.
NOTE
Note the location of the O-rings.
6 Clean the filter holder.
7 Fit the O-rings on the filter insert and filter holder. Lubricate the
O-rings with brake fluid.
8 Fit the new filter insert on the filter mounting.
9 Fit the filter holder and drain plug.
10 Close the drain valve on the accumulator charging valve.
11 Start the engine and check the filter holder for leaks.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Depressurise the hydraulic and brake systems; see section B
Safety.
3 Remove the filler cap and drain the brake fluid tank.
4 Remove the drain plug and allow the last of the fluid drain into a
receptacle.
5 Fit the drain plug, using a new gland washer.
6 Fill brake fluid until the fluid level is in the middle of the sight
glass. For volume and grade, see section F Technical data.
7 Fit the filler cap.
1. Brake fluid filler orifice
2. Breather filter, brake fluid tank
5 Steering
5 Steering........................................................................................................... 3
5.1 Controls and instruments ........................................................................... 3
5.1.2 Mini-wheel .............................................................................................. 3
5.1.3 Joystick .................................................................................................. 4
5.2 Power assisted system ............................................................................... 6
5.2.1 Hydraulic oil pump ............................................................................... 12
5.2.2 Priority valve ........................................................................................ 13
5.2.3 Steering valve ...................................................................................... 13
5.2.4 Steering cylinder .................................................................................. 15
5.2.5 Steering axle cradle ............................................................................. 16
5.2.6 Link arm ............................................................................................... 17
5.2.7 Wheel spindle ...................................................................................... 17
5.2.8 Wheel hub ............................................................................................ 17
5.2.9 Shuttle valve ........................................................................................ 17
5.2.10 Control valve, mini-wheel/lever steering .............................................. 18
5.2.11 Shuttle valve, mini-wheel/lever steering .............................................. 20
5.2.12 Steering angle sensor .......................................................................... 21
5.2.14 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................. 21
5.2.15 Directional valve, reversible operator’s seat ........................................ 21
5.2.16 Sensor, reversible operator’s seat ....................................................... 22
5 Steering
mm mm mm mm mm mm
3 4
On machines with mini-wheel, the machine is steered with an electric
2 control. A directional valve pressurises the steering cylinder.
The mini-wheel controls are integrated in the left armrest. The controls
1 consist of two rotary potentiometers and three switches to activate the
mini-wheel, select direction of travel and activate the horn.
NOTE
The mini-wheel is deactivated if the standard steering wheel is
used.
Mini-wheel or lever steering can only be activated at speeds be-
low 3 km/h.
Mini-wheel
5 Rotary potentiometers transmit a 0-5 V signal for one revolution. The
potentiometers have phase displacement to determine the direction of
turning. The rotary potentiometers are supplied voltage by the cab
control unit (D790-1) and send it a voltage signal proportional to the
turn to indicate steering deflection.
The relationship between the deflection of the mini-wheel and that of
the wheels can be set to 31 different settings - from linear to extremely
progressive. It is also possible to set how steering deflection is to be
000583
Acoustic signal
The acoustic signal is used to activate the signal horn when the mini-
wheel is activated. The switch is supplied voltage by and sends a volt-
age signal to the cab control unit (D790-1).
The signals can be read from the diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
trol system, group 8.4.11.4 EL-STEERING, menu 2.
5.1.3 Joystick
Joystick, description
page
–
3 4
On machines with joystick, the machine is steered with an electric con-
2
trol. A directional valve actuates the steering cylinder.
The joystick is integrated in the left armrest. The controls consist of a
1 potentiometer and three switches to activate lever steering, select di-
rection of travel and activate the horn.
NOTE
Lever steering is deactivated if the standard steering wheel is
used.
Mini-wheel or lever steering can only be activated at speeds be-
low 3 km/h.
Joystick
5 The sliding potentiometer is supplied voltage by the cab control unit
(D790-1) and sends it a voltage signal proportional to movement to in-
dicate steering deflection.
The signals can be read from the diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
trol system, group 8.4.11.4 EL-STEERING, menu 1.
The relationship between the deflection of the joystick and that of the
wheels can be set to 31 different settings - from linear to extremely
000900
Acoustic signal
The acoustic signal is used to activate the signal horn when the lever
steering is activated. The switch is supplied voltage by and sends a
voltage signal to the cab control unit (D790-1).
The signals can be read from the diagnostic menu, see section 8 Con-
trol system, group 8.4.11.4 EL-STEERING, menu 2.
4
C PP
P CF
LS 3
T LS T
L R
1 C
010733
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The hydraulic oil pump pumps oil to See pressure plate on left Section 10 Common hydraulics, group 10.4.3
the priority valve. frame beam. Vane pump with fixed displacement
4 The priority valve prioritises pressure See pressure plate on left Priority valve, description page 13
feed to the control valve over working frame beam.
hydraulics.
D790-1
4 D797-2 D6
P 3 6
PP
C
LS
D5
CF
P T
L R
T LS
8 5 5
1 C
D7
7 7
010732
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The hydraulic oil pump pumps oil to See pressure plate on left Section 10 Common hydraulics , group 10.4.3
the priority valve. frame beam. Vane pump with fixed displacement
2 The steering wheel is turned and - Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories ,
acts on the steering valve's input group 9.1 Controls and instruments
shaft.
4 The priority valve prioritises pres- See pressure plate on left Priority valve, description page 13
sure feed to the control valve over frame beam.
working hydraulics.
5 Either the reversible operator’s seat U = 24 V Reversible operator’s seat sensor, description
forward sensor (S720-F) or the re- page 22
versible operator’s seat rearward D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
sensor (S720-R) sends a voltage system, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS, menu 3
signal to the frame option control unit
(D797-2) depending on which way
the operator’s seat faces.
7 The steering forward solenoid valve - Directional valve, reversible operator’s seat,
(Y636-1), or steering rearward sole- description page 21
noid valve (Y636-2) pressurises the D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
valve spool in directional valve, re- system, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS, menu 5
versible operator’s seat.
NOTE
The mini-wheel/lever steering is deactivated if the standard steer-
ing wheel is used.
Mini-wheel or lever steering can only be activated at speeds be-
low 3 km/h.
Steering wheel No signal from steering angle sensor Steering angle sensor, description page 21
stationary
Emergency stop Not activated Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.1.4 Emergency
switch stop switch voltage
10
D11 D2
2
12 3
D790-2 D790-1
11 D797-2
4
D4 5 D4
8
C PP
P
LS
P CF P
TP
6, 7
LS
T1
T LS A B
T
C L R
010731
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The hydraulic oil pump pumps oil See pressure plate on left Section 10 Common hydraulics, group 10.4.3
from the hydraulic oil tank. frame beam. Vane pump with fixed displacement
2 The joystick switch or mini-wheel Signal 1, U = 0.5 - 4.5 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories
switch sends a voltage signal to the Signal 2, U = 0.5 - 4.5 V D2: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
cab control unit (D790-1). (mini-wheel only) system, group 8.4.11.2 EL-STEERING, menu 1
3 The cab control unit (D790-1) trans- Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
mits the desired steering deflection tem; error indicated with Cab control unit (D790-1)
on the CAN bus. error code.
4 The frame option control unit (D797- - Control valve for lever steering or mini-wheel,
2) supplies voltage to the solenoid description page 18
valve for steering right (Y636-3) or D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
the solenoid valve for steering left system , group 8.4.11.2 EL-STEERING, menu
(Y636-4). 4 and 8.4.11.2, menu 5
5 The solenoid valve, steering right - Control valve for lever steering or mini-wheel,
(Y636-3) or solenoid valve, steering description page 18
left (Y636-4) pressurises the steer-
ing spool in the solenoid valve for le-
ver steering or mini-wheel.
7 The solenoid valve for lever control - Control valve for lever steering or mini-wheel,
or mini-wheel sends a load signal to description page 18
the priority valve.
8 The priority valve prioritises pres- See pressure plate on left Priority valve, description page 13
sure feed to the control valve over frame beam.
working hydraulics.
10 The steering wheel is turned and - Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories,
acts on the steering valve's input group 9.1 Controls and instruments
shaft.
11 The steering angle sensor (B770) U = 24 V Steering angle sensor, description page 21
sends a voltage signal to the KIT cab D11: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
control unit (D790-2). system, group 8.4.11.2 EL-STEERING, menu 3
12 The KIT cab control unit (D790-2) Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.11
transmits an interrupt steering re- tem; error indicated with KIT control unit (D790-2)
quest on the CAN bus. error code.
Steering is fed oil from the hydraulic pump for steering and load han-
dling; see section 10 Common hydraulics, group 10.4.3 Vane pump
with fixed displacement.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the hydraulic oil reach-
es operating temperature, at least 50 °C.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Connect the pressure gauge (0- 25 MPa) to the steering pressure
measuring outlet on the priority valve; see section 10 Common
hydraulics, 10.5.2 Priority valve.
4 Start the engine and increase engine speed to approx. 1200 rpm.
010730
5 Turn the steering wheel fully and read pump pressure during
steering wheel movement. Compare this to the steering pressure
on the hydraulics plate. The max. pressure measured on the
MPa
pump should be 1.5 MPa more than the steering pressure on the
pressure plate.
6 Stop the engine and turn the starter key to position I.
MPa
7 Turn the start key to position 0 and turn off the main electric pow-
MPa er.
MPa 8 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
measuring outlet.
MPa MPa MPa MPa
007734
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Depressurize the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
3 Detach the steering valve from the brake pedal.
Remove the steering valve attaching bolts and lower the steering
valve.
4 Mark up and detach the hydraulic hoses from the steering valve.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the brake sys-
tem from impurities.
5 Remove the steering valve.
6 Transfer the connection adapters to the new steering valve.
NOTE
Transfer one at a time so that the marking is not mixed up.
7 Connect the hydraulic hoses to the steering valve in accordance
with the marking.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and are fitted correctly.
8 Connect the new steering valve to the brake pedal.
Place the steering valve and check that the steering wheel shaft’s
splines enter straight in the steering valve’s slot. Install the at-
taching bolts.
9 Turn on the main electric power and start the engine.
10 Check that the connections on the steering valve are sealed.
11 Steer very carefully a few times right - left, to bleed the steering
valve and steering cylinder.
The steering cylinder acts on the wheels via the link arms. The steer-
1 2 3 5 4 6 7 8
ing cylinder is a double-acting hydraulic cylinder.
007732
1. Wheel hub
2. Wheel spindle
3. Link arm
4. Steering axle cradle
5. Front suspension
6. Steering cylinder
7. Rear suspension
8. Counterweight
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Park the machine with the wheels fully turned so that the steering
cylinder can be lifted out to one side.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
4 Disconnect the link arms from the steering cylinder.
5 Mark up and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the steering
cylinder.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the brake sys-
tem from impurities.
NOTE
The steering cylinder is heavy, use lifting equipment.
8 Support the new steering cylinder so that the holes in the attach-
ing bolts are lined up directly opposite the holes in the steering
axle.
9 Lubricate and fit the steering cylinder retaining screws. Tighten
the screws crosswise a few times with increasing torque until you
reach 680 Nm (oiled screw).
Attaching bolts steering cylinder. 10 Transfer parts to the new steering cylinder.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and fitted correctly.
11 Fit the link arms to the steering cylinder.
12 Connect the hydraulic hoses to the steering cylinder.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and fitted correctly.
13 Close the drain valve on the accumulator charging valve. See
section B Safety.
14 Start the engine and check for leaks.
The link arm transfers the lateral movement of the steering cylinder to
1 2 3 5 4 6 7 8
turning the wheel spindles.
The setting of the steering wheels cannot be adjusted. If the link arms
are deformed in a way that changes the setting of the steering wheels,
they must be replaced.
The link arms must be turned to the right direction, otherwise they can
be damaged by the rims with large wheel angles.
007732
1. Wheel hub
2. Wheel spindle
3. Link arm
4. Steering axle cradle
5. Front suspension
6. Steering cylinder
7. Rear suspension
8. Counterweight
description
1
On machines with lever steering or mini-wheel, steering cylinder dis-
2 placement is regulated by the control valve for lever steering or mini-
wheel. The control valve is located on the inside of the right frame
beam in front of the engine. The control valve is regulated by the frame
option control unit (D797-2).
6
The control valve is an electrohydraulically controlled, proportional
3
and pressure-compensated directional valve. Electrically controlled
pressure reducing valves convert electrical current to servo pressure.
4
The servo pressure controls the spring-centred valve spools, which
control pressure and flow for the function in question. The valve spools
5 have flow limits so that several functions can be activated simultane-
ously.
replacement
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
1 3 Mark up and detach the hydraulic hoses from the control valve.
NOTE
2
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic
system from impurities.
4 Mark up and detach the wiring from the control valve.
6
5 Remove the control valve.
3
Remove the attaching bolts and lift away the valve. Place the
4 valve on a clean and protected surface.
6 Transfer parts to the new control valve.
5
NOTE
Check that the O-rings on the hydraulic connections are in-
tact and in place.
NOTE
007733
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and fitted correctly.
11 Start the engine and check for leaks.
CAUTION
Air in the hydraulic system may cavitate and result in
product damage.
13 Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank with the lift cylinders
completely down and the extension cylinder completely in. The
oil level should be in the top of the level glass. Top up as needed.
CAUTION
Overfilling of oil, leakage, and environmental damage.
description
1
2
The steering angle sensor (B770) detects if the steering wheel is
turned and sends a signal to the KIT control unit (D790-2). This is used
to disengage lever steering or the mini-wheel. The sensor is located
by the steering shaft inside the panels.
The sensor is tripped by an activator on the steering shaft with four
lobes. The location of the sensor and lobes’ spacing means that small
steering wheel movements can be detected.
The signals can be read with the diagnostic menu; see section 8 Con-
trol system, group 8.4.11.2 EL-STEERING, menu 3.
002628
description
6 5 4 3
1. Pressure from control valve (A)
2. Pressure from control valve (B)
3. Solenoid valve for steering forward (Y636-1)
4. Pressure to steering cylinder (P)
5. Pressure to steering cylinder (T)
6. Solenoid valve, steering rearward (Y636-2)
6 Suspension
6 Suspension..................................................................................................... 3
6.2 Suspension ................................................................................................. 3
6.2.1 Steering axle cradle ............................................................................... 4
6.2.2 Wheel spindle ........................................................................................ 7
6.2.3 Wheel hub ............................................................................................ 14
6.3 Tyres and rims .......................................................................................... 19
6.3.1 Tyres .................................................................................................... 20
6.3.2 Rims ..................................................................................................... 22
6.3.3 Nut, washer and clamp ........................................................................ 23
6 Suspension
mm mm mm mm mm mm
6.2 Suspension
Bushing steering axle mounting, changing
page
–
DANGER
Steering axle and machine are very heavy.
NOTE
Mark the locations of the counterweights so that they can be
refitted at the same spot. This is important for the machine’s
stability.
4 Support under the steering axle so that it cannot fall over.
5 Connect lifting equipment to the rear of the machine and take up
the slack so that the steering axle’s mounts are relieved.
NOTE
Do not lift so much that the wheels are off the ground.
6 Remove the shafts holding the steering axle.
7 Lift the machine up so that the frame is lifted away from the axle.
8 Support the machine under the frame.
9 Move the steering axle so that the mountings can be accessed.
NOTE
If needed, disconnect the cabling for the sensors on the
steering axle.
010564
010121
NOTE
1. Steering axle mounting Make sure that all counterweights are refitted and that they
2. Rubber bushing are fitted in the exact same location as before. The stability
3. Washers of the machine is affected if the counterweights are
4. Bolt changed.
1. Wheel hub
2. Wheel spindle
3. Link arm
4. Steering axle cradle
5. Front suspension
6. Steering cylinder
7. Rear suspension
8. Counterweight
DANGER
Steering axle and machine are very heavy.
NOTE
Mark the locations of the counterweights so that they can be
refitted at the same spot. This is important for the machine’s
stability.
6 Connect the lifting equipment to the rear section of the machine.
7 Tension the lifting equipment, do not lift so high that the wheels
start to hang.
8 Support the rear of the machine.
9 Detach the hydraulic hoses from the steering cylinder.
NOTE
Plug all unions at once to protect the hydraulic system from
contamination.
10 Remove the shafts holding the steering axle.
11 Lift the machine up so that the frame is lifted away from the axle.
12 Lift out the steering axle.
CAUTION
The steering axle may start to roll.
Crushing injury!
Make sure that the steering axle does not start uncon-
trolled movement.
13 Adjust the support so that the machine is secured in the new po-
sition.
14 Lift the steering axle into place underneath the frame.
15 Remove the support under the frame.
16 Lower the rear of the machine.
17 Fit the shafts at the steering axle mountings.
18 Connect the hydraulic hoses to the steering cylinder.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and that they are fitted cor-
rectly.
19 Remove the lifting equipment from the machine.
20 Fit the counterweights.
NOTE
Make sure that all counterweights are refitted and that they
are fitted in the exact same location as before. The stability
of the machine is affected if the counterweights are
changed.
The wheel spindle is the link between steering axle and wheel hubs
1 2
3 which means that the wheels can be turned.
4 1 2 3 4 5 6
5
6
7
8 7
6
9
5
4
1 10 5 8
11
010115
007737
DCF 280-330
DCF 370-500
1. Cover 7. Wheel spindle
1. Wheel spindle 5. Spindle bolt bearing
2. Castle nut 8. Spindle bolt
2. Spindle bolt 6. Thrust bearing
3. Lock plate 9. Spacer ring 3. Seal 7. Thrust washer
4. Washer 10. Nut 4. Cover 8. Lock screw
6. Seal ring
10
1 11 11 Remove the seal rings (position 7) from the steering axle cradle
(position 12).
1. Guard 7. Seal ring 12 Remove the outer bearing races from the steering axle cradle us-
2. Castle nut 8. Steering swivel ing a suitable puller.
NOTE
These are tapered bearings. Fit the inner bearing race so that the
larger internal diameter faces out.
A round bearing must be made for each bearing size and used
when pressing the bearing races in. A heavy hammer can then
be used to drive in the bearing race. Do not tap the bearing race
directly since there is then a great risk that the race will overturn
and become stuck in the bearing cup.
14 Fit new seal rings (position 7) in the steering axle cradle, using a
ring with a suitable dimension (e.g. a socket) to tap the seal rings
into place. The seal rings will be damaged if you tap on them di-
rectly with a hammer.
15 Lift the steering spindle (position 8) into place using a lifting
device.
16 Fit the spindle bolt (position 6), the spacer ring (position 9) and
the lower bearing’s race (well greased with EP2 universal
grease). Position the nut (position 10).
17 Tighten the nut (position 10) to its full tightening torque 700 Nm
±200 Nm (oiled screw) and lock it with a new split pin (position
11).
18 Fit the upper bearing’s inner race (well greased with EP2 univer-
sal grease), the washer and a new lock plate (position 4 and 3).
Lubricate the lock plate with EP2 universal grease to ensure that
it is not damaged when the castle nut (position 2) is tightened.
19 Fill both bearings with EP2 universal grease and check that they
run free.
20 Tighten the castle nut (position 2) to full tightening torque
1000 Nm ±100 Nm (oiled screw) . Slacken the lifting strap
around the steering spindle while tightening the castle nut so that
it does not prevent the nut from attaining the right tightening
torque.
21 Check that the wheel spindle can be rotated and that resistance
is uniform.
22 Coat the contact surfaces of the guard (position 1) with sealant,
fill the guard with EP2 universal grease and fill with grease
through the lubricating nipples when the guard is in place and the
sealant has hardened.
23 Connect the link arm to the wheel spindle.
Lubricate the link arm bearings with EP2 universal grease.
24 Fit the wheel.
25 Remove the support and lower the steering wheel.
26 Test-run the machine and test the steering. Check also that the
machine feels stable when driving straight ahead.
NOTE
The upper bearing race must jut out so that it is level with the
thrust bearing slotted washer.
004517
16 Fit new thrust bearings in the steering axle. The treated side must
face the wheel spindle. Fit the screws as illustrated.
1. Thrust bearing Thoroughly coat the bearing races with grease. For grade, see
section F Technical data.
IMPORTANT
Fit only the inner retaining bolts, otherwise the wheel
spindle cannot be lifted into place. Only tighten the
bolts loosely so that the thrust bearings can be accu-
rately secured.
NOTE
Check that the spindle bolt is turned so that the holes for the
guide screws align with the holes in the wheel spindle. It is
important that the spindle bolt is perfectly seated before the
lock screws are fitted. It is not possible to "tighten" the spin-
dle bolt into place.
21 Fit the lock screws and lock with lock nuts. Tighten to 250 Nm
(oiled screw).
22 Coat the space between the wheel spindle and steering axle with
lubricating grease.
1. Thrust bearing
004516
3 31 Test-run the machine and test the steering. Check also that the
machine feels stable when driving straight ahead.
1. Axle link arm
2. Cover (upper)
3. Cover (lower)
The wheel hub holds the wheel in place and allows the wheel to rotate.
1 2 3 4 5 6
007736
1 Lift the machine under the steering axle by the wheel in question.
Support securely under the steering axle.
2 Remove the steering wheel in question.
7 Bend up the lock washer’s tabs, remove the lock nut and the lock
washer.
8 Tension the lifting equipment so that the hub is unloaded.
9 Remove the hub nut.
NOTE
Fit the outer bearings with the larger diameter outward.
16 Fit a new seal on the inside with the seal lip turned out.
Press in a new seal in the hub. Use a suitable round plate, the
seal does not tolerate impacts from a hammer.
NOTE
Turn the seal correctly.
17 Install the inner bearing’s inner race and rollers on the wheel
spindle. Pack the bearing with lubricating grease.
DANGER
Always block the wheels on the side of the axle that is
not going to be worked on before positioning the jack.
Always secure the jack to prevent it from sliding out
of position.
CAUTION
When removing wheels, the wheel nuts should be left
in place after loosening. If the wheel nuts are removed
immediately, the wheel may release from the hub.
6.3.1 Tyres
Tyres, description
page
–
The tyres are the point of contact between the machine and the
ground. These absorb unevenness and provide suspension.
The drive axle is subject to major forces during operation. If each tyre’s
rolling circumference differs, the stresses on the drive axle increase.
For this reason it is important that the tyres on the drive axle have
equal wear and correct air pressure.
Spare and exchange tyres shall be of a make approved by Kalmar In-
dustries.
002027
Front wheels
002026
Rear wheels
Tyre replacement
page
–
DANGER
Changing tyres is complicated and dangerous work.
FATAL DANGER!
The rims must be checked when tyres are changed. See Maintenance
manual DCF 280-500.
6.3.2 Rims
Rim, description
page
–
The rim is split to make it possible to fit a tyre, the rim consists of the
1 2 3 4 5 6 following parts.
• Rims
• Rim bead seat
• Rim flange
• Lock ring
• Lock lugs
• Hub plate
7
007735
1. Lock ring
2. Rim flange
3. Tapered rim bead seat
4. O-ring
5. Rim
6. Rim flange
7. Wheel nut
8. Wheel clamp
The rim is attached to the wheel hub with nuts and clamps.
1 2 3 4 5 6
The number of nuts and clamps varies depending on the type of drive
axle and steering axle used.
7
007735
1. Lock ring
2. Rim flange
3. Tapered rim bead seat
4. O-ring
5. Rim
6. Rim flange
7. Wheel nut
8. Wheel clamp
7 Load handling
7 Load handling................................................................................................. 3
7.1 Controls and instruments ........................................................................... 4
7.1.1 Control lever .......................................................................................... 4
7.2 Lifting/lowering ........................................................................................... 8
7.2.1 Hydraulic oil pump ............................................................................... 15
7.2.2 Accumulator servo circuit ..................................................................... 15
7.2.3 Pressure reducer ................................................................................. 17
7.2.4 Servo filter ............................................................................................ 19
7.2.6 Control valve load handling ................................................................. 19
7.2.7 Lift cylinder ........................................................................................... 25
7.2.9 Mast ..................................................................................................... 25
7.2.10 Mast position sensor ............................................................................ 37
7.2.11 Lifting carriage ..................................................................................... 38
7.2.12 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................. 41
7.2.13 Load control valve ................................................................................ 42
7.4 Side shift ................................................................................................... 43
7.4.1 Hydraulic oil pump ............................................................................... 47
7.4.2 Accumulator servo circuit ..................................................................... 47
7.4.3 Pressure reducer ................................................................................. 47
7.4.4 Servo filter ............................................................................................ 47
7.4.5 Control valve load handling ................................................................. 47
7.4.6 Side shift cylinder ................................................................................. 48
7.4.10 Fork mounting ...................................................................................... 49
7.4.11 Lifting carriage ..................................................................................... 49
7.4.12 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................. 49
7.5 Spreading ................................................................................................. 50
7.5.1 Hydraulic oil pump ............................................................................... 54
7.5.2 Accumulator servo circuit ..................................................................... 54
7.5.3 Pressure reducer ................................................................................. 54
7.5.4 Servo filter ............................................................................................ 54
7.5.5 Control valve load handling ................................................................. 54
7.5.6 Side shift cylinder ................................................................................. 55
7.5.8 Lifting carriage ..................................................................................... 55
7.5.9 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................. 55
7.7 Tilt ............................................................................................................. 56
7.7.1 Hydraulic oil pump ............................................................................... 60
7.7.2 Accumulator servo circuit ..................................................................... 60
7.7.3 Pressure reducer ................................................................................. 60
7.7.4 Servo filter ............................................................................................ 60
7.7.5 Control valve load handling ................................................................. 60
7.7.6 Load retention valve ............................................................................ 61
7.7.7 Tilt cylinder ........................................................................................... 62
7.7.9 Mast ..................................................................................................... 62
7.7.10 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................. 62
7 Load handling
mm mm mm mm mm mm
adjustment
2
3
1
1
2
1
4
007694
1. Alignment sensor .
2. Twistlocks sensor .
3 Check that the distance between the sensor and the indicator is
5±1 mm
5 ±1 mm.
4 Adjust if necessary.
009632
5±1 mm
a. Lift/lower.
LIFT - pull the lever backwards.
LOWER - push the lever forwards.
Lowering speed can only be varied by lever movement - en-
gine rpm has no effect.
b. Tilt.
REARWARD - pull the lever backwards.
FORWARD - move lever forward.
a b c d c. Side shift.
LEFT - move lever forward.
RIGHT - pull the lever backwards.
It is not possible to use side shift on the forks if fork spreading
is in its max or min position.
d. Fork spreading.
OUT - push the lever forwards.
IN - pull the lever backwards.
010688
The control lever (S815) is used to control the mast and attachment.
2 3
1 The lever sends voltage signals to the cab control unit (D790-1).
4 The control lever has four potentiometer-controlled functions and six
on/off functions.
5
Lifting/lowering
6
Lifting/lowering are controlled by moving the control lever forward
7 (lower - position 10) or rearward (lift - position 12).
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
8
Control system, group 8.4.8.1 ELSERV, menu 1.
12 9
Fork spreading
009711
When the top edge of the potentiometer (position 7) is pressed in, fork
11 10 spreading out is activated. When the bottom edge is pressed in, fork
1. Not used spreading in is activated.
2. Not used The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
3. Side shift (S815-P3) Control system, group 8.4.9.1 ATTACH, menu 1.
4. Spread in (S815-T1.2)
Spreading (with separate top lift attachment)
5. Spread out (S815-T1.1)
6. Twistlock opening (S815-T2) at full contact
7. Fork spreading (S815-P4) When the switch is pressed at position 5, spreading in is activated.
When the switch is pressed at position 4, spreading out is activated.
7. Rotation (S815-P4)
8. Not used The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
9. Tilt out Control system, group 8.4.9.3 ATTACH, menu 3.
10. Tilt in
11. Lower Side shift
12. Lift When the potentiometer (position 3) is pressed on the left side, side
shift left is activated. When the right side is pressed, side shift right is
activated.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.1 ATTACH, menu 1.
Rotation
When the top edge of the potentiometer (position 7) is pressed in, ro-
tation clockwise is activated. When the bottom edge is pressed in, ro-
tation anticlockwise is activated.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.1 ATTACH, menu 1.
Tilt
Tilt is controlled by moving the lever to the right (tilt out - position 10)
or the left (tilt in - position 12).
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.8.1 ELSERV, menu 1.
Opening of twistlocks
When the switch (position 6) is activated, the twistlocks are opened if
the conditions for such are fulfilled.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.5 ATTACH, menu 5.
7.2 Lifting/lowering
Lifting/lowering, function description (hydraulic
page
–
servo)
8
7
3 C2
A 4
2 B2
T H
P
P2
P1 8
T A2 7
6
C1
EF
P
1 1 T
009692
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The hydraulic oil pumps pump oil from See pressure plate on left Section 10 Common hydraulics, group
the hydraulic oil tank. frame beam. 10.4.3 Vane pump with fixed displacement
2 The pressure reducer reduces pressure P = 3.5 MPa Pressure reducer, description page 17
from the accumulators to servo pres-
sure.
3 The accumulator stores servo pressure. See pressure plate on left Accumulator servo circuit, description page
The non-return valve in the pressure re- frame beam. 15
ducer makes it possible to store the
pressure when the engine is shut off.
4 The servo filter cleans the oil upstream - Servo filter, description page 19
of the control levers.
5 The lifting/lowering control lever regu- - Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accesso-
lates servo pressure in proportion to le- ries, group 9.1 Controls and instruments
ver movement to the load handling
control valve.
7 The load control valve opens and directs - Load control valve, description page 42
pressure on to the lift cylinders.
8 The lift cylinders raise or lower the inner - Lift cylinder, description page 25
mast in relation to the outer mast. Lift masts, description page 25
servo)
D5
5b
5a
6
D790-1
D797-1
7
D7
3 10
9
C2
8
2 A 4
T H
P
C
P2
P1
10
T 9
8
C1
EF
P
1 1 T
009679
D8
8b
8a
9
D790-1
D797-1 D797-2 D2
3,14 10
D14
17
6 16 D1
C2 12
D11 15 13
11 2
5 A 7
T H A2
P
C
P2
P1
17 1
T 16
11
15
C1 EF
P
4 4 T
009684
The accumulator stores pressurised oil and ensures that there is servo
pressure for activating control valve functions. The accumulator is lo-
cated on the pressure reducer to the left on the frame near the gear-
box.
The accumulator is a diaphragm type and is divided into two spaces
by a diaphragm. One side of the diaphragm is pressurised with nitro-
gen gas. The other side is pressurised by hydraulic oil which compacts
the nitrogen gas.
Furthest up on the accumulator is a test outlet for checking gas pres-
sure and filling gas.
007695
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Depressurize the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Detach the accumulator from its mounting.
4 Replace the accumulator.
5 Fit in the reverse order.
007696
6 Check the oil level and fill with hydraulic oil as necessary.
The pressure reducer reduces the pressure from the hydraulic oil
pump which supplies the servo circuit for control valve servo pressure.
The pressure reducer is located to the left on the frame near the gear-
box, mounted together with the servo pressure accumulator.
Servo pressure is stored in an accumulator for quicker start-up and for
3 emergency reduction of load. An integrated non-return valve prevents
1 pressure leakage from the accumulator when the machine is not in
use.
2
4
6 5
007697
1. Pressure reducer
2. Adjusting screw, servo pressure
3. Test outlet, servo pressure
4. Pressure feed from servo filter
5. Return to tank
6. Servo pressure to control valve
pressure
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the hydraulic oil is at
operating temperature, at least 50 °C. As an alternative, operate
until the cooling fan is activated.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
4 Connect a pressure gauge (0–25 MPa) to the test outlet on the
pressure reducer.
007698
5 Start the engine and check the servo pressure. Compare with the
pressure plate.
M Pa Turn the steering wheel or activate a load handling function to ac-
tivate the hydraulic oil pumps. The servo pressure is higher than
the standby pressure of the hydraulic oil pumps.
6 If the pressure does not match the value specified on the pres-
MPa
sure plate, adjust the servo pressure adjusting screw until the
right pressure is obtained; see Pressure reducer, description
page 17. Slacken the lock nut and turn the adjusting screw.
MPa
MPa
NOTE
If the servo pressure is too high, a load handling function
MPa
must be activated so that servo pressure is used from the
MPa MPa MPa MPa accumulator for a reduction on the adjusting screw to be
007699
The servo filter protects the control valve servo circuits from contami-
nants. The servo filter is located to the left on the frame near the gear-
box, between the pressure reducer and lift and tilt control valve.
The servo filter is a low-pressure filter with detachable filter insert. The
oil is cleaned when it passes through the filter insert’s filter material.
The filter insert is pressed against the upper section of the filter hous-
ing by a spring. Rubber gaskets seal between the insert and filter
housing. If the back pressure through the filter is too great the insert is
pressed down so that the oil passes by the insert. This occurs if the oil
is viscous (cold or incorrect viscosity) or if the filter insert is clogged.
007370
There are two types of load handling control valves - hydraulic servo
and electric servo.
The load handling control valve controls all load handling functions.
The control valve is located to the left on the frame near the gearbox.
The control valve is controlled hydraulically or with electric servo
valves.
The control valve has the following sections:
• Lift
• Freelift
• Tilt
• Side shift
• Spreading
servo)
3
2
1
10 5
11
6
7
8
9
12 10
11
007706
13
14
1. Servo pressure, spreading in 6. Pressure to lift cylinder 11. Pressure to side shift and spread-
2. Servo pressure, side shift left 7. Pressure from hydraulic oil pumps ing cylinder
3. Servo pressure, tilt out 8. Servo pressure, lower mast 12. Servo pressure, tilt in
4. Servo pressure, lift mast 9. Pressure to tilt cylinder 13. Servo pressure, side shift right
5. Return to tank (through filter) 10. Pressure to side shift and spreading 14. Servo pressure, spreading out
cylinder
For more information on load handling with the hydraulic servo, see
Lifting/lowering, function description (hydraulic servo) page 8, Side
shift, function description (hydraulic servo) page 43, Spreading, func-
tion description (hydraulic servo) page 50, Tilt, function description
(hydraulic servo) page 56 and Separate top lift attachment, description
page 65.
Actuation of the control valve is proportional to servo pressure. This
means that the magnitude and direction of the flow from the valve can
be controlled by adjusting the servo pressure to the control valve.
A low hydraulic pressure to servo pressure from the control levers ac-
tuates the spring-centred control spools in the control valve. The con-
trol spool for the function in question controls the main flow from the
hydraulic oil pumps to the hydraulic cylinders for that function. The
speed of the function is controlled by the flow, which is proportional to
the movement of the control lever.
Lift spool
If the lift control lever is activated when the mast is in the position for
lifting, the lift spool is pressurised and controls the direction and flow
of the oil from the hydraulic oil pumps to the lift cylinder.
servo)
16
3 17
2 18
19
1
4 12
13
5
14
6
7 15
8
9
10
11
009674
1. Connection to spreading 9. Solenoid valve, tilt out (Y6010) 15. Solenoid valve, spreading out
2. Connection to side shift 10. Solenoid valve, side shift left (Y6018)
For more information on load handling with the electric servo, see Lift-
ing/lowering, function description (electric servo) page 10, Side shift,
function description (electric servo) page 45, Spreading, function de-
scription (electric servo) page 52, Tilt, function description (electric
servo) page 58 and Separate top lift attachment, description page 65.
The control valve is controlled proportionally by servo valves. This
means that the magnitude and direction of the flow from the valve can
be adjusted.
Electrically controlled pressure reducing valves (servo valves) convert
electrical current into a low hydraulic pressure that is proportional to
the current, known as the servo pressure. The servo pressure acts on
the spring-centred control spool in the control valve for the function in
question and thereby controls the main flow.
The speed of the function is controlled by the flow, which is proportion-
al to the movement of the control lever.
Lift spool
The lift spool controls direction and flow of oil to the lift cylinder.
Freelift spool
The freelift spool controls direction and flow of oil to the freelift cylinder.
and adjusting
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the hydraulic oil reach-
es operating temperature, at least 50 °C.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Connect a pressure gauge (0-25 MPa) to the measuring outlet for
tilt hydraulic pressure (position 1) or lift function (position 2) on
the control valve.
4 Start the engine.
5 Tilt or lift the mast to its end position while running the engine at
maximum rev.
2
010663
MPa
MPa
MPa
007705
M Pa
8 If necessary, adjust the hydraulic pressure for the tilt (position 1)
or lift function (position 2) on the control valve.
Anticlockwise: reduce pressure.
Clockwise: increase pressure.
9 Repeat steps 5-9 until the hydraulic pressure matches the data
on the pressure plate.
10 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
measuring outlet.
010664
1 2
1. Adjusting hydraulic pressure of tilt function
2. Adjusting hydraulic pressure of lift function
The lift cylinders lift and lower the inner mast, which runs inside the
outer mast. The lower parts of the lift cylinders are fixed to the outer
mast, while their upper parts are fixed to the inner mast - one on the
right and one on the left of the mast.
The lift cylinders are equipped with end position damping. When the
cylinder approaches its bottom position, oil flow out from the cylinder
is limited. The oil is led out via a restrictor between the piston and the
cylinder bottom. To ensure that there is enough oil flow to lift the cylin-
der from its bottom position, the oil is led past the load control valve via
a non-return valve during lifting.
The lift cylinders are connected in parallel and fed from lift and tilt con-
trol valve, see Load handling control valve, general page 19.
007701
7.2.9 Mast
Mast, general
page
–
There are three different variants of mast available for the machine:
• Duplex standard
• Duplex freelift
• Triplex freelift
The Duplex alternatives have an outer and inner mast while Triplex
Freelift also has a centre mast.
Duplex standard
The lower parts of the lift cylinders are fixed to the outer mast, while
6
their upper sections are fixed to the inner mast. When oil is forced into
5
the lift cylinders, the piston rods in the cylinders are forced out and the
inner mast is lifted. The chain which is fixed to the carriage (and the
outer mast), runs over sprockets at the top of the inner mast. This also
lifts the carriage at the same time as the inner mast.
4
7
Hydraulic hoses and cables run along the left side to power the func-
tions of any external attachment.
8
The lift cylinders for the mast have end position damping; see Lift cyl-
3 inder, description page 25.
9
2
4
1 10
009710
Duplex freelift
5
The mast consists of an outer mast and an inner mast, made from high
strength steel, with a minimum number of welds for highest strength.
4 The inner mast runs inside the outer mast, and is lifted and lowered by
6 the lift cylinders. Mast wheels and support rollers between the inner
and outer masts guide the inner mast in the outer mast and reduce fric-
7 tion between the two parts of the mast.
3
The freelift spool in the load handling control valve direct pressure to
the freelift cylinder. Oil is pressed into the freelift cylinders. The piston
rod end of the freelift cylinders houses a sprocket over which the chain
2 8
runs. The chain is attached to the carriage (and in the inner mast),
which means that the carriage is lifted when the piston rods of the
9
freelift cylinders are pressed out.
10 When the freelift cylinders reach their end position, the carriage up po-
1 sition sensor (B260) sends a signal to the control system and pressure
009704
11 to the freelift cylinder is cut off. The lift spool in the load handling con-
trol valve instead direct pressure to the lift cylinder, oil is pressed into
Duplex freelift mast the lift cylinders and their piston rods lift the inner mast.
1. Chain tensioner 2. Lifting chain Hydraulic hoses and cables run along the left side to power the func-
3. Freelift cylinder 4. Hoses tions of any external attachment.
5. Lift cylinders 6. Lifting eyes
7. Hydraulic connec- 8. Load control valves The lift cylinders for the Duplex freelift mast have end position damp-
tion ing; see Lift cylinder, description page 25.
9. Inner mast 10. Outer mast
11. Attachment to
frame
Triplex freelift
9
8
10 The mast consists of an outer mast, a centre mast and an inner mast
- all made of high-strength steel and having a minimal number of welds
7
to generate the highest strength. The inner mast runs inside the centre
mast, which in turn runs inside the outer mast. The masts are raised
and lowered by the lift cylinders. Mast wheels and support rollers are
6 found between the masts, holding them together and reduce friction
between mast components.
5 The freelift spool in the load handling control valve direct pressure to
11
the freelift cylinder. Oil is pressed into the freelift cylinders. The piston
4
12 rod end of the freelift cylinders houses a sprocket over which the chain
3 runs. The chain is attached to the carriage (and in the inner mast),
7 which means that the carriage is lifted when the piston rods of the
2
5 freelift cylinders are pressed out.
When the freelift cylinders reach their end position, the carriage up po-
13
009699
sition sensor (B260) sends a signal to the control system and pressure
1 to the freelift cylinder is cut off. The lift spool in the load handling con-
Triplex mast trol valve instead direct pressure to the lift cylinder, oil is pressed into
1. Attachment to 2. Centre mast the lift cylinders and their piston rods lift the inner mast.
frame The chain attached to the inner mast and outer mast runs over sprock-
3. Inner mast 4. Lift cylinders ets at the top of the centre mast, which means that the inner mast is
5. Load control valve 6. Freelift cylinders
raised at the same time as the centre mast.
7. Chain tensioner 8. Hoses
9. Sprocket, freelift 10. Sprocket Hydraulic hoses and cables run along the left side to power the func-
11. Lifting chain 12. Hydraulic connection tions of any external attachment.
13. Outer mast The lift cylinders for the Triplex freelift mast have end position damp-
ing; see Lift cylinder, description page 25.
Mast, removing
page
–
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Remove the lifting carriage; see Lifting carriage, removing page
38.
007786
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic
system from impurities.
007717
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic
system from impurities.
007716
WARNING
The mast can swing out when it is released from the
machine.
16 Undo the circlips and remove the shafts which fix the mast to the
frame.
Mast, installing
page
–
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
CAUTION
Overfilling of oil.
5 Suspend the mast vertically and lift the mast into place. It is im-
portant that the lifting equipment is connected to the mast’s lifting
eyes in a secure manner.
NOTE
The mast is attached to the machine’s frame with strong shafts
which run in maintenance-free bearings.
It is most important that bearing surfaces are absolutely clean
when the mast is installed.
The shafts and bearings mentioned above must NEVER be lu-
bricated with oil or grease.
007786
6 Align the mast and position the shafts in each mast mounting.
Then secure the shafts and fit the circlips.
10 Connect the tilt cylinder to the mast, align the tilt cylinder and fit
the spacers. Fit the circlips.
11 Repeat points 7-10 for the other tilt cylinder.
12 Remove the lifting equipment from the mast.
13 Grease the connectors with contact grease and join them up.
1
007716
15 Remove the plugs and connect the hydraulic hoses to the lift cyl-
inders.
16 Turn on the power supply and start the engine.
17 Check the hydraulic connections for leaks.
18 Check the mast functions.
19 Install the lifting carriage; see Lifting carriage, installing page 40.
007717
replacement
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Remove the mast, see Mast, removing page 28.
2 Divide the inner and outer mast.
3 Check the distance between the mast members with an inside
calliper in the centre of the member. Move the inside calliper
along the width of the members to register the shortest distance.
007787
4 Use a Vernier calliper to measure the inside calliper and note the
value.
6 Undo the four screws securing the support rollers (use Loctite
when refitting the screws). Clean the support roller contact sur-
face to the mat. Fit 1 mm shims in pairs between the mast mem-
ber and support roller.
NOTE
Distribute the shims so that they are not all on the same side
of the inner mast (or carriage when adjusting its support roll-
ers).
7 Screw the support roller down and check the dimension with a
Vernier calliper. Lock the screws with Loctite.
NOTE
Replace support rollers as necessary.
8 Slide the inner and outer mast together.
9 Repeat steps 3-7 to check and adjust the carriage’s support roll-
ers.
005247
The machine has two position sensors on the mast for switching be-
tween freelift and standard lift
Mast position is used to determine if the lift or freelift section of the load
handling control valve is to regulate when the lifting/lowering control
lever is activated.
The mast down position sensor (B261) is located on the rear of the
outer mast on the left side and indicates toward the inner mast. The
position sensor detects when the mast is in its bottom position.
The carriage up position sensor (B260) is located on the left carriage
plate in the lifting carriage. It detects when the lifting carriage reaches
the top of the inner mast. Freelift lifts the carriage in two stages - first
with the freelift cylinder and then with the lift cylinders. The carriage up
position sensor (B260) detects when the freelift cylinder has reached
its top position.
The position sensor (B260) transmits signals to the KDU frame control
unit (D797-1) on machines with hydraulic servo and to the KDU frame
option control unit (D797-2) on machines with electric servo. The po-
sition sensor (B261) sends a signal to the KDU frame option control
unit (D797-2). The signal can be checked with the diagnostic menu;
see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.11.4 HYD, menu 1.
The lifting carriage houses the fork mountings and lift forks. It runs
1 2 3 4 5
along the inner mast with support rollers and mast wheels mounted on
bearings. During lifting, oil is forced into the lift cylinders, the piston
rods in the cylinders are forced out and the inner mast is lifted. The
chain which is fixed to the carriage (and the outer mast), runs over
sprockets at the top of the inner mast. This also lifts the carriage at the
same time as the inner mast.
During freelift, the freelift cylinder raises the lifting carriage in re-
6 lation to the mast.
2 1
See also Fork mounting, description page 49, Side shift and spreading
7
3 cylinders, description page 48 and Lift forks, description (standard
4 forks) page 63.
5
2
002789
1. Fork mounting
2. Support rollers
3. Side shift and spreading cylinders
4. Lifting carriage
5. Lift fork
6. Fork rollers
7. Mast wheel
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Start the machine and set the mast vertical. Lower the mast.
NOTE
The lifting carriage must be placed on a flat surface and se-
cured. It could otherwise tip over when the machine is re-
versed away.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Remove the lift forks.
4 Depressurize the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
5 Position a receptacle under the hose connections of the mast to
catch spill oil.
007719
6 Mark up and detach the hydraulic hoses from the lifting carriage.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic
system from impurities.
007718 7 Lift the carriage slightly with the lifting equipment to relieve the
load on the lifting chains.
Slacken the lower nuts and release the chain tensioners from the
lifting carriage.
8 Fasten weights in or secure the chains with rope to prevent them
from travelling across the sprocket when the mast is raised.
007720
9 Start the machine and raise the mast. Lift and lower the lifting car-
riage with lifting equipment as necessary so that the carriage is
free from the mast. Back away from the mast or move the lifting
carriage.
WARNING
The lifting carriage can swing out when it is released
from the mast. Make sure it is secured with lifting
equipment.
007722
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Start the machine and set the mast vertical.
2 Raise the mast so high that there is room for the lifting carriage.
3 Connect lifting equipment to the lifting carriage in a secure man-
ner and run the machine toward or position the lifting carriage in
the mast with lifting equipment.
4 Lower the mast.
007723
6 Tension the chains with the chain tensioners. Check that the
chains are tensioned equally.
7 Measure the ground clearance of the lifting carriage. The dis-
tance must be equal on the right and left sides, with a tolerance
of ±5 mm. Adjust further with the chain tensioner if necessary.
007724
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and fitted correctly.
9 Undo the lifting equipment (travelling crane).
10 Turn on the power supply and start the engine.
11 Activate the load handing functions. Check the hydraulic connec-
tions for leaks.
12 Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank when all cylinders are
007718
The load control valves of the lift cylinders are located in the piston-
side connection while the load control valves of the freelift cylinders
1 are located in the rod-side connection.
The valve contains a spring-loaded guide piston and a movable throt-
tle plate that work together to give a constant through-flow, regardless
of size of the load. The maximum lowering speed is constant and can-
not be adjusted regardless of the weight of the load.
For lifting, the throttle plate and the guide piston are in the through-flow
2 position, allowing the unobstructed passage of the oil. For lowering,
the throttle plate assumes a throttle position. The internal pressure
drop in the valve and the pre-load force of the guide piston’s spring
counteract each other, balancing the position of the guide piston, with
a corresponding size of restriction gap. Big load - small gap, small load
- big gap.
000632
1. Lift cylinder
2. Load control valve
3 C2
A 4
2 A1 A1
7
T H
P
P2
P1
T B1 B1
6 7
C1
EF
P
1 1 T
009693
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The hydraulic oil pumps pump oil from See pressure plate on Section 10 Common hydraulics , group 10.4.3
the hydraulic oil tank. left frame beam. Vane pump with fixed displacement
2 The pressure reducer reduces pressure P = 3.5 MPa Pressure reducer, description page 17
from the hydraulic oil pump to servo
pressure.
3 The accumulator stores servo pressure. See pressure plate on Accumulator servo circuit, description page
The non-return valve in the pressure re- left frame beam. 15
ducer makes it possible to store the
pressure when the engine is shut off.
4 The servo filter cleans the oil upstream - Servo filter, description page 19
of the control levers.
5 The side shift control lever directs servo - Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories,
pressure in proportion to lever move- group 9.1 Controls and instruments
ment to load handling control valve.
7 The side shift and spreading cylinders - Lifting carriage, description page 38
slide the fork mounting laterally in the Fork mounting, description page 49
lifting carriage.
Side shift and spreading cylinders, descrip-
tion page 48
D5
5b
5a
6
D790-1
D797-2
D7 7
3 C2
8
A 4
2 A1 A1
9
T H
P C
P2
P1
T B1 B1
9
8
C1 EF
P
T
1 1
009680
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The hydraulic oil pumps pump oil from See pressure plate on left Section 10 Common hydraulics, group
the hydraulic oil tank. frame beam. 10.4.3 Vane pump with fixed displacement
2 The pressure reducer reduces pressure P = 3.5 MPa Pressure reducer, description page 17
from the hydraulic oil pump to servo
pressure.
3 The accumulator stores servo pressure. See pressure plate on left Accumulator servo circuit, description page
The non-return valve in the pressure re- frame beam. 15
ducer makes it possible to store the
pressure when the engine is shut off.
4 The servo filter cleans the oil upstream - Servo filter, description page 19
of the load handling control valve.
5b The control lever (S815-P3) sends the US815-P3 = 0.5-4.5 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accesso-
cab control unit (D790-1) a voltage sig- Right: US815-P3 = <2.5 V ries, group 9.1 Controls and instruments
nal proportional to lever movement. D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
Left: US815-P3 = >2.5 V
system, group 8.4.8.1 ELSERV, menu 1
0.5 V is the highest speed
for side shift right and 4.5
V is the highest speed for
side shift left. Voltage
lower than 0.5 V and
higher than 4.5 V is used
to detect defects in cable
harnesses and controls.
6 The cab control unit (D790-1) transmits Checked by the control Section 11 Common electrics, group
side shift left or side shift right on the system; error shown with 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
CAN bus. error code.
7 The frame option control unit (D797-2) U = 24 V Section 11 Common electrics, group
activates the solenoid valve for side 11.5.3.3 Cab control unit (D797-2)
shift left (Y6020) or the solenoid valve D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
for side shift right (Y6021). system, group 8.4.8.7 ELSERV, menu 7 and
8.4.8.8 ELSERV, menu 8
8 The solenoid valve for side shift left - Load handling control valve, description
(Y6020) or the solenoid valve for side (electric servo) page 47
shift right (Y6021) directs servo pres-
sure to the side shift spool in the load
handling control valve, which changes
position and directs pressure to the side
shift and spreading cylinders.
9 The side shift and spreading cylinders - Lifting carriage, description page 38
slide the fork mountings laterally on the Fork mounting, description page 49
lifting carriage.
Side shift and spreading cylinders, descrip-
tion page 48
servo)
Side shift is controlled by a separate section of the load handling con-
trol valve.
For general information on the control valve, see Load handling con-
trol valve, description (hydraulic servo) page 20.
For more information on side shift, see Side shift, function description
(hydraulic servo) page 43.
servo)
The load handling control valve controls all load handling functions.
See also Load handling control valve, description (electric servo) page
21.
For more information on side shift, see Side shift, function description
(electric servo) page 45.
The side shift and spreading cylinders are located between the lifting
1 2 3 4 5
carriage and the fork mountings. The cylinders slide the fork mount-
ings laterally on the lifting carriage during spreading and side shift. The
side shift and spreading cylinders are connected to both the spreading
and side shift sections of the load handling control valve.
During spreading, the upper cylinder is pressurised and moves the
right fork mounting. The left fork mounting is stationary.
During side shift, the piston side of one cylinder (the upper for side shift
6 right and the lower for side shift left) is pressurised. When the hydraulic
2 1 cylinder is extended, oil is pressed from the piston side to the rod side
7 of the other cylinder, compressing it. This causes the two forks to
3 move an equal distance laterally.
4
5
2
002789
1. Fork mounting
2. Support rollers
3. Side shift and spreading cylinders
4. Lifting carriage
5. Lift fork
6. Fork rollers
7. Mast wheel
The fork mounting is the movable part of the lifting carriage that holds
1 2 3 4 5
the lift forks. Each fork mounting can move laterally. The top edge of
each mounting is suspended with four fork rollers mounted on bear-
ings. At the bottom, it rests on the lifting carriage on two support roll-
ers. Fork rollers and support rollers reduce friction and wear during
side shift and spreading.
Each fork (pin type) is attached to the fork mounting with a shaft.
The shaft can angle the fork upward to prevent damage if the mast is
6 tilted too far forward.
2 1
Located between the fork mountings and lifting carriage are the side
7
3 shift and spreading cylinders. The cylinders move the fork mounting
4 laterally during spreading and/or side shift.
5
See also Lifting carriage, description page 49, Side shift and spread-
2 ing cylinders, description page 48 and Lift forks, description (standard
002789
7.5 Spreading
Spreading, function description (hydraulic
page
–
servo)
3 C2
A 4
2 A1 A1
7
T H
P C
P2
P1
T B1 B1
6 7
C1
EF
P
T
1 1
009694
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The hydraulic oil pumps pump oil from See pressure plate on left Section 10 Common hydraulics, group
the hydraulic oil tank. frame beam. 10.4.3 Vane pump with fixed displacement
2 The pressure reducer reduces pressure P = 3.5 MPa Pressure reducer, description page 17
from the hydraulic oil pump to servo
pressure.
3 The accumulator stores servo pressure. See pressure plate on left Accumulator servo circuit, description page
The non-return valve in the pressure re- frame beam. 15
ducer makes it possible to store the
pressure when the engine is shut off.
4 The servo filter cleans the oil upstream - Servo filter, description page 19
of the control levers.
5 The spreading control lever directs ser- - Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accesso-
vo pressure in proportion to lever move- ries, group 9.1 Controls and instruments
ment to the load handling control valve.
7 The upper side shift and spreading cyl- - Lifting carriage, description page 38
inder moves the right fork mounting lat- Fork mounting, description page 49
erally.
Side shift and spreading cylinders, descrip-
tion page 55
5b D5
5a
6
D790-1
D797-2
D7 7
3 C2
8
A 4
2 A1 A1
9
T H
P C
P2
P1
T B1 B1
9
8
C1
EF
P
T
1 1
009681
2 The pressure reducer reduces pressure P = 3.5 MPa Pressure reducer, description page 17
from the hydraulic oil pump to servo
pressure.
3 The accumulator stores servo pressure. See pressure plate on Accumulator servo circuit, description page
The non-return valve in the pressure re- left frame beam. 15
ducer makes it possible to store the
pressure when the engine is shut off.
4 The servo filter cleans the oil upstream - Servo filter, description page 19
of the load handling control valve.
5b The control lever (S815-P4) sends the US815-P4 = 0.5-4.5 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories,
cab control unit (D790-1) a voltage sig- Out: US815-P4 = <2.5 V group 9.1 Controls and instruments.
nal proportional to lever movement. D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
In: US815-P4 = >2.5 V
system, group 8.4.8.1 ELSERV, menu 2
0.5 V is the highest
speed for spreading out
and 4.5 V is the highest
speed for spreading in.
Voltage lower than 0.5
V and higher than 4.5 V
is used to detect de-
fects in cable harness-
es and controls.
6 The cab control unit (D790-1) transmits Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
spreading in or spreading out on the system, error shown Cab control unit (D790-1)
CAN bus. with error code.
7 The frame option control unit (D797-2) U = 24 V Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.3
activates the spreading in solenoid Cab control unit (D797-2)
valve (Y6019) or the spreading out sole- D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
noid valve (Y6018). system, group 8.4.8.9 ELSERV, menu 9 and
8.4.8.10 ELSERV, menu 10
8 The spreading in solenoid valve (Y6019) - Load handling control valve, description (elec-
or spreading out solenoid valve (Y6018) tric servo) page 55
directs servo pressure to the spreading
spool in the load handling control valve,
which changes position and pressurises
the piston side of the side shift and
spreading cylinder.
9 The upper side shift and spreading cyl- - Fork mounting, description page 49
inder moves the right fork mounting lat- Side shift and spreading cylinders, description
erally. page 55
servo)
Spreading is controlled by a separate section of the load handling con-
trol valve.
For general information on the control valve, see Load handling con-
trol valve, description (hydraulic servo) page 20.
For more information on spreading, see Spreading, function descrip-
tion (hydraulic servo) page 50.
Spreader spool
When the spreading control lever is activated, the spreading spool is
pressurised. The spool controls the direction and oil flow from the hy-
draulic oil pump to the spreading cylinders. See Side shift and spread-
ing cylinders, description page 55.
servo)
7.7 Tilt
Tilt, function description (hydraulic servo)
page
–
3 C2
A 4 8
2 7
T H A1
P
P2
P1 8
T B1 7
6
C1
EF
P
T
1 1
009695
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The hydraulic oil pumps pump oil from See pressure plate on left Section 10 Common hydraulics, group
the hydraulic oil tank. frame beam. 10.4.3 Vane pump with fixed displacement
2 The pressure reducer reduces pressure P = 3.5 MPa Pressure reducer, description page 17
from the hydraulic oil pump to servo
pressure.
3 The accumulator stores servo pressure. See pressure plate on left Accumulator servo circuit, description page
The non-return valve in the pressure re- frame beam. 15
ducer makes it possible to store the
pressure when the engine is shut off.
4 The servo filter cleans the oil upstream - Servo filter, description page 19
of the control levers.
5 The tilt control lever directs servo pres- - Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accesso-
sure to the load handling control valve in ries, group 9.1 Controls and instruments
proportion to lever movement.
7 The load retention valve opens and di- - Load retention valve, description page 61
rects the pressure on to the tilt cylinders.
8 The tilt cylinders angle the mast in rela- - Lift masts, description page 25
tion to the frame. Tilt cylinder, description page 62
D5
5b
5a
6
D790-1
D797-1
D7 7
3 C2
8
A 4 10
2 9
T H A1
P C
P2
P1 10
T B1 9
8
C1
EF
P
1 1 T
009682
2 The pressure reducer reduces pres- P = 3.5 MPa Pressure reducer, description page 17
sure from the hydraulic oil pump to ser-
vo pressure.
3 The accumulator stores servo pres- See pressure plate on left Accumulator servo circuit, description page
sure. The non-return valve in the pres- frame beam. 15
sure reducer makes it possible to store
the pressure when the engine is shut
off.
4 The servo filter cleans the oil upstream - Servo filter, description page 19
of the load handling control valve.
5b The control lever (S815-P2) sends the US815-P2 = 0.5-4.5 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories,
cab control unit (D790-1) a voltage sig- In: US815-P2 = >2.5 V group 9.1 Controls and instruments
nal proportional to lever movement. D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
Out: US815-P2 = >2.5 V
system, group 8.4.8.1 ELSERV, menu 1
0.5 V is the highest speed
for tilt in and 4.5 V is the
highest speed for tilt out.
Voltage lower than 0.5 V
and voltage higher than
4.5 V is used to detect de-
fects in cables and con-
trols.
6 The cab control unit (D790-1) transmits Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
tilt in or tilt out on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
ror code.
7 The frame control unit (D797-1) acti- U = 24 V Section 11 Common electrics, group
vates the tilt in solenoid valve (Y6011) 11.5.3.3 Cab control unit (D790-2)
or the tilt out solenoid valve (Y6010). D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.8.5 ELSERV, menu 5 and
8.4.8.6 ELSERV, menu 6
8 The tilt in solenoid valve (Y6011) or the - Load handling control valve, description
tilt out solenoid valve (Y6010) directs (electric servo) page 60
servo pressure to the tilt spool in the
load handling control valve, which
changes position and pressurises the
tilt cylinders.
9 The load retention valve opens and di- - Load retention valve, description page 61
rects the pressure on to the tilt cylin-
ders.
10 The tilt cylinders angle the mast in rela- - Lift masts, description page 25
tion to the frame. Tilt cylinder, description page 62
servo)
Tilting is controlled by a separate section of the load handling control
valve.
For general information on the control valve, see Load handling con-
trol valve, description (hydraulic servo) page 20.
For more information about tilting, see Tilt, function description (hy-
draulic servo) page 56.
Tilt spool
When the tilt control lever is activated, pressure is fed to the tilt spool,
which controls the direction and flow of oil from the hydraulic oil pumps
to the tilt cylinders.
servo)
Tilt spool
When the servo valves are activated, pressure is fed to the tilt spool,
which controls the direction and flow of oil from the hydraulic oil pumps
to the tilt cylinders.
The load retention valves are mounted on the tilt cylinders, by the hy-
draulic connection to the rod side. The load retention valve prevents
the tilt cylinders from moving faster than the pressure applied from the
load handling control valve. This prevents unwanted tilting forwards,
which can occur if there is a heavy load or high lift height. The load re-
tention valve also makes the tilting movement more controlled.
2
005236
1. Tilt cylinder
2. Load retention valve
The tilt cylinders sit between the mast and the frame and angle the
2 mast in relation to the machine.
1
3
005247
1. Tilt cylinder
2. Mast
3. Lower mast anchorage on frame
7.7.9 Mast
Lift masts, description
page
–
007729
Inverted lift forks for the fork shank system are used, for example, to-
gether with a top lift attachment to increase lift height. All lift forks are
entirely forged in high-strength steel.
The inverted lift forks are attached to the fork shanks. The forks have
a fixed spacing and cannot be spread like standard lift forks.
2
3
002050
1
The carpet boom for the fork shank system is used to lift cylindrical
goods.
The carpet boom is attached to both fork mountings.
2
3
002051
4
1. Upper retaining hook
2. Lock pin
3. Movable catch
4. Lower retaining hook
007494
The top lift attachment houses a valve that determines whether
spreading 20’-40’, twistlocks or rotation is to be activated. Spreading
20’-40’ and twistlocks are activated with a switch. Rotation is control-
led with the spreading control lever.
For a more detailed description, see:
Spreading 20’-40’, description page 65
Rotation, description page 83
Twistlocks, description page 88
7.10.5.1 Spreading
Spreading 20’-40’, description
page
–
Electric servo
Spreading 20’-40’ is activated with the spreading 20’-40’ switch and
the spreading solenoid valves of the load handling control valve when
the switch is activated. The attachment’s changeover valve for spread-
ing, rotation or twistlocks directs the control pressure on to the attach-
ment’s spreader motor.
See Spreading, function description (electric servo) page 52.
D5
D6
5 6 7
D790-1
D797-2
8
D8
3 C2 10 14
A 4 9
2 A1
T H 11 12
P C 13
P2
P1
T B1
15
9
C1
EF
P
1 1 T
009687
Accumulator, description
page
–
If the machine is equipped with a separate top lift attachment, the at-
tachment’s functions are connected to the spreading section of the
load handling control valve. See Spreading 20’-40’, function descrip-
tion (electric servo) page 66.
Spreading 20’-40’, rotation and twistlocks on the top lift attachment
use the same pressure feed from the machine. Valves on the attach-
ment handle switching between the functions.
For general information on the control valve, see Load handling con-
trol valve, description (electric servo) page 21.
For more information on spreading, see Spreading, function descrip-
tion (electric servo) page 52.
description
1. Changeover valve, spreading, rotation or twistlocks If no valves are activated, the pressure is directed to the rotation cyl-
inders.
Twistlocks
The solenoid valve for blocking twistlocks (Y6044) actuates the twist-
lock valve upon activation so that the pressure is directed to the twist-
lock cylinders. The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu.
See section 8 Control system, group 8.4.11.3.2 EXT-ATTACH, menu
2.
Spreading
The extension solenoid valve (Y6046) actuates the spreading valve
upon activation, causing pressure to be directed to the spreader mo-
tor. The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section
8 Control system, group 8.4.11.3.3 EXT-ATTACH, menu 3.
The extension damping solenoid valve (Y6046-2) actuates the damp-
ing valve upon activation so that pressure to the spreader motor is
dampened.
I II
001004
1
For top lift attachment only.
10 Via two chains, the spreader motor moves the spreader beams in and
out in the attachment’s main beam. The spreader motor sits all the way
2 out out to the left on the front side of the attachment’s main beam.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Remove the cover on the left side of the attachment’s main beam.
3 Start the engine and run spreading out until the chain tensioners
are visible in the inspection holes.
4 Stop the engine and turn the starter key to position I.
5 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
6 Turn the start key to position 0 and turn off the main electric pow-
er.
7 Measure and note the chain tensioners’ length to attain the cor-
rect chain tension when refitting.
8 Slacken the chain tensioner on the engine side and remove the
chain from the tensioner.
10 Mark up and detach the hydraulic hoses from the valve block of
the spreader motor.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and fitted correctly.
13 Clean the contact surfaces between the planetary gear and the
attachment’s main beam.
14 Fit the motor assembly. Tighten the screws crosswise in stages
with increasing torque until reaching 117 Nm (oiled screw).
15 Attach the hydraulic hoses to the valve block.
24 Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank with the gantry all the
way down and the mast tilted in. The oil level should be in the top
of the level glass. Top up as needed.
CAUTION
Overfilling of oil.
NOTE
Note the distance the stop was adjusted.
Run spreading out a little to make it possible to move the wash-
ers.
NOTE
Check the vertical position of the chain tensioner so that the
chain runs straight to the sprocket.
7 Start the engine, run spreading out to the 40-foot position and
switch off the engine.
8 Check the C-C measurement between the twistlocks.
C-C 40 feet: 11985 ±3 mm
005105
NOTE
Adjust max. 2 mm on the chain tensioner at a time.
005106
13 Repeat steps 9–11 until the chains have the correct tension.
14
If the machine is equipped with a 30 or 35-foot stop, start the en-
gine, run spreading out to the 30 or 35-foot position, switch off the
engine and check the C-C measurement between the twistlocks.
C-C 30 feet: 8918 ±3 mm
C-C 35 feet: 10488 ±3 mm
IMPORTANT
Check the distance at stop from both 20’ and 40’.
15 Brush or spray the spreader chain with chain oil. Make sure the
chain is well lubricated.
16 Fit the cover plates on the attachment’s main beam.
3 Start the engine and run spreading out until the chain tensioners
are visible in the inspection holes.
4 Turn off the engine and the main electrical power.
005105
NOTE
Measure and note the chain tensioners’ length to attain the
correct chain tension when refitting.
005105
NOTE
Note the location of the spacer ring.
If the sprocket on the engine side must be removed, fist remove
the spreader motor. See Spreader motor, replacement page 70.
7 Pull the chain out through the sprocket hole so that the chain runs
along the spreader beam.
8 Temporarily fasten the chain along the cable rack to prevent the
chain from being pinched.
NOTE
Support the spreader beam to minimise breaks. If neces-
sary, remove the upper slide plates to reduce resistance.
12 Detach the cable rack from the attachment’s main beam. Support
the cable rack so that it is not damaged.
13 Pull out the spreader beam until the chain mounting becomes ac-
cessible.
14 Detach the chain from the spreader beam and cable rack.
15 Connect the new chain to the spreader beam.
16 Fasten the chain along the cable rack so that it runs straight along
the spreader beam.
17 Brush or spray the spreader chain with chain oil. Make sure the
chains is well lubricated.
18 Slide in the spreader beam so that the extension stop can be fit-
ted.
19 Fit the extension stop.
20 Connect the cable rack to the attachment’s main beam.
21 Fit the hydraulic hoses’ clamping on the attachment’s main
beam.
22 Slide in the spreader beam until it is extended the same amount
as the other one. This facilitates fitting of the chains.
23 Detach the chain from the cable rack and insert it through the
sprocket hole.
24 Fit the sprocket. The spacer ring should sit on the underside of
the sprocket.
If the rotation motor has been removed, refit it. See Spreader mo-
tor, replacement page 70.
NOTE
Check that the chain runs straight in the sprockets.
NOTE
Use a new split pin.
005105
1
For top lift attachment only.
10 The spreader beams are the part of the attachment that grips the con-
tainer. Two spreader beams run along the main beam. The spreader
2 beams are slid in and out via the spreader motor and spreader chains.
Lubrication
007271
1
For top lift attachment only.
10 The main beam comprises equipment for spreading (spreader beams,
spreader motor, slide plates and sensor). The attachment’s main
2 beam also houses valves and electrical equipment for attachment
functions.
3
9 4
8
7
6 000650
5
1. Main beam, attachment
2. Fuse box, attachment
3. Changeover valve, spreading, rotation or twistlocks
4. Spreading position sensor
5. Alignment sensor
6. Twistlock
7. Sensor, twistlocks
8. Lock cylinder, twistlocks
9. Spreader beam
10. Spreader motor
004945
7.10.5.2 Rotation
Rotation, description
page
–
If a top lift attachment is connected, check that its hoses are connected
to the spreading section so that spreading in is rotation clockwise and
spreading out is rotation anticlockwise. See Rotation, function descrip-
tion (electric servo) page 84 for a function description.
For more information, see Spreading, function description (electric
servo) page 52.
Spreading Not activated Spreading 20’-40’, function description (electric servo) page 66
5a D5
5b
6
D790-1
D797-2
7
D7
3 C2
8 10
A 4
2 A1 9
T H
P C
P2
P1
T B1
10
8
C1
EF
P
1 1 T
009689
Accumulator, description
page
–
If the machine is equipped with a separate top lift attachment, the at-
tachment’s functions are connected to the spreading section of the
load handling control valve.
Rotation is clockwise during side shift left and anticlockwise during
side shift right.
For more information, see Load handling control valve, description
(electric servo) page 21.
description
1 2 3 4 3 2 1
For top lift attachment only.
The rotation cylinders are housed between the fork pockets and the ro-
tation carriage and rotate the attachment in relation to the mast.
003601
1. Rotation cylinder
2. Catch
3. Fork pocket
4. Slide plate
1 2 3 4 3 2 1
For top lift attachment only.
The rotation carriage is the part of the attachment that joins the attach-
ment to the lift forks. the rotation carriage is attached to the lift forks by
two fork pockets. Housed between the rotation carriage and the fork
pockets are slide plates that allow the rotation yoke to rotate in relation
to the lift forks.
003601
1. Rotation cylinder
2. Catch
3. Fork pocket
4. Slide plate
7.10.5.3 Twistlocks
Twistlocks, description
page
–
007502
Twistlocks secure the container to the attachment. Twistlocks are
maneuvered with hydraulic cylinders that are controlled by the load
handling control valve.
The twistlock function is found in the following versions:
Electric servo
Twistlock is activated with the twistlock switch and the spreading sole-
noid valves of the load handling control valve when the switch is acti-
vated. The attachment’s changeover valve for spreading, rotation or
twistlocks directs the control pressure on to the attachment’s lock cyl-
inders. See Twistlocks, function description (electric servo) page 89.
Spreading Not activated Spreading 20’-40’, function description (electric servo) page 66
D5
5
12, 22 6 20 10 20
D790-2 D790-1
D797-2
13 ,11, 21
D6
7
15
D13
3 C2 18 18
17 D19 8
A 4 14
2 A
T H
19
P C
P2 9
16 17 19
P1
T B
14 D9
18 18
C1
EF
P
1 1 T
009691
Accumulator, description
page
–
description
1 2 1 3
For top lift attachment only.
The lock cylinder pulls the lock mechanism so that the twistlocks are
rotated. Two lock cylinders - one in the right and one in the left spread-
er beam - pull the lock mechanism. The lock cylinders are located in
the centre of the spreader beam’s longitudinal section.
000635
1. Alignment sensor
2. Lock mechanism
3. Lock cylinder
1 2 1 3
For top lift attachment only.
The lock mechanism transfers the force of the lock cylinders to the
twistlocks. Two lock mechanisms - one in the right and one in the left
spreader beam - actuate the twistlocks. The lock mechanism runs
along the longitudinal section of the spreader beam between the twist-
locks.
000635
The lock mechanism consists of a rod with two spherical plain bear-
ings in the end. The rod is fastened in levers that rotate the twistlocks.
1. Alignment sensor
A retaining lug for the lock cylinder sits in the centre of the rod.
2. Lock mechanism
3. Lock cylinder
Twistlocks, description
page
–
1
For top lift attachment only.
WARNING
2
Dropped load.
5
Fatal danger!
3
Twistlocks secure the load and are located in the corners of the
1. Lock mechanism
spreader beam’s longitudinal part.
2. Attachment sensor
3. Alignment pin Twistlocks are manufactured from high-strength steel according to in-
4. Lift pin ternational standards. The lift pins are marked with serial numbers.
5. Lock guide Twistlocks are connected in pairs via a linkage system to a hydraulic
cylinder which in turn is controlled via a section in the attachment’s
control valve. Inductive sensors send signals when the twistlocks are
locked and unlocked, respectively.
Twistlock, replacement
page
–
WARNING
Dropped component.
NOTE
Do not forget the washer between the spreader beam and
guide pin.
000634
is located above the pin. The position of the sensor can be adjusted so
that it gives a signal when the pin is pressed in and the head is level
with the lower edge of the spreader beam. The clearance between the
attachment and the container’s corner boxes means the sensors stop
sending signals when the attachment is lifted.
The sensors are connected in series, with the first sensor supplied
voltage by the frame control unit (D797-1). The sensor sends voltage
on to the next sensor when the indicator pin is depressed. Once all
sensors indicate contact, the last sensor sends voltage to the align-
ment relay (K1). When the alignment relay (K1) is activated, it supplies
voltage to the alignment indicator lamp (E564) and sends a voltage
signal to the frame control unit (D797-1).
goes out).
Event menu, alignment 7 Check more must indicator pin movement is required to detect
contact. The movement must be 3–4 mm.
8 Adjust sensor position if necessary. See Position sensor, check-
ing and adjustment page 3.
1 2 1 3
For top lift attachment only.
Twistlocks sensors (B7204L, B7204R, B7205L and B7205R) detects
when the twistlocks are locked or unlocked. Four inductive position
sensors - two in each spreader beam - detect the position of the lock
mechanism. The sensors sit at the lock cylinder in the centre of the
longitudinal section of the spreader beam.
000635
Both sides function the same way independently of one another. An
indicator plate sits on the lock mechanism at the lock cylinder. When
1. Twistlocks sensor
the lock mechanism is in the position that locks the twistlocks, one of
2. Lock mechanism
the sensors sends a signal to the attachment control unit (D791-1).
3. Lock cylinder
When the lock mechanism is in the position that unlocks the twistlocks,
the other sensor sends a signal to the attachment control unit (D791-
1). No signals are sent if the lock mechanism stops midway.
8 Control system
8 Control system
mm mm mm mm mm mm
The control system’s display is divided into four fields that show infor-
C mation (see figure to the left).
• Warning
C Indicates machine malfunction that should be taken care of as
soon as possible. After finished work shift with the machine, con-
D E
tact service as soon as possible.
The error code is shown automatically on the display.
000351
• Information
C Information to the operator that something should be taken care
of as soon as possible, e.g., defective light bulb. Take action to fix
D E the cause of the error code as soon as possible.
The error code is stored in the error code list under operating
000352
B
000389
• Engine:
C Shown with error code number XXX/YY on display.
D
NOTE
B If several error codes come from the engine, the error code
001343
level is shown for the most serious error code.
• Transmission:
C Shown with error code number XX/YY on display.
B
001344
10 11
002058
8.2 Monitoring
8.2.1 Overload protection
Overload protection, description
page
–
Not used.
8.2.2 Bypass
Bypassing, description
page
–
DANGER
Bypassing the safety systems results in a risk of tip-
ping. Use at your own risk.
is 5 km/h .
• the reversible operator’s seat is not in position.
• constant speed limitation is set.
Speed limitation is set via the initiation menu; see section 8 Control
system, group 8.5.1.4 INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 9.
000056
PRESENT XXXXh
8.4 Diagnostics
Diagnostic test, general
page
–
005263
OLS EXTRA
The diagnostic test is divided into the following groups:
• Voltage feed and communication for the Control system, CAN/
POWER, description page 11.
• Lighting, LIGHTS, description page 25.
• Cab functions, CAB, description page 36.
• Air conditioning, CLIMATE, description page 44.
• Hydraulic functions, HYD, description page 50.
• Engine, ENGINE, description page 57.
• Transmission, TRANSM, description page 64.
• Functions for electric servo, ELSERV, description page 76.
• Attachment functions, ATTACH, description page 89.
• Overload protection, OLS, description page 134.
• Optional functions, EXTRA, description page 136.
– Reversible operator’s seat, VBFS, menu 1 page 136.
– Mini-wheel or lever steering, EL-STEERING, menu 1 page
144.
– External attachment, EXT-ATTACH, menu 1 page 148.
– Freelift, FREELIFT, menu 1 page 153.
– Tiltable cab and sliding cab, MOVE-CAB, menu 1 page 153.
– RMI, RMI, menu 1 page 163.
Diagnostic tests show how the control units interpret input signals as
1 2 3 4
well as which signals that the control units send.
008873
FEEDBACK 0
2 Number of current menu. Every menu group consists of several menus in a loop.
(X) Total number of menus in the group. The number of menus depends on machine configuration, so the
number of menus is specified as (X) in this manual.
Variable The signal that is measured. Different signals are designated in different ways:
SWITCH: a digital input signal, e.g., a switch.
OUTPUT: a digital output signal, e.g., feed to a motor.
INPUT: an analogue input signal, e.g., from a sensor.
REFERENCE: status for an analogue output signal.
REQUIRED: output signal for a control current
FEEDBACK: either feedback signal from a motor or measured current on the minus side for an analogue
output signal.
Signal value Measurement value or status for signal for variable. On the same row there are different types that are
interpreted in different ways.
SWITCH: 1 or 0 where 1 means closed circuit.
OUTPUT: two characters where the first number is 1 if the output signal is active. The second number is
status for the circuit, 1=circuit OK, 0=open circuit or short-circuiting.
INPUT: numerical value corresponding to the signal.
REFERENCE: two characters where the first number is 1 if the input signal is active. The second number
is status for the circuit, 1=circuit OK, 0=open circuit or short-circuiting.
REQUIRED: numerical value corresponding to the signal.
FEEDBACK: numerical value corresponding to the signal.
Menu heading Description of the function for which the menu reads signals.
8.4.1 CAN/POWER
CAN/POWER, description
page
–
This group handles redundant power supply to control units and CAN
DIAGNOSIS bus communication.
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE Confirm selection with function key for Enter.
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005263
OLS EXTRA
SEGMENT ERROR X
Function: 11.6.2 Redundant CAN-bus
Signal value:
3 Ok.
2 Segment check
0 Error.
0 No open circuit.
Description: Indicates which control units have contact with the cab
DIAG CAN/POWER 2(X) control unit (D790-1) via the redundant CAN bus. Note that certain
PRESENT REDCAN STATUS control units are optional and may not be installed on the machine.
CONNECTED CITIES
D797-1 D797-2 XX Circuit diagram: 11.6-1, 11.6-2B, 11.6-2C
005267
007183
KDU D791-1 XY Connection: -
Function: 11.6.2 Redundant CAN-bus
Signal value:
TRANSMISSION X
D794/1 and 2
Volvo TAD950VE: CAN J1939 from D790-1/K13:1 and K13:2 to
D794/1 and 2
Volvo TAD1250VE: CAN J1939 from D790-1/K13:1 and K13:2 to
D794/1 and 2
Cummins QSM11: CAN J1939 from D790-1/K13:1 and K13:2 to
D794/46 and 37
Cummins QSB6.7: CAN J1939 from D790-1/K13:1 and K13:2 to
D794/46 and 37
Function: 11.6.3 Communication
Signal value:
NOTE
The cable harness for CAN bus drivetrain is common to the en-
gine and transmission from the cab electronic box to the frame
electronic box. The cable branches in the frame electronic box. If
communication with both the engine and transmission is cut off,
start troubleshooting at the cable harness between the cab elec-
TRANSMISSION
Description: Indicates status for transmission in drivetrain’s CAN bus.
Circuit diagram: Transmission circuit group 2.0, CAN bus circuit group
11.6
Connection: CAN J1939 from D790-1/K13:1 and K13:2 to D793/L2
and M2
Function: 11.6.3 Communication
Signal value:
NOTE
The cable harness for CAN bus drivetrain is common to the en-
gine and transmission from the cab electronic box to the frame
electronic box. The cable branches in the frame electronic box. If
communication with both the engine and transmission is cut off,
start troubleshooting at the cable harness between the cab elec-
tronic box and the frame electronic box. If there is communication
(either engine or transmission), this rules out a fault in the cable
harness between the cab electronic box and the frame electronic
box.
RELAY K315-2 XY
Signal value:
0 No signal.
RELAY K3009-2 XY
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
005271
Function: 11.5.1 Voltage feed
Signal value: XX.XXV = voltage on the connection. The signal value
should be 22-30 V (battery voltage).
3. -
4. -
5. Circuits 4.0-1, 7.5-1, 7.9-1, 8.2-1, 9.1-1, 9.3-3, 9.10-1 and 11.5-6
6. Circuit 5-2_1
7. -
8. Circuit 9.7-1
9. Circuit 9.5-1
10. Circuit 9.5-1
Connection:
1. signal from digital out D790-1/K4:14 to M650-1/53a
2. signal from digital out D790-1/K5:1 to S100/5, S110/5, S105-1/5,
S105-2/5, S105-3/5, S143/5, S199-1/5, S199-3/5, S199-4/5,
S220-1/1
3. signal from digital out D790-1/K6.13 not connected
4. signal from digital out D790-1/K7:12 not connected
5. signal from digital out D790-1/K8:16 to S107/5, S169/3, S199-2/5,
S250/1, S1002/2, S1003/3, S1004/5, S1005/5, S1010/3, S1012/
3, S1037/5
6. signal from digital out D790-1/K9:1 to S113/5, S149-2/5, S160-2/3
7. signal from digital out D790-1/K10:1 not connected
8. signal from digital out D790-1/K11:12 to S230/2
9. signal from digital out D790-1/K12:1 to M650-2/53a
10. signal from digital out D790-1/K12:3 to M650-3/53a
Function:
1. 9.5.5 Wiper motor front
2. 2.0 Transmission, 9.3 Seat, 9.6 Lighting
3. -
4. -
5. 11.5.1.4 Emergency stop switch voltage; 4.5 Parking brake sys-
tem; 8.2.2 Bypassing; 9.10.4 Tiltable cab/Hydraulic sliding cab;
7.5 Spreading; 7.8 Levelling; 7.9.1 Twistlocks
6. 5 Steering
7. -
8. 9.3.14 Sensor operator in seat
9. 9.5.7 Wiper motor rear
10. 9.5.6 Wiper motor roof
Signal value:
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
005277
POWER 2 X
Function: 11.5.1.3 Ignition voltage (15)
Signal value: XX.XXV = voltage on connection. The signal value
should be 22-30 V (battery voltage).
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
Function: 7.2.8 Hydraulic pressure sensor, lift cylinder and 7.7.8 Hy-
draulic pressure sensor, tilt cylinder
Signal value: X.XXV = 5.00 V. Important that signal value is stable (not
varying).
005279
SENSOR SUPPLY XX.XXV
Signal value: XX.XXV = voltage on the connection. The signal value
should be 22-30 V (battery voltage).
EME STOP POWER X Connection: 15-voltage from K315-1/87 via F54/4 and F58-2/3 to
D797-2/K2:1, D797-2/K2:9 and D797-2/K2:10
Function: 11.5.1.3 Ignition voltage (15)
Signal value: XX.XXV = voltage on the connection. The signal value
should be 22-30 V (battery voltage).
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
Not used.
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
005283
Connection: digital out from 791-1/K1:10 to B769-1, B777-1, B7202L,
B7202R, B7203L, B7203R, B7204L, B7204R, B7205L and B7205R
Function: 7.5.8 Spreading position sensor, 7.9.1.6 Alignment position
sensor, 7.9.1.7 Twistlocks sensor
DCF 90-100 with twistlock attachment
Connection: digital out from 791-1/K1:10 to B769L, B769R, B777L,
B777R, B7203L, B7203R, B7204L, B7204R, B7205L and B7205R
Function: 7.5.6 Spreading position sensor, 7.9.1.7 Alignment position
sensor, 7.9.1.8 Twistlocks sensor
DCF 90-100 with lifting hook
Connection: digital out from 791-1/K1:10 to B769L, B769R, B777L,
B777R, B7203LU-2, B7203RU-2, B7203LL, B7203RL, B7203LU,
B7203RU, B7204L, B7204R, B7205LL and B7205RL
Function: 7.5.6 Spreading position sensor, 7.9.2.8 Alignment and de-
tection sensor, 7.9.2.9 Lock tongue sensor
Signal value:
Not used.
Description: Control function from the redundant CAN bus. The cab
DIAG CAN/POWER 17(X) control unit (D790-1) performs a segment check to determine whether
REDCAN STATUS CHECK all control units have contact and are connected in the right order. The
PRESS ENTER control system indicates the fault by numbering the cables between
the control units (segments) from 1 onwards. Segment 1 is always be-
005284
SEGMENT ERROR X
tween the cab control unit (D790-1) and the next control unit in se-
quence. The last segment is always between the KID control unit
(D795) and the cab control unit (D790-1). The segments in between
vary depending on machine configuration.
Circuit diagram: Circuit CAN bus group 11.6
D790-1 D791 D797-2 D797-1 Connection: -
CAN L CAN R CAN L CAN R CAN L CAN R CAN L CAN R
D795
0 No errors.
DCF360-450CSG >0 X > 0, the number indicates incorrect segment. Use circuit di-
Segment numbering with maximum number of control agram to find the incorrect segment.
units. Control units marked with dashes are optional.
1 2
4 3
CAN R CAN L
008879
D795
DCF 280-500
Segment numbering with maximum number of control
units. Control units marked with dashes are optional.
8.4.2 LIGHTS
LIGHTS, description
page
–
OLS EXTRA
005286
Signal value:
0 No signal.
REAR LIGHTS XY
Function: 9.6.2 Running lights
Signal value:
005288
DIMMED LE/RI XY
Signal value:
0 No signal.
005289
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
RIGHT F/R XY
ard)
Signal value:
R
Description: Voltage feed to direction indicator, right-hand side.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.6-7
Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:31 to H423 and H427
Function: 9.6.6 Direction indicators, 9.6.7 Flashing hazard lights (Haz-
ard)
Signal value:
Signal value:
0 No signal.
005292
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
REVERSE ALARM XY
• RI: digital out from D797-1/K1:9 to H411R
Function: 9.6.4 Brake lights
Signal value:
ALARM
Description: Voltage feed to back-up alarm.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.7-2
Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:10 to H965
Function: 9.7.5 Back-up alarm
Signal value:
OUTPUT XXX
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
Signal value:
0 No signal.
005296
D797-2 C1 P42 XY
working light, attachment, 9.1.6 Switch for working light, mast
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Signal value:
0 No signal.
005300
Connection:
output signal from D790-1/K6:1 to S117, S118, S139
output signal from D790-1/K6:2 to S105-2
output signal from D790-1/K6:3 to S105-3
output signal from D790-1/K6:4 to S110
output signal from D790-1/K6:5 to S100
output signal from D790-1/K6:6 to S143
output signal from D790-1/K6:7 to S199-4
output signal from D790-1/K6:8 to S199-3
output signal from D790-1/K6:9 to S199-1
output signal from D790-1/K6:10 to S105-1
output signal from D790-1/K8:10 to S1004
output signal from D790-1/K8:12 to S1003
output signal from D790-1/K8:13 to S107
output signal from D790-1/K8:14 to S199-2
output signal from D790-1/K8:15 to S169, S1010
output signal from D790-1/K9:2 to S160-2
Function: 9.6.11 Interior lighting
Signal value:
50 Means 4-5 V.
Signal value:
0 No signal.
8.4.3 CAB
CAB, description
page
–
OLS EXTRA
0 No signal.
FEEDBACK X
X = 2 Interval less slow: signal from S162/J2, digital in D790-2/
K3:7
X = 3 Interval continuous: signal from S162/53, digital in D790-2/
K3:8
Function: 9.5 Wiper/washer system
Signal value:
1 Long interval.
2 Normal interval.
3 Continuous operation.
Description: Signal from motor wiper front, indicates when wiper mo-
tion is completed.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.5-1
Connection: signal from M650-1/31B to digital in D790-1/K4:13
Function: 9.5.5 Wiper motor front
Signal value:
FEEDBACK X
Function: 9.5 Wiper/washer system
Signal value:
0 No signal.
FEEDBACK X
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Description: Signal from motor wiper roof, indicates when wiper mo-
tion is completed.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.5-1
Connection: signal from M650-3/31B to digital in D790-1/K12:4
Function: 9.5.6 Wiper motor roof
Signal value:
OUTPUT XY
Signal value:
0 No signal.
HORN, SWITCH 2
page
–
0 No signal.
HORN, OUTPUT
page
–
OP X
Signal value:
SWITCH SEAT
page
–
ALARM
page
–
OP
page
–
FUEL, PROC
page
–
Signal value:
0 No signal.
8.4.4 CLIMATE
CLIMATE, description
page
–
005302
OLS EXTRA
Description: Temperature of the air out from the fan. The sensor is lo-
DIAG CLIMATE 2(X) cated in the air distributor.
TEMP COIL XXX
TEMP COOLANT XXX Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.4-1
TEMP AMBIENT XXX Connection: signal from B775-2 to input D790-1/K4:10
005550
TEMP COOLANT
page
–
TEMP AMBIENT
page
–
TEMP DE-ICE
page
–
Signal value:
005552
Function: 9.4.5 Water valve
Signal value: XX.XXV = 0.50 - 4.50 V
REQ. FAN SPEED XX.XXV Connection: signal from S117/3 to analogue in D790-1/K5:8
Function: 9.4 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning
Signal value: XX.XXV ∼ 2.4 / 0 / 5.0 V = Increase / - / decrease.
005554
COMPRESSOR XY
Function: 9.4.3 cab fan
Signal value: XXX = 0-255 = Fan speed (255 = max. fan speed).
Description: Voltage feed to motor for fresh air and recirculation damp-
er.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.4-2
Connection: digital out from D790-1/K2:3 to M612
Function: 9.4.2 Fresh air and recirculation damper
Signal value:
Description: Voltage feed to water valve, for opening. The valve is con-
DIAG CLIMATE 7(X) nected to an H-bridge. The signal can only be diagnosed when the
OUTPUT WATER VALVE valve’s position changes. The valve’s opening and closing is control-
CLOCKWISE XY XY led by the climate control unit’s software depending on desired tem-
ANTI-CLOCKWISE XY XY perature, outside temp. cab temperature and coolant temperature,
thereafter it may be difficult to determine if the valve is working as it
should.
24V
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.4-2
Connection: digital out from D790-1/K4:1 via R3 to Y673/5 and from
D790-1/K4:2 via R4 to Y673/6
Function: 9.4.5 Water valve
M Signal value: motor runs clockwise row 1: 11 11 row 2: 00 11
Description: Voltage feed to water valve, for closing. The valve is con-
nected to an H-bridge. The signal can only be diagnosed when the
valve’s position changes. The valve’s opening and closing is control-
led by the climate control unit’s software depending on desired tem-
perature, outside temp. cab temperature and coolant temperature,
thereafter it may be difficult to determine if the valve is working as it
should.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.4-2
Connection: digital out from D790-1/K4:1 via R3 to Y673/5 and from
D790-1/K4:2 via R4 to Y673/6
Function: 9.4.5 Water valve
Signal value: motor runs counter-clockwise row 1: 00 11, row 2: 11 11
Description: Voltage feed to motor for the air distributor, rotation clock-
DIAG CLIMATE 8(X) wise. Is connected to an H-bridge. Signal can only be diagnosed when
OUTPUT DRAUGHT VALVE the air distributor’s position changes.
CLOCKWISE XY XY
ANTI-CLOCKWISE XY XY Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.4-2
Connection: digital out from D790-1/K4:3 via R5 to Y672/5 and from
D790-1/K4:4 via R6 to Y672/6
24V
Function: 9.4.14 Air distributor
Signal value: motor runs clockwise row 1: 11 11, row 2: 00 11
Description: Voltage feed to motor for the air distributor, rotation coun-
ter-clockwise. Motor is connected to an H-bridge. Signal can only be
diagnosed when the air distributor’s position changes.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.4-2
Connection: digital out from D790-1/K4:3 via R5 to Y672/5 and from
D790-1/K4:4 via R6 to Y672/6
Function: 9.4.14 Air distributor
Signal value: motor runs counter-clockwise row 1: 00 11, row 2: 11 11
8.4.5 HYD
HYD, description
page
–
005303
OLS EXTRA
SET OUTPUT + - X
Signal value: XXX = Temperature in tenths of degrees (200 = 20 °C).
010071
SET OUTPUT + - X
SET OUTPUT + - X
90-100 4.8.10 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
Menu for DCF 280-500 Signal value: XXX = Temperature in tenths of degrees (200 = 20 °C).
C+
007239
Description: Pressure on the tilt cylinders’ rod side (C-). For voltage
value, see PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL, TILT CYLINDER page 134.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 8.2-2
Connection: signal from B768-2/3, analogue in D797-1/K1:22
Function: 7.7.8 Hydraulic pressure sensor, tilt cylinder
Signal value: XXX = 0-250 = Hydraulic pressure 0 - 25 MPa. (255 =
incorrect signal.)
007240
DECLUTCH PRESSURE X
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
Description: Signals from switch parking brake. Two signals, one for
DIAG HYDRAULIC 5(X) released parking brake and one for applied parking brake. Both sig-
P-BRAKE nals must be valid to enable release of parking brake.
SWITCH X/Y
FEEDBACK SWITCH X Circuit diagram: Circuit 4.0-1
007241
VALVE XY Connection: signal from S107/1 to digital in D790-1/K8:13 and from
S107/7 to digital in D790-1/K8:5
Function: 4.5 Parking brake system
Signal value:
0 No signal.
P-BRAKE, VALVE
page
–
007242
PUMP ATTACHMENT XY
Function: 10.4.3 Vane pump with fixed displacement
Signal value:
SET OUTPUT + - X
Function: 10.4.2 Axial piston pump with variable displacement
Signal value:
0 No output signal.
OUTPUT +/-
Description: Activate or deactivate the quick-lift pump.
Circuit diagram: 10.4-1
Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:39 to solenoid valve Y6062 is
activated or deactivated with +/-
Function: 10.4.2 Axial piston pump with variable displacement
Signal value:
0 No output signal.
VALVE
Only applies to DCF 90-100
DIAG HYDRAULIC 8(X)
Description: Voltage feed to solenoid valve for main pump relief (pres-
PRESENT OUTPUT SIGNAL
PRESSURE TO ATTACHM. surised attachment).
VALVE XY Circuit diagram: 10.4-1
010074
SET OUTPUT + - X
Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:35 to solenoid valve Y6062-2
Function: 10.4.2 Axial piston pump with variable displacement
Signal value:
0 No output signal.
0 No output signal.
8.4.6 ENGINE
ENGINE, description
page
–
005306
OLS EXTRA
Description: Required engine speed (in percent) which is sent from the
cab control unit (D790-1) to the engine control unit (D794) via the CAN
bus drivetrain.
Circuit diagram: -
Connection: -
Function: 1.9 Control system, engine
Signal value: XXXX = 0 - 100%
Description: Required engine speed in rpm which is sent from the cab
control unit (D790-1) to the engine control unit (D794) via the CAN bus
drivetrain.
Circuit diagram: -
Connection: -
Function: 1.9 Control system, engine
Signal value: XXXX = 0-2010 rpm
Description: Engine speed from engine control unit (D794) to the cab
DIAG ENGINE 2(X) control unit (D790-1) via the CAN bus drivetrain. The actual value for
PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL engine speed.
ENGINE SPEED EDC XXXX
ENGINE SPEED TCU XXXX Circuit diagram: -
005308
Connection: -
Function: 1.9.2 Sensor engine rpm
Signal value: XXXX = active speed in rpm.
005310
D+ X
Connection: signal from S150/19 to digital in D790-2/K2:2
Function: 1 Engine, 1.10.1 Preheating
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
007639
CRANK ENGINE WIRE XY
Cummins: controlled by engine’s control system.
Function: 1.10.1 Preheating
Signal value:
0 No output signal.
0 No output signal.
Description: Engine oil pressure. CAN bus message from engine con-
DIAG ENGINE 6(X) trol unit (D794) to cab control unit (D790-1).
PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL
OIL PRESSURE XX.X Circuit diagram: see supplier documentation, engine
BOOST PRESSURE XX.X Connection:
008899
OIL LEVEL XXX
Volvo TAD760VE: signal from "2 oil pressure sensor" to engine
control unit (D794) "Connector B" sleeve 11
Volvo TAD950VE, TAD952VE, TAD1250VE: signal from "28 oil
temperature and oil pressure sensor" to engine control unit (D794)
"Connector B" sleeve 11
Cummins QSM11: signal from "oil pressure/temperature sensor"
to engine control unit (D794) "Sensor connector" sleeve 44
Function: 1.8.3 Sensor oil pressure engine
Signal value= XX.X = pressure in bar.
Description: Charge air pressure. CAN bus message from engine con-
trol unit (D794) to cab control unit (D790-1).
Circuit diagram: See supplier documentation, engine
Connection:
Volvo TAD760VE: signal from "33 charge air pressure sensor" to
engine control unit (D794) "Connector A" sleeve 22
Volvo TAD950VE, TAD952VE, TAD1250VE: signal from "23
charge air pressure/temperature sensor" to engine control unit
(D794) "Connector A" sleeve 22
Cummins QSM11: signal from "Intake manifold (boost) pressure
sensor" to engine control unit (D794) "Sensor connector" sleeve
39
Function: 1.6.5 Sensor boost pressure
Signal value= XX.X = pressure in bar.
005313
INTAKE MAIN.TEMP XXX
Volvo TAD760VE: signal from "1 oil temperature/level sensor" to
engine control unit (D794) "connector A" sleeve 31
Volvo TAD950VE, TAD952VE, TAD1250VE: signal from "28 oil
temperature/pressure sensor" to engine control unit (D794) "Con-
nector A" sleeve 31
Cummins QSM11: signal from "oil pressure/temperature sensor"
sleeve 4 to engine control unit (D794) "Sensor connector" sleeve
42
Function: 1.8.7 Sensor oil temperature
Signal value: XXX = 200 equals 20 °C.
005314
FMI XX
Function: 1.9 Control system
Signal value: XX = number of active error codes.
Description: SPN number for the first error code from engine control
unit (D794). SPN indicates the malfunction area, i.e. what component
or signal is defective. Error codes are shown with SPN/FMI in error
code menus.
Circuit diagram: -
Connection: -
Function: 8.3 Error codes
Signal value: XXXX = error code number. Use the error code list; see
section D Error codes.
Description: FMI number for the first error code from the engine control
unit (D794). FMI indicates error type, e.g. short circuit or low value. Er-
ror codes are shown with SPN/FMI in error code menus.
Circuit diagram: -
Connection: -
Function: 8.3 Error codes
Signal value: XX = fault type number. Use the error code list; see sec-
tion D Error codes.
8.4.7 TRANSM
TRANSM, description
page
–
005324
OLS EXTRA
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
SHIFT MODE X
Signal value:
0 No signal.
SWITCHES, REVERSE
page
–
0 No signal.
GEAR X Connection: -
Function: 2.8 Control system, transmission
Signal value:
0 No output signal.
0 No output signal.
OPERATING MODE X
Function: 2.8 Control system, transmission
Signal value:
1 Automatic.
0 Manual.
1 Active error.
0 No errors.
0 Not used.
2 Not used.
3 Not used.
OLD FAULT X
Function: 2.8 Control system, transmission
Signal value:
1 Shifting in progress.
0 No activity.
0 No error codes.
1 There are inactive error codes that have not been acknowl-
edged.
5
005330
4
1. Sensor, drum rpm (B752)
2. Temperature monitor torque converter (S221)
3. Sensor engine rpm and temperature transmission
(B758/766)
4. Sensor rpm turbine transmission (B751)
5. Sensor rpm output shaft (B758)
OUTPUT SPEED
page
–
Description: Signal from sensor rpm output shaft (propeller shaft) (po-
sition 5).
Circuit diagram: Circuit 2.0-2A2
Connection: signal from B758 till D793/ D3 and D793/ E3
Function: 2.3.9 Sensor rpm output shaft
Signal value: XXXXHz = frequency, indicates pulses from the sensor
in Hz (pulses /second). To convert to rpm, divide frequency by number
of teeth on output shaft’s gear.
ENGINE SPEED
page
–
Description: Rpm signal from sensor rpm engine speed (position 3).
Circuit diagram: Circuit 2.0-2A2
Connection: signal from B758/766 to D793/H3
Function: 2.2.5 Sensor engine rpm and oil temperature transmission
Signal value: XXXXHz = frequency, indicates pulses from the sensor
in Hz (pulses /second). To convert to rpm, divide frequency by number
of teeth on input shaft’s gear.
TURBINE SPEED
page
–
Description: Status high and low side for control of solenoid valve RSP
DIAG TRANSM. 7(X) Drive.
OUTPUT STATUS
RSP DRIVE X X Circuit diagram: Circuit 2.0-2A3
2/4 VFS SELECTION X Connection: signal from D793/K1 and D793/K2 to Y6066
005331
00 No signal.
1 Activated.
0 No signal.
1 Activated.
0 No signal.
1/3 SUPPLY X
transmission
Signal value:
1 Activated.
0 No signal.
REV SUPPLY
page
–
1 Activated.
0 No signal.
2/4 SUPPLY
page
–
1 Activated.
0 No signal.
1/3 SUPPLY
page
–
1 Activated.
0 No signal.
REV FEEDBACK
page
–
2/4 FEEDBACK
page
–
1/3 FEEDBACK
page
–
008900
CONV OUT TEMP XXXXXmV Connection: signal from "pressure feedback sensor" to D793/A2
Function: 2.6.2 Sensor oil pressure
Signal value:
Description: Signal from oil temperature sensor out from the transmis-
sion to the radiator. The transmission uses a temperature-sensitive
NO contact and two resistors in the cable harness to generate different
voltage levels.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 2.0-2A2
Connection: signal from S221 to D793/J3
Function: 2.7.4 Sensor oil temperature oil cooler
Signal value:
005335
Signal value: XXXXX = drive axle’s total gear ratio x 1024.
RADIUS
page
–
FRAME XX X XX Connection: -
Function: 8.2.3 Speed limitation
Signal value:
SPD, XX = speed in km/h.
GEAR, X = current gear.
LOG, XX = code which specifies what has caused the speed lim-
itation.
Description: Indicates malfunction area active error, first part of the er-
DIAG TRANSM. 13(X) ror code. In case of several error codes, the most serious error code
ACT ERROR AREA XXX is shown.
TYPE XXX
NUMBER OF OCCU. XXXXX Circuit diagram: -
005337
TIME AGO XXXXX Connection: -
Function: 2.8 Control system, transmission
Signal value: XXX = First part of error code; see section D Error codes.
TYPE
page
–
NUMBER OF OCCU.
page
–
TIME AGO
page
–
8.4.8 ELSERV
ELSERV, description
page
–
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB This group covers electric servo functions.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
Confirm selection with function key for Enter.
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005400
OLS EXTRA
P3 XX.XXV
Signal value: XX.XXV = 0,50 - 4,50 V. 2,5 V in zero position.
P5 XX.XXV
Signal value: XX.XXV = 0,50 - 4,50 V. 2,5 V in zero position.
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.7.5 Control valve, lift and tilt (DCF360-450CSG and DCF
90-100)
7.7.5 Load handling control valve (DCF280-500)
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.7.5 Control valve, lift and tilt (DCF360-450CSG and DCF
90-100)
7.7.5 Load handling control valve (DCF280-500)
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.4.5 Load handling control valve (DCF280-500)
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
005408
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.4.5 Load handling control valve (DCF280-500)
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
005409
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.5.5 Load handling control valve (DCF280-500)
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
005410
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.5.5 Load handling control valve (DCF280-500)
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
005411
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.2.6 Load handling control valve (DCF280-500)
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
005412
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.2.6 Load handling control valve (DCF280-500)
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
UNLOCK TW X
OUT: Signal from S815/16 to digital in D790-1/K7:13 (spreading
out)
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
OUTPUT RIGHT XY
Signal value:
0 No signal.
OLS EXTRA
P7 XX.XXV
Function: 7.1.1 Control levers
Signal value: XX.XXV = 0,50 - 4,50 V. 2,5 V in zero position.
30/35 STOP X
(spreading in)
OUT: Signal from S1012/7 (S815/16) to digital in D790-1/K7:13
(spreading out)
Function: 7.1.3 Switch, spreading 20’-40’, 7.1.1 Control lever
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
Signal value:
LOCK LEVELLING X
Function: 7.9.1 Twistlocks
Signal value:
0 No signal.
30/35 STOP X
Function: 7.5.8 Position sensor spreading
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
Description: Signals from sensors alignment right front and left front.
DIAG ATTACHMENT 7(X)
Circuit diagram: Circuit 7.9-2
PRESENT INPUT SIGNALS
ALIGNMENT LE RI Connection:
FRONT X X
LE: signal from B7202L/C to digital in D791-1/K1:13
005422
REAR X X
RI: signal from B7202R/C to digital in D791-1/K1:40
0 No signal.
Description: Signals from sensors alignment right rear and left rear.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 7.9-2
Connection:
LE: signal from B7203L/B to digital in D791-1/K1:27
RI: Signal from B7203R/B to digital in D791-1/K1:26
Function: 7.9.1.6 Alignment sensor
Signal value:
0 No signal.
UNLOCKED TW X X
RI: Signal from B7205R/B to digital in D791-1/K1:24
Function: 7.9.1.7 Sensor twistlock
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
005424
Function: 7.9.1.2 Attachment control valve
Signal value:
IND. ALIGNMENT XY
005426
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
005427
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
Signal value:
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.3.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.3.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.3.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
005435
FEEDBACK XXXmA
Function: 7.3.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
009181
Connection: digital out from D791-1/K1:28 to H9003/1
Function: 7.5 Spreading
Signal value:
OLS EXTRA
P7 XX.XXV
Function: 7.1.1 Control levers
Signal value: XX.XXV = 0,50 - 4,50 V. 2,5 V in zero position.
30/35 STOP X
(spreading in)
OUT: Signal from S1012/7 (S815/16) to digital in D790/K7:13
(spreading out)
Function: 7.1.3 Switch, spreading 20’-40’, 7.1.1 Control lever
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
010080
30/35 STOP X X from inductive sensor B769R to digital in D791/K1:40
Function: 7.5.6 Position sensor spreading
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Description: Signal from position sensor for end position 30’ right or
left.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 5
Connection: from inductive sensor B777L to digital in D791/K1:20 or
from inductive sensor B777R to digital in D791/K1:37
Function: 7.5.6 Position sensor spreading
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Description: Signals from sensors alignment right upper and left up-
DIAG ATTACHMENT 7(X) per.
PRESENT INPUT SIGNALS
ALIGNMENT LE RI Circuit diagram: Circuit 11B
UPPER X X Connection:
010081
LOWER X X
LE: signal from B7203RU-2 to digital in D791/K1:36
RI: Signal from B7203LU-2 to digital in D791/K1:11
Function: 7.9.2.8 Alignment and detection sensor
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Description: Signals from sensors alignment right lower and left lower.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 11B
Connection:
LE: signal from B7203LL to digital in D791/K1:27
RI: Signal from B7203RL to digital in D791/K1:26
Function: 7.9.2.8 Alignment and detection sensor
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Description: Signals from sensors locked lock tongue right and left.
DIAG ATTACHMENT 8(X)
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9
PRESENT INPUT SIGNALS
LE RI Connection:
LOCKED CONT X X
LE: signal from B7205LL to digital in D791/K1:23
010082
UNLOCKED CONT X X
RI: Signal from B7205RL to digital in D791/K1:24
Function: 7.9.2.9 Lock tongue sensor
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Description: Signals from sensors open lock tongue right and left.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9
Connection:
LE: signal from B7204L to digital in D791-1/K1:22
RI: signal from B7204R to digital in D791-1/K1:41
Function: 7.9.2.9 Lock tongue sensor
Signal value:
0 No signal.
010083
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
Description: Voltage feed, indicator light for locked lock tongues - lo-
DIAG ATTACHMENT 10(X) cated on carriage.
PRESENT OUTPUT SIGNAL
IND. LOCKED CONT XY Circuit diagram: Circuit 10A
IND. UNLOCKED CONT XY Connection: digital out from D791/K1:29 to H563
010084
IND. ALIGNMENT XY
Function: 7.9.2 Lifting hook
Signal value:
Description: Voltage feed, indicator light for unlocked lock tongues - lo-
cated on carriage.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 10A
Connection: digital out from D791/K1:25 to H562
Function: 7.9.2 Lifting hook
Signal value:
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
010085
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.8.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
010086
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.8.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
010077
8.4.9.16 ATTACH, menu 16
Not used.
page
–
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
010091
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
010092
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
009181
Connection: digital out from D791/K1:28 to H9003
Function: 7.5 Spreading
Signal value:
X X
RI: Signal from B7203RU to digital in D791-1/K1:21
Function: 7.9.2.8 Alignment and detection sensor
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
005339
OLS EXTRA
P7 XX.XXV
Function: 7.1.1 Control levers
Signal value: XX.XXV = 0,50 - 4,50 V. 2,5 V in zero position.
005418
30/35 STOP X
(spreading in)
OUT: Signal from S1012/7 (S815/16) to digital in D790-1/K7:13
(spreading out)
Function: 7.1.3 Switch, spreading 20’-40’, 7.1.1 Control lever
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
007130
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
010080
30/35 STOP X X from inductive sensor B769R to digital in D791/K1:40
Function: 7.5.6 Position sensor spreading
Signal value:
0 No signal.
Description: Signal from position sensor for end position 30’/35’ right
or left.
Circuit diagram: Circuit 5
Connection: from inductive sensor B777L to digital in D791/K1:20 or
from inductive sensor B777R to digital in D791/K1:37
Function: 7.5.6 Position sensor spreading
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
010082
UNLOCKED CONT X X
RI: Signal from B7205RL to digital in D791/K1:24
Function: 7.9.1.8 Twistlocks sensor
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
IND. ALIGNMENT XY
Function: 7.9.1 Twistlocks
Signal value:
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.8.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
010086
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.8.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
010077
8.4.9.16 ATTACH, menu 16
Not used.
page
–
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
010091
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
8.4.10 OLS
OLS, description
page
–
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB This group covers overload protection functions.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
Confirm selection with function key for Enter.
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005436
OLS EXTRA
Signal value:
0 No signal.
008903
MAST POS SENSOR X
Function: 8.2.1 Overload protection
Signal value: XXXXX = Weight, kg
PRESENT LOAD
page
–
0 No signal.
Not used.
0 No signal.
8.4.11 EXTRA
EXTRA, description
page
–
005440
OLS EXTRA
• Freelift, FREELIFT
• Cab tipping, MOVE-CAB
• Auxiliary equipment, OPT
• Inputs and outputs, control units, I/O
• Remote machine interface, RMI
Confirm selection in main menu with function key for Enter.
8.4.11.1 VBFS
VBFS, description
page
–
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING This group covers reversible operator’s seat functions.
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
Confirm selection with function key for Enter.
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
008904
VBFS, menu 1
page
–
SWITCH CCW X
Connection: signal from S169/1 to digital in D790-1/K8:6
Function: 9.3.9 Reversible operator’s seat
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
VBFS, menu 2
page
–
SEAT CCW XY
Connection: digital out from D797-2/K1:29 to A798/6
Function: 9.3.9 Reversible operator’s seat
Signal value:
VBFS, menu 3
page
–
005563
SEAT POS REAR X Connection: signal from S720-F/2 to digital in D790-1/K1:13
Function: 9.3.13 Sensor, reversible operator’s seat
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
VBFS, menu 4
page
–
Description: Required engine speed (in percent) which is sent from the
cab control unit (D790-1) to the engine control unit (D794) via the CAN
bus drivetrain.
Circuit diagram: -
Connection: -
Function: 1.9 Engine control system
Signal value: XXX = 0-100%
Description: Required engine speed in rpm which is sent from the cab
control unit (D790-1) to the engine control unit (D794) via the CAN bus
drivetrain.
Circuit diagram: -
Connection: -
Function: 1.9 Engine control system
Signal value: XXXX = 0-2010 rpm
VBFS, menu 5
page
–
VBFS, menu 6
page
–
0 No signal.
VBFS, menu 7
page
–
005567
FRONT LE/RI XY Connection: digital out from D797-2/K1:25 to H413L/1 and H413R/1
Function: 9.6.3 Rear lights
Signal value:
VBFS, menu 8
page
–
FRONT LE XY RI XY Connection:
LE: digital out from D797-2/K1:37 to H410L/1
RI: digital out from D797-2/K1:36 to H410R/1
Function: 9.6.4 Brake lights
Signal value:
VBFS, menu 9
page
–
008918
DAMP SPEED XY
Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.3-7
Connection: digital out from D797-2/K1:35 to Y676/1
Function: 9.3.9 Reversible operator’s seat
8.4.11.2 EL-STEERING
EL-STEERING, description
page
–
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING This group handles functions for lever steering/mini-wheel steering.
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
Confirm selection with function key for Enter.
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
008911
EL-STEERING, menu 1
page
–
005443
LOGIC X.XXV
Signal value, control lever: XX.XXV = 0.50 - 4.50 V
Signal value, mini-wheel: XX.XXV = 0 - 5 V
EL-STEERING, menu 2
page
–
SWITCHES, ON/OFF
Description: Signal from switch mini-wheel/steering lever.
DIAG STEERING 2(X)
Circuit diagram: Circuit 5.2-1
SWITCHES
ON/OFF X Connection: signal from S113/1 to digital in D790-1/K9:5
FORWARD X
Function: 5.2 Power assisted system
005569
REVERSE X
Signal value:
0 No signal.
SWITCHES, FORWARD
Description: Signal from mini-wheel or steering lever (travel direction
selector forward).
Circuit diagram: Circuit 5.2-1
Connection: signal from S160-2/1 to digital in D790-1/K9:4
Function: 5.2 Power assisted system
Signal value:
0 No signal.
SWITCHES, REVERSE
Description: Signal from mini-wheel or steering lever (travel direction
selector reverse).
Circuit diagram: Circuit 5.2-1
Connection: signal from S160-2/7 to digital in D790-1/K9:3
Function: 5.2 Power assisted system
Signal value:
0 No signal.
EL-STEERING, menu 3
page
–
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
EL-STEERING, menu 4
page
–
005570
FEEDBACK XXX Y636-4/1
Function: 5.2.10 Control valve, mini-wheel/lever steering
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
EL-STEERING, menu 5
page
–
005571
FEEDBACK XXX Y636-3/1
Function: 5.2.10 Control valve, mini-wheel/lever steering
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
8.4.11.3 EXT-ATTACH
EXT-ATTACH, description
page
–
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING This group cover external attachment functions.
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
Confirm selection with function key for Enter.
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
007625
EXT-ATTACH, menu 1
page
–
0 No signal.
EXT-ATTACH, menu 2
page
–
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
EXT-ATTACH, menu 3
page
–
007628
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
EXT-ATTACH, menu 4
page
–
UNLOCKED TW X
Function: 7.10.5 Separate top lift attachment
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
EXT-ATTACH, menu 5
page
–
Not used.
EXT-ATTACH, menu 6
page
–
SPREADING ACTIVE XY
Signal value:
EXT-ATTACH, menu 7
page
–
007632
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.5 Control valve, load handling
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
EXT-ATTACH, menu 8
page
–
007633
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.5 Control valve, load handling
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
8.4.11.4 FREELIFT
FREELIFT, description
page
–
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING This group covers freelift functions.
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
Confirm selection with function key for Enter.
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
008912
FREELIFT, menu 1
page
–
007635
LIFT CARRIAGE TOP X
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
8.4.11.5 MOVE-CAB
MOVE-CAB, description
page
–
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING This group covers tiltable cap functions.
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
Confirm selection with function key for Enter.
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
008913
MOVE-CAB, menu 1
page
–
INPUT SWITCHES, UP
Description: Signal from switch for manual cab tilt, cab up.
DIAG MOVE-CAB 1(X) Circuit diagram: Circuit 9.10-1
INPUT SWITCHES
UP/RIGHT X Connection: signal from S1010/1 to digital in D790-1/K8:6
DOWN/LEFT X Function: 9.10.4 Cab tilt
007133
OPEN DOORS X
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
MOVE-CAB, menu 2
page
–
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
MOVE-CAB, menu 3
page
–
005448
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
MOVE-CAB, menu 4
page
–
Signal value:
MOVE-CAB, menu 5
page
–
Signal value:
MOVE-CAB, menu 6
page
–
007135
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 9.10.4 Hydraulic sliding cab
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
MOVE-CAB, menu 7
page
–
007136
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 9.10.4 Hydraulic sliding cab
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following
is also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
8.4.11.6 OPT
OPT, description
page
–
OPT, menu 1
page
–
005488
S199-3 X
Signal value:
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
0 No signal.
OPT, menu 2
page
–
005489
ATTACHMENT XY
Signal value:
OPT, menu 3
page
–
005490
Signal value:
OPT, menu 4
page
–
Signal value:
OPT, menu 5
page
–
Signal value:
8.4.11.7 RMI
RMI, description
page
–
007657
RMI, menu 1
page
–
MIU SW VER
Description: Software version in RMI interface.
DIAG RMI 1(X) Circuit diagram: -
MIU SW VER XXXX.XXXX
MIU TIME XX.XX.XX Connection: -
Function: 11.6.5 RMI (Remote Machine Interface)
010094
MIU TIME
Description: Date setting in RMI interface.
Circuit diagram: -
Connection: -
Function: 11.6.5 RMI (Remote Machine Interface)
Signal value: xxxx.xx.xx = Date in format YYYY.MM.DD.
RMI, menu 2
page
–
RMI, menu 3
page
–
ERROR
Description: Internal error code for the RMI interface
DIAG RMI 3(X) Circuit diagram: Circuit 8.2-4
ERROR XX.XX.XX.XX
ERR.VALID XX.XX.XX.XX Connection: -
ACT ERR XX.XX.XX.XX Function: 11.6.5 RMI (Remote Machine Interface)
007660
Signal value: XX.XX.XX.XX = Error code
ERR.VALID
Description: Internal error code for the RMI interface
Circuit diagram: Circuit 8.2-4
Connection: -
Function: 11.6.5 RMI (Remote Machine Interface)
Signal value: XX.XX.XX.XX = Error code
ACT.ERR
Description: Internal error code for the RMI interface
Circuit diagram: Circuit 8.2-4
Connection: -
Function: 11.6.5 RMI (Remote Machine Interface)
Signal value: XX.XX.XX.XX = Error code
8.5 Settings
Settings, general
page
–
Settings are built-in functions to adapt the functions to the unique ma-
chine individual. Settings are performed via menus in the display. Set-
tings are divided into initiation and calibration.
Initiation
Initiation, which involves setting start and stop currents for the steering
and hydraulic functions, is performed before the machine is used in
work. This is done to compensate for mechanical and electrical toler-
ances (variations between different machines).
Calibration
Calibration is performed after the machine has started to be used for
work, after change of control units, and in certain cases, service or
change of components. Calibration is performed so that certain func-
tions shall function properly and show correct values.
8.5.1 Initiation
Initiation, description
page
–
1 2
DANGER
INIT ELSERVO 1(X)
START CURRENT The settings influence the functions. Adjustments
LIFT may impair the function. If uncertain, contact Kalmar
4 STORED VALUE XXXmA 3 Industries Service.
008891
PRESENT
Displays the stored value when the menu is opened. Adjust the value
with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key.
Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Go back with the R-key.
STORED
States the stored value for the current variable.
START CURRENT
I [mA]
Specifies the start current to the solenoid valve for the selected func-
1 tion. The start current is the lowest current that can be actuated. In
2 practice, this controls how slowly a function can be operated. On func-
tions with analogue control activation (variable), e.g. lift, this is the cur-
3
006299
rent that is triggered when the lever leaves the zero position. On
t [s] certain functions with digital activation (off/on) which are soft-started,
1. Max. current (END CURRENT) this is the current which is triggered immediately the function is activat-
2. Damping (PROC DAMPING) ed.
3. Start current (START CURRENT)
END CURRENT
Specifies the max. current to the solenoid valve for the selected func-
tion. The max. current is the highest current that can be triggered. In
practice, it controls how quickly a function can be operated. On func-
tions with analogue control activation (controllable), e.g. lift, this is the
current when the lever is in the end position. On certain functions with
digital activation (off/on) which are soft-started, this is the current
which is triggered after the ramp time when the function is activated.
The interval between START CURRENT and END CURRENT is the
active range for controlling the solenoid valve.
PROC DAMPING
Specifies how much the control current shall be reduced during damp-
ing. The interval is specified as 0-100% of the active range between
START CURRENT and END CURRENT.
Overview, initiations DCF360-450CSG
Function Menu
INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 9 page 195
1 Engine, speed limitation (limitation of engine speed
1 Engine, automatic engine speed increase for lifting INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 13 page 197
2 Transmission, speed limit shifting forward - reverse INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 2 page 193
2 Transmission, engine speed limit shifting forward - reverse INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 3 page 194
2 Transmission, engine speed limit shifting neutral - gear INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 4 page 194
2 Transmission, engine speed limit kickdown to 1st INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 5 page 194
2 Transmission, automatic engine speed reduction for shift forward - reverse INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 12 page 196
Function Menu
7.2 Lifting/lowering, lower mast INIT ELSERVO, menu 3 page 174
Note: The current value is for unladen machines. When loaded, the current INIT ELSERVO, menu 4 page 174
value is controlled by the limited lowering speed.
Function Menu
INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 9 page 195
1 Engine, speed limitation (limitation of engine speed)
1 Engine, automatic engine speed increase for lifting INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 13 page 197
2 Transmission, speed limit shifting forward - reverse INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 2 page 193
2 Transmission, engine speed limit shifting forward - reverse INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 3 page 194
2 Transmission, engine speed limit shifting neutral - gear INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 4 page 194
2 Transmission, engine speed limit kickdown to 1st INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 5 page 194
2 Transmission, automatic engine speed reduction for shift forward - re- INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 12 page 196
verse
5.2 Power assisted system (product option lever steering or mini- INIT STEERING, menu 1 page 188
wheel), lever response
5.2 Power assisted system (product option lever steering or mini- INIT STEERING, menu 2 page 189
wheel), speed dependent INIT STEERING, menu 3 page 189
INIT STEERING, menu 4 page 190
INIT STEERING, menu 5 page 190
INIT STEERING, menu 6 page 191
5.2 Power assisted system (product option lever steering or mini- INIT STEERING, menu 7 page 191
wheel), steering angle right INIT STEERING, menu 8 page 191
5.2 Power assisted system (product option lever steering or mini- INIT STEERING, menu 9 page 192
wheel), steering angle left INIT STEERING, menu 10 page 192
Function Menu
7.4 Side shift INIT ELSERVO, menu 9 page 176
INIT ELSERVO, menu 10 page 176
Function Menu
INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 9 page 195
1 Engine, speed limitation (limitation of engine speed)
1 Engine, automatic engine speed increase for lifting INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 13 page 197
2 Transmission, speed limit shifting forward - reverse INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 2 page 193
2 Transmission, engine speed limit shifting forward - reverse INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 3 page 194
2 Transmission, engine speed limit shifting neutral - gear INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 4 page 194
2 Transmission, engine speed limit kickdown to 1st INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 5 page 194
2 Transmission, automatic engine speed reduction for shift forward INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 12 page 196
- reverse
000056
3 Enter the code for initiation.
Code is obtained from Kalmar Industries Support.
1 23
4 5 NOTE
000060
RETURN the desired menus with the arrow keys (1 and 2).
5 Change the current value with the plus and minus keys.
INIT ELSERVO 1(X)
START CURRENT
LIFT NOTE
STORED VALUE XXXmA Current values can only be adjusted within specific limits.
005494
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA 6 Use the function key for Enter to store the desired current value
setting, "STORED".
The menu group for this function covers initiation of the electric servo
INITIATION functions for load handling.
ELSERVO ATTACHMENT
STEERING DRIVE-TRAIN For DCF360-450CSG and DCF 90-100, settings are made for lift, low-
SLIDING-CAB er, tilt in and tilt out. For other load handling functions, see INIT AT-
007169
RETURN TACH page 179.
For DCF 280-500, settings are made for lift, lower, tilt in, tilt out, side
shift left, side shift right, spreading in and spreading out.
DANGER
The settings affect the functions lift, lower, tilt, and,
for DCF370-500, spreading and side shift. Adjustment
can impair functionality. If in doubt, contact Kalmar
Industries Service.
NOTE
Initiation does not need to be performed in one process but each
step can be performed separately, independently of other steps.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.2.5 Control valve, lift and tilt (DCF360-450CSG)
7.2.6 Load handling control valve (DCF 280-500)
Component: Solenoid valve, lift mast (Y6005)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.2.5 Control valve, lift and tilt (DCF360-450CSG)
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.2.5 Control valve, lift and tilt (DCF360-450CSG)
7.2.6 Load handling control valve (DCF 280-500)
Component: Solenoid valve, stand (Y6004)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.7.5 Control valve, lift and tilt (DCF360-450CSG)
7.7.6 Load handling control valve (DCF 280-500)
Component: Solenoid valve, tilt in (Y6011)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
007140
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.7.5 Control valve, lift and tilt (DCF360-450CSG)
7.7.6 Load handling control valve (DCF 280-500)
Component: Solenoid valve, tilt in (Y6011)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.7.5 Control valve, lift and tilt (DCF360-450CSG)
7.7.6 Load handling control valve (DCF 280-500)
Component: Solenoid valve, tilt out (Y6010)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.7.5 Control valve, lift and tilt (DCF360-450CSG)
7.7.6 Load handling control valve (DCF 280-500)
Component: Solenoid valve, tilt out (Y6010)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
007143
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.4.5 Load handling control valve (DCF 280-500)
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020) and solenoid
valve for side shift right (Y6021)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.4.5 Load handling control valve (DCF 280-500)
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020) and solenoid
valve for side shift right (Y6021)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.5.5 Control valve, load handling
Component: Solenoid valve for spreading in (Y6019) and solenoid
valve for spreading out (Y6018)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
007146
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.5.5 Control valve, load handling
Component: Solenoid valve for spreading in (Y6019) and solenoid
valve for spreading out (Y6018)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function 7.2.6 Solenoid valve, load handling
Component: Solenoid valve, lift carriage (Y6022)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function 7.2.6 Solenoid valve, load handling
Component: Solenoid valve, lift carriage (Y6022)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
007149
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function 7.2.6 Solenoid valve, load handling
Component: Solenoid valve, lower carriage (Y6023)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function 7.2.6 Solenoid valve, load handling
Component: Solenoid valve, lower carriage (Y6023)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA.
8.5.1.2 ATTACHMENT
INIT ATTACH
page
–
007170
RETURN
DANGER
The settings affect the functions extension, side shift,
spreading, rotation and controllable levelling for
DCF360-450CSG and the functions side shift, spread-
ing and controllable levelling for DCF 90-100. Adjust-
ments could impair functionality. In the event of
uncertainty, contact Kalmar Industries Service.
NOTE
Initiation does not need to be performed in one process but each
step can be performed separately, independently of other steps.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.3.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve, extend left side out (Y6046-2), Solenoid
valve, extend right side out (Y6046-4).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
005510
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.3.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve, extend left side out (Y6046-2), Solenoid
valve, extend right side out (Y6046-4).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.3.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve, extend left side out (Y6046-1), Solenoid
valve, extend right side out (Y6046-3).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.3.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve, extend left side out (Y6046-1), Solenoid
valve, extend right side out (Y6046-3).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
005513
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020) and solenoid
valve for side shift right (Y6021).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020) and solenoid
valve for side shift right (Y6021).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020) and solenoid
valve for side shift right (Y6021).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020) and solenoid
valve for side shift right (Y6021).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
010067
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve for levelling left (Y6036), solenoid valve
for levelling right (Y6035).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 7.4.2 Control valve attachment
Component: Solenoid valve for levelling left (Y6036), solenoid valve
for levelling right (Y6035).
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
t [s] Component: Solenoid valve for spreading out left (Y6018L) and sole-
1. Max. current (END CURRENT) noid valve for spreading out right (Y6018R).
2. Damping (PROC DAMPING) Signal value: XXX = 0 - 100%. 100% means no damping i.e. max. cur-
3. Start current (START CURRENT) rent. 0% means full damping i.e. start current
t [s] Component: Solenoid valve for spreading in left (Y6019L) and sole-
1. Max. current (END CURRENT) noid valve for spreading in right (Y6019R).
2. Damping (PROC DAMPING) Signal value: XXX = 0 - 100%. 100% means no damping i.e. max. cur-
3. Start current (START CURRENT) rent. 0% means full damping i.e. start current
8.5.1.3 STEERING
INIT STEERING
page
–
007171
RETURN
The settings affect the function of lever steering or
mini-wheel. Adjustments can impair functionality.
Contact Kalmar Industries Service in the event of un-
certainty.
NOTE
Initiation does not need to be performed in one process but each
step can be performed separately, independently of other steps.
mini-wheel)
X Component: -
U = Output signal to solenoid valve
Signal value: XX = 0-31.
X = Lever movement
005573
V [kph] Component: -
BP1 BP2 BP3
I [mA] = control current to solenoid valve Signal value: XX.X = speed for BP1 in km/h.
V [kph] = machine’s speed in km/h
BP1 = speed setting for break point 1
BP2 = speed setting for break point 2
BP3 = speed setting for break point 3
%BP2 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP2
%BP3 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP3
V [kph] Component: -
BP1 BP2 BP3
I [mA] = control current to solenoid valve Signal value: XX.X = speed for BP2 in km/h.
V [kph] = machine’s speed in km/h
BP1 = speed setting for break point 1
BP2 = speed setting for break point 2
BP3 = speed setting for break point 3
%BP2 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP2
%BP3 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP3
I [mA] PRESENT VALUE: indicates present speed setting for cut-off point 1.
100% Change speed with plus or minus keys. Save set speed with the Enter-
key. Go to the next menu with arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
% BP2 STORED VALUE: indicates saved speed for break point 3.
% BP3 Function: 5.2 Power assisted system (product option lever steering or
V [kph] 005575 mini-wheel)
BP1 BP2 BP3
Component: -
I [mA] = control current to solenoid valve
V [kph] = machine’s speed in km/h Signal value: XX.X = speed for BP3 in km/h.
BP1 = speed setting for break point 1
BP2 = speed setting for break point 2
BP3 = speed setting for break point 3
%BP2 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP2
%BP3 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP3
V [kph] mini-wheel)
BP1 BP2 BP3
Component: -
I [mA] = control current to solenoid valve
V [kph] = machine’s speed in km/h Signal value: XXX = 0 - 100%. 100% means no damping, i.e.. max.
BP1 = speed setting for break point 1 current. 0% means full damping, i.e., start current.
BP2 = speed setting for break point 2
BP3 = speed setting for break point 3
%BP2 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP2
%BP3 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP3
005577
V [kph] mini-wheel)
BP1 BP2 BP3
Component: -
I [mA] = control current to solenoid valve
V [kph] = machine’s speed in km/h Signal value: XXX = 0 - 100%. 100% means no damping, i.e.. max.
BP1 = speed setting for break point 1 current. 0% means full damping, i.e., start current.
BP2 = speed setting for break point 2
BP3 = speed setting for break point 3
%BP2 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP2
%BP3 = per cent of control current to solenoid valve at
BP3
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 5.2.10 Control valve, lever steering/mini wheel
Component: Solenoid valve for steering right (Y636-3)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 5.2.10 Control valve, lever steering/mini wheel
Component: Solenoid valve for steering right (Y636-3)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
005580
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates stored value for start current.
Function: 5.2.10 Control valve, lever steering/mini wheel
Component: Solenoid valve for steering left (Y636-4)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the value with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the En-
ter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the
R-key.
STORED VALUE indicates stored value for max. current.
Function: 5.2.10 Control valve, lever steering/mini wheel
Component: Solenoid valve for steering left (Y636-4)
Signal value: XXXmA = 0 - 999 mA
8.5.1.4 DRIVETRAIN
INIT DRIVE-TRAIN
page
–
007172
RETURN
The settings affect engine and transmission function.
Adjustments can impair the functionality. Contact Ka-
lmar Industries Service in the event of uncertainty.
NOTE
Initiation does not need to be performed in one process but each
step can be performed separately, independently of other steps.
The machine must be stationary with applied parking brake to en-
able access to the menus.
After changes have been made, the ignition must be turned off
and on for the changes to be saved and start to apply.
START IN 2ND
INIT DRIVE-TRN 1(X)
Description: Setting to get transmission to start in 2nd gear instead of
START IN 2:ND
1=YES 0=NO in 1st. Kick-down to 1st takes place as needed.
STORED VALUE XXX PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current setting. Change the value
005525
PRESENT VALUE XXX with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key.
Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates saved setting.
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
Signal value: XXX = 1= yes, XXX = 0 = no
PRESENT VALUE XXX with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key.
Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates saved setting.
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
Signal value: XXX = speed in km/h
005583
PRESENT VALUE XXX NOTE
If the rpm is set lower than the engine’s idle rpm, shifting will not
be allowed.
PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current setting. Change the value
with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key.
Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates saved setting.
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
Signal value: XXX = engine speed (rpm)
PRESENT VALUE XXX with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key.
Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates saved setting.
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
Signal value: XXX = speed (km/h)
Not used.
Not used.
PRESENT VALUE XXX PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current setting. Change the value
with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key.
Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates saved setting.
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
Signal value: XXX = speed (km/h)
PRESENT VALUE X celerator pedal. Engine speed drops to that set in menu 3 (see INIT
DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 3 page 194). If no value is set in menu 3, engine
speed goes to idle speed.
PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current setting. Change the value
with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key.
Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates saved setting.
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
Signal value:
X = 1, activated
X = 0, deactivated
005591
PRESENT VALUE X crease during lift.
PRESENT VALUE: Indicates the current setting. Change the value
with the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key.
Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates saved setting.
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
Signal value:
X = 1, activated
X = 0, deactivated
8.5.1.5 SLIDING-CAB
INIT SLIDING-CAB
page
–
007161
RETURN by means of the control current being reduced.
DANGER
The settings affect the function of the hydraulic slid-
ing cab. Adjustments can impair functionality. Con-
tact Kalmar Industries Service in the event of
uncertainty.
NOTE
Initiation does not need to be performed in one process but each
step can be performed separately, independently of other steps.
Not used.
Not used.
8.5.2 Calibration
Calibration, description
page
–
SCALE
This menu handles calibration of sensors to weight indication.
CALIBRATION
Dynamic scale, calibration page 203
SCALE STEERING
DRIVE-TRAIN RETURN
000062
STEERING
This menu handles calibration of the steering lever for lever steering,
CALIBRATION see:
NOTE
Calibration does not need to be performed in one process but
each step can be performed separately, independently of other
steps.
DRIVETRAIN
This function handles calibrations for engine and transmission. The
CALIBRATION menu loop contains two different calibrations which are not connected
to each other, see:
SCALE STEERING
DRIVE-TRAIN RETURN Accelerator pedal, calibration page 204
000078
NOTE
Calibration does not need to be performed in one process but
each step can be performed separately, independently of other
steps.
008892
PRESENT VALUE X.XXV
VER CENTRE POSITION nal/control signal.
1. Menu group Description: Setting the centre posi- A short description of what is
2. Sequence number. Because the number of menus tion of the lever steering control calibrated and the meaning of
depends on machine configuration, it is specified as (R825). the variables.
(X) in this manual.
STORED VALUE: Gives the stored
3. Signal value
signal value for lever steering control
4. STORED indicates stored value, PRESENT indi-
(R825), centre position.
cates current value of the signal to be calibrated
5. Heading of menu figure PRESENT VALUE: Gives the
present signal value for lever steer-
ing control (R825), centre position.
1 Park the machine on level ground with the mast vertical and with-
out load.
NOTE
Calibration does not need to be performed in one process but
each step can be performed separately, independently of other
steps.
To calibrate the accelerator pedal for forward driving, use steps 1-7.
To calibrate accelerator pedal 2 (if there is a reversible operator’s
seat), use step 1 + 8-13.
DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 1
2 Go into the calibration menus and select DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 1,
CALIBR DRIVE-TRN 1(X) see Calibration, work instructions page 202.
ACCELERATOR,
RELEASE THE PEDAL ACCELERATOR, RELEASE THE PEDAL
STORED VALUE X.XXV Description: setting accelerator’s pedal zero position.
005532
PRESENT VALUE X.XXV
STORED VALUE: Indicates current calibrated control value from
accelerator pedal (R690-1).
PRESENT VALUE: Indicates present signal value from Acceler-
ator pedal (B690-1).
Function: 1 Engine
Component: Accelerator pedal (B690-1).
3 Release the accelerator pedal.
4 Store the position with function key for Enter.
DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 2
5 ACCELERATOR, PRESS THE PEDAL TO FLOOR
CALIBR DRIVE-TRN 2(X) Description: Setting of full-throttle position of Accelerator pedal
ACCELERATOR, PRESS (B690-1).
THE PEDAL TO FLOOR
STORED VALUE X.XXV STORED VALUE: Indicates current calibrated control value from
PRESENT VALUE X.XXV accelerator pedal (R690-1).
00
DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 5
8
CALIBR DRIVE-TRN 5(X)
ACCELERATOR 2, Go into the calibration menus and select DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 5;
RELEASE THE PEDAL see Calibration, work instructions page 202.
STORED VALUE X.XXV
ACCELERATOR 2, RELEASE THE PEDAL
005534
DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 6
11
CALIBR DRIVE-TRN 6(X)
ACCELERATOR 2, PRESS ACCELERATOR 2, PRESS THE PEDAL TO FLOOR
THE PEDAL TO FLOOR Description: Calibration of accelerator pedal 2 for driving rear-
STORED VALUE X.XXV
ward on machines with a reversible operator’s seat. Setting of full
005535
PRESENT VALUE X.XXV
throttle position for the accelerator pedal (B690-2).
STORED VALUE: Indicates current calibrated control value from
accelerator pedal (R690-2).
PRESENT VALUE: Indicates present signal value from Acceler-
ator pedal (B690-2).
Function: 1 Engine
Component: Accelerator pedal (B690-2).
12 Press the accelerator pedal down fully and keep it down until the
position is stored.
13 Store the position with function key for Enter.
Transmission, calibration
page
–
DANGER
Do not leave the machine during calibration. The ma-
chine may start to move.
005609
ACTION X XXXXrpm PHASE: Indicates current phase in the calibration.
0. Pre-filling of clutch
1. Calibration of clutch
4. Calibration complete
5. Calibration incorrect
NOTE
If the machine starts to move during calibration, use the
service brake to keep the machine stationary.
IMPORTANT
Calibration can be interrupted at any time by selecting
travel direction reverse.
accessories
9.1 Controls and instruments
Controls and instruments, overview
page
–
Overview
1 2 3 4 5
15
12 13 12 11 10 9 6 8 7
009698
14
004394
17
16 21 Switch, work lights on mast (S105-3)
31 Socket 12 VDC
7 78 8 78
Panel for hydraulic functions and control levers
hydraulic servo
78 Switch, bypass (S1005)
65
66
67 Key for bypass
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
009701
8 78 7 78
Panel for hydraulic functions and control levers
electric servo
75
71
73
76
78
77
009702
78 7 79 70
1 2 3a 3b
10 5
9 8 7 6
007120
11 12 13
3a. Operating menu, engine - for Volvo TAD760VE, Cum- 9. Operating menu, code lock
mins QSB7 and QSM11.
3b. Operating menu, engine - for Volvo TAD952VE and 10. Operating menu heating and air conditioning
TAD1250VE.
6. 13
Operating menu service interval Operating menu statistics, driving distance
1 2
009703
1. Event menu start interlock
Switch, replacement
–
NOTE
The instructions apply to switches in general.
The following functions are handled by the gear and multi-function le-
2 ver (position 2).
3 1
0 Movement Function
Forward/ Travel direction (for selecting shifting program and
Reverse travel direction, see section 2 Transmission).
Inward, Washing of windshield, roof window and rear win-
000338
handle dow.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic
menu, see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.3.1
CAB, menu 1.
Movement Function
Rotation Windshield wiper front.
0 – No wiping front windshield. If wiper rear or roof
are active, these run at slow interval wiping.
1 – Slow interval wiping windscreen, controls slow
interval wiping for roof window and rear window.
2 – Fast interval wiping front windshield, controls
fast interval wiping for roof window and rear win-
dow.
3 – Continuous wiping front windshield. If wiper rear
or roof are active, these run at fast interval wiping.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic
menu, see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.3.2
CAB, menu 2.
The fire extinguisher is located at the entry on the left frame beam. Us-
age instructions are found on the fire extinguisher.
The roof grating protects the operator from falling objects. This consti-
tutes protection that goes beyond the legal requirements.
9.3 Seat
Seat, general
page
–
seat)
The seat’s function is to give the operator a good sitting position and
contribute to a good work environment. The cab’s seat has several ad-
justment possibilities and meets high comfort standards.
1 2 The seat has the following equipment:
• mechanical adjustment
3
• right armrest
• left armrest
4
• seat heating
• seat belt
• head restraint
5
• seat heating
8 6
006825
7
Controls, standard seat
1. Lumber support adjustment
2. Right armrest adjustment
3. Left armrest adjustment
4. Backrest rake adjustment
5. Springing position adjustment
6. Seat cushion angle adjustment
7. Seat cushion height adjustment
8. Front/rear adjustment
Bege 9120 is the same as the standard seat, but is equipped with air
1 2 suspension. Air suspension automatically adjusts seat height and
springing to the operator’s weight. Air suspension is supplied by a spe-
cial compressor installed on the underside of the cab.
3
The seat’s function is to give the operator a good sitting position and
contribute to a good work environment. The cab’s seat has several ad-
justment possibilities and meets high comfort standards.
4
The seat has the following equipment:
• mechanical adjustment
• air suspension (with external compressor)
5 • right armrest
• seat belt (3-point)
8 6 • seat heating
006826
7
Controls, Bege 9120 • left armrest
1. Lumber support adjustment
• seat heating
2. Right armrest adjustment
3. Left armrest adjustment • head restraint
4. Backrest rake adjustment
5. Springing position adjustment
6. Seat cushion angle adjustment
7. Seat cushion height adjustment
8. Front/rear adjustment
Isringhausen 6800)
The seat’s function is to give the operator a good sitting position and
contribute to a good work environment. The cab’s seat has several ad-
justment possibilities and meets high comfort standards.
The Isringhausen 6800 seat has the following equipment:
• head restraint
• armrest
• air suspension (with external compressor)
• air-adjusted lumbar support
• seat belt (3-point)
• seat heating
11
10
34 567
004691
9 8 2
Controls, Isringhausen 6800
1. Front/rear adjustment
2. Seat cushion adjustment
3. Lowering seat cushion height
4. Seat cushion angle
5. Raising seat cushion height
6. Backrest rake
7. Damping adjustment
8. Seat heating
9. Plane damping off/on
10. Lumber support adjustment
11. Armrest
Seat, changing
page
–
3 Slide the seat to its front position, remove the rear attaching bolts.
4 Disconnect the seat’s connectors from the machine’s cabling.
5 Remove the seat.
6 Fit in the reverse order.
NOTE
The seat’s heating coil is glued to the padding. Be careful if
3
the padding is to be replaced but the heating coil is to be re-
used, or if only the coil is to be replaced.
5 Assemble in reverse order.
1
006276
The heating coil’s function is to warm the back and seat cushions in
the operator’s seat. The heating coil is located under the upholstery on
the seat.
The heating coil (E803) is supplied power upon warm-up of the cab
control unit (D790-1) via the seat heating relay (K383). The signal can
be checked with the diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
group 8.4.3.8 CAB, menu 8.
GE)
Bege 9120:
Isringhausen 6800:
Compressed air-suspended seat
Emergency stop Not activated Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.1.4 Emergency
switch stop switch voltage
1 13 13
<˚ <˚
D1 D13 D13
2
D790-1
D3
D797-2
3, 5, 9, 11
D8
D5
D9
4, 12 6, 10
A798 8 8
M 7
009705
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The reversible operator’s seat switch U = 24 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories,
(S169) sends a voltage signal to the cab group 9.1 Controls and instruments
control unit (D790-1). Reversing of the op- D1: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
erator’s seat stops if the switch is released tem, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS, menu 1
before the seat has reached its end posi-
tion.
2 The cab control unit (D790-1) transmits Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
clockwise rotation or anticlockwise rota- tem; error indicated with Cab control unit (D790-1)
tion on the CAN bus. error code.
3 The frame control unit (D797-2) activates U = 24 V Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.3
the seat reversal brake solenoid valve Frame control unit (D797-2)
(Y676) for release of seat reversal. D3: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS, menu 9
4 The seat reversal brake solenoid valve - Control unit, reversible operator’s seat, descrip-
(Y676) releases the brake holding the tion page 26
seat in the locked position.
5 The frame control unit (D797-2) sends a U = 24 V Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.3
voltage signal to the reversible operator’s Frame control unit (D797-2)
seat control unit (A798) for rotation clock- D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
wise or rotation anticlockwise. tem, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS, menu 2
7 The seat reversal motor (M675) rotates - Control unit, reversible operator’s seat, descrip-
the operator’s seat. tion page 26
8 The reversible operator’s seat forward U = 24 V Reversible operator’s seat sensor, description
sensor (S720-F) or reversible operator’s page 28
seat rearward sensor (S720-R) sends a D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
voltage signal to the frame control unit tem, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS, menu 3
(D797-2) when the seat is in an end posi-
tion, i.e. the seat is facing forward or rear-
ward.
9 The frame control unit (D797-2) sends a U = 24 V Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.3
voltage signal to the reversible operator’s Frame control unit (D797-2)
seat control unit (A798) to reduce reversal D9: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
speed. tem, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS, menu 9
10 The reversible operator’s seat control unit - Control unit, reversible operator’s seat, descrip-
(A798) reduces the speed of the seat re- tion page 26
versal motor (M675).
11 The frame control unit (D797-2) activates U = 24 V Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.3
the seat reversal brake solenoid valve Frame control unit (D797-2)
(Y676) for locking of seat reversal. D3: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS, menu 9
12 The seat reversal brake solenoid valve - Control unit, reversible operator’s seat, descrip-
(Y676) activates the brake that prevents tion page 26
the operator’s seat from rotating.
- Sensors S720-F and S720-R regulate so - Section 5 Steering, group 5.2 Power assisted
that steering deflection is adapted to system
which way the operator’s seat is facing. D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
tem, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS, menu 3
- Headlights and rear lights change func- - Signalling system, function description page 79
tion upon reversal of the operator’s seat,
i.e. headlights serve as rear lights and
rear lights serve as headlights. See Light-
ing system, function description page 70.
009716
description
The electric motor for seat reversal (M675), which rotates the reversi-
ble operator’s seat, is located beneath the cab floor in the seat’s pivot
point. The motor’s gear changes the position of the operator’s seat via
a sprocket. A brake integrated in the motor locks the seat in the de-
sired position. The brake is regulated via the seat reversal brake sole-
noid valve (Y676).
1
006148
1. Electrical motor
replacement
1. Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2. Tip the cab.
3. Undo the connector for the electric motor.
4. Remove the four screws that hold the electric motor in place.
5. Remove the electric motor.
6. Installation is in reverse order.
006148
1. Electrical motor
NOTE
Console for rotating operator’s seat.
Avoid rotating the seat while operating.
9.3.11 Armrest
Armrests, description
page
–
• Mini-wheel
• Lever steering
description
description
The heating system controls heating and ventilation of the cab. The
F cab can also be equipped with a climate control system ( ).
The temperature in the cab is thermostat-controlled by the cab control
unit (D790-1). The cab temperature is regulated to the set tempera-
2 ture. The temperature can be set between 16 and 27 °C. The unit is
4 operated with controls on the instrument panel.
D
C Heating system (EHC)
The heating system (EHC) handles heating and ventilation. (The heat-
E E
ing system cannot provide cooling.)
3
The heating system uses heat from the engine’s cooling system via a
heating coil to heat ambient air. The fan forces the ambient air through
the heating coil on through ducts in the cab interior. It is then directed
to the windscreen (defroster) or the feet.
heating system.
Principle illustration, climate control system The function of the climate control system is to:
1. Fluid reservoir/filter dryer with built-in pressure • heat the air when it is cold
switch
• dehumidify the air when it is damp
2. Heater and evaporator
3. Fan • clean the air of impurities
4. Expansion valve • cool the air when it is hot
5. Condenser • defrost (defroster function)
6. Compressor
A. High-pressure gas
B. High-pressure fluid
C. Low-pressure fluid
IMPORTANT
D. Low-pressure gas
E. Ambient air for cab ventilation On machines with ECC or AC, it is vital that the engine
F. Heated or cooled air to the cab cooling system is filled with coolant with the right
G. Ambient air for removal of heat concentration of anti-freeze. Otherwise there is a risk
that the air conditioning heating coils will freeze when
the cooling function is used during period when the
heating is completely switched off.
function description
2 1 D3 3 26
D1
25
D4
4 ˚C D23
D6
˚C
D5 D15 6
7 D790-1 D790-2 D795
D9
15 D15 D797-R D794
M 16 D21 12 D10
14 22 23
5 ˚C Pa ˚C
M D17
D14 21
19 20 C 24
13
M 18
D13 17
D9 9
M
10
˚C
8 11
1 The temperature switch (S117) sends a Raise: U = 2.0–2.5 V Controls and instruments, overview page 5
voltage signal to the cab control unit Unaffected: U = 0-0.5 V D1: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
(D790-1). system, group 8.4.4.5 CLIMATE, menu 5
Lower: U = 4.5-5.0 V
2 The fan switch (S118) sends a voltage Raise: U = 2.0–2.5 V Controls and instruments, overview page 5
signal to the cab control unit (D790-1). Unaffected: U = 0-0.5 V D2: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
Lower: U = 4.5-5.0 V system, group 8.4.4.5 CLIMATE, menu 5
3 The air distribution switch (S139) sends Scroll up: U = 2.0–2.5 V Controls and instruments, overview page 5
a voltage signal to the cab control unit Unaffected: U = 0 V D3: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
(D790-1). system, group 8.4.4.5 CLIMATE, menu 5
Scroll down: U = 4.5-5.0 V
4 The cab temperature sensor (B775-1) R = 10 kΩ at 25 °C Sensor, cab temperature, description page
sends the cab control unit (D790-1) a 62
voltage signal proportional to the tem- D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
perature. system, group 8.4.4.1 CLIMATE, menu 1
7 The cab control unit (D790-1) regulates Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
temperature and air distribution with sig- tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
nals from sensors and controls. ror code.
9 The cab control unit (D790-1) controls U = 0.5–4.5 V Water valve, description page 47
the water valve (Y673), which directs hot D9: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
water to heat exchanger heating. system, group 8.4.4.7 CLIMATE, menu 7
The water valve’s opening (%) is sent and 8.4.4.4 CLIMATE, menu 4
back to the cab control unit (D790-1).
This gives information for controlling the
water valve’s position.
10 The engine temperature sensor sends Checked by control sys- Section 1 Engine
the engine control unit (D794) a voltage tem, error shown with er- D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
signal proportional to engine tempera- ror code. system, group 8.4.4.2 CLIMATE, menu 2
ture.
11 Heat exchanger heat adds heat to the - Heat exchanger heat, description page 44
cab air. Heat is transferred from the en-
gine’s cooling system to the cab air.
12 The engine control unit (D794) transmits Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
engine temperature in the cooling sys- tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.10 Engine control unit (D794)
tem on the CAN bus. ror code.
13 The cab control unit (D790-1) controls Checked by control sys- Fresh air filter or recirculation damper, de-
the recirculation actuator motor (M612) tem, error shown with er- scription page 38
which sets the fresh air or recirculation ror code. D13: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
damper in the required position. system, group 8.4.4.6 CLIMATE, menu 6
14 The cab control unit (D790-1) controls Checked by control sys- Cab fan, description page 41
the fan motor (M657), which increases tem, error shown with er- D14: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
airflow in the cab. ror code. system, group 8.4.4.6 CLIMATE, menu 6
16 The frame control unit (D797-1) controls Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
AC compressor engagement. tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.3 Frame control unit (D797-1)
ror code.
20 The moisture filter absorbs any moisture - Moisture filter, description page 53
from the cooling circuit. The fluid reser-
voir stores the refrigerant.
21 The pressure switch (S246) sends a sig- U = 24 V Pressure switch, description page 53
nal to the rear frame control unit (D797- D21: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
R) if the pressure in the system becomes system, group 8.4.4.3 CLIMATE, menu 3
abnormally high or low.
22 The expansion valve adjusts the amount - Expansion valve, description page 54
of refrigerant that is let in to the evapora-
tor. If the temperature in the evapora-
tor’s outlet pipe increases, the
evaporator valve increases flow of refrig-
erant so that heat dissipation in the
evaporator increases.
26 The KID control unit (D795) shows the Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
heating and ventilation settings in the tem, error shown with er- 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
display. ror code.
checking
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Navigate to the service menu and press Enter.
000056
1 23
4 5 NOTE
000060
OLS EXTRA
Menu 2
6 Check of Sensor temperature outlet fan (B775-2), engine temper-
DIAG CLIMATE 2(8) ature, Sensor outdoor temperature (B774), Check of Sensor tem-
TEMP COIL XXX perature refrigerant (B775-1).
TEMP COOLANT XXX
TEMP AMBIENT XXX TEMP COIL: temperature that the air has in the air distributor is
000133
TEMP DE-ICE XXX measured by Sensor temperature outlet fan (B775-2).
TEMP COOLANT: engine temperature sent on the CAN-bus.
TEMP AMBIENT: outdoor temperature measured by Sensor out-
door temperature (B774).
TEMP DE-ICE: cooling circuit’s temperature measured by Sen-
sor temperature refrigerant (B775-1). If the compressor is activat-
ed the value will be low. However, if heat has been selected and
the compressor is deactivated, the value will almost be equal to
TEMP COIL.
Menu 3
The sensor is located on the dryer filter which is fitted right rear in
the frame.
Menu 4
8 Checks Water valve (Y673) and Air distributor (Y642).
DIAG CLIMATE 4(8)
WATER VALVE: should work between 1.0-1.24 V and 2.95-3.2
PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL
WATER VALVE XX.XXV V. This is checked by turning the temperature control and chang-
DRAUGHT VALVE XX.XXV ing temperature setting from min. to max.
000135
NOTE
Air to the round panel vents is not controlled by the air con-
ditioning unit.
Menu 5
9 Checks switches for temperature, air distribution and fan speed.
DIAG CLIMATE 5(8)
REQUIRED TEMP: resting position U = 0 V; raise U = 2-2.5 V;
PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL
REQUIRED TEMP XX.XXV lower U = 4.5-5 V.
REQ. DRAUGHT XX.XXV REQ. DRAUGHT: resting position U = 0 V; against windshield U
000136
Menu 6
10 Checks cab fan (M657), fresh air and recirculation damper
DIAG CLIMATE 6(8)
PRESENT OUTPUT SIGNAL (M612) and compressor’s electromagnetic clutch (M645) .
FAN SPEED XXX FAN SPEED: increase and decrease fan speed, value should in-
RECIRKULATION XY crease from 0 to 255 in steps.
000137
COMPRESSOR XY
RECIRCULATION: press in the bypass switch (S1005) (on the
panel for load handling functions). When checking, the display
should show "11". Check that the damper really moves as it
should by removing the fresh air filter at the front of the climate
control system casing and feeling with your hand.
NOTE
Compressor activation can only be tested when the engine
is running and the system is filled.
Menu 7
11 Checks direction selector for Water valve (Y673).
DIAG CLIMATE 7(8) CLOCKWISE: When temperature is increased and the water
OUTPUT WATER VALVE valve opens shows "CLOCKWISE 11 11" and "COUNTER-
CLOCKWISE XY XY
ANTI-CLOCKWISE XY XY CLOCKWISE 00 11".
COUNTER-CLOCKWISE: When temperature is lowered and the
water valve closes shows "CLOCKWISE 00 11" and "COUNTER-
24V CLOCKWISE 11 11".
NOTE
The ones are only showed for a moment when the water
valve changes position, zeros are shown when the valve is
M not changing position. The water valve does not open if en-
gine temperature is low, or if outdoor temperature is high.
000138
0V
Menu 8
12 Checks direction selector for air distributor.
DIAG CLIMATE 8(8)
CLOCKWISE: when the air is directed against the windshield and
OUTPUT DRAUGHT VALVE
CLOCKWISE XY XY the air distributor changes position shows "CLOCKWISE 00 11"
ANTI-CLOCKWISE XY XY and "COUNTER-CLOCKWISE 11 11".
COUNTER-CLOCKWISE: when the air is directed against the
feet and the air distributor changes position shows "CLOCKWISE
24V 11 11" and "COUNTER-CLOCKWISE 00 11".
NOTE
The ones are only shown for a moment when the air distrib-
utor changes position, zeros are shown when the air distrib-
M utor is not changing position.
000139
0V
The fresh air filter is located under a cover in the external unit for fresh
air intake into the cab - in front of the cab fan. A finer filter can be used
( ), but this may affect maximum airflow.
1 004999
The damper is controlled electrically and controls the air between fully
open for fresh air to recirculation of air. The damper is located in the
external unit for fresh air intake into the cab.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.4.6 CLIMATE, menu 6 .
2 004999
replacement
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Remove the wiper arms.
3 Remove the nuts which hold the wiper motor in the protective
plate.
4 Remove the protective plate.
6 Remove the bolts which secure the arm and motor in the plate.
7 Detach the connector from the motor.
8 Replace the motor.
9 Fit in the reverse order. Tighten the wiper arm to 16-20 Nm.
The cab fan is located in the external unit for fresh air intake into the
cab. The fan consists of two single fans that are driven by a motor.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.4.6 CLIMATE, menu 6.
1
003209
3 Remove the bolts which secure the wiper motor in the protective
plate.
4 Remove the protective plate.
7 Remove the bolts which secure the plate and cab fan.
The heat from the engine’s coolant is transmitted to the cab via the
heat exchanger. The heat exchanger is located behind the fan in the
external unit for fresh air intake into the cab.
1, 2
3
003210
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
12 Detach all fluid inlets and outlets from the heat exchanger.
13 Lift out the heat exchanger carefully.
14 Replace the heat exchanger.
15 Fit in the reverse order. Tighten the wiper arm to 16-20 Nm.
16 Check for leaks and refill the AC-system with refrigerant R134a,
with the intended equipment.
For volume, see section F Technical data.
IMPORTANT
Connection points for cooling hoses. Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
The water valve controls the climate control system’s capacity for
heating from 0 (closed valve) to 100% (open valve). The water valve
is electrically controlled.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.1 CLIMATE, menu 1, 8.4.4.4 CLIMATE, menu 4
and 8.4.4.7 CLIMATE, menu 7.
007863
1. Water valve
2. Steering valve
The coolant temperature sensor sits on the engine and detects engine
coolant temperature. See supplier documentation, engine.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.4.2 CLIMATE, menu 2.
For location, see section 1 Engine.
9.4.7 Compressor
AC compressor, description
page
–
NOTE
For tightening torque of refrigerant hoses and pressure switch,
see section F Technical data.
The compressor drives the climate control system by working as a
pump. It draws in cold, low-pressure gas from the evaporator, com-
presses the gas which then becomes warm, and then forces out high-
pressure gas to the condenser.
The compressor is driven by V-belts directly by the machine’s engine.
Activation and deactivation of the compressor is handled by an elec-
tromagnetic clutch, which is controlled by a thermostat.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
007866
AC compressor, replacement
page
–
2
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage
007865
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Drain the AC system of R134a refrigerant.
The illustration depicts the compressor for Volvo
TAD760VE
1. Compressor IMPORTANT
2. Rigging screw (belt tensioner)
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
NOTE
Fill new oil through the compressor’s suction connection.
10 Fit the new compressor and other equipment in reverse order.
11 Check for leaks and refill the AC-system with refrigerant R134a,
with the intended equipment.
For volume, see the plate for the climate control system.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
006263
2
006264
1. Lock ring
2. Locking washer
1. Groove
006266
7 Remove the electromagnetic clutch.
8 Fit in the reverse order.
1 9 Check the function.
006267
1. Electromagnetic clutch
9.4.8 Condenser
Condenser, description
page
–
Condenser, replacement
page
–
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
The moisture filter collects the liquid refrigerant, binds moisture and fil-
ters impurities. The reservoir functions as an expansion tank in the
2 3 cooling circuit.
1
When the refrigerant has passed through the dryer in the bottom of the
fluid reservoir, it rises through a standpipe. Through a sight glass, it is
possible to check that flow is without bubbles and that the system is
adequately filled with refrigerant.
007864
NOTE
2 3 For tightening torque of refrigerant hoses and pressure switch,
1
see section F Technical data.
The pressure switch cuts off the current to the compressor’s electro-
magnetic clutch if the pressure in the cooling circuit becomes abnor-
mally high or low.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.4.3 CLIMATE, menu 3.
007864
WARNING
2 3
1 Personal injury, environmental damage
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
007864
thorization.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
The expansion valve is the part in the circuit that separates the high-
pressure side from the low-pressure side. The refrigerant arrives at the
expansion valve under high pressure and leaves it under low pres-
sure. After the expansion valve, the refrigerant converts to a gaseous
state and is transported to the compressor once again.
The amount of refrigerant that passes the evaporator varies depend-
ing on the heat load. The valve works from fully open to fully closed
and searches between these for an optimal evaporation point.
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
1
3
005001
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage.
NOTE
Requires special authorization.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Drain the AC system of refrigerant.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special au-
thorization.
The heat exchanger for cooling consists of pipes and cooling fins. The
cab air is cooled as it passes through the cooling heat exchanger. The
heat exchanger is located behind the fan in the external unit for fresh
air intake into the cab.
1, 2
3
003210
The air distributor controls the air between defroster and floor and is
located behind the panel inside the cab. The damper is controlled elec-
trically by the control system.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.4.4 CLIMATE, menu 4 and 8.4.4.5 CLI-
MATE, menu 5 and 8.4.4.8 CLIMATE, menu 8.
002230
1. Instrument panel
2. Steering wheel shaft adjustment
3. Lower protective cover
7 Remove the air distributor from its mounting.
8 Replace the air distributor, fitting it in the reverse order.
Air distributor
There are a number of fixed air vents in the cab’s interior: at the front
of the doors and the defroster for the windshield. There are also two
adjustable air vents (flow and direction) in the instrument panel’s out-
side corners.
There is an air inlet towards the cab’s lower part (floor).
001839
3 The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.4.2 CLIMATE, menu 2.
005001
1. Instrument panel
2. Steering wheel shaft adjustment
3. Lower protective cover
1
3
005001
007985
1
Pause heating is an option for the heating unit, which uses residual
heat in the engine's cooling system to keep the cab warm.
An extra electrically operated water pump pumps the coolant through
the heater unit when the engine is stopped. The cabin fan forces air
into the cab. The pause heater is automatically switched off when the
temperature in the cab is six degrees below the value set on the cli-
mate control system. The pause heater is activated with the pause
2 heater switch when the ignition is on.
3 004909
The wipers automatically switch off 2 minutes after the operator has
left the operator’s seat.
The front wiper is the parallel wiper type, i.e. the wiper blade is moved
in a constant vertical manner over the windscreen.
Wiper roof are of the type sector wiper. Wiping angle is approx. 180
degrees.
The rear wiper is a sector wiper type. The wiping angle is approx. 180
degrees.
Washer motors are located on the washer fluid reservoir. There are
non-return valves on the lines from the reservoir to the washer noz-
zles, preventing the washer fluid from draining back in the line be-
tween washings. This minimizes the time from activation of switch
washing and washer fluid spraying on the windshield.
The washer nozzles are mounted on the wiper arms.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.1 CAB, menu 1.
003619
A B
A. Washer fluid reservoir
B. Washer motors
The wiper motor drives the front windscreen wiper. The wiper arm is
mounted on the motor. The motor produces the movement of the wip-
er.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.2 CAB, menu 2.
The wiper motor drives the roof window’s wiper. The wiper arm is
mounted on the motor. The motor produces the movement of the
wiper.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.4 CAB, menu 4.
3 Detach the washer hose and the connector to the wiper motor.
4 Undo the lock nut securing the wiper arm and disconnect the
washer fluid hose.
5 Remove and replace the wiper motor.
6 Fit in the reverse order. Tighten the wiper arm to 16-20 Nm.
The wiper motor drives the rear window wiper. The wiper arm is
mounted on the motor. The motor produces the movement of the wip-
er.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.3 CAB, menu 3.
6 Remove the screws securing the motor and the lock nut on the
motor.
7 Replace the wiper motor.
8 Fit in the reverse order. Tighten the wiper arms to 16-20 Nm.
Work lights are shut off automatically after 5 minute’s idling in order to
prevent discharge of the batteries. Auxiliary work lights are shut off af-
ter 2 minutes. Lighting is activated automatically again when the oper-
ator sits in the seat, a gear is selected or the accelerator pedal is
pressed.
NOTE
It is important that the right type of bulb is used for each area. See
section F Technical data.
1 2 4 3
D1 D2 D4 D3 7
8
D13 9
12
5 D7
D5 13 13
16
D16 D9
14
15 M D14
D15 D790-1 D790-2 D8
18 6, 11 27 10
D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D797-1 D797-2
17
Pa D28 D29
D24 D30
D17
D25 D31
009717
D26 D32
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 32
2 The switch for mast work lights (S105-3) sends Switch in ON position: U D2: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
a voltage signal to the cab control unit (D790- = 24 V Control system, group 8.4.2.10
1). LIGHTS, menu 10
3 The headlights switch (S100) sends a voltage Switch in ON position: U D3: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
signal to the cab control unit (D790-1). = 24 V Control system, group 8.4.2.1
LIGHTS, menu 1
4 The revolving beacon switch (S110) sends a Switch in ON position: U D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
voltage signal to the cab control unit (D790-1). = 24 V Control system, group 8.4.2.6
LIGHTS, menu 6
5 The door NC switch (S266-LE & S266-RI) Door open: U = 24 V Interior lighting cab, description page
sends a voltage signal to the cab control unit 78
(D790-1). D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.9
LIGHTS, menu 9
6 The cab control unit (D790-1) transmits a Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
"switch on lights" message on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
error code.
7 The multi-function lever (S162) sends a volt- Lever in high beam posi- Gear and multi-function lever, descrip-
age signal to the KIT control unit (D790-2). tion: US162/56a = 24 V tion page 12
D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.3
LIGHTS, menu 3
8 The direction indicator lever (S161) sends a Left: US161/6 = 24 V D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
voltage signal to the KIT control unit (D790-2). Control system, group 8.4.2.4
Right: US161/1 = 24 V
LIGHTS, menu 4
9 The interior lighting switch of the KIT control Checked by control sys- D9: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
unit (D790-2) sends a voltage signal to the KIT tem, error shown with Control system, group 8.4.2.9
control unit (D790-2). error code. LIGHTS, menu 9
10 The KIT control unit (D790-2) transmits a Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
"switch on lights" message on the CAN bus. tem, error shown with 11.5.3.11 KIT control unit (D790-2)
error code.
11 The cab control unit (D790-1) supplies voltage Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
to the lights in and around the cab. tem, error shown with 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
error code.
12 The relay for cab roof work lights (K3017-1 and UK3017/30 = 24 V Working lights, cab, description page
K3017-2) is activated when the cab roof work 77
UK3017/85 = 0 V
lights are activated. It supplies voltage to the
cab roof work lights (E406L-1 E406R-1, Cab roof work lights on:
E406L-2 & E406R-2). UK3017/86 = 24 V
UK3017/87 = 24 V
UK3017/87 = 0 V
13 The cab roof work lights (E406L-1 E406R-1, Light on: U = 24 V Working lights, cab, description page
E406L-2 & E406R-2) come on when the cab 77
roof work lights are activated. D13: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.12
LIGHTS, menu 12
14 The white reversing lights (E405L & E405R) Light on: U = 24 V Reversing light, description page 76
come on when reverse gear is selected. D14: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.8
LIGHTS, menu 8
15 Rotating beacon (H428) is lit when rotating Light on: U = 24 V Rotating beacon, description page 76
work light is activated. D15: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.6
LIGHTS, menu 6
16 Interior lighting (E434-1) comes on when a Light on: U = 24 V Interior lighting cab, description page
door is opened or if activated when the switch 78
on the KIT control unit (D790-2). D16: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.9
LIGHTS, menu 9
17 The brake light NO switch (S216) sends a volt- Brake pressure over 0.2 Section 4 Brakes, group 4.3.8 NO
age signal to the frame control unit (D797-1). MPa: U = 24 V (normally open) switch, brake lights
D17: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.7
LIGHTS, menu 7
18 The frame control unit (D797-1) supplies volt- Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
age to the machine lights. tem, error shown with 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
error code.
19 The direction indicators (H422, H423, H426 & Light on: U = 24 V Driving direction indicator, description
H427) come on when they or the warning lights page 76
are activated. D19: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.5
LIGHTS, menu 5
20 The running lights (H416-1, H416-2, H417-1 & Light on: U = 24 V Running lights, description page 75
H417-2) come on together with the headlights. D20: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.2
LIGHTS, menu 2
21 Headlights low beams (E400L & E400R) are lit Light on: U = 24 V Headlights, description page 75
when headlights are activated. D21: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.3
LIGHTS, menu 3
22 Headlights high beam (E402L-1 & E402R-1) Light on: U = 24 V Headlights, description page 75
are lit when high beam is activated. D22: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.3
LIGHTS, menu 3
23 Tail lights (H412L & H412R) red are lit when Light on: U = 24 V Tail light, description page 75
headlights are activated. D23: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.2
LIGHTS, menu 2
24 Brake lights (H411L & H411R) are lit when the Light on: U = 24 V Brake light, description page 75
brake is activated. D24: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.8
LIGHTS, menu 8
25 The mast work lights (E404L-1 & E404R-1) Light on: U = 24 V Mast working lights, description page
come on when activated. 77
D25: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.10
LIGHTS, menu 10
26 The auxiliary mast work lights (E404L-4 & Light on: U = 24 V Mast working lights, description page
E404R-4) come on when the mast work lights 77
are activated. D26: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
The front wing auxiliary work lights (E404L-4 & Control system, group 8.4.2.11
E404R-4) come on when the cab roof work LIGHTS, menu 11
lights are activated.
27 The frame control unit (D797-2) supplies volt- Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
age to the machine lights. tem, error shown with 11.5.3.3 Frame control unit (D797-2)
error code.
28 The auxiliary mast work lights (E404L-2 & Light on: U = 24 V Mast working lights, description page
E404R-2) come on when the mast work lights 77
are activated. D28: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
The front wing auxiliary work lights (E404L-2 & Control system, group 8.4.2.11
E404R-2) come on when the cab roof work LIGHTS, menu 11
lights are activated.
29 With reversed operator’s seat: Headlights, low Light on: U = 24 V Headlights, description page 75
beam rear (E401L & E401R) come on when D29: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
the headlights are activated. Control system, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS,
menu 6
30 With reversed operator’s seat: Headlights, Light on: U = 24 V Headlights, description page 75
high beam rear (E402L-2 & E402R-2) come on D30: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
when the high beams are activated. Control system, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS,
menu 6
31 With reversed operator’s seat: Rear lights front Light on: U = 24 V Tail light, description page 75
(H413L & H413R - red) come on when the D31: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
headlights are activated. Control system, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS,
menu 7
32 With reversed operator’s seat: Brake lights Light on: U = 24 V Brake light, description page 75
front (H410L & H410R) come on when the D32: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
brakes are activated. Control system, group 8.4.11.1 VBFS,
menu 8
NOTE
It is important that the right type of bulb is used for each area. See
section F Technical data.
1 2 3 4 5
6, 7
8, 9, 10, 11, 12
009729
20 19 18 17 16 14, 15 13
8. Rear lights front (H413L & H413R) 20. Headlights, low beam rear (E401L & E401R)
Brake lights front (H410L & H410R) Headlights, high beam rear (E402L-2 & E402R-2)
9. Direction indicators front (H422 & H423) 21. Rear running lights (H416-2 & H417-2)
10. Front running lights (H416-1 & H417-1) 22. Reversing lights (E405L & E405R), white
11. Headlights, low beam (E400L & E400R) 23. Tail lights (H412L & H412R) red
Headlights, high beam (E402L-1 & E402R-1) Brake lights (H411L & H411R)
12. Auxiliary front wing work lights (E404L-2 & E404R-2) 24. Direction indicators rear (H426 & H427)
Auxiliary front wing work lights (E404L-4 & E404R-4)
9.6.1 Headlights
Headlights, description
page
–
Headlights are located in the front of the machine to give the operator
enhanced vision when operating in darkness, and to provide surround-
ing traffic and the environment an indication of the machine’s position.
Headlights have high beam and low beam (for meeting other traffic).
Switch between low and high beam with the gear and multi-function le-
ver. The signal goes to the cab control unit (D790-1).
The low and high beam signals can be checked from the diagnostic
menu, section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.3 LIGHTS, menu 3.
The running lights are located on the right and left-hand sides of the
machine to provide surrounding traffic and the environment an indica-
tion of the machine’s position and direction of travel.
The running lights are controlled by selecting with the headlight switch.
The signal travels to the cab control unit (D790-1).
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.2 LIGHTS, menu 2.
Tail lights are located in the rear of the machine to provide surrounding
traffic and the environment an indication of the machine’s position, and
a limited enhancement of the view for the operator in darkness.
The tail lights are controlled by selecting with the headlight switch. The
signal travels to the cab control unit (D790-1).
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.2 LIGHTS, menu 2.
The brake lights are located in the rear of the machine to provide sur-
rounding traffic and the environment an indication that the machine is
braking and consequently slowing down.
The brake lights are regulated by brake pedal position (via actuated
NC switch). The signal travels to the frame control unit (D797-1), which
supplies power to the brake lights.
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.7 LIGHTS, menu 7 and
8.4.2.8 LIGHTS, menu 8.
The reversing lights are located in the rear of the machine to provide
surrounding traffic and the environment an indication that the machine
is travelling backwards. In addition, this provides the operator en-
hanced view when operating in darkness.
The reversing lights are controlled by the direction of travel (Signal
travels via the CAN bus).
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.7 LIGHTS, menu 7 and
8.4.2.8 LIGHTS, menu 8.
The direction indicators are located on both the front and rear of the
machine to provide surrounding traffic and the environment an indica-
tion that the machine is changing direction, i.e. turning.
The direction indicator is controlled by selecting with the switch (lever)
for direction indicators. The signal travels to the frame control unit
(D797-1).
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.4 LIGHTS, menu 4 and
8.4.2.5 LIGHTS, menu 5.
Machines for the North American market are equipped with flashing
brake lights front and rear during operation.
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.6 LIGHTS, menu 6.
Work lights on the mast provide enhanced view when load handling in
darkness.
The work lights are controlled by selecting with the mast work light
switch. The signal travels to the cab control unit (D790-1).
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.10 LIGHTS, menu 10 and
8.4.2.11 LIGHTS, menu 11.
lights)
DANGER
Xenon lights are activated with high voltage. Always
turn off the main electric power before working on xe-
non lights.
NOTE
The xenon light is filled with different gases and metals. Replaced
xenon headlights should be considered as hazardous waste and
should be deposited for recycling.
Work lights on the cab provide visibility when handling a load in dark-
ness.
The work lights are controlled by selecting with the switch for cab roof
work lights. The signal travels to the cab control unit (D790-1) which in
turn supplies power to the work lights.
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.12 LIGHTS, menu 12.
lights)
See Work lights, changing (product alternative Xenon lights) page 77.
The interior lighting illuminates the cab when the doors are opened or
when activated with the interior lighting switch.
There is background illumination in all switches, function keys and ro-
tary controls. This is so that the driver will be able to read their func-
tions and settings in darkness. Brightness is controlled by the plus and
minus keys.
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.9 LIGHTS, menu 9.
NOTE
It is important that the right type of bulb is used for each area. See
section F Technical data.
1 2 3 4
D2 6
D3 17 7
D1
15 D4
16 D17 D7
D6
D15 D18
D13 18
13
14 M
8 19
D14 D790-1 5 D790-2 D795
9
D797-1
D10 D11
10 11 D12
009730
12
2 The switch for warning lights (haz- Switch in ON position: U = D2: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
ard) (S109) sends a voltage signal to 24 V system, group 8.4.2.4 LIGHTS, menu 4
the cab control unit (D790-1).
3 The parking brake switch (S107) Switch in ON position: U = D3: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
sends a voltage signal to the cab 24 V system, group 8.4.5.4 HYD, menu 4
control unit (D790-1).
4 The horn switch (S149-3) sends a Switch in ON position: U = D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
voltage signal to the cab control unit 24 V system, group 8.4.3.5 CAB, menu 5
(D790-1).
5 The cab control unit (D790-1) trans- Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
mits activation messages on the tem, error shown with er- Cab control unit (D790-1)
CAN bus ror code.
6 The multi-function lever (S162) Signal button pressed in: Gear and multi-function lever, description
sends a voltage signal to the KIT US162/H = 24 V page 12
control unit (D790-2). D6: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.3.5 CAB, menu 5
8 The KIT control unit (D790-2) trans- Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.11
mits activation messages on the tem, error shown with er- KIT control unit (D790-2)
CAN bus. ror code.
9 The frame control unit (D797-1) sup- Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.2
plies voltage to the machine lights tem, error shown with er- Frame control unit (D797-1)
and buzzers. ror code.
10 Direction indicators (H422,H423, Light on: U = 24 V Driving direction indicator, description page 76
H426 & H427) come on when the D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
flashing hazard lights are activated. system, group 8.4.2.5 LIGHTS, menu 5
11 The reversing lights (E405L & Light on: U = 24 V Reversing light, description page 76
E405R) come on when reverse gear D11: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
is selected. system, group 8.4.2.8 LIGHTS, menu 8
12 Back-up alarm (H965) is activated Reverse gear engaged: U Reversing alarm, description page 82
when reverse gear is selected. = 24 V D12: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.2.8 LIGHTS, menu 8
13 Horn (H850) sounds when the horn Horn active: U = 24 V Horn, description page 81
is activated. D13: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.3.5 CAB, menu 5
14 Rotating beacon (H428) is lit when Light on: U = 24 V Rotating beacon, description page 76
hazard lights are activated. D14: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.2.6 LIGHTS, menu 6
UK3016/87 = 24 V
16 Loud horn (H850-1) sounds when Horn active: U = 24 V Horn, description page 81
the horn is activated.
17 The operator-in-seat NO switch Operator in seat: U = 24 V Sensor operator in seat, description page 28
(S230) sends a voltage signal to the D17: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
cab control unit (D790-1) when there system, group 8.4.3.6 CAB, menu 6
is a load on the operator’s seat.
18 In the event of warnings, the cab Checked by control sys- D18: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
buzzer (H853) is supplied voltage by tem, error shown with er- system, group 8.4.3.6 CAB, menu 6
the KIT control unit (D790-2) to draw ror code.
the operator’s attention to the warn-
ing message.
NOTE
On machines prepared for or equipped with a separate top lift attachment, an acoustic signal may also be given with
the button open twistlock (S1002) on the panel for hydraulic functions or open twistlock on the joystick provided that the
"open twistlocks upon alignment" function is not active.
13, 14 1 2 3 4
007109
11, 12 10 9 8 7 6
1. Rotating beacon (H428) 8. Switch, see section 9 Frame, body, cab and accesso-
ries, group 9.1 Controls and instruments
2. Control unit KIT (D790-2) 9. Horn (H850)
3. Buzzer cab (H853) 10. Make-contact operator in seat (S230)
4. Control unit KID (D795) 11. Control unit cab (D790-1)
5. Direction indicators front (H422 & H423)
12. Relay loud horn (K3016)
6. Frame control unit (D797-1) 13. Direction indicators rear (H426 & H427)
14. Back-up alarm (H965)
7. Loud horn (H850-1)
9.7.1 Horn
Horn, description
page
–
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.5 CAB, menu 5..
If the operator leaves the machine without applying the parking brake,
a buzzer sounds to alert the operator, i.e. to ensure the operator ap-
plies the parking brake.
A sensor in the operator’s seat (see Sensor operator in seat, descrip-
tion page 28) indicates to the control system if the operator leaves the
seat.
The buzzer is located in the steering wheel panel.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.6 CAB, menu 6..
When reverse is selected, a warning sound and the back-up lights are
activated. This is to give others in traffic an indication that the machine
is reversing. Indication to bystanders to take caution.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.8 LIGHTS, menu 8.
9.9 Glass/windows/mirrors
Glass/windows/mirrors, description
page
–
The windows are designed to both enclose the cab and provide the op-
C erator with a good view.
The windows on the Spirit Delta cab are made of tinted hardened
D
glass, except the roof window which is made of polycarbonate plastic.
A E B
A. Side windows
B. Windshield (front window)
C. Roof window
D. Rear window
E. Windshield (Side window front)
The window panes are secured with key adhesive and silicone adhe-
sive.
NOTE
The purpose of this instruction is to describe how silicone adhe-
sive 923854.0100 should be handled in connection with replace-
ment of the windscreen and roof window on the Spirit Delta cab.
• Silicone adhesive 923854.0100 is a quick-hardening, two-
component silicone adhesive that can withstand tempera-
tures between -50 °C and +200 °C. The hardening properties
of the adhesive are extremely dependent on the ambient
temperature. An increase of 10 °C cuts hardening time in
half.
Silicone adhesive 923854.0100 is mixed at a ratio of 1:10 in
a static mixer. Change mixer after every interruption that
lasts more than 5 minutes. The short setting time means that
work has to be planned carefully to avoid undesired harden-
ing.
Fixing time:
10-20 minutes at 20 °C
approx. 5 minutes at 60 °C
Hardening time:
approx. 24 hours at 20 °C
approx. 1 hour at 60 °C
Full strength is obtained after 7 days.
• In warm climates, it is advantageous to cool the container to
increase hardening time. The silicone adhesive should not
be used at temperatures above +75 °C.
• In cold climates, the hardening time can be shortened by
covering the joints so that cooling is prevented. The window
pane can be warmed with defroster or cab heater.
• The recommended storage temperature is between -30 °C
and +20 °C. Storage in a refrigerator or a colder environment
is recommended.
9.9.1 Windscreen
Windscreen, description
page
–
The windshield consists of the front window and side windows. The
windshield is attached to the cab with a key strip and is glued to the
roof window with silicone adhesive. Front and side windows are joined
with silicone adhesive to give good allround visibility from the opera-
tor’s station.
For location, see Glass/windows/mirrors, description page 84.
Windscreen, replacement
page
–
NOTE
Read the handling advice for silicone adhesive before starting
work. See Silicone adhesive, handling advice page 84.
NOTE
Make sure that no silicone adhesive remains between the
window pane and the strip by the window pane’s lower front
edge.
CAUTION
Acetone may not come into contact with a roof win-
dow made of polycarbonate plastic. Acetone has a
chemical effect on the polycarbonate plastic which
reduces the roof window’s strength.
1
006268
1,0
1
Figure 2: Adjusting side window - cab window
1. Side window
2. Rubber strip
3. Cab frame / door opening
006269
1,0
NOTE
There must be silicone between the window panes, to avoid
contact between the window panes.
The side windows are secured in the cab and doors with key strips.
For further details, see Glass/windows/mirrors, description page 84.
NOTE
The method describes a general procedure.
3 Remove the wedge strip which runs around the whole window.
4 Carefully remove any glass remains from the rubber strip.
7 Thread the rubber strip around the whole window; use special
tools.
WARNING
The strength of the roof window may be significantly
reduced in case of exposure to substances contain-
ing: aromatic hydrocarbons, ketones, esters and
chlorinated hydrocarbons.
The cab has one rearview mirror located in the cab and external rear-
view mirrors out on the machine. The rearview mirrors give the opera-
tor a view around the machine.
1. provides a view of the area in front of the machine
9a
2. provides a view of the area at the side of the machine
3. provides a view of the area behind the machine
9a 9b
9b 9c
007328
2
2
1 1
3
3
2
009733
2
009732
DCF 370-500
DCF 280-330HB
The monitor shows picture and sound from the back-up camera. The
CA.SE
L
1 picture is shown in colour and light intensity is automatically adjusted
according to light conditions in the cab. The monitor can handle sig-
MENU
BRI
4
007416
5
1. Choice of camera
2. Menu
3. Light intensity
4. Volume setting
5. On and off
3
003206
4
Cab Spirit Delta
1. Cab frame
2. Door
3. Cab suspension
4. Cab undercarriage
The cab frame is made of high-strength steel sheet profiles. The cab
is dimensioned to handle impacts and, to some degree, dropped
loads. The frame must not be modified!
002210
9.10.2 Doors
Doors, description
page
–
The cab has two doors - the left is the operator’s door and the right is
the emergency exit. The door has:
• rail
• handle
• key lock
3 4 5 007160
Doors Closed -
D5
5
6
D790-1
D797-1 D797-2
D7
3 9 7
D9 D9
10 8
2 A 4
T H B1
P C
P
P2 13
A1
T
P1 B1
T A1
12
11
10
EF
P
1 1 T
010069
2 The pressure reducer reduces the pres- P = 3.5 MPa Section 7 Load handling , group 7.2.3 Pres-
sure from one of the hydraulic pumps to sure reducer
servo pressure.
3 The accumulator stores servo pressure. See pressure plate on left Section 10 Common hydraulics, group
The non-return valve in the pressure re- frame beam. 10.3.2 Accumulator
ducer makes it possible to store the
pressure when the engine is shut off.
5 The switch (S1010) sends a voltage sig- U = 0.5-4.5 V DC Controls and instruments, overview page 5
nal to the cab control unit (D790-1). D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system , group 8.4.11.5.1 ENGINE, menu 1
6 The cab control unit (D790-1) sends cab Checked by the control Section 11 Common electrics, group
slide right/left to the control units (D797- system; error shown with 11.5.3.1 Cab control unit (D790-1)
1) and (D797-2) via the CAN bus. error code.
7 The frame control (D797-2) directs cur- Checked by the control Section 11 Common electrics, group
rent to the solenoid valve for the system; error shown with 11.5.3.3 Frame control unit (D797-2)
changeover valve for cab shift (Y6080). error code. D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.11.5.5 ENGINE, menu 5
8 The solenoid valve for the changeover - Section 7 Load handling, group 7.4.5 Load
valve for cab shift (Y6080) directs servo handling control valve
pressure to the slide for the cab shift
changeover valve.
9 The frame control unit (D797-1) directs Checked by the control Section 11 Common electrics, group
current to the side shift right solenoid system; error shown with 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
valve (Y6020) or side shift left solenoid error code. D9: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
valve (Y6021). system, group 8.4.11.5.6 ENGINE, menu 6
D9: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.11.5.7 ENGINE, menu 7
10 The solenoid valve for side shift right - Section 7 Load handling, group 7.4.5 Load
(Y6020) or the solenoid valve for side handling control valve
shift left (Y6021) directs servo pressure
to the side shift spool in the load han-
dling control valve.
11 The control valve spool changes posi- - Section 7 Load handling , group 7.4.5 Load
tion and pressurises the side shift valve handling control valve
block.
12 The side shift changeover valve block is - Changeover valve, sliding cab, description
pressurised. page 99
The cab runs on a sled with ball bearing-mounted wheels. The sled is
screwed on isolators to the cab undercarriage. The sled’s ball bearing-
mounted wheels run in rails that are screwed to the machine frame.
The sled can be moved laterally via a hydraulic cylinder.
007216
1 2
Side shift spool
1. Load handling control valve (side shift)
2. Changeover valve, sliding cab The valve spool regulates whether the function side shift of forks or
sliding cab is active.
The valve spool is regulated by the servo valve for sliding cab.
The Spirit Delta cab for DCF 280-330 can be tipped up to an angle, so
that it tips over its equilibrium position. The cab is suspended on the
left side with hinges and is tipped with the help of a hydraulic cylinder.
Hydraulic pressure is generated with a hand-driven hydraulic pump,
which has an integrated valve that controls whether the cab is tipped
up or down.
The right side of the cab houses two cab suspensions with locking de-
vices that secure the cab to the frame. The locking devices are easily
released when the cab must be tipped.
Left instrument panel is located in the left corner of the cab. It contains
rotary controls, switches, and ventilation.
9.11.5 Insulation
Insulation, description
page
–
Sun blinds can be chosen for the front window (windscreen) and the
roof window.
1. Sun visor, front window: Can be raised and lowered using a cord
on the right-hand side. Stops in selected position.
2. Sun visor, roof window: Extends forward to fasten in two hooks in
the front edge of the window.
9.11.8 Reading-lamp
Reading lamp, description
page
–
The reading lamp is fitted on a jointed bracket to the right in front of the
door in the cab.
008228
9.12 Frame
Frame, description
page
–
4 007949
9.13 Body
Body, description
page
–
007950
1. Counterweight
2. Hood engine compartment
3. Fenders
9.13.1 Fenders
Fenders, description
page
–
There are fenders over the wheels to protect from dirt thrown up by the
wheels during operation. The design of the counterweight (see Coun-
terweight, description page 107) acts as a mudguard for the rear
wheels.
The fenders can be equipped with extra mudguards when the ma-
chine’s work environment requires such ( ).
The cab area has footsteps for easy access. There is a rail by the cab
area.
9.13.4 Counterweights
Counterweight, description
page
–
DANGER
The counterweights are factory fitted and are adapted
according to the machine's properties.
1 Check that no grease has been forced out through the safety
valve (position 2).
If grease has been forced out through the safety valve it means
that there is a stop in the system. Determine which line is clogged
by feeling the connections at the distribution blocks. A clogged
hose remains pressurised and the connection becomes hard.
NOTE
If several distribution blocks are connected in series, a
clogged line will be pressurised all the way to the first distri-
bution block.
2 Turn the start key to position I.
3 Operate the pump manually and check that the indicator pin
moves in and out on the distribution blocks.
To operate the pump, loosen the cover and press in the switch for
manual operation (position 5).
If the indicator pins do not move even when the pump is running,
Overview of central lubrication pump unit and distribu-
troubleshoot the pump unit.
tion box. Example image.
1. Grease nipple, filling of lubricating grease
2. Safety valve
NOTE
3. Grease nipple, manual system lubrication The system can be lubricated manually through the grease
4. Indicator pin nipple on the distribution block (position 3).
5. Switch, manual operation 4 Fill grease in the pump unit through the filler nipple, see section
F Technical data.
The central lubrication’s pause and run-time must be set after replace-
ment, the setting is unique to each machine, depending on the ma-
chine’s equipment. At replacement, the new pump unit should be set
in the same way as the old.
If the machine is not greased correctly, pause and run-time can be ad-
justed. Primarily, run-time should be adjusted so that all grease points
on the machine are greased every time. If large amounts of grease are
pressed out at all grease points, pause-time can be increased.
NOTE
Adjust only one step each time. Small adjustments make a big
difference.
Pause-time
Pause-time is the length of the interval between greasings. The inter-
Example figure
val is adjusted in whole hours between 1 and 15 hours. Pause-time is
1. Setting pause-time (red)
adjusted with the red handle (position 1)
2. Setting run-time (blue)
3. Manual operation of pump
Switch position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Pause-time [hours] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Run-time
Run-time is how long the pump is activated every time. Run-time can
be adjusted between 2 and 30 minutes. Pause-time is adjusted with
the blue handle (position 2).
Switch position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Run-time [minutes] 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
The pump unit consists of containers with stirrer, pump housing with
built-in motor, timer, pump element, filler nipple, and safety valve.
The central lubrication works with lubrication cycles (pause and run-
ning time as well as read-in time). In the pump there is a circuit board
with a timer with which one can set the pump motor’s run and pause
time.
When the central lubrication works, it greases the grease points one
at a time in series. If a stop should occur in a grease point, the pres-
sure will increase and the safety valve will release grease and also the
following grease points will not be greased.
NOTE
The safety valve will press out grease if a grease point cannot be
greased. If a grease point is not greased, none of the following
grease points will be greased Therefore, it is very important to
check the safety valve.
The distribution blocks distribute grease from the pump unit to grease
points or on to other distribution blocks. The number of distribution
blocks can vary depending on how may (and which) grease points
have been selected.
The distribution blocks consist of pistons that meter out grease to each
grease point. The pistons are driven by the grease and do not have
springs and gaskets. It is the grease that drives the pistons inside the
distributor. The shape of the pistons and channels in the distribution
block enable the pistons to move in a predetermined way. Each piston
must have completed its motion before the next piston can move. The
pistons are dependent on each other. It is technically impossible to
skip any connected grease point. If a grease point cannot be greased,
the whole system is blocked and grease is pressed out through the
safety valve.
The system’s first distribution block (i.e. the block closest to the pump)
has an indicator pin. If the pin moves forward and backward (in time
with the piston movements), this indicates that grease is pumped
Example figure components central lubrication through the system. If a distribution block is unable to supply grease
1. Pump unit to any of its lubrication points, the pin stops and accordingly the entire
2. Safety valve system.
3. Distribution block
If there is clogging in the system, that line will be pressurized, from the
pump to the stop, through all the distribution blocks on the way. This
makes it easy to find a block in the system. By feeling the distribution
blocks’ connections and feeling which connection is stiff, the blockage
can be traced. Keep in mind that several distribution blocks may be
connected in series.
9.14.3 Lines
Lines, description
page
–
Central lubrication works under very high pressure, only use lines that
meet the following specifications.
Main hose
Diameter 8.4 mm
9.15 Paint/coatings
Paint/coatings, description
page
–
10 Common hydraulics
10 Common hydraulics....................................................................................... 3
10.2 Safety valves .............................................................................................. 3
10.2.1 Accumulator drain valve ........................................................................ 3
10.2.3 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................... 3
10.3 Tanks and accumulators ............................................................................ 4
10.3.1 Tank ....................................................................................................... 4
10.3.2 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................... 4
10.4 Pumps ........................................................................................................ 5
10.4.3 Vane pump with fixed displacement ...................................................... 5
10.4.4 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................... 8
10.5 Hoses, pipes and valves ............................................................................ 9
10.5.1 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................... 9
10.5.2 Priority valve ........................................................................................ 10
10.5.3 Shuttle valve ........................................................................................ 10
10.5.4 Accumulator charging valve ................................................................. 10
10.5.5 Proportional valves .............................................................................. 11
10.6 Temperature control, cleaning and hydraulic oil ....................................... 12
10.6.1 Tank heater .......................................................................................... 14
10.6.2 Cooler hydraulic oil .............................................................................. 15
10.6.3 Cooling fan ........................................................................................... 17
10.6.4 Sensor hydraulic oil temperature ......................................................... 17
10.6.5 Radiator bypass valve ......................................................................... 19
10.6.6 Breather filter hydraulic oil tank ........................................................... 20
10.6.7 Oil filter ................................................................................................. 21
10.6.8 Hydraulic oil ......................................................................................... 22
10.6.9 Hydraulic oil fine-filter .......................................................................... 23
10.6.10 Pipes and hoses .................................................................................. 24
10.7 Auxiliaries ................................................................................................. 25
10.7.1 Hydraulic cylinders ............................................................................... 25
10 Common hydraulics
mm mm mm mm mm mm
007210
The hydraulic oil tank forms part of the side panel on the right-hand
1 2 1 2
3 side of the machine. The oil filters for the working hydraulics sits inside
the tank. These are accessible through hatches on top of the tank.
4 Hydraulic oil is filled directly into the tank through the filler caps on the
filter manhole covers. For oil capacity and grade, see section F Tech-
nical data. The entire filter unit can be removed to facilitate access for
cleaning. There are drain plugs at the bottom of the tank.
5
The tank has filtered venting which allows changes in the tank volume
due to usage and temperature variations.
The oil level is checked on the level glass on the tank’s side when all
hydraulic cylinders are in the bottom position.
007211
10.4 Pumps
10.4.3 Vane pump with fixed displacement
Vane pump with fixed displacement, description
page
–
The vane pumps consist of a pump housing and pump assembly. A ro-
tor in the pump assembly comprises a number of centrifugal blades in
1. Hydraulic pump for brake system, cooling and filtra- radial tracks. The rotor is driven via a shaft and rotates in a cam ring.
tion. The rotor blade follows the cam ring profile with two cycles per revolu-
2. Hydraulic oil pump for load handling. tion - suction phase and pressure phase. The flow through the pump
3. Hydraulic oil pump for steering and load handling. travels radially through the pump assembly.
The blade is pressed outward against the cam ring through centrifugal
force and pressure pins, which in turn are pressurised at the same
pressure as the pump emits. This ensures that the blades follow the
cam profile. An oil film sures that the blades do not make contact with
the material of the cam profile. In the same manner, an oil film pre-
vents contact with the side plates.
Because the blades balance each other, the rotor only detects ele-
ments caused by pressure increase. Solid shaft bearings absorb forc-
es caused by the pump drive.
Vane pump flow is direct depending on the speed of the input shaft.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Clean the hydraulic oil pumps and the areas around them.
3 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
4 Place a receptacle under the hydraulic oil pumps to catch oil spill.
5 Mark up and detach the hydraulic hoses from the pump.
007586
007593
7 Clean the flange on the gearbox, removing all silicone remnants.
CAUTION
Gasket remains could fall down into the gearbox.
Product damage.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and are fitted correctly.
9 Check the O-ring between the vane pump and gearbox; replace
if necessary. Coast the flange toward the gearbox on the pump
with sealing silicon; see section F Technical data.
007594
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and are fitted correctly.
007595
007586
NOTE
If the pump is replaced due to malfunction, change the oil
and filter as well.
Hoses with ORFS couplings are used almost exclusively. For maxi-
mum service life and function, the following should be observed when
replacing hoses.
1. To avoid stresses in the connection, there should be a length of
straight hose after the connection.
2. The hose may not be twisted. (A twist of 7% reduces service life
by 90%.)
3. Minimise the number of bends by using correct couplings.
4. Avoid sharp bends.
5. Keep the hoses clean internally. Leave the plugs in place as long
as possible when installing.
6. Check the position of the O-rings and tighten to the correct torque,
See section F Technical data.
NOTE
Straight coupling requires a counterhold wrench to prevent
damage to the O-ring.
7. The O-rings must not be oiled when fitted.
Hose length
C/L
Hose length is measured on a laid-out hose between the sealing sur-
faces. On angled connections, measure from the sealing surface's
centre line [C/L] according to the figure.
Cleanliness
The function and service life of hydraulic components depend to a
great extent on how clean the hydraulic oil is. Therefore, it is very im-
portant to prevent dirt from entering the brake and hydraulic system.
Some simple advice to keep the hydraulic system clean.
• Always clean the area around a component before starting to
001015
work.
C/L line for measuring hose length • Plug hose connections immediately after disconnecting. If possi-
ble, use correct plugs for the connection type. If plugs are missing,
use clean plastic bags and cable ties or tape to seal the connec-
tion.
• Never reuse oil that has been drained from the machine.
• If possible, filter the oil before pouring it into the machine. Oil bar-
rels often contain impurities.
When filling hydraulic oil, fill through the caps at the hydraulic oil
filters in the tank so that the oil is filtered.
The priority valve regulates oil flow from the hydraulic oil pump for load
6
handling and steering so that oil to the steering valve is always priori-
1
tised. The residual flow goes to working hydraulics.
The priority valve is load sensing and pilot pressure compensating.
5 Load sensing means that the valve adapts the control signal to the
steering valve’s consumption. Pilot pressure compensating means
that the priority valve compensates for the pressure drop between the
4
priority valve and steering valve via a separate line.
The priority valve has a built-in pressure limiter on the load signal. The
pressure limiter maximizes the load signal’s pressure.
3
007576
the brake pedal for driving forward. The shuttle valve selects the
strongest pressure signal and forwards it to the wheel brakes.
function description
˚C
˚C
P2
P1
T
EF PP
P 14 9, 15
P CF D790-2 D795
LS
T LS
T D797-1
L R
8, 10, 13
D7 D10
2 3 4
11 M
P T
6
12
1 1 1
16 5
009737
˚C 7
2 The brake oil filter cleans the oil. - See Section 4 Brakes, group 4.3.2
Brake oil filter
3 The accumulator charging valve directs oil Charge: P = 20.5 Accumulator charging valve, description
to charging of accumulators or through the ±0.5 MPa page 10
brake system's cooling circuit. Cooling: P < 0.1 MPa
4 The oil passes through the drive axle block. - See Section 4 Brakes, group 4.3.6 Drive
axle block
5 A small amount of oil is guided through the Fine filter hydraulic oil, description page
fine filter and back to the hydraulic oil tank. 23
7 The hydraulic oil temperature sensor - Sensor hydraulic oil temperature, de-
(B776) sends the frame control unit (D797- scription page 17
1) a voltage signal proportional to the hy- D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
draulic oil temperature. Control system, group 8.4.5.1 HYD,
menu 1
8 The frame control unit (D797-1) transmits Checked by control sys- Section 11 Common electrics, group
oil temperature on the CAN bus. tem; error indicated with 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
error code.
9 The KID control unit (D795) shows oil tem- - Section 9 Frame, body, cab and acces-
perature in the operating menu hydraulic oil sories, group 9.1 Controls and instru-
temperature. ments
10 If the hydraulic oil temperature is high, the U = 24 V Cooling fan, description page 17
frame control unit (D797-1) supplies volt- D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
age to the cooling fan. Control system, group 8.4.5.1 HYD,
menu 1
11 The cooling fan increases the airflow - Cooling fan, description page 17
through the hydraulic oil cooler, thus in-
creasing cooling output
12 If the pressure through the cooler is too P = 0.2 MPa Cooler bypass valve, description page
high, the thermal bypass valve opens and 19
directs the oil past the cooler.
13 If the hydraulic oil temperature is too high, Checked by the control Section 11 Common electrics, group
the frame control unit (D797-1) transmits a system; error shown with 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit (D797-1)
warning for high hydraulic oil temperature error code.
on the CAN bus.
14 The KIT control unit (D790-2) activates the - Section 9 Frame, body, cab and acces-
hydraulic oil temperature warning light. sories, group 9.1 Controls and instru-
ments
15 The KID control unit (D795) shows the er- Checked by the control Section 11 Common electrics, group
ror code on the display. system; error shown with 11.5.3.12 KID control unit (D795)
error code.
16 Return oil from the loading handling control - Cooler bypass valve, description page
valve and the steering valve are cleaned by 19
the oil filters in the hydraulic oil tank.
CAUTION
The tank heater is connected to high voltage. Connec-
tion and reconnection of the tank heater may only be
performed by personnel authorized for work with high
voltage.
The tank can be equipped with a heater. The tank heater is designed
for cold climates.
The tank heater runs off high current. Heater output is adapted through
different connections and adaptation to different operating voltages -
110, 230 or 400 V AC. Higher voltage generates higher heater output.
The heater is mounted in a hole in the connection cover at the bottom
of the short side of the tank.
The tank heater can be equipped with a programmable thermostat
007583
007577
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Drain the oil from the hydraulic oil tank; see Hydraulic oil, chang-
ing page 22.
3 Mark up and disconnect hydraulic hoses from the cooler. Let the
1 oil in the cooler drain into the collection container.
NOTE
2 Plug all unions at once to protect the hydraulic system from
contamination.
4 Disconnect the cabling from the cooling fan.
5 Remove the attaching bolts and lift away the cooler.
6 Transfer the cooling fan to the new cooler.
7 Install the cooler.
8 Connect the cabling to the cooling fan.
9 Connect the hydraulic hoses to the cooler.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and fitted correctly.
007667
1. Radiator
2. Cooling fan
3. Hydraulic hose
10 Fill the hydraulic oil tank with oil; see Hydraulic oil, changing page
22. The oil level should be visible in the sight glass.
CAUTION
Overfilling of oil.
The electric cooling fan is forcing. The cooling fan is located at the rear
of the cooler. The fan draws air from the machine’s outside through the
cooler. Openings in the side cover allows air to pass through the
cooler.
The radiator is supplied voltage by the frame control unit (D797-1)
upon activation. The cooling fan is activated when oil temperature is
65 °C in the hydraulic oil tank and is deactivated when oil temperature
is 55 °C.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu; see section 8
007582
Control system, group 8.4.5.1 HYD, menu 1.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Check that the O-rings are intact and fitted correctly.
009738
1
DCF 370-500
1. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B776)
5 Connect the cabling to the sensor.
1
009739
DCF 330
1. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B776)
6 Fill the hydraulic oil tank with oil; see Hydraulic oil, changing page
22. The oil level should be visible in the sight glass.
CAUTION
Overfilling of oil.
SET OUTPUT + - X
The bypass valve protects the cooler from overpressure. The valve
opens a passage past the cooler directly to the tank if resistance in the
cooler becomes too high.
007578
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Note how the bypass valve faces; the valve is marked with
an arrow.
007580
5 Install the new bypass valve, turning the valve to face the same
way as the old. Use Loctite when fitting the bypass valve.
6 Fill the hydraulic oil tank with oil; see Hydraulic oil, changing page
22. The oil level should be visible in the sight glass.
CAUTION
Overfilling of oil.
The oil in the hydraulic system is cleaned by two return filters located
inside the hydraulic oil tank. The oil is pumped through the cooler and
back through the filters by the cooling pump. All of the return oil from
the load handling functions also passes through the filters.
007581
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
Ensure cleanliness around the filter and filling point
when working on the hydraulic tank.
2 Remove the cover plates (position 1) over the hydraulic oil filters.
3 Lift up the filter unit and place it in the receptacle. Let the hydrau-
lic oil drain.
4 Part the filter unit and remove the filter insert. Handle the filter in-
sert as environmentally hazardous waste. Note the position of the
parts.
NOTE
Magnetic rod
Check the hydraulic oil level with the fork carriage complete-
ly lowered and the mast tilted all the way in.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
Ensure cleanliness around the filter and filling point
when working on the hydraulic tank.
The fine filter is located behind the hydraulic oil tank on the right side
of the machine. The filter is connected to hydraulic oil pump cooling
and filtration. The filter is connected in parallel to the hydraulic oil filters
in the hydraulic oil tank.
Oil is pumped from the hydraulic oil tank through the fine filter and then
back to the hydraulic oil tank.
The fine filter cleans a smaller amount of oil but with a higher degree
of filtration when the machine is running.
007579
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
Make sure that the area around the filter is clean when
working.
10.7 Auxiliaries
10.7.1 Hydraulic cylinders
Hydraulic cylinders, repairs
page
–
CAUTION
All fault tracing should be carried out with as low a
pressure in the system as possible so that the leak-
age can be detected. High pressure causes the seals
to close tighter, which prevents detection of leaks.
1 Carefully check the source of the leakage before taking any ac-
tion. It may be possible to rectify the fault without disassembly.
2 Check for external leakage:
• At cylinder end welds
• At sleeve coupling welds
• Between cylinder barrel and cylinder head
This could be due to a defective O-ring or damaged O-ring
sealing surfaces. Both faults can be rectified with the cylinder
in situ.
• Between cylinder head an piston rod
This could be due to a damaged piston rod or damaged or
worn piston rod seal.
3 Check for internal leakage. Pressurise the cylinder and check
whether the piston sinks back.
1. Piston
2. Scraper This could be due to a worn piston seal.
3. Cylinder head
4. Piston rod seal Dismantling of cylinders
5. O-ring with thrust ring
6. Cylinder barrel
7. Sleeve coupling CAUTION
8. Welded cylinder end
9. Piston
Before dismantling always check that the piston rod
10. Piston seal, double-acting
is clean and free from all residual paint. Also check
11. Example of weld
that connections and couplings are free from burrs
and impact marks. Make sure that the chamfer up to
the chromium surface of the piston rod is free from
burrs and residual paint.
1 Remove the cylinder from its mounting and undo the connec-
tions.
2 Plug the cylinder connections and hoses without delay.
Inspection of surfaces
1 Inspect the sealing surfaces. Always bearing mind the function of
the seals and the type of sealing surfaces they have. See the fol-
lowing descriptions:
• O-ring groove, internal and external
• piston rod seal in the cylinder head
• sealing groove on the piston
• cylinder barrel surface
• piston rod surface. The piston rod is chromium plated with a
layer thickness of 20-50 my. Slight damage to the chromium
plating may not necessarily be the direct cause of leakage.
• all sliding surfaces (dynamic surfaces), e.g. cylinder barrel
and piston rod. These are always the hardest to seal.
CAUTION
When fitting the cylinder head:
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. The sealing lip is pressed outward toward the piston
rod
3. The sealing lip is pressed inward toward the cylin-
der head
4. Piston rod sealing surface
5. Cylinder head sealing surface
6. Screwdriver
001498
5
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. The sealing lip is pressed outward toward the piston
rod
3. The sealing lip is pressed inward toward the cylin-
der head
4. Piston rod sealing surface
5. Cylinder head sealing surface
6. Screwdriver
7. O-ring
6
4
5
001499
5
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. The sealing lip is pressed outward toward the piston
rod
3. The sealing lip is pressed inward toward the cylin-
der head
4. Piston rod sealing surface
5. Cylinder head sealing surface
6. Screwdriver
The thrust ring and O-ring combination is used for sealing between two
fixed surfaces, such as between cylinder barrel and cylinder head.
The purpose of the thrust ring is to lend rigidity to the O-ring so that it
is not deformed. The O-ring is pressed against the thrust ring and the
sealing surface by the hydraulic pressure in the cylinder.
3
When the cylinder head is mounted in the barrel: Take extreme care
not to damage the O-ring.
4
2
001506
1
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. O-ring
3. Support ring
4. Cylinder head sealing surface
Scraper
øD+10
The purpose of the scraper is to scrape the piston rod clean and pre-
1 vent impurities from entering the cylinder barrel.
The scraper is fitted with a special fitting tool, which has a greater outer
diameter than the scraper so that the press force against the scraper
2 ceases right when the scraper is pressed into position. If the scraper
were to be pressed in further, the metal capsule will be deformed (see
lower illustration), which would impair the function of the scraper.
4
To prevent the scraper from bottoming in its recess in the cylinder
3 head, the recess is slightly deeper than the width of the scraper.
øD
6
001496
CAUTION
3 No tool must be applied from the inside. This could
give rise to burrs on the cylinder head which could in
turn damage the piston rod. Burrs may also damage
the piston rod seal when fitting the piston.
001551
1. Screwdriver
2. Scraper
3. Cylinder head
On the single-acting V-ring seal it is always the long side that seals
2
against the fixed surface and the short side that seals against the mov-
ing surface.
1 To remove, use a screwdriver to prise the seal outward and bend it up
(see illustration). It is extremely important that the screwdriver is al-
ways inserted in the V shape so that it cannot touch and thereby dam-
age a sealing surface. A mark from a screwdriver on a sealing surface
3 can have a devastating effect and cause major leakage.
6 4
002370
5
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. Seal is pressed outward towards the cylinder barrel
3. Seal is pressed inward toward the piston
4. Cylinder barrel sealing surface
5. Piston sealing surface
6. Screwdriver
The seal must always be fitted as an assembly together with the thrust
ring.
Always assemble by hand. No tools should be used as they could eas-
ily damage the surface of the piston.
For easier assembly the seal can be heated in hot water to make it
soft.
Lubricate with hydraulic oil.
002950
4 Without damaging the surface of the piston - cut off the seal with
a knife.
5 Carefully examine the seal to find any damage that can cause
leakage. This will be easier if you bend the seal sharply bit by bit
and feel over the sealing surface with a fingernail.
Assembly:
1 All double-acting piston seals are of similar design: a middle seal-
ing body. then thrust rings and farthest out guide rings.
2 First fit the sealing body, then the thrust rings and finally the guide
rings - all must be done by hand without tools to avoid damage.
11 Common electrics
11 Common electrics
mm mm mm mm mm mm
IMPORTANT
Never turn off the voltage with the battery disconnect
switch when the engine is running. This could dam-
007682
A
age the alternator.
A. Position of battery disconnect switch
The battery disconnect switch must not be used for
emergency stop!
11.2.2 Fuses
Fuses, replacement
page
–
11.3 Batteries
11.3.1 Start battery
Start battery, description
page
–
WARNING
Battery electrolyte contains corrosive sulphuric acid
WARNING
Risk of explosion!
Personal injury!
WARNING
Risk of explosion if the battery short circuits (also
causes loss of capacity).
NOTE
Take great care when reconnecting the cables to prevent
short circuiting.
11.4 Alternator
11.4.1 Alternator
Alternator, description
page
–
1 2
007283
Alternator, replacement
page
–
operation
1 2 3 4 5
D1 D3 D4 D5
D2
D793 D794
- +
D9
D790-1 D797-2
6, 7 9
10 8
D795 D790-2 D797-1
009740
D10 D8
2 The interior lighting switch of the U = 24 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories, group
KIT control unit (D790-2) sends a 9.6.12 Interior lighting
voltage signal to the cab control D2: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
unit (D790-1). group 8.4.2.13 LIGHTS, menu 13
3 The switch for warning lights U = 24 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories, group
(S109) sends a voltage signal to 9.6.7 Warning lights
the cab control unit (D790-1). D3: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
group 8.4.2.5 LIGHTS, menu 5
4 When the ignition switch (S150) is U = 24 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories, group
turned to position I, it sends a volt- 9.1 Controls and instruments
age signal to the cab control unit D4: Diagnostics menu, see section 8 Control system,
(D790-1). group 8.4.1.5 CAN/POWER, menu 5
6 The cab control unit (D790-1) acti- - Cab control unit (D790-1), description page 17
vates a hold circuit, which acti-
vates the control unit’s control
logic.
7 The cab control unit (D790-1) acti- UK11:7 = 24 V Cab control unit (D790-1), description page 17
vates a redundant voltage feed to
UK11:8 = 24 V
other control units.
UK11:9 = 24 V
The cab control unit (D790-1) has
4 outputs for redundant voltage UK11:10 = 24 V
feed while other control units have
two inputs for redundant voltage
feed. In case of a malfunction of
one voltage feed the control unit is
supplied by the other feed.
8 The cab control unit (D790-1) sup- UK2:7 = 24 V Frame control unit (D797-1), description page 18
plies voltage to the control logic of D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
UK2:8 = 24 V
the other control units via the re- group 8.4.1.10 CAN/POWER, menu 10
dundant voltage feed.
9 UK2:7 = 24 V Frame control unit (D797-2), description page 19
Redundant voltage feed Activated Redundant voltage feed for control units, description of op-
eration page 7
Redundant CAN bus Communication estab- Redundant CAN bus, description page 39
lished
- +
K315-2
1 2 K315-1
7 3, 6
D1 D2 D3 3
D794
D793
11 D11
4, 5
D8 D10
D790-1 D797-2
2, 8 10
9
D795 D790-2 D797-1
009741
D9
2 When the ignition switch U = 24 V Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories, group 9.1
(S150) is turned to position I, Controls and instruments
it sends a voltage signal to D2: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
the cab control unit (D790- group 8.4.1.5 CAN/POWER, menu 5
1).
3 The cab control unit (D790- U = 24 V Cab control unit (D790-1), description page 17
1) supplies voltage to igni- D3: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
tion voltage relay K315-1 in group 8.4.1.5 CAN/POWER, menu 5
the frame electrical distribu-
tion box and ignition voltage
relay K315-2.
6 Ignition voltage relay K315- U = 24 V Engine control unit (D794), description (Volvo engine)
2 supplies voltage to the en- page 21
gine control unit (D794). Engine control unit (D794), description (Cummins
QSB6.7 engine) page 22
Engine control unit (D794), description (Cummins
QSM11 engine) page 23
7 Drivetrain’s CAN-bus estab- Checked by control sys- Drivetrain CAN bus, description page 41
lishes communication. tem, error shown with
error code.
8 Ignition voltage to the cab UK1:2 = 24 V Cab control unit (D790-1), description page 17
control unit (D790-1). D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
UK1:3 = 24 V
group 8.4.1.7 CAN/POWER, menu 7
UK1:4 = 24 V
9 Ignition voltage to the frame UK2:1 = 24 V Frame control unit (D797-1), description page 18
control unit (D797-1). D9: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
UK2:9 = 24 V
group 8.4.1.10 CAN/POWER, menu 10
UK2:10 = 24 V
10 Ignition voltage to the frame UK2:1 = 24 V Frame control unit (D797-2), description page 19
control unit (D797-2). D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
UK2:9 = 24 V
group 8.4.1.13 CAN/POWER, menu 13
UK2:10 = 24 V
11 Ignition voltage to the trans- UA1 = 24 V Transmission control unit (D793), description page 20
mission control unit (D793). D11: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
group 8.4.1.12 CAN/POWER, menu 12
Emergency stop switch Not activated Section 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories , group 9.1 Controls
and instruments
D794
D793
D5
K3007
3, 4 6
K3009-1 K3009-2
- +
K3002
D4
D2
D7
009742
D795 D790-2
2 The cab control unit (D790-1) supplies volt- UK3009-1/86 = 24 V Cab control unit (D790-1), description page
age to the emergency stop switch voltage 17
relay (K3009-1) in the frame electrical distri- D2: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
bution box. system, group 8.4.1.6 CAN/POWER,
menu 6
3 The emergency stop switch voltage relay UK3009-2/87 = 24 V Electrical distribution box frame, descrip-
(K3009-1) supplies voltage to the emergen- tion page 15
cy stop switch voltage relay (K3009-2) in the
frame electrical distribution box.
5 The cab control unit (D790-1) activates the UK3009-2/86 = 24 V Cab control unit (D790-1), description page
emergency stop switch voltage relay 17
(K3009-2) in the electrical distribution box. D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.1.6 CAN/POWER,
menu 6
6 The emergency stop switch voltage relay UK3009-2/87 = 24 V Electrical distribution box frame, descrip-
K3009-2 supplies voltage to emergency tion page 15
stop switch circuit.
7 The control units are suppled with emergen- Emergency stop Frame control unit (D797-2), description
cy stop switch voltage as long as emergen- switch in home posi- page 19
cy stop switch is not pressed in. tion: U K2:1 = 24 V D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
If the emergency stop switch is pressed, ig- system, group 8.4.1.13 CAN/POWER,
nition voltage to the cab control unit (D790- menu 13
1) is cut off, thereby cutting off control cur-
rent to emergency stop switch voltage relay
K3009-1, emergency stop switch voltage re-
lay K3009-2, the tilt relay (K3002) and the
lift/lower relay (K3007). The power supply to
the control units is cut off and the functions
cease.
As an extra safety measure, the cab control
unit (D790-1) also transmits the status of the
emergency stop switch the CAN bus. Thus,
functions are also cut off at the signal level.
002084
ment stops.
4 Reset the emergency stop switch (turn in the arrows’ direction)
Emergency stop switch
and check that the lift function works again.
The electrical distribution box is mounted on the rear wall of the cab,
on the left. Located there are:
• Control unit cab (D790-1).
7 • Circuit fuses.
• Buzzer for alarm if, for example, the operator leaves the machine
without the parking brake being applied.
• Connectors.
• Relays.
•
Voltage converter 24 V to 12 V.
• Connector customer accessory. Output voltage 24 V, max. 10 A.
1
Connector 9-pin Universal mate-n-lock. For part number see
Spare parts catalogue.
2
The connector contains the following connections:
3 1. Ignition voltage
2. Battery voltage
4
3. Ground
5
4. 12 V voltage from the voltage converter
6
NOTE
010630
14
1. Circuit breakers, emergency stop switch voltage
(15E)F58-3
2. Circuit breakers, ignition voltage (15) F58-2
3. Circuit breakers, battery voltage(30) F58-1
4. Diagnostic socket, engine, VODIA (Volvo engine)
5. Diagnostic socket, transmission
6. Main fuses
7. Transmission control unit TCU (D793)
8. Connection terminal, feed KDU attachment
9. Relay, lift/lower K3007
10. Relay, tilt in/out K3002
11. Relay, ignition switch K315-1
12. Relay, ignition switch K315-2
13. Output relay, emergency stop switch K3009-1
14. Output relay, emergency stop switch K3009-2
-
1
-
2
- 1
3
-
4
5 -
-
6
007184
1. Termination resistor
1 2 3
009745
9 8 7 6
1. Control unit KID (D795) 6. Engine control unit, Cummins QSM11 (D794)
2. Control unit KIT (D790-2) 7. Transmission control unit (D793)
3. Control unit cab (D790-1) 8. Frame control unit (D797-1)
4. Control unit, Volvo engine (D794) 9. Frame option control unit (D797-2)
5. Engine control unit, Cummins QSB6.7 (D794)
The cab control unit (D790-1) is the central control unit of the control
2 1
system. The cab control unit (D790-1) sends activation signals to other
units and controls and monitors their functions. It administrates work
in the control unit network. The control unit controls the redundant volt-
age feed and handles communication via a redundant CAN bus and
gateway for the drivetrain CAN bus. The cab control unit (D790-1) also
processes all input signals from cab controls and transmits these sig-
5 6 nals on the CAN bus.
4
3
000041
2 The cab control unit has four indicator lights that indicate the control
1. Connection terminals for fan, work lights, wind- unit’s function (see illustration).
screen wiper
2. Connection terminals, other Light 1 Green light on when there is battery voltage to the unit.
3. Light 1, battery voltage The light is physically controlled by voltage feed to the
4. Light 2, redundant voltage feed, redundant CAN control unit.
bus and power supply Light 2 Flashes green when the redundant voltage feed to the
5. Light 3, communication control units and redundant CAN bus communication
6. Light 4, fault indication are active. No power in the system.
Shines with a steady green when power electronics
and 15-voltage are supplied voltage.
The frame control unit (D797-1) processes input data from sensors
1 and sends control signals to relays and solenoid valves.
The control unit has four indicator lights that indicate the control unit’s
2
function (see illustration).
3
Light 1 Green light on when there is battery voltage to the unit.
4 The light is physically controlled by voltage feed to the
control unit.
The frame control unit (D797-2) processes input data from sensors
1 and sends control signals to relays and solenoid valves.
The control unit has four indicator lights that indicate the control unit’s
2
function (see illustration).
3
Light 1 Green light on when there is battery voltage to the unit.
4 The light is physically controlled by voltage feed to the
control unit.
007959
The engine control unit (D794) is part of drivetrain control and handles
1 engine function, fuel injection, etc.
The engine control unit (D794) is connected via separate CAN bus
2 communication to the gearbox, which is connected to the cab control
unit (D790-1). The cab control unit (D790-1) sends drivetrain informa-
3 tion on to other units.
The control unit is located on the engine has no function keys or dis-
play. All functions are controlled via the CAN bus and an external con-
trol system.
007424
The control unit monitors the following values to optimize engine per-
Engine control unit formance.
1. Cooling passages (fuel) • engine rpm
2. Connector A (black)
• camshaft’s position
3. Connector B (grey)
• boost pressure
• charge-air temperature
• coolant temperature
• oil pressure
• oil temperature
• oil level
• crankcase pressure
• water in fuel
• fuel pressure
• coolant level
The data gives exact information about the operating conditions and
makes it possible for the control unit to, for example, calculate the cor-
rect fuel volume and to check the condition of the engine.
engine)
The engine control unit (D794) is part of drivetrain control and handles
engine function, fuel injection, etc.
The engine control unit (D794) is connected via separate CAN bus
communication to the gearbox, which is connected to the cab control
1 unit (D790-1). The cab control unit (D790-1) sends drivetrain informa-
tion on to other units.
The control unit is located on the engine has no function keys or dis-
2 play. All functions are controlled via the CAN bus and an external con-
trol system.
009746
The control unit monitors the following values to optimize engine per-
3
formance.
1. Connector OEM
• engine rpm
2. Connector Actuator
3. Connector Sensor • boost pressure
• charge-air temperature
• coolant temperature
• oil pressure
• oil temperature
• coolant level
• water in fuel
• air pressure
The data gives exact information about the operating conditions and
makes it possible for the control unit to, for example, calculate the cor-
rect fuel volume and to check the condition of the engine.
engine)
The engine control unit (D794) is part of drivetrain control and handles
1 2 3
engine function, fuel injection, etc.
The engine control unit (D794) is connected via separate CAN bus
communication to the gearbox, which is connected to the cab control
unit (D790-1). The cab control unit (D790-1) sends drivetrain informa-
tion on to other units.
The control unit is located on the engine has no function keys or dis-
play. All functions are controlled via the CAN bus and an external con-
trol system.
007423
The control unit monitors the following values to optimize engine per-
formance.
1. Connector OEM
• engine rpm
2. Connector Actuator
3. Connector Sensor • boost pressure
• charge-air temperature
• coolant temperature
• oil pressure
• oil temperature
• coolant level
• water in fuel
• air pressure
The data gives exact information about the operating conditions and
makes it possible for the control unit to, for example, calculate the cor-
rect fuel volume and to check the condition of the engine.
CAUTION
Each control unit is individually calibrated to the en-
gine in question. Switching of control units between
engines is absolutely forbidden.
The KIT control unit (D790-2) handles functions for the gear selector
1 2
and multi-function lever, the direction indicator switch and start key po-
sitions II and III. It also handles the key panel (2) for the control system
and its panel for warning and indicator lights (1).
The KIT control unit (D790-2) has several individual function keys and
indicator lights (see illustration).
See the operator’s manual for detailed information on warning and in-
dicator lights and function keys.
000049
The KID control unit (D795) displays to the operator information sent
1 2 by the control unit, such as speed, in the form of messages, status, er-
ror indications, etc.
There is an indicator light to the right of the display that is activated
with a red light when there is a serious malfunction in the control sys-
tem. The error code and information are shown on the display.
See the operator’s manual for detailed information on the display.
000051
1. LCD display
2. Series of diodes that constitute the indicator light for
a serious fault.
11.5.5 Cables
Connectors, overview
page
–
The list includes all connectors on the machine with a brief description
of their locations and to which functions the signals in them are related.
X050 Electrical distribution box cab RS232 Control unit cab (D790-1)
X061 Electrical distribution box cab Earth connection, Control unit KID (D795)
Power supply, Control unit KIT (D790-2)
X168 Electrical distribution box frame Power supply, frame control unit and attachment
X201 Electrical distribution box frame Earth connection and power supply, Control unit transmission (D793)
X210 Between engine and gearbox Power supply and earth connection, Control unit engine (D794)
CAN bus, Control unit engine (D794)
X211 Frame control unit (D797-1) 42-pin connector to frame control unit (D797-1)
X212 Frame control unit (D797-1) Power supply and ground connection, frame control unit (D797-1)
CAN bus, frame control unit (D797-1)
Temperature hydraulic oil
Emergency stop switch voltage
Sensor, fuel level
D+ alternator
X214 Front edge of frame CAN bus, frame option control unit (D797-2)
X215 Electrical distribution box frame Power supply attachment control unit
X221 Frame option control unit (D797-2) 42-pin connector to frame option control unit (D797-2)
X222 Frame option control unit (D797-2) Power supply and ground connection, frame option control unit (D797-2)
CAN bus, frame option control unit (D797-2)
Emergency stop switch voltage
X251 Control unit transmission (D793), 30-pin connector for Transmission control unit (D793)
electrical distribution box frame
X252 Control unit transmission (D793), 18-pin connector for Transmission control unit (D793)
electrical distribution box frame
X261 Electrical distribution box frame RS232 Control unit transmission (D793)
Analogue inputs
Rheostat Resistance input 0–200 Ω. Linear work range with accuracy of 3%. E.g. fuel level sensor.
Temperature Rheostat input with non-linear work area. The resistance value is equiva- E.g. hydraulic oil temper-
lent to temperature and the work range of approx. -40 to 150 °C. ature sensor and climate
There are two different resistance curves - one for the cab control unit control system tempera-
(D790-1) and one for the frame and attachment control units. ture sensor.
Voltage An analogue signal 0–5 V. The work range is 0.5 to 4.5 V. E.g. accelerator pedal
and analogue cab con-
trols (operating lever and
heater controls).
Analogue outputs
Current feedback A modulated signal between 0 V and system voltage, i.e. 24 V. The work Hydraulics, e.g. lifting/
voltage out, PWM range is 0 to 2 A. lowering of the boom.
A modulated signal is a digital signal translated to an analogue (continu- Used when the output
ous) signal adapted for a purpose, such as solenoid valve control. signal actuates propor-
When the spool in a solenoid valve gets hot, resistance drops. This gen- tional solenoid valves.
erates a lower current through the valve spool, which can cause the
valve’s servo pressure to remain constant. An internal ampermeter meas-
ures current in the circuit and regulates the voltage level in order to main-
tain the desired current value in the valve spool.
Voltage out, PNP A modulated signal between 0 V and system voltage, i.e. 24 V. Requires E.g. interior lighting and
PWM a grounding point as reference. background illumination
in switches.
Voltage out, re- A modulated signal between 0 V and system voltage, i.e. 24 V. Requires E.g. cab fan.
versed polarity, 24 V as reference.
NPN PWM
Digital inputs
Digital input signal Signal in, U < 5 V generates logic zero (0) E.g. input signal from a
with pull down and Signal in, U > 16 V generates logic one (1) breaker with search light-
search lighting ing.
If there is no signal in, the input is grounded.
Digital input signal Signal in, U < 5 V generates logic zero (0) E.g. position sensors (in-
with pull down Signal in, U > 12 V generates logic one (1) ductive sensors) and
brake pressure (pressure
If there is no signal in, the input is grounded. switches).
Bandwidth 300 Hz, i.e. designed for slow sensors.
Digital outputs
High side driver, Logic one (1) generates voltage out, U >= 22.5 V E.g. side marker lights,
1.5 A Max. load 1.5 A solenoid valves.
High side driver, Logic one (1) generates voltage out, U >= 22.5 V E.g. work lighting and
5A Max. load 5 A wiper motors.
High side driver, Logic one (1) generates voltage out, U >= 22.5 V E.g. cooling fan.
10 A Max. load 10 A This output is only found
Open load 1.9 A on the frame and attach-
ment control units.
Max. instantaneous current load, 70 A
H-bridge Logic one (1) generates voltage out, U >= 22.5 V or grounded output, E.g. climate control sys-
U=0V tem water valve (works in
Max. load 0.5 A both directions).
11.6 Communication
11.6.1 CAN-bus
CAN bus, description
page
–
a sharp signal.
• that the signal valve is given as the potential difference between
3 the cables, CAN + and CAN - (position 2 and 3).
000026
t [S]
• form of signal messages.
Messages run in time and signal goes high (voltage
high) or low (voltage low).
1. Termination resistor (120 ohm)
2. CAN + (voltage high)
3. CAN - (voltage low)
4. Pulse
5. Control unit
Message
There are two types of messages:
A
• CAN Standard, has identity field of 11 bits
• CAN Extended, has identity field of 29 bits
plete message is approx. 100 bits long. The illustration depicts how a
t [S]
message is structured.
Messages run in time and signal goes high (voltage
high) or low (voltage low). Start bit (B)
A. Length message Indicates that the transmission of a frame, i.e. a message, is now be-
B. Start bit ginning.
C. Identity field/Priority Identity field (C)
D. Control field (length of data segment)
Indicates what kind of information the message contains, e.g. meas-
E. Data segment
urement information on engine speed.
F. Checksum for error detection
G. Acknowledge bit Does not indicate address to control unit. CAN does not work with ad-
dressing. All control units receive messages and send them on.
Communication
The CAN network consists of control units and segment. The segment
(bus) is a twisted pair cable that leads CAN + and CAN - signal levels
from control unit to control unit.
Each control unit measures the potential difference of its two inputs.
3,5 V The potential difference generates logic zero and logic one. The illus-
tration depicts an approved interval according to the standard for po-
tential levels. CAN + has a recommended value of 3.5 V and CAN -
U [V]
t [S] receipt (sets an acknowledge bit). The transmitting control unit then
knows that the message has been received by at least one control
Potential levels CAN + and CAN -
unit.
One control unit at a time sends the message. Other control units lis-
ten and wait until the bus is available. If two messages are to be sent
simultaneously then the sending of the message with the lowest prior-
ity (highest value in identity field) is concluded. This means that mes-
sages do not need to be re-sent in the event of a communication
conflict but only in the event of a bus error (erroneous message).
The CAN bus exchanges around 100 messages per second in the net-
work.
Different bus systems can be used e.g. random sending or primary
(master) / secondary (slave),
D797-2 D797-1
D795
D795 in a loop.
The redundant CAN bus can handle the loss of a segment. The link is
Segment numbering with optional equipment
analysed upon start-up. If a segment is faulty, messages are sent via
another route.
If several segments are lost, one or more control units lose communi-
cation and work independently, often with significantly limited function-
ality.
CAN bus faults are indicated with an error code and a warning in the
display. If several CAN bus segments are faulty, the system only
shows an error code for the first faulty out segment.
Redundant voltage feed Activated Redundant voltage feed for control units, description of operation page 7
S1 D790-1 S4 D795 S3
1, 6 4
D790-2
5
2 3
009753
D797-2 S2 D797-1
2 The frame control unit (D797-2) sends a A clicking sound is audi- Frame control unit (D797-2), description
response back on the CAN bus via CAN ble when then termina- page 19
L and sends the request on via CAN R. tion resistor is activated. Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
Termination resistors in the control tem, group 8.4.1.1 CAN/POWER, menu 1
nodes ensure communication segment and 8.4.1.2 CAN/POWER, menu 2
by segment.
3 The frame control unit (D797-1) sends a A clicking sound is audi- Frame control unit (D797-1), description
response back on the CAN bus via CAN ble when then termina- page 18
L and sends the request on via CAN R. tion resistor is activated. Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
Termination resistors in the control tem, group 8.4.1.1 CAN/POWER, menu 1
nodes ensure communication segment and 8.4.1.2 CAN/POWER, menu 2
by segment.
4 The KID control unit (D795) sends a re- A clicking sound is audi- KID control unit (D795), description page 25
sponse back on the CAN bus via CAN L ble when then termina- Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control sys-
and sends the request on via CAN R. tion resistor is activated. tem, group 8.4.1.1 CAN/POWER, menu 1
Termination resistors in the control and 8.4.1.2 CAN/POWER, menu 2
nodes ensure communication segment
by segment.
5 The KIT control unit (D790-2) is not con- A clicking sound is audi- KIT control unit (D790-2), description page
nected to the redundant CAN bus. The ble when then termina- 24
KIT control unit (D790-2) does not com- tion resistor is activated.
municate until ignition voltage (15) is ac-
tivated.
The drivetrain CAN bus is based on the SAE J1939 standard where
4 6
selected messages are used to control engine and transmission.
SAE J1939 is a standard from SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers)
for data communication in vehicles. The standard regulates hardware
interface, bit times and message composition.
D790-1 3 5
The engine and transmission control units come from the respective
engine and transmission suppliers.
The machine can be equipped with different models of gearboxes and
engines. The messages from the engine and gearbox are based on
the standard’s structure.
Communication with engine control unit (D794) and transmission con-
trol unit (D793) are separate from the redundant CAN bus.
The signals can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.1.4 CAN/POWER, menu 4.
000033
1 2
1. Redundant CAN bus
2. CAN bus drivetrain
3. Engine control unit (D794)
4. Engine
5. Transmission control unit (D793)
6. Gear box
description
The machine has three or four sockets for communication between
control units and PC. Two are located in electrical distribution cab and
1 one or two in electrical distribution cab frame. It is the socket for com-
munication with engine alternative Volvo that varies.
2 The socket for programming control units in cab electrical distribution
box (position 1) is used to program the control units in the cab and on
the frame.
The socket for CAN bus drivetrain in the cab electrical distribution box
(position 2) is used for communicating with the engine and transmis-
sion via CAN bus.
The VODIA socket in the frame electrical distribution box (position 3)
(VOlvo engine only) is used to connect the Volvo’s diagnostic tool -
VODIA.
The socket for transmission control unit (D793) programming in the
frame electrical distribution box (position 4) is used to program the
transmission control unit (D793).
For further details on communication between computer and machine,
contact Kalmar Industries AB.
3
4
010116
007443
the machine, antenna for communication and GPS-antenna ( ) for
positioning.
RMI-interface
The interface records the communication on the CAN-bus and sends
the information to a central RMI-server. The control unit in the machine
can sends the information via GSM, GPRS, WLAN, Radio-modem,
SMS, or e-mail in case of a malfunction.
From the RMI-server, data from the machine can be analysed and
processed to read out different values. For example, when it is time for
service or if there are error codes stored in the machine.
NOTE
RMI only sends data from the machine, no data can be sent to
the machine. RMI cannot be used to control the machine.
D Error codes
Error codes
mm mm mm mm mm mm
The error codes are explained in table form for Engine, Transmission
as well as Control system. They are sorted according to error code
number.
The error code table has the following information:
• Code, error code's number, shown in field C on display.
C
• Description, explanation of the error code and when it's generat-
D E ed.
• Limitation, in case of certain error codes certain functions are im-
B
000389
The control system’s display is divided into four fields that show infor-
C mation (see figure to the left).
000389
• Field D: Indicates type of error.
• Field E: Indicates which function is affected by error code.
• The book symbol means that there's information in the operator's
manual.
• Warning
C Indicates machine malfunction that should be taken care of as
soon as possible. After finished work shift with the machine, con-
D E
tact service as soon as possible.
The error code is shown automatically on the display.
000351
• Information
C Information to the operator that something should be fixed, e.g.,
broken bulb. Fix the cause of the error code as soon as possible.
D E See section 6 Inspection and maintenance in the Operator’s man-
ual.
000352
The error code is stored in the error code list under operating
menu for service.
000389
• Engine:
C Shown with error code number XXX/YY on display.
D
NOTE
B If several error codes come from the engine, the error code
001343
• Transmission:
C Shown with error code number XX/YY on display.
B
001344
7
000396
NOTE
In case of an error code, perform the actions recommended in the
error code table to find the problem.
Error codes are stored as active and inactive. Active errors are
shown in the error code menu.
Always use error code menus for reading out error codes, other-
wise there is a risk of missing error codes.
WARNING
Risk of machine damage.
3 Safety menu is shown. Hold Enter depressed for at least two sec-
onds.
1 23
4 5
000060
4 The error code list is shown on the display. Active error code is
shown on display where field C shows error code number togeth-
er with X(Y). X shows sequence number for shown error code
and (Y) shows number of active error codes.
Scroll between error codes with key 1 and 2 (arrow function).
001998
Error codes disappear from the list when the cause has been
remedied.
000389
• Function affected by the error is shown with a symbol in field
E
The book symbol is an instruction for the operator to read the
operator’s manual.
6 Use the error code tables to find more information about the error
code.
7 After action, check that no active error codes remain for the func-
tion in question.
1 Engine
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Cummins QSB6.7)
Description Limitation Action Connec- Diagnos-
tions and tic menu
compo-
nents
Code J1587
84 / 2 P084 / 2 Machine Speed Sensor Cir- Engine speed limited Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
cuit - Data Erratic, Intermittent to Maximum Engine between control menu 2
or Incorrect. The ECU 794 lost Speed without VSS unit and compo-
the machine speed signal. parameter value. nent.
Cruise control, Gear- Check the sen-
Down Protection, and sor.
Road Speed Gover-
nor will not work.
84 / 10 P084 / 10 Machine Speed Sensor Cir- Engine speed limited Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
cuit Tampering Has Been De- to Maximum Engine between control menu 2
tected - Abnormal Rate of Speed without VSS unit and compo-
Change. Invalid or inappropri- parameter value. nent.
ate machine speed signal. Cruise control, Gear- Check the sen-
Signal indicates an intermit- Down Protection, and sor.
tent connection or VSS tam- Road Speed Gover-
pering. nor will not work.
91 / 19 P91 SAE J1939 Multiplexing Ac- Engine may only idle Use diagnostic - -
celerator Pedal or Lever Sen- or engine will not ac- menu to find in-
sor System Error - Received celerate to full speed. correct segment.
Network Data Error. The OEM
machine electronic control
unit (VECU) detected a fault
with its accelerator pedal.
94 / 2 P094 / 2 Injector Metering Rail 1 Pres- The ECU 794 will es- - D794 -
sure - Data Erratic, Intermit- timate fuel pressure,
tent, or Incorrect. The ECU and power is re-
794 has detected that the fuel duced.
pressure signal is not chang-
ing.
100 / 1 P100 / 1 Engine Oil Rifle Pressure - Progressive power Check oil level in - ENGINE,
Data Valid but Below Normal derate increasing in the engine, top menu 6
Operational Range - Most Se- severity from time af- up as needed.
vere Level. Oil pressure signal ter alert. If the Engine
indicates oil pressure is below Protection Shutdown
the engine protection critical feature is enabled,
limit. engine will shut down
30 seconds after the
red STOP lamp starts
flashing.
100 / 2 P100 / 2 Oil Pressure Switch Sensor None on perform- Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
Circuit - Data Erratic, Intermit- ance. No engine pro- between control menu 6
tent or Incorrect. An error in tection for oil unit and compo-
the engine oil pressure switch pressure. nent.
signal was detected by the Check the sen-
ECU 794. sor.
100 / 3 P100 / 3 Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit - None on perform- Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
Voltage Above Normal, or ance. No engine pro- between control menu 6
Shorted to High Source. High tection for oil unit and compo-
signal voltage detected at the pressure. nent.
engine oil pressure circuit. Check the sen-
sor.
100 / 4 P100 / 4 Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit - None on perform- Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
Voltage Below Normal, or ance. No engine pro- between control menu 6
Shorted to Low Source. Low tection for oil unit and compo-
signal voltage detected at the pressure. nent.
engine oil pressure circuit. Check the sen-
sor.
102 / 2 P102 /2 Intake Manifold Pressure Engine power derate. Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
Sensor Circuit - Data Erratic, between control menu 6
Intermittent or Incorrect. The unit and compo-
ECU 794 has detected an in- nent.
take manifold pressure signal Check the sen-
that is too high or low for cur- sor.
rent engine operating condi-
tions.
102 / 2 P102 /2 Intake manifold pressure sen- Derate in power out- Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
sor circuit - data incorrect. An put of the engine. between control menu 6
error in the intake manifold unit and compo-
pressure sensor signal was nent.
detected by the ECU 794. Check the sen-
sor.
102 / 3 P102 / 3 Intake Manifold Pressure Derate in power out- Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
Sensor Circuit - Voltage put of the engine. between control menu 6
Above Normal or Shorted to unit and compo-
High Source. High signal volt- nent.
age detected at the intake Check the sen-
manifold pressure circuit. sor.
102 / 4 P102 / 4 Intake Manifold Pressure Derate in power out- Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
Sensor Circuit - Voltage Be- put of the engine. between control menu 6
low Normal or Shorted to Low unit and compo-
Source. Low signal voltage nent.
detected at the intake mani- Check the sen-
fold pressure circuit. sor.
103 / 18 P103 / 1 Turbocharger number 1 Engine power derate. Check the com- D794 -
speed low - warning level. The ECU 794 uses ponent.
Low turbocharger speed de- an estimated turbo-
tected by the ECU 794. charger speed.
105 / 0 P105 / 0 Intake Manifold 1 Tempera- Progressive power Check the cool- - ENGINE,
ture - Data Valid but Above derate increasing in ant level in the menu 7
Normal Operational Range - severity from time af- engine, top up
Most Severe Level. Intake ter alert. If the Engine as needed.
manifold air temperature sig- Protection Shutdown Check that the
nal indicates intake manifold feature is enabled, charge-air cooler
air temperature above engine engine will shut down is clean, clean
protection critical limit. 30 seconds after the as needed.
red STOP lamp starts
Check that fan
flashing.
belts are intact.
Check the sen-
sor.
105 / 3 P105 / 3 Intake Manifold Air Tempera- Possible white Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
ture Sensor Circuit - Voltage smoke. Fan will stay between control menu 7
Above Normal or Shorted to ON if controlled by unit and compo-
High Source. High signal volt- the ECU 794. No en- nent.
age detected at intake mani- gine protection for in- Check the sen-
fold air temperature circuit. take manifold air sor.
temperature
105 / 4 P105 / 4 Intake Manifold Air Tempera- Possible white Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
ture Sensor Circuit - Voltage smoke. Fan will stay between control menu 7
Below Normal or Shorted to ON if controlled by unit and compo-
Low Source. Low signal volt- the ECU 794. No en- nent.
age detected at intake mani- gine protection for in- Check the sen-
fold air temperature circuit. take manifold air sor.
temperature
108 / 2 P108 / 2 Barometric pressure: Data er- Engine power derate. Check cabling - -
ratic, intermittent, or incorrect. between control
The ambient air pressure sen- unit and compo-
sor reads an erratic value nent.
upon activation. Check the sen-
sor.
108 / 3 P108 / 3 Barometric Pressure Sensor Engine power derate. Check cabling D794 -
Circuit - Voltage Above Nor- between control
mal, or Shorted to High unit and compo-
Source. High signal voltage nent.
detected at barometric pres- Check the sen-
sure circuit. sor.
108 / 4 P108 / 4 Barometric Pressure Sensor Engine power derate. Check cabling D794 -
Circuit - Voltage Below Nor- between control
mal, or Shorted to Low unit and compo-
Source. Low signal voltage nent.
detected at barometric pres- Check the sen-
sure circuit. sor.
110 / 2 P110 / 2 Engine Coolant Temperature The ECU 794 will es- Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
- Data Erratic, Intermittent, or timate engine coolant between control menu 7
Incorrect. The engine coolant temperature. unit and compo-
temperature reading is not nent.
changed with engine operat- Check the sen-
ing conditions. sor.
110 / 3 P110 / 3 Engine Coolant Temperature Possible white Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
1 Sensor Circuit - Voltage smoke. Fan will stay between control menu 7
Above Normal or Shorted to ON if controlled by unit and compo-
High Source. High signal volt- ECU 794. No engine nent.
age or open circuit detected at protection for engine Check the sen-
engine coolant temperature coolant temperature. sor.
circuit.
110 / 4 P110 / 4 Engine Coolant Temperature Possible white Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
1 Sensor Circuit - Voltage Be- smoke. Fan will stay between control menu 7
low Normal or Shorted to Low ON if controlled by unit and compo-
Source. Low signal voltage ECU 794. No engine nent.
detected at engine coolant protection for engine Check the sen-
temperature circuit. coolant temperature. sor.
110 / 16 P110 / 0 Engine Coolant Temperature Progressive power Check coolant D794 ENGINE,
- Data Valid but Above Normal derate increasing in level. menu 7
Operational Range - Moder- severity from time of Check that radi-
ately Severe Level. Engine alert. ator is clean.
coolant temperature signal in-
Check if there’s
dicates engine coolant tem-
air in coolant
perature is above engine
system.
protection warning limit.
Check the cap
on the expan-
sion tank.
Check the sen-
sor.
Check thermo-
stat.
111 / 1 P111 / 1 Coolant Level - Data Valid but Progressive power Check the cool- - -
Below Normal Operational derate increasing in ant level, top up
Range - Most Severe Level. severity from time af- if needed.
Low engine coolant level de- ter alert. If the engine Check the sen-
tected. protection shutdown sor.
feature is enabled,
engine will shut down
30 seconds after the
red STOP lamp starts
flashing.
111 / 4 P111 / 4 Coolant Level Sensor Circuit - None on perform- Check cabling D794 -
Voltage Below Normal or ance. between control
Shorted to Low Source. Low unit and compo-
signal voltage detected at the nent.
engine coolant level circuit. Check the sen-
sor.
157 / 0 P94 / 0 Injector Metering Rail Number None or possible en- - D794 -
1 Pressure - Data Valid But gine noise associated
Above Normal Operating with higher injection
Range - Most Severe Level. pressures (especial-
The ECU 794 has detected ly at idle or light load).
that fuel pressure in the rail Engine power is re-
fuel is higher than the com- duced.
manded pressure.
157 / 2 P157 / 2 Injector Metering Rail 1 Pres- The ECU 794 will es- - D794 -
sure - Data Erratic, Intermit- timate fuel pressure,
tent, or Incorrect. the ECU and power is re-
794 has detected that the fuel duced.
pressure signal is not chang-
ing.
157 / 3 P157 / 3 Injector Metering Rail Number Power and or speed - D794 -
1 Pressure Sensor Circuit - derate.
Voltage Above Normal or
Shorted to High Source. High
signal voltage detected at rail
fuel pressure sensor circuit.
157 / 4 P157 / 4 Injector Metering Rail Number Power and or speed - D794 -
1 Pressure Sensor Circuit - derate.
Voltage Below Normal or
Shorted to Low Source. Low
signal voltage detected at the
rail fuel pressure sensor cir-
cuit.
157 / 18 P157 / 1 Fuel Pump Delivery Pressure Possibly hard to start, - D794 -
Low - Data Valid but Below low power, or engine
Normal Operational Range - smoke. Engine can
Moderately Severe Level. The possibly not start.
ECU 794 has detected that
fuel pressure is lower than
commanded pressure.
167 / 1 P167 / 1 Electrical Charging System Warning lamp illumi- Check batteries D794 -
Voltage Low - Data Valid but nated until very low and alternator.
Below Normal Operational battery voltage condi-
Range - Most Severe Level. tion is corrected.
Very low battery voltage de-
tected by the battery voltage
monitor feature.
167 / 16 P167 / 0 Electrical Charging System Amber warning lamp Check fuses. D794 -
Voltage High - Data Valid but illuminated until high Check batteries
Above Normal Operational battery voltage condi- and alternator.
Range - Moderately Severe tion is corrected.
Level. High battery voltage
detected by the battery volt-
age monitor feature.
167 / 18 P167 / 1 Electrical Charging System Amber lamp will light Check batteries D794 -
Voltage Low - Data Valid but until low battery volt- and alternator.
Below Normal Operational age condition is cor-
Range - Moderately Severe rected.
Level. Low battery voltage de-
tected by the battery voltage
monitor feature.
168 / 16 P168 / 0 Battery 1 Voltage - Data Valid Possible electrical Check fuses. D794 -
but Above Normal Operation- damage to all electri- Check batteries
al Range - Moderately Severe cal components. and alternator.
Level. ECU 794 supply volt-
age is above the maximum
system voltage level.
190 / 0 P190 / 0 Engine Crankshaft Speed/Po- Fuel injection disa- Ease off throttle - -
sition - Data Valid but Above bled until engine or select higher
Normal Operational Range - speed fails below the gear.
Most Severe Level. Engine overspeed limit.
speed signal indicates engine
speed above engine protec-
tion limit.
190 / 2 P190 / 2 Engine Crankshaft Speed/Po- Engine can exhibit Check cabling D794 -
sition - Data Erratic, Intermit- misfire as control between control
tent, or Incorrect. Crankshaft switches from the pri- unit and compo-
engine speed sensor intermit- mary to the backup nent.
tent synchronization. speed sensor. En- Check the sen-
gine power is re- sor.
duced while the
engine operates on
the backup speed
sensor.
190 / 2 P190 / 2 Engine Crankshaft Speed/Po- Engine can run Check cabling D794 -
sition - Data Erratic, Intermit- rough. Possibly poor between control
tent, or Incorrect. Loss of starting capability. unit and compo-
signal from crankshaft sensor. Engine runs using nent.
backup speed sen- Check the sen-
sor. Engine power is sor.
reduced.
441 / 4 P441 / 4 Auxiliary Temperature Sensor None on perform- Check cabling D794 -
Input 1 Circuit - Voltage Below ance. between control
Normal, or Shorted to Low unit and compo-
Source. Low signal voltage nent.
detected at OEM auxiliary Check the sen-
temperature circuit. sor.
558 / 2 S230 / 2 Accelerator Pedal or Lever Engine will only idle. Check cabling D794 -
Idle Validation Circuit - Data between control
Erratic, Intermittent or Incor- unit and compo-
rect. Voltage detected simul- nent.
taneously on both idle Check compo-
validation and off-idle valida- nent.
tion switches.
558 / 4 S230 / 4 Accelerator Pedal or Lever Engine will only idle. Check cabling D794 -
Idle Validation Circuit - Volt- between control
age Below Normal or Shorted unit and compo-
to Low Source. No voltage de- nent.
tected simultaneously on both Check compo-
the idle validation off-idle and nent.
on-idle circuits.
558 / 13 S230 / 13 Accelerator Pedal or Lever Engine will only idle. Check cabling D794 -
Idle Validation Circuit - Out of between control
Calibration. Voltage at idle unit and compo-
validation on-idle and off-idle nent.
circuit does not match accel- Check compo-
erator pedal position. nent.
611 / 4 S232 / 4 Sensor Supply 3 Circuit - Volt- Possible hard starting - D794 -
age Below Normal, or Shorted and rough running.
to Low Source. Low voltage
detected on the +5 volt sensor
supply circuit to the engine
speed sensor.
611 / 4 S232 / 4 Sensor Supply Voltage 4 Cir- Engine will only die. - D794 -
cuit - Voltage Below Normal or
Shorted to Low Source. Low
voltage detected at +5 VDC
sensor supply circuit to the ac-
celerator pedal position sen-
sor..
627 / 2 S251 / 2 Power Lost without Ignition Possible no noticea- Check fuses. D794 -
Off - Data Erratic, Intermittent ble performance ef- Check batteries
or Incorrect. Supply voltage to fects or engine dying and alternator.
the ECU 794 fell below 6.2 or hard starting. Fault
volts momentarily, or the ECU information, trip infor-
794 was not allowed to power mation, and mainte-
down correctly (retain battery nance monitor data
voltage for 30 seconds after can be inaccurate.
key OFF).
627 / 2 S254 / 12 Injector Power Supply - Bad Possible smoke, low Check fuses. D794 -
Intelligent Device or Compo- power, engine mis- Check batteries
nent. The ECU 794 measured fire, and/or engine and alternator.
injector boost voltage is low. will not start.
629 / 12 S254 / 12 Engine Control Module - criti- Engine may not start. Check the con- D794 -
cal internal failure. Error inter- trol unit.
nal to the ECU 794 related to
memory hardware failures or
internal ECU 794 voltage sup-
ply circuits.
629 / 12 S254 / 12 Engine Control Module Warn- No performance ef- Check the con- D794 -
ing Internal Hardware Failure fects or possible se- trol unit.
- Bad Intelligent Device or vere power derate.
Component.
630 / 2 S253 / 2 Engine Control Module Data Possible no noticea- Re-program the D794 -
Lost - Data Erratic, Intermit- ble performance ef- software in Con-
tent or Incorrect. Severe loss fects or engine dying trol unit engine
of data from the ECU 794. or hard starting. Fault (D794).
information, trip infor-
mation, and mainte-
nance monitor data
can be inaccurate.
639 / 9 S231 / 9 SAE J1939 Multiplexing PGN One or more multi- Use diagnostic - CAN/POW-
Timeout Error - Abnormal Up- plexed devices will menu to find in- ER, menu 2
date Rate. The Cummins not operate properly. correct segment.
ECU 794 did not receive a One or more symp-
multiplexed message from an toms will occur
OEM VECU within the time
limit or did not receive it at all.
639 / 13 S231 / 13 SAE J1939 Multiplexing Con- At least one multi- Use diagnostic - CAN/POW-
figuration Error - Out of Cali- plexed devices will menu to find in- ER, menu 2
bration. The ECU 794 not operate properly. correct segment.
expected information from a
multiplexed device but only
received a portion of the nec-
essary information.
641 / 3 S027 / 3 VGT actuator driver circuit - Possible low power. - D794 -
voltage above normal or Power removed from
shorted to high source. the turbocharger ac-
tuator motor.
641 / 4 S027 / 4 VGT actuator driver circuit - Possible low power. - D794 -
voltage below normal, or Power removed from
shorted to low source. the turbocharger ac-
tuator motor.
644 / 2 S030 / 2 External Speed Command In- Primary or secondary Check cabling - -
put (Multiple Unit Synchroni- engines may be shut between control
zation) - Data Erratic, down unit and compo-
Intermittent, or Incorrect. The nent.
throttle input signal to the pri- Check compo-
mary or secondary engine for nent.
multiple unit synchronization
is less than 3 percent or more
than 97 percent.
647 / 3 S033 / 3 Fan Control Circuit - Voltage The fan may stay on Check cabling D794 -
Above Normal or Shorted to continuously or not between control
High Source. Open circuit or run at all. unit and compo-
high voltage detected at the nent.
fan control circuit. Check compo-
nent.
651 / 5 S001 / 5 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine can misfire or Check cabling D794 -
der 1 Circuit - Current Below possibly run rough. between control
Normal, or Open Circuit. High unit and compo-
resistance or no current de- nent.
tected at Number 1 injector Check the injec-
DRIVER or RETURN pin. tor.
651 / 7 S001 / 7 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine will shut Check cabling D794 -
der 1 - Mechanical System down. between control
Not Responding Properly or unit and compo-
Out of Adjustment. Unintend- nent.
ed fueling detected in cylinder Check the injec-
number 1. tor.
652 / 5 S002 / 5 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine can misfire or Check cabling D794 -
der 2 Circuit - Current Below possibly run rough. between control
Normal, or Open Circuit. High unit and compo-
resistance or no current de- nent.
tected at Number 2 injector Check the injec-
driver or return pin. tor.
652 / 7 S002 / 7 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine will shut Check cabling D794 -
der 2 - Mechanical System down. between control
Not Responding Properly or unit and compo-
Out of Adjustment. Unintend- nent.
ed fueling detected in cylinder Check the injec-
number 2. tor.
653 / 5 S003 / 5 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine can misfire or Check cabling D794 -
der 3 Circuit - Current Below possibly run rough. between control
Normal, or Open Circuit. High unit and compo-
resistance or no current de- nent.
tected at Number 3 injector or Check the injec-
return pin. tor.
654 / 5 S004 / 5 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine can misfire or Check cabling D794 -
der 4 Circuit - Current Below possibly run rough. between control
Normal or Open Circuit. High unit and compo-
resistance or no current de- nent.
tected at Number 1 injector Check the injec-
driver or return pin. tor.
654 / 7 S004 / 7 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine will shut Check cabling D794 -
der 4 - Mechanical System down. between control
Not Responding Properly or unit and compo-
Out of Adjustment. Unintend- nent.
ed fueling detected in cylinder Check the injec-
number 4. tor.
655 / 5 S005 / 5 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine can misfire or Check cabling D794 -
der 5 Circuit - Current Below possibly run rough. between control
Normal, or Open Circuit. High unit and compo-
resistance or no current de- nent.
tected at Number 5 injector Check the injec-
DRIVER or RETURN pin. tor.
655 / 7 S005 / 7 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine will shut Check cabling D794 -
der 5 - Mechanical System down. between control
Not Responding Properly or unit and compo-
Out of Adjustment. Unintend- nent.
ed fueling detected in cylinder Check the injec-
Number 5. tor.
656 / 5 S006 / 5 Injector Solenoid Driver Cylin- Engine can misfire or Check cabling D794 -
der 6 Circuit - Current Below possibly run rough. between control
Normal, or Open Circuit. High unit and compo-
resistance or no current de- nent.
tected at Number 6 injector Check the injec-
driver or return pin. tor.
677 / 3 S39 / 3 Starter Relay Circuit - Voltage Either the engine will Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
Above Normal or Shorted to not start or the engine between control menu 5
High Source. Open circuit or will not have starter unit and compo-
high voltage detected at start- lockout protection. nent.
er lockout circuit. Check the relay.
677 / 4 S39 / 4 Starter Relay Circuit - Voltage The engine will not Check cabling D794 ENGINE,
Below Normal or Shorted to have starter lockout between control menu 5
Low Source. Low voltage de- protection. unit and compo-
tected at starter lockout cir- nent.
cuit. Check the relay.
697 / 3 S057 / 3 Auxiliary PWM Driver #1 - Can not control trans- - D794 -
Voltage Above Normal or mission.
Shorted to High Source. High
signal voltage detected at the
analog torque circuit.
697 / 4 S057 / 4 Auxiliary PWM Driver #1 - Can not control trans- - D794 -
Voltage Below Normal or mission.
Shorted to Low Source. Low
signal voltage detected at the
analog torque circuit.
703 / 11 S051 /11 Auxiliary Equipment Sensor Possible engine pow- Check cabling D794 -
Input #3 (OEM Switch) - Root er derate. between control
Cause Not Known. unit and compo-
nent.
Check the com-
ponent.
723 / 2 S064 / 2 Backup Engine Speed/Posi- Possible low power. Check cabling D794 -
tion Sensor Number 2 - Data between control
Erratic, Intermittent, or Incor- unit and compo-
rect. Camshaft engine speed nent.
sensor intermittent synchroni- Check the sen-
zation. sor.
723 / 7 S064 / 7 Engine Speed Sensor/Posi- Engine will run derat- Check cabling D794 -
tion Camshaft and Crankshaft ed. Excessive between control
Misalignment - Mechanical smoke, hard start, unit and compo-
System Not Responding and rough idle possi- nent.
Properly or Out of Adjustment. ble. Check the sen-
Mechanical misalignment be- sor.
tween the crankshaft and
camshaft engine speed sen-
sors.
729 / 3 S070 / 3 Intake Air Heater #1 Circuit - The intake air heaters Check cabling D794 -
Voltage Above Normal or may be ON or OFF all between control
Shorted to High Source. High the time. unit and compo-
voltage detected at the intake nent.
air heater signal circuit. Check compo-
nent.
729 / 4 S070 / 4 Intake Air Heater #1 Circuit - The intake air heaters Check cabling D794 -
Voltage Below Normal or may be ON or OFF all between control
Shorted to Low Source. Low the time. unit and compo-
voltage detected at the intake nent.
air heater signal circuit. Check compo-
nent.
974 / 3 P974 / 3 Remote Accelerator Pedal or Remote accelerator Check cabling D794 -
Lever Position Sensor 1 Cir- will not operate. Re- between control
cuit - Voltage Above Normal, mote accelerator po- unit and compo-
or shorted to High Source. sition will be set to nent.
High voltage detected at re- zero percent. Check compo-
mote accelerator pedal posi- nent.
tion circuit.
974 / 4 P974 / 4 Remote Accelerator Pedal or Remote accelerator Check cabling D794 -
Lever Position Sensor 1 Cir- will not operate. Re- between control
cuit - Voltage Below Normal, mote accelerator po- unit and compo-
or Shorted to Low Source. sition will be set to nent.
Low voltage detected at re- zero percent. Check compo-
mote accelerator pedal posi- nent.
tion signal.
1043 / 3 S221 / 3 Accelerator Pedal or Lever Engine will only idle. Check cabling D794 -
Position Sensor Supply Volt- between control
age Circuit - Voltage Above unit and compo-
Normal or Shorted to High nent.
Source. High voltage detected Check compo-
at sensor supply circuit for the nent.
accelerator pedal or lever po-
sition sensor..
1043 / 4 S221 / 4 Accelerator Pedal or Lever Engine will only die. Check cabling D794 -
Position Sensor Supply Volt- between control
age Circuit - Voltage Below unit and compo-
Normal or Shorted to Low nent.
Source. Low voltage detected Check compo-
at sensor supply circuit to the nent.
accelerator pedal or lever po-
sition sensor.
1043 / 4 S221 / 4 Engine Speed/Position Sen- Possible hard starting Check cabling D794 -
sor (Crankshaft) Supply Volt- and rough running. between control
age Circuit - Voltage Below unit and compo-
Normal or Shorted to Low nent.
Source. Low voltage detected Check compo-
on the ECU 794 voltage sup- nent.
ply line to engine speed sen-
sor.
1072 / 3 S028 / 3 Engine Brake Actuator Circuit Engine brake on cyl- Check cabling D794 -
#1 - Voltage Above Normal or inders 1, 2, and 3 can between control
Shorted to High Source. Open not be activated or unit and compo-
circuit or high voltage detect- exhaust brake will not nent.
ed at the engine brake sole- operate. Check compo-
noid number 1 signal circuit. nent.
1072 / 4 S028 / 4 Engine Brake Actuator Circuit Engine brake on cyl- Check cabling D794 -
#1 - Voltage Below Normal or inders 1, 2, and 3 can between control
Shorted to Low Source. Low not be activated or unit and compo-
voltage detected at the engine exhaust brake will not nent.
brake solenoid number 1 sig- operate. Check compo-
nal circuit. nent.
1073 / 4 S029 / 4 Engine Brake Actuator Circuit Engine brake on cyl- Check cabling D794 -
#2 - Voltage Below Normal or inders 4, 5, and 6 can between control
Shorted to Low Source. Low not be activated. unit and compo-
voltage detected at the engine nent.
brake solenoid number 2 sig- Check compo-
nal circuit. nent.
1075 / 3 S126 / 3 Electric Lift Pump for Engine Engine can be diffi- - D794 -
Fuel Supply Circuit - Voltage cult to start.
Above Normal, or Shorted to
High Source. High voltage or
open detected at the fuel lift
pump signal circuit.
1075 / 4 S126 / 4 Electric Lift Pump for Engine Engine can be diffi- - D794 -
Fuel Supply Circuit - Voltage cult to start.
Below Normal, or Shorted to
Low Source. Low signal volt-
age detected at the fuel lift
pump circuit.
1079 / 3 S212 / 3 Sensor Supply Voltage Engine power derate. Check cabling D794 -
number 1 Circuit - Voltage between control
Above Normal or Shorted to unit and compo-
High Source. High voltage de- nent.
tected at sensor supply Check the sen-
number 1 circuit. sor.
1079 / 4 S212 / 4 Sensor Supply Voltage Engine power derate. Check cabling D794 -
Number 1 Circuit - Voltage between control
Below Normal or Shorted to unit and compo-
Low Source. Low voltage de- nent.
tected at sensor supply Check the sen-
number 1 circuit. sor.
1080 / 4 S232 / 4 Sensor Supply Voltage Engine power derate. Check cabling D794 -
Number 2 Circuit - Voltage between control
Below Normal, or Shorted to unit and compo-
Low Source. Low voltage de- nent.
tected at the sensor supply Check the sen-
number 2 circuit. sor.
1347 / 3 S126 / 3 High Fuel Pressure Solenoid Engine will run poorly - D794 -
Valve Circuit - Voltage Above but will be severely
Normal or Shorted to High derated. Rail pres-
Source. Electronic fuel control sure will be higher
actuator shorted high. than commanded.
1347 / 7 S126 / 7 Fuel Pump Pressurizing As- Engine will not run or - D794 -
sembly 1 - Mechanical Sys- possible low power
tem Not Responding Properly
or Out of Adjustment. A pump-
ing imbalance between the
front and rear pumping plung-
ers has been detected.
1347 / 7 S126 / 7 Fuel Pumping Element Engine will not run or - D794 -
Number 1 (Front) - Mechani- possible low power
cal System Not Responding
Properly or Out of Adjustment.
engine)
Description Limitation Action Connec- Diagnos-
tions and tic menu
compo-
nents
Code Flash J1587
84/2 241 PID084/ Electrical error, Engine rpm is lim- Check cabling between - -
2 speed sensor, ited to maximum control unit and compo-
invalid data. rpm without gear. nent.
Check the sensor.
84/10 242 PID084/ Electrical error, Engine rpm is lim- Check cabling between - -
10 speed sensor, signal ited to maximum control unit and compo-
manipulation detect- rpm without gear. nent.
ed. Check the sensor.
91/3 131 PID091/ Electrical error, ac- Engine does not Check cabling between - -
3 celerator pedal, ca- respond to throt- control unit and compo-
ble short circuited to tle. nent.
supply voltage. Check the component.
91/4 132 PID091/ Electrical error, ac- Engine does not Check cabling between - -
4 celerator pedal, ca- respond to throt- control unit and compo-
ble short circuited to tle. nent.
ground. Check the component.
91/8 147 PID091/ Electrical error, ac- Engine does not Check cabling between - -
8 celerator pedal, low respond to throt- control unit and compo-
frequency. tle. nent.
Check the component.
91/8 148 PID091/ Electrical error, ac- Engine does not Check cabling between - -
8 celerator pedal, high respond to throt- control unit and compo-
frequency. tle. nent.
Check the component.
91/19 287 SID091/ Communication er- Engine will only Use diagnostic menu to - CAN/POW-
2 ror with cab control idle. find incorrect segment. ER, menu 4
unit (D790-1), elec-
trical error, accelera-
tor pedal.
97/3 428 PID097/ Electrical error, wa- No limitation. Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
3 ter-in-fuel sensor, control unit and compo- sor:09
cable short circuited nent.
to supply voltage. Check the component.
97/15 418 PID097/ Water in fuel. Risk of white ex- Drain water from the fuel - -
15 haust smoke and filter.
reduced engine
output.
100/1 415 PID100/ Low engine oil pres- Engine output is Check the engine oil lev- - ENGINE,
1 sure. reduced gradual- el; fill as necessary. menu 6
ly. The engine is
switched off after
30 seconds.
100/2 435 PID100/ Oil pressure sensor, No warning of low Check the sensor. D794/Sen- ENGINE,
2 data error. engine oil pres- sor:44 menu 6
sure.
100/3 135 PID100/ Sensor oil pressure, No warning of low Check cabling between D794/Sen- ENGINE,
3 cable short circuited engine oil pres- control unit and compo- sor:44 menu 6
to supply voltage. sure. nent.
Check the sensor.
100/4 141 PID100/ Oil pressure sensor, No warning of low Check cabling between D794/ ENGINE,
4 open circuit or short engine oil pres- control unit and compo- Black:14 menu 6
circuit to ground. sure. nent.
Check the sensor.
100/ 143 PID100/ Low engine oil pres- No limitation. Check oil level in the en- - ENGINE,
18 1 sure. gine, top up as needed. menu 6
Check the sensor.
102/2 433 PID102/ Boost pressure sen- Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Sen- ENGINE,
2 sor indicates high power. control unit and compo- sor:39 menu 7
boost pressure but nent.
other engine data in- Check the sensor.
dicates that pressure
should be normal.
102/3 122 PID102/ Sensor boost pres- Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Sen- ENGINE,
3 sure, cable short- power. control unit and compo- sor:39 menu 7
circuited to voltage. nent.
Check the sensor.
103/ 595 PID103/ Over-rev protection, Reduced engine Check the component. - -
16 0 turbo. power.
105/0 155 PID105/ Intake air too hot. Engine output is Check the coolant level - ENGINE,
0 reduced gradual- in the engine, top up as menu 7
ly. The engine is needed.
switched off after Check that the charge-
30 seconds. air cooler is clean, clean
as needed.
Check that the fan belts
are intact. Check the in-
take air temperature
sensor.
105/3 153 PID105/ Charge air tempera- Risk of white ex- Check cabling between D794/Sen- ENGINE,
3 ture sensor, cable haust smoke. No control unit and compo- sor:38 menu 7
short circuited to warning of high nent.
supply voltage or coolant tempera- Check that the charge air
open circuit. ture. temperature sensor is
correctly installed and
connected.
Check the charge air
temperature sensor.
105/4 154 PID105/ Charge air tempera- Risk of white ex- Check cabling between D794/Sen- ENGINE,
4 ture sensor, cable haust smoke. No control unit and compo- sor:38 menu 7
short circuited to warning of high nent.
ground or open cir- coolant tempera- Check that the sensor is
cuit. ture. correctly installed and
connected.
Check the sensor.
108/2 295 PID108/ Electrical error, air Reduced engine Check the sensor. - -
2 pressure sensor, power.
data error.
108/3 221 PID108/ Electrical error, air Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
3 pressure sensor, ca- power. control unit and compo- sor:06
ble short circuited to nent.
supply voltage. Check the sensor.
110/0 151 PID110/ High coolant temper- Engine output is Check coolant level. - ENGINE,
0 ature. reduced gradual- Check that radiator is menu 7
ly. The engine is clean.
switched off after
Check if there’s air in
30 seconds.
coolant system.
Check the cap on the ex-
pansion tank.
Check the sensor.
Check thermostat.
110/3 144 PID110/ Coolant temperature No indication of Check cabling between D794/Sen- ENGINE,
3 sensor, cable short engine tempera- control unit and compo- sor:02 menu 7
circuited to supply ture. nent.
voltage or open cir-
cuit.
110/4 145 PID110/ Coolant temperature No indication of Check cabling between D794/Sen- ENGINE,
4 sensor, cable short engine tempera- control unit and compo- sor:02 menu 7
circuited to ground. ture. nent.
Check that the sensor is
connected correctly.
Check the sensor.
111/1 235 PID111/ Low coolant level. Engine output is Check the coolant level, - -
1 reduced gradual- top up if needed.
ly. The engine is Check the sensor.
switched off after
30 seconds.
111/2 422 PID111/ Electrical error, cool- No warning of low Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
2 ant level sensor, coolant level. control unit and compo- sor:09
data error. nent.
Check the sensor.
166/2 951 PID116/ Output imbalance Uneven idling. Check the fuel grade. - -
2 between cylinders. The error code could be
generated if the fuel sys-
tem is opened, allowing
air to enter the system.
Troubleshoot the engine.
167/ 596 PID167/ Low battery voltage. Warning active Check fuses. Check bat- D794/ -
16 0 until voltage is cor- teries and alternator. OEM:7, 8,
rect. 17, 18, 28
167/ 597 PID167/ High battery voltage. Warning active Check batteries and al- D794/ -
18 1 until voltage is cor- ternator. OEM:7, 8,
rect. The engine 17, 18, 28
runs at increased
idle to increase
voltage.
168/ 442 PID168/ High voltage supply No limitation. Check fuses. Check bat- D794/ -
16 0 to control unit. teries and alternator. OEM:7, 8,
17, 18, 28
168/ 441 PID168/ Low voltage supply Uneven idling. Check fuses. Check bat- D794/ -
18 1 to control unit. teries and alternator. OEM:7, 8,
17, 18, 28
175/0 214 PID175/ High engine oil tem- Engine output is Check the engine cool- - ENGINE,
0 perature. reduced gradual- ant and oil level. Top up menu 7
ly. The engine is as necessary.
switched off after Check that the oil cooler
30 seconds. is clean; clean as need-
ed.
Check that the fan belts
are intact.
Check the sensor.
175/3 212 PID175/ Oil temperature sen- No indication of Check cabling between D794/Sen- ENGINE,
3 sor, cable short engine oil temper- control unit and compo- sor:42 menu 7
circuited to supply ature. nent.
voltage or open cir- Check that the sensor is
cuit. connected correctly.
175/4 213 PID175/ Oil temperature sen- No indication of Check cabling between D794/Sen- ENGINE,
4 sor, cable short engine oil temper- control unit and compo- sor:42 menu 7
circuited to ground. ature. nent.
Check the sensor.
190/0 234 PID190/ Engine rpm too high. Fuel supply Ease off throttle or select - -
0 choked until en- higher gear.
gine rpm is below
permitted value.
190/2 115 PID190/ Electrical error, rpm/ Engine stops and Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
2 ignition mode sen- cannot be restart- control unit and compo- sor:47, 50
sor; no signal from ed. nent.
any sensors. Check the sensor.
190/ 121 PID190/ Electrical error, rpm/ No limitation. Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
10 10 ignition mode sen- control unit and compo- sor:47, 50
sor, one of two sig- nent.
nals missing. Check the sensor.
191/ 349 PID191/ Speed limitation acti- Speed is reduced. Reduce throttle applica- - -
16 0 vated. tion.
191/ 489 PID191/ Speed warning for Engine will only Increase throttle applica- - -
18 1 low speed. idle. tion.
441/3 293 PID441/ Auxiliary tempera- No warning of high Check cabling between D794/Sen-
3 ture sensor short temperature, en- control unit and compo- sor:12
circuited to ground. gine control unit nent.
(D794). Check the sensor.
441/4 294 PID441/ Auxiliary tempera- No warning of high Check cabling between D794/Sen-
4 ture sensor short temperature, en- control unit and compo- sor:12
circuited to supply gine control unit nent.
voltage. (D794). Check the sensor.
558/2 431 SID230/ Electrical error, ac- No limitation. Check cable between D794/ -
2 celerator pedal sen- control unit and compo- OEM:03, 13
sor, idling contact, nent.
data error. Check component.
558/ 432 SID230/ Electrical error, ac- Engine will only Check cable between D794/ -
13 13 celerator pedal sen- idle. control unit and compo- OEM:13
sor, idling contact, nent.
calibration error. Check component.
608/2 412 SID250/ Communication er- No limitation. Check the control unit. D794/
2 ror with Control unit OEM:26,
engine (D794). 27, 36, 37,
46
608/9 414 SID250/ Communication er- No limitation. Check the control unit. D794/
9 ror with Control unit OEM:26,
engine (D794). 27, 36, 37,
46
620/3 227 SID232/ Electrical error, ref- Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
1080/ 3 erence voltage to output. No warn- control unit and compo- sor:18, 25,
3 sensor short ing of low oil pres- nent. 45
circuited to supply sure or low Check the control unit.
voltage. coolant level.
620/4 187 SID232/ Electrical error, ref- Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
1081/ 4 erence voltage to output. No warn- control unit and compo- sor:18, 25,
4 sensor short ing of low oil pres- nent. 45
circuited to ground. sure or low Check the component.
coolant level.
626/ 381 SID237/ Electrical error to Preheating does Check cabling between D794/Actu- ENGINE,
11 11 control of preheating not work. Risk of control unit and compo- ator: 34 menu 5
relay. white smoke. nent.
Check the component.
627/2 434 SID251/ Voltage supply to Reduced engine Check the fuses. D794/ -
2 control unit disap- output. Engine dif- Check batteries and al- OEM:7, 8,
pears but ignition not ficult to start or ternator. 17, 18, 28
off. dies.
629/ 111 SID254/ Internal error, engine The engine will not Check the control unit. - -
12 12 control unit. start.
629/ 343 SID254/ Internal error, engine No limitation. Check the control unit. - -
12 12 control unit.
632/3 255 SID017/ Electrical error, fuel No limitation. Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
3 cut-off solenoid control unit and compo- ator: 33
valve, cable short nent.
circuited to supply Check the solenoid
voltage. valve.
632/4 254 SID017/ Electrical error, fuel Engine will shut Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
4 cut-off solenoid down. control unit and compo- ator: 33
valve, cable short nent.
circuited to ground. Check the solenoid
valve.
639/2 426 SID231/ Communication er- Functions via Use diagnostic menu to - CAN/POW-
2 ror with Control unit CAN bus not find incorrect segment. ER, menu 2
engine (D794). working.
639/9 427 SID231/ Communication er- Functions via Use diagnostic menu to - CAN/POW-
9 ror with Control unit CAN bus not find incorrect segment. ER, menu 2
engine (D794). working.
639/9 285 SID231/ Communication er- Functions via Use diagnostic menu to - CAN/POW-
9 ror with engine con- CAN bus not find incorrect segment. ER, menu 2
trol unit (D794), working.
timeout error.
639/ 286 SID231/ Communication er- Functions via Use diagnostic menu to - CAN/POW-
13 13 ror with Engine con- CAN bus not find incorrect segment. ER, menu 2
trol unit (D794), working.
configuration error.
644/2 237 SID030/ Electrical error, ac- Engine will shut Check cabling between - -
2 celerator pedal, sig- down. control unit and compo-
nal not within valid nent.
interval. Check the component.
647/4 245 SID033/ Electrical error, fan Cooling fan runs Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
4 connection, cable constantly. control unit and compo- ator:10, Ac-
short circuited to nent. tuator: 9
ground. Check the component.
651/5 322 SID001/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
5 inder 1 injector, open cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator:10, Ac-
circuit on cable. rough and has re- nent. tuator: 9
duced power. Check the injector.
652/5 331 SID002/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
5 inder 2 injector, open cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator: 7, 8
circuit on cable. rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
652/6 315 SID002/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
6 inder 2 injector, ca- cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator: 7, 8
ble short circuited to rough and has re- nent.
ground. duced power. Check the injector.
653/5 324 SID003/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
5 inder 3 injector, open cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator: 6, 16
circuit on cable. rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
653/6 313 SID003/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cable between D794/Actu- -
6 inder 3 injector, ca- cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator: 6, 16
ble short circuited to rough and has re- nent.
ground. duced power. Check component.
654/5 332 SID004/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
5 inder 4 injector, open cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator: 26, 36
circuit on cable. rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/6 321 SID004/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
6 inder 4 injector, ca- cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator: 26, 36
ble short circuited to rough and has re- nent.
ground. duced power. Check the injector.
655/5 323 SID005/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
5 inder 5 injector, open cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator: 3, 4
circuit on cable. rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
655/6 312 SID005/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cable between D794/Actu- -
6 inder 5 injector, ca- cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator: 3, 4
ble short circuited to rough and has re- nent.
ground. duced power. Check component.
656/6 314 SID006/ Electrical error, cyl- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
6 inder 6 injector, ca- cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- ator: 1, 2
ble short circuited to rough and has re- nent.
ground. duced power. Check the injector.
702/3 527 SID040/ Electrical error, aux- No limitation. Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
3 iliary output 2, cable control unit and compo- ator: 14
PID154/ short circuited to nent.
3 supply voltage. Check the component.
703/3 529 SID051/ Electrical error, aux- No limitation. Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
3 iliary output 2, cable control unit and compo- ator: 45
short circuited to nent.
supply voltage. Check the component.
974/3 133 SID029/ Electrical error, aux- Engine does not Check cabling between D794/OEM: -
3 iliary accelerator respond to throt- control unit and compo- 21
pedal, cable short tle. nent.
circuited to supply Check the component.
voltage.
974/4 134 SID029/ Electrical error, aux- Engine does not Check cabling between D794/OEM: -
4 iliary accelerator respond to throt- control unit and compo- 21
pedal, cable short tle. nent.
circuited to ground. Check the component.
974/ 288 SID029/ Communication er- Engine does not Use diagnostic menu to - CAN/POW-
19 2 ror with cab control respond to throt- find incorrect segment. ER, menu 2
unit (D790-1), elec- tle.
trical error, accelera-
tor pedal.
1043/ 387 PID221/ Electrical error, ac- Engine will only Check cabling between D794/OEM: -
3 3 celerator pedal refer- idle. control unit and compo- 48
ence voltage, cable nent.
short circuited to Check the component.
supply voltage.
1043/ 443 PID221/ Electrical error, ac- Engine will only Check cabling between D794/OEM: -
4 4 celerator pedal refer- idle. control unit and compo- 48
ence voltage, cable nent.
short circuited to Check the component.
ground.
1073/ 392 SID029/ Electrical error, sole- Engine brake 2 Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
11 11 noid valve engine cannot be activat- control unit and compo- ator: 44
brake 2. ed. nent.
Check the solenoid
valve.
1079/ 386 SID232/ Electrical error, ref- Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
3 3 erence voltage to power. control unit and compo- sor: 17, 37
sensor short nent.
circuited to supply Check the sensor.
voltage.
1079/ 352 SID232/ Electrical error, ref- Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
4 4 erence voltage to power. control unit and compo- sor: 17, 37
sensor short nent.
circuited to ground. Check the sensor.
1188/ 465 SID032/ Electrical error, Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Actu- -
3 3 wastegate solenoid power. control unit and compo- ator: 24
valve 1 short nent.
circuited to supply Check the solenoid
voltage. valve.
1189/ 491 SID088/ Electrical error, Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Actu-
3 3 wastegate solenoid power. control unit and compo- ator: 23
valve 2 short nent.
circuited to supply Check the solenoid
voltage. valve.
1189/ 492 SID88/4 Electrical error, Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/Actu-
4 wastegaste sole- power. control unit and compo- ator: 23
noid valve 2 short nent.
circuited to ground. Check the solenoid
valve.
1265/ 223 SID085/ Electrical error, oil- No limitation. Check cabling between - -
4 4 burn solenoid valve, control unit and compo-
cable short circuited nent.
to ground. Check the solenoid
valve.
1380/ 219 PID017/ Low engine oil level. No limitation. Check the engine oil lev- - -
1 1 el; fill as necessary.
1383/ 611 SID151/ Engine shut off other No limitation. Switch of the engine with - -
31 11 than with start key, the start key.
causing load.
1384/ 299 SID029/ Engine shut off other No limitation. Switch of the engine with - -
31 14 than with start key, the start key.
causing load.
1387/ 297 PID223/ Electrical error, aux- No pressure Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
3 3 iliary pressure sen- guard (customer- control unit and compo- sor: 19
sor, cable short specific option). nent.
circuited to supply Check the sensor.
voltage.
1387/ 298 PID223/ Electrical error, aux- No pressure Check cabling between D794/Sen- -
4 4 iliary pressure sen- guard (customer- control unit and compo- sor: 19
sor, cable short specific option). nent.
circuited to ground. Check the sensor.
1484/ 211 SID216/ Error codes in other No limitation. Check error codes for - -
31 11 control units. other machine control
units, particularly the cab
control unit (D790-1) and
transmission control unit
(D793).
94/3 3.6 PID94/3 Sensor fuel pres- No limitation. Check cabling between D794/B:16 -
sure, short-circuited control unit and compo-
to voltage. nent.
Check the sensor.
94/5 3.6 PID94/5 Sensor fuel pres- No limitation. Check cabling between D794/B:16 -
Not 00.50
sure, short-circuited control unit and compo-
to ground or open nent.
circuit. Check the sensor.
94/7 3.8 PID94/7 Sensor fuel pres- No limitation. Change fuel filter. D794/B:16 -
sure, short-circuited Change fuel pre-filter.
to voltage, ground,
Check if pressure can be
or open circuit.
built up with the hand
pump.
97/4 2.9 PID97/4 Sensor water in fuel No limitation. Check cabling between D794/B:8 -
short-circuited to control unit and compo-
ground or open cir- nent.
cuit. Check the sensor.
100/0 6.6 PID100/ Low engine oil pres- Engine will shut Check oil level. - ENGINE,
0 sure. down. Change oil filter. menu 6
100/5 3.1 PID100/ Sensor, oil pres- No limitation. Check cabling between D794/B:11 ENGINE,
5 sure, open circuit. control unit and compo- menu 6
nent.
Check the sensor.
105/0 6.2 PID105/ High charge-air Engine will shut Check that the charge-air - ENGINE,
0 temperature. down. cooler is clean. menu 7
Check the sensor.
105/4 3.2 PID105/ Sensor charge-air No limitation. Check cabling between D794/A:47 ENGINE,
4 temperature, cable control unit and compo- menu 7
short-circuited to nent.
ground. Check the sensor.
105/5 3.3 PID105/ Sensor charge-air No limitation. Check cabling between D794/A:47 ENGINE,
5 temperature, cable control unit and compo- menu 7
open circuit. nent.
Check the sensor.
106/0 3.5 PID106/ Boost pressure too Reduced engine Check the turbocharger. - ENGINE,
0 high. power. Check the sensor. menu 6
106/3 3.4 PID106/ Sensor boost pres- Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/A:22 ENGINE,
3 sure, cable short- power. control unit and compo- menu 7
circuited to voltage. nent.
Check the sensor.
106/5 3.4 PID106/ Sensor boost pres- Reduced engine Check cabling between D794/A:22 ENGINE,
5 sure, cable open power. control unit and compo- menu 7
circuit. nent.
Check the sensor.
108/2 - PID108/ Faulty signal from No limitation. Check cabling between - ENGINE,
2 charge air pressure control unit and compo- menu 6
sensor. nent.
Check the sensor.
108/4 - PID108/ Sensor boost pres- No limitation. Check cabling between D794/A:29 ENGINE,
4 sure, short-circuited control unit and compo- menu 6
to frame ground or nent.
open circuit. Check the sensor.
110/0 6.1 PID110/ High coolant tem- No limitation. Check coolant level. - ENGINE,
0 perature. Check that radiator is menu 7
clean.
Check thermostat.
Check the cap on the ex-
pansion tank.
Check if there’s air in
coolant system.
Check the sensor.
110/4 3.3 PID110/ Sensor coolant Preheating is acti- Check cabling between D794/B:27 ENGINE,
4 temperature, short- vated even if en- control unit and compo- menu 7
circuited to ground. gine is warm. nent.
Check the sensor.
110/5 3.3 PID110/ Sensor coolant Preheating is acti- Check cabling between D794/B:27 ENGINE,
5 temperature, cable vated even if en- control unit and compo- menu 7
open circuit. gine is warm. nent.
Check the sensor.
111/1 2.2 PID111/ Low coolant level. No limitation. Check the coolant level, - -
1 top up if needed.
Check the sensor.
158/1 3.9 PID158/ Low battery volt- Engine may be dif- Check and charge the D794/B:57, -
1 age. ficult to start. batteries. B:60
Check the alternator.
Check the battery ca-
bles.
164/0 - PID164/ High fuel pressure. No limitation. Check the fuel pump. - -
0 Check the sensor.
164/4 - PID164/ Sensor fuel pres- Engine speed limit- Check cabling between D794/B:16 -
4 sure, short-circuited ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
to ground. nent.
Check the sensor.
164/5 - PID164/ Sensor fuel pres- Engine speed limit- Check cabling between D794/B:16 -
5 sure, open circuit. ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the sensor.
190/0 2.6 PID190/ Engine rpm too No limitation. Ease off throttle or select - -
0 high. higher gear.
626/3 5.4 PID45/3 Preheating relay, Preheating cannot Check cabling between D794/B:25 ENGINE,
short-circuited to be activated. control unit and compo- menu 5
voltage. White smoke at nent.
cold-start. Check the relay.
Start problems in
cold weather.
626/4 5.4 PID45/4 Preheating relay, Preheating relay is Check cabling between D794/B:25 ENGINE,
short-circuited to activated constant- control unit and compo- menu 5
ground. ly. Fuse for pre- nent.
heating may blow. Check the relay.
626/5 5.4 PID45/5 Preheating relay, Preheating cannot Check cabling between D794/B:25 ENGINE,
open circuit or de- be activated. control unit and compo- menu 5
fective component. White smoke at nent.
cold-start. Check the relay.
Start problems in
cold weather.
629/3 9.9 SID254/ Engine control unit The engine will not Change the control unit. - -
3 (D794), internal start.
fault.
629/8 9.9 SID254/ Engine control unit The engine will not Change the control unit. - -
8 (D794), internal start.
fault.
629/ 9.9 SID254/ Engine control unit The engine will not Change the control unit. - -
12 12 (D794), internal start.
fault.
636/3 2.5 SID21/3 Sensor rpm cam- Engine takes long- Check cabling between D794/A:45, -
shaft, no signal. er time to start than control unit and compo- A:46
normal. Engine nent.
runs normally Check the sensor.
when it has started.
636/8 2.5 SID21/8 Sensor engine rpm, Engine takes long- Check cabling between D794/A:45, -
camshaft, abnormal er time to start than control unit and compo- A:46
frequency. normal. Engine nent.
runs normally Check the sensor.
when it has started.
637/2 2.4 SID22/2 Faulty signal from Engine is difficult to Check cabling between D794/A:37, ENGINE,
engine speed sen- start and runs control unit and compo- A:38 menu 2
sor, flywheel. rough, if it starts. nent.
Check the sensor.
637/3 2.4 SID22/3 Sensor engine rpm, Engine is difficult to Check cabling between D794/A:37, ENGINE,
flywheel, abnormal start and runs control unit and compo- A:38 menu 2
frequency. rough, if it starts. nent.
Check the sensor.
637/8 2.4 SID22/8 Sensor engine rpm, Engine is difficult to Check cabling between D794/A:37, ENGINE,
flywheel, abnormal start and runs control unit and compo- A:38 menu 2
frequency. rough, if it starts. nent.
Check that the sensor is
connected correctly.
639/2 6.5 SID231/ Communication er- Engine off: engine Use diagnostic menu to D794/B:51, CAN/POW-
2 ror with Engine con- cannot be started. find incorrect segment. B:55 ER, menu 3
trol unit (D794), Engine on: engine Check cabling between
configuration error. goes to idle and control unit and compo-
can only be nent.
stopped by using Check the control unit.
the emergency
stop.
639/2 9.9 SID240/ Communication er- It may not be possi- Re-program the control - -
2 ror with Engine con- ble to start the en- unit.
trol unit (D794), gine.
configuration error.
639/9 6.4 PSID20 Communication er- Instruments and Use diagnostic menu to - -
1675/ 1/9 ror with Engine con- controls do not find incorrect segment.
9 trol unit (D794), work. Check cabling between
configuration error. control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the control unit.
639/ 9.9 SID240/ Communication er- It may not be possi- Re-program the control - -
11 11 ror with Engine con- ble to start the en- unit.
trol unit (D794), gine.
configuration error.
639/ 9.9 SID240/ Communication er- It may not be possi- Re-program the control - -
14 14 ror with Engine con- ble to start the en- unit.
trol unit (D794), gine.
configuration error.
651/3 7.1 SID1/3 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:24 -
jector cylinder 1. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
651/4 7.1 SID1/4 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:24 -
jector cylinder 1. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
651/5 7.1 SID1/5 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:24 -
jector cylinder 1. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
651/7 7.1 SID1/7 Incorrect compres- Runs rough at low Check fuel pressure. D794/A:24 -
sion or defective in- rpms and low load. Check valve clearance.
jector cylinder 1.
Check cabling between
control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the injector.
Perform compression
test and check cylinder 1.
652/3 7.2 SID2/3 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:16 -
jector cylinder 1. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
652/4 7.2 SID2/4 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:16 -
jector cylinder 1. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
652/5 7.2 SID2/5 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:16 -
jector cylinder 1. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
652/7 7.2 SID2/7 Incorrect compres- Runs rough at low Check fuel pressure. D794/A:16 -
sion or defective in- rpms and low load. Check valve clearance.
jector cylinder 2.
Check cabling between
control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the injector.
Perform compression
test and check cylinder 2.
652/ 7.2 SID2/12 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:16 -
12 jector cylinder 2. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
653/3 7.3 SID3/3 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:32 -
jector cylinder 3. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
653/4 7.3 SID3/4 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:32 -
jector cylinder 3. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
653/7 7.3 SID3/7 Incorrect compres- Runs rough at low Check fuel pressure. D794/A:32 -
sion or defective in- rpms and low load. Check valve clearance.
jector cylinder 3.
Check cabling between
control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the injector.
Perform compression
test and check cylinder 3.
653/ 7.3 SID3/12 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:32 -
12 jector cylinder 3. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/3 7.4 SID4/3 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:56 -
jector cylinder 4. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/4 7.4 SID4/4 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:56 -
jector cylinder 4. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/5 7.4 SID4/5 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:56 -
jector cylinder 4. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/7 7.4 SID4/7 Incorrect compres- Runs rough at low Check fuel pressure. D794/A:56 -
sion or defective in- rpms and low load. Check valve clearance.
jector cylinder 4.
Check cabling between
control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the injector.
Perform compression
test and check cylinder 4.
655/3 7.5 SID5/3 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:48 -
jector cylinder 5. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
655/4 7.5 SID5/4 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:48 -
jector cylinder 5. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
655/5 7.5 SID5/5 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:48 -
jector cylinder 5. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
655/7 7.5 SID5/7 Incorrect compres- Engine runs on 5 Check that cabling to the D794/A:48 -
sion or defective in- cylinders, sounds injectors is not damaged.
jector cylinder 5. rough and has re- Check cabling between
duced power. control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the injector.
Perform compression
test and check cylinder 5.
655/ 7.5 SID5/12 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:48 -
12 jector cylinder 5. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
656/3 7.6 SID6/3 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:40 -
jector cylinder 6. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
656/4 7.6 SID6/4 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:40 -
jector cylinder 6. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo-
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
656/7 7.6 SID6/7 Incorrect compres- Runs rough at low Check fuel pressure. D794/A:40 -
sion or defective in- rpms and low load. Check valve clearance.
jector cylinder 6.
Check cabling between
control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the injector.
Perform compression
test and check cylinder 6.
656/ 7.6 SID6/12 Electric failure, in- Engine runs on 5 Check cabling between D794/A:36, -
12 jector cylinder 6. cylinders, sounds control unit and compo- A:40
rough and has re- nent.
duced power. Check the injector.
677/3 6.3 SID39/3 Starter motor relay, The engine will not Check cabling between D794/B:29 ENGINE,
1675/ short-circuited to start. control unit and compo- menu 5
3 voltage. Engine starts im- nent.
mediately when ig- Check the relay.
nition is turned on.
677/4 6.3 SID39/4 Starter motor relay, The engine will not Check cabling between D794/B:29 ENGINE,
1675/ short-circuited to start. control unit and compo- menu 5
4 ground. nent.
Check the relay.
677/5 6.3 SID39/5 Starter motor relay, The engine will not Check cabling between D794/B:29 ENGINE,
1675/ open circuit. start. control unit and compo- menu 5
5 nent.
Check the relay.
679/0 - PSID97/ Faulty signal from Engine speed limit- Check cabling between - -
0 pressure relief ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
valve. Reduced engine nent.
power. Check the component.
679/3 - SID42/3 Pressure relief Engine speed limit- Check cabling between - -
valve, short- ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
circuited to voltage. nent.
Check the component.
679/5 - SID43/5 Pressure relief Engine speed limit- Check cabling between - -
valve, open circuit. ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the component.
679/7 - PSID97/ Pressure relief Engine speed limit- Check cabling between - -
7 valve, mechanical ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
defect. Reduced engine nent.
power. Check the component.
679/ - PSID97/ Pressure relief Engine speed limit- Check cabling between - -
11 11 valve, unidentified ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
problem. Reduced engine nent.
power. Check the component.
679/ - PSID97/ Pressure relief Engine speed limit- Check cabling between - -
14 14 valve, defective ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
component. Reduced engine nent.
power. Check the component.
729/3 - SID70/3 Sensor preheating, Fuse blows. Check cabling between D794/B:31 -
short-circuited to control unit and compo-
voltage. nent.
Check the component.
729/4 - SID70/4 Sensor preheating, Engine difficult to Check cabling between D794/B:31 -
short-circuited to start in cold weath- control unit and compo-
ground. er. nent.
Check the component.
729/5 - SID70/5 Sensor preheating, Engine difficult to Check cabling between D794/B:31 -
open circuit. start in cold weath- control unit and compo-
er. nent.
Check the component.
1079/ 9.3 SID 232/ Reference voltage No limitation. Check cabling between D794/B:17 -
3 3 5 V no. 1 to sensor, control unit and compo-
short-circuited to nent.
voltage. Check the sensor.
1080/ - SID 211/ Reference voltage No limitation. Check cabling between D794/A:7 -
3 3 5 V no. 2 to sensor, control unit and compo-
short-circuited to nent.
voltage. Check the sensor.
1080/ - SID 211/ Reference voltage No limitation. Check cabling between D794/A:7 -
4 4 5 V no. 2 to sensor, control unit and compo-
short-circuited to nent.
ground. Check the sensor.
1239/ - PSID Too high fuel pres- Engine speed limit- Check fuel feed. - -
0 96/0 sure. ed to 1100 rpm.
High engine power.
(Powerful engine)
1239/ - PSID Too low fuel pres- Engine speed limit- Check fuel filter, replace - -
1 96/1 sure. ed to 1100 rpm. if necessary.
Reduced engine Check fuel feed.
power.
1239/ - PSID Sensor fuel pres- Engine speed limit- Check cabling between D794/B:16 -
4 96/4 sure, short-circuited ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
to ground. Reduced engine nent.
power. Check the sensor.
Engine starting dif-
ficulty.
1239/ - PSID Sensor fuel pres- Engine speed limit- Check cabling between D794/B:16 -
7 96/7 sure, mechanical ed to 1100 rpm. control unit and compo-
defect. Reduced engine nent.
power. Check the sensor.
Engine starting dif-
ficulty.
1239/ - PSID Sensor fuel pres- Engine speed limit- Check the sensor. - -
12 96/12 sure, defective ed to 1100 rpm.
component. Reduced engine
power.
Engine starting dif-
ficulty.
2791/ - PPID19/ Internal EGR, short- Internal EGR not Check cabling between D794/B:30 -
4 4 circuited to ground. working. control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the component.
2791/ - PPID19/ Internal EGR, open Internal EGR not Check cabling between D794/B:30 -
5 5 circuit. working. control unit and compo-
nent.
Check the component.
2791/ - PPID19/ Internal EGR, me- Internal EGR not Check sensor boost D794/B:30 -
7 7 chanical defect. working. pressure.
Check the component
(IEGR)
Contact Volvo Penta
workshop for more infor-
mation.
52019 6.8 PPID6/5 Sensor piston cool- No limitation. Check cabling between D794/B:14 -
2/5 ing pressure, short- control unit and compo-
circuiting to voltage, nent.
ground, or open cir- Check the sensor.
cuit.
- - PPID High fuel pressure. Engine speed limit- Check fuel feed. - -
435/0 ed to 1100 rpm.
High engine power.
(Powerful engine)
- - PPID Low fuel pressure. Engine speed limit- Check fuel filter, replace - -
435/4 ed to 1100 rpm. if necessary.
Reduced engine Check fuel feed.
power.
TAD952VE engines)
Description Limitation Action Connec- Diagnos-
tions and tic menu
compo-
nents
Code J1587
94 / 1 PID94 Fuel pressure. - Check if pressure can be D794 -
• Low feed built up with the hand
pressure. pump.
Check the fuel filter.
Check the fuel pre-filter.
98 / 1 PID98 Oil level Warning indica- Check oil level. D794 ENGINE,
• Low oil level. tion. menu 6
Code J1587
98 / 5 PID98 Oil level - Check that the oil level sen- D794 ENGINE,
• Short circuit. sor wiring is not damaged. menu 6
100 / 1 PID100 Oil pressure The engine con- Check oil level. D794 ENGINE,
• Oil pressure trol unit limits en- Check that oil filters are not menu 6
is too low. gine output. clogged.
Check the system pressure
valves and the safety valve
in the oil system.
Check the function of the
oil pressure sensor.
100 / 3 PID100 Oil pressure sen- - Check that the oil pressure D794 ENGINE,
sor sensor wiring is not dam- menu 6
• Short aged.
circuited to Check that the oil pressure
plus (+) or mi- sensor is connected cor-
nus (-). rectly.
• Open circuit.
100 / 5 PID100 Oil pressure sen- - Check that the oil pressure D794 ENGINE,
sor sensor wiring is not dam- menu 6
• Short aged.
circuited to Check that the oil pressure
plus (+) or mi- sensor is connected cor-
nus (-). rectly.
• Open circuit.
105 / 0 PID105 Charge air tem- The engine con- Check coolant level. D794 ENGINE,
perature trol unit limits en- Check the intercooler menu 7
• Charge air gine output. (cleanliness).
temperature Check the function of the
too high. charge air temperature
sensor.
Check the function of the
thermostat.
Code J1587
105 / 4 PID105 Charge air tem- - Check that the charge air D794 ENGINE,
perature sensor temperature sensor con- menu 7
• Short nector is properly connect-
circuited to ed.
plus (+) or mi- Check that the charge air
nus (-). temperature sensor wiring
• Open circuit. is not damaged.
Check that the charge air
temperature sensor is
properly installed.
Check the function of the
charge air temperature
sensor.
105 / 5 PID105 Charge air tem- - Check that the charge air D794 ENGINE,
perature sensor temperature sensor con- menu 7
• Short nector is properly connect-
circuited to ed.
plus (+) or mi- Check that the charge air
nus (-). temperature sensor wiring
• Open circuit. is not damaged.
Check that the charge air
temperature sensor is
properly installed.
Check the function of the
charge air temperature
sensor.
106 / 0 PID106 Boost pressure The engine con- Check the function of the D794 ENGINE,
• Boost pres- trol unit limits en- turbocharger. menu 6
sure too high. gine output. Check the function of the
boost pressure sensor.
Check fuel quantity/injec-
tor.
Code J1587
106 / 3 PID106 Boost pressure The engine jerks Check that the charge air D794 ENGINE,
sensor more than normal pressure sensor connector menu 6
• Short during accelera- is properly connected.
circuited to tion or load in- Check that the charge air
plus (+) or mi- crease. pressure sensor wiring is
nus (-). not damaged.
• Open circuit. Check that the charge air
pressure sensor is properly
installed.
Check the function of the
boost pressure sensor.
106 / 5 PID106 Boost pressure The engine jerks Check that the charge air D794 ENGINE,
sensor more than normal pressure sensor connector menu 6
• Short during accelera- is properly connected.
circuited to tion or load in- Check that the charge air
plus (+) or mi- crease. pressure sensor wiring is
nus (-). not damaged.
• Open circuit. Check that the charge air
pressure sensor is properly
installed.
Check the function of the
boost pressure sensor.
110 / 0 PID110 Coolant tempera- The engine con- Check coolant level. D794 ENGINE,
ture trol unit limits en- Check the intercooler menu 7
• Coolant tem- gine output. (cleanliness).
perature too Check if there’s air in cool-
high. ant system.
Check the cap on the ex-
pansion tank.
Check the function of the
coolant temperature sen-
sor.
Check the function of the
thermostat.
Code J1587
110 / 4 PID110 Coolant tempera- Preheating is acti- Check that the coolant tem- D794 ENGINE,
ture sensor. vated even if the perature sensor connector menu 7
• Short engine is warm. is properly connected.
circuited to The engine is diffi- Check that the coolant tem-
plus (+) or mi- cult to start. perature sensor wiring is
nus (-). not damaged.
• Open circuit. Check that the coolant tem-
perature sensor is properly
installed.
Check the function of the
coolant temperature sen-
sor.
110 / 5 PID110 Coolant tempera- Preheating is acti- Check that the coolant tem- D794 ENGINE,
ture sensor vated even if the perature sensor connector menu 7
• Short engine is warm. is properly connected.
circuited to The engine is diffi- Check that the coolant tem-
plus (+) or mi- cult to start. perature sensor wiring is
nus (-). not damaged.
• Open circuit. Check that the coolant tem-
perature sensor is properly
installed.
Check the function of the
coolant temperature sen-
sor.
111 / 1 PID111 Coolant level The engine con- Check coolant level. D794 -
• Low coolant trol unit limits en- Check the function of the
level. gine output. coolant level switch.
Engine stops.
153 / 0 PID153 Crankcase venti- Engine will shut Check whether crankcase D794 -
lation pressure down. ventilation is clogged.
• High crank- Check for wear or damage
case ventila- to the cylinder liner, piston
tion pressure. or piston rings.
Code J1587
153 / 3 PID153 Crankcase venti- - Check that the crankcase D794 -
lation pressure ventilation pressure sensor
sensor connector is properly con-
• Short nected.
circuited to Check that the crankcase
plus (+) or mi- ventilation pressure sensor
nus (-). wiring is not damaged.
• Open circuit. Check that the crankcase
ventilation pressure sensor
is properly installed.
Check the function of the
crankcase ventilation pres-
sure sensor.
175 / 0 PID175 Oil temperature The engine con- Check oil level. D794 ENGINE,
• Oil tempera- trol unit limits en- Check the oil temperature. menu 7
ture too high. gine output.
Check the function of the
oil temperature sensor.
Code J1587
175 / 4 PID175 Oil temperature - Check that the oil tempera- D794 ENGINE,
sensor ture sensor wiring is not menu 7
• Short damaged.
circuited to Check that the oil tempera-
plus (+) or mi- ture sensor is connected
nus (-). correctly.
• Open circuit.
175 / 5 PID175 Oil temperature - Check that the oil tempera- D794 ENGINE,
sensor ture sensor wiring is not menu 7
• Short damaged.
circuited to Check that the oil tempera-
plus (+) or mi- ture sensor is connected
nus (-). correctly.
• Open circuit.
190 / 0 PID190 Engine rpm - After stopping the engine, D794 ENGINE,
• Rpm too troubleshoot the cause of menu 2
high. high rpm.
608 / 3 PPID132 Rpm potentiome- Engine goes to Check that the potentiome- D794 -
ter connected to idle. ter is connected correctly.
CIU Rpm "freezes". Check that the potentiome-
• Short ter wiring is not damaged.
circuited to Check the function of the
plus (+) or mi- potentiometer.
nus (-).
• Sensor error.
608 / 4 PPID132 Rpm potentiome- Engine goes to Check that the potentiome- D794 -
ter connected to idle. ter is connected correctly.
CIU Rpm "freezes". Check that the potentiome-
• Short ter wiring is not damaged.
circuited to Check the function of the
plus (+) or mi- potentiometer.
nus (-).
• Sensor error.
608 / 9 PPID132 Rpm potentiome- Engine goes to Check that the potentiome- D794 -
ter connected to idle. ter is connected correctly.
CIU Rpm "freezes". Check that the potentiome-
• EMS2 has no ter wiring is not damaged.
signal from Check the function of the
the rpm po- potentiometer.
tentiometer.
Code J1587
608 / 9 PPID98 Engine synchro- - Check that the 8-pin con- D794 -
nisation confirma- nector is not damaged.
tion Check that the wiring be-
• Communica- tween CIU/DCU and the
tion error. engine control unit is not
damaged.
608 / 12 SID250 Data link J1587 - Check that the 8-pin con- D794 -
error. nector is not damaged.
Check that the wiring be-
tween CIU/DCU and the
engine control unit is not
damaged.
626 / 3 PID45 Preheating relay Preheating can- Check that the wiring to the D794 -
• Short not be activated. relay input is not damaged.
circuited to White exhaust at Check the function of the
plus (+) or mi- cold start. relay.
nus (-). Starting problems
• Open circuit. in cold climate.
626 / 4 PID45 Preheating relay Preheating is con- Check that the wiring to the D794 -
• Short tinually engaged. relay input is not damaged.
circuited to Preheating fuse Check the function of the
plus (+) or mi- blows. relay.
nus (-).
• Open circuit.
626 / 5 PID45 Preheating relay Preheating can- Check that the wiring to the D794 -
• Short not be activated. relay input is not damaged.
circuited to White exhaust at Check the function of the
plus (+) or mi- cold start. relay.
nus (-). Starting problems
• Open circuit. in cold climate.
629 / 3 SID254 CIU control unit CIU resumes fac- Reprogram the unit. D794 -
error tory settings.
• EEPROM, Engine goes to
CIU error. idle.
• Flash memo- Engine cannot be
ry, CIU error. started.
• CIU control
unit error.
Code J1587
629 / 8 SID254 CIU control unit CIU resumes fac- Reprogram the unit. D794 -
error tory settings.
• EEPROM, Engine goes to
CIU error. idle.
• Flash memo- Engine cannot be
ry, CIU error. started.
• CIU control
unit error.
629 / 12 SID254 CIU control unit CIU resumes fac- Reprogram the unit. D794 -
error tory settings.
• EEPROM, Engine goes to
CIU error. idle.
• Flash memo- Engine cannot be
ry, CIU error. started.
• CIU control
unit error.
630 / All SID253 Batch memory Engine cannot be Reprogram the unit. D794 -
EEPROM, EMS 2 started.
• Internal con-
trol unit error.
• Error during
program-
ming.
636 / 2 SID21 Rpm sensor, cam Engine takes Check that the rpm sensor D794 -
gear longer to start connector is properly con-
• Abnormal fre- than normal. En- nected.
quency. gine runs normal- Check that the rpm sensor
ly once started, wiring is not damaged.
• No signal. but only uses fly-
• Sensor error. wheel rpm sen- Check that the rpm sensor
sor. is properly installed in the
upper timing cover.
Check the function of the
rpm sensor.
Code J1587
636 / 3 SID21 Rpm sensor, cam Engine takes Check that the rpm sensor D794 -
gear longer to start connector is properly con-
• Abnormal fre- than normal. En- nected.
quency. gine runs normal- Check that the rpm sensor
ly once started, wiring is not damaged.
• No signal.
but only uses fly-
• Sensor error. wheel rpm sen- Check that the rpm sensor
sor. is properly installed in the
upper timing cover.
Check the function of the
rpm sensor.
636 / 8 SID21 Rpm sensor, cam Engine takes Check that the rpm sensor D794 -
gear longer to start connector is properly con-
• Abnormal fre- than normal. En- nected.
quency. gine runs normal- Check that the rpm sensor
ly once started, wiring is not damaged.
• No signal. but only uses fly-
• Sensor error. wheel rpm sen- Check that the rpm sensor
is properly installed in the
sor.
upper timing cover.
Check the function of the
rpm sensor.
637 / 2 SID22 Rpm sensor, fly- Engine extremely Check that the sensor con- D794 -
wheel. difficult to start nector is properly connect-
• No signal. and runs rough if ed.
it starts. Check that the rpm sensor
• Abnormal fre-
quency. Only uses rpm wiring is not damaged.
sensor for cam Check that the rpm sensor
• Intermittent gear. is properly installed in the
signal from
sensor. flywheel cover.
637 / 3 SID22 Rpm sensor, fly- Engine runs with Check that the sensor con- D794 -
wheel. inexact timing, nector is properly connect-
• No signal. which increases ed.
fuel consumption Check that the rpm sensor
• Abnormal fre- and exhaust
quency. wiring is not damaged.
emissions. Cylin-
• Intermittent Check that the rpm sensor
ders’ balance
signal from is properly installed in the
does not work,
sensor. flywheel cover.
which generates a
• Sensor error. risk of rough run- Check the function of the
ning. rpm sensor.
Code J1587
637 / 8 SID22 Rpm sensor, fly- Engine extremely Check that the sensor con- D794 -
wheel. difficult to start nector is properly connect-
• No signal. and runs rough if ed.
it starts. Check that the rpm sensor
• Abnormal fre-
quency. Only uses rpm wiring is not damaged.
sensor for cam Check that the rpm sensor
• Intermittent gear. is properly installed in the
signal from
sensor. flywheel cover.
639 / 2 SID231 Data link (CAN), The engine can- Check that the 8-pin con- D794 -
CIU not be started or, nector is not damaged.
• Data link er- if it can be started, Check that the wiring be-
ror (CAN), only stops with tween CIU and the engine
CIU. the exterior stop control unit is not dam-
button or auxiliary aged.
stop for EMS.
Instrument and
warning lamps
stop working.
639 / 2 SID240 EMS memory er- The engine will Reprogram the unit. D794 -
ror not start. Replace the control unit
• Engine con- (EMS).
trol unit
(EMS) mem-
ory error.
639 / 7 SID240 EMS memory er- The engine will Reprogram the unit. D794 -
ror not start. Replace the control unit
• Engine con- (EMS).
trol unit
(EMS) mem-
ory error.
639 / 11 SID240 EMS memory er- The engine will Reprogram the unit. D794 -
ror not start. Replace the control unit
• Engine con- (EMS).
trol unit
(EMS) mem-
ory error.
Code J1587
639 / 14 SID240 EMS memory er- The engine will Reprogram the unit. D794 -
ror not start. Replace the control unit
• Engine con- (EMS).
trol unit
(EMS) mem-
ory error.
651 - 656 / SID1 - 6 Injectors, cylin- Engine runs on 5 Check that the unit injector D794 -
2 der #1 - 6 cylinders. wiring is not damaged.
• Electrical er- Abnormal noise. Check that the injector con-
ror. Impaired perform- nections are not damaged.
• Compres- ance. Check the fuel feed pres-
sion or injec- Defective injector sure.
tor error. deactivated; "limp Check valve clearance.
home" with other Perform a compression
injectors. test and check cylinders #1
- 6.
651 - 656 / SID1 - 6 Injectors, cylin- Engine runs on 5 Check that the unit injector D794 -
3 der #1 - 6 cylinders. wiring is not damaged.
• Electrical er- Abnormal noise. Check that the injector con-
ror. Impaired perform- nections are not damaged.
• Compres- ance. Check the fuel feed pres-
sion or injec- Defective injector sure.
tor error. deactivated; "limp Check valve clearance.
home" with other Perform a compression
injectors. test and check cylinders #1
- 6.
651 - 656 / SID1 - 6 Injectors, cylin- Engine runs on 5 Check that the unit injector D794 -
4 der #1 - 6 cylinders. wiring is not damaged.
• Electrical er- Abnormal noise. Check that the injector con-
ror. Impaired perform- nections are not damaged.
• Compres- ance. Check the fuel feed pres-
sion or injec- Defective injector sure.
tor error. deactivated; "limp Check valve clearance.
home" with other Perform a compression
injectors. test and check cylinders #1
- 6.
Code J1587
651 - 656 / SID1 - 6 Injectors, cylin- Engine runs on 5 Check that the unit injector D794 -
5 der #1 - 6 cylinders. wiring is not damaged.
• Electrical er- Abnormal noise. Check that the injector con-
ror. Impaired perform- nections are not damaged.
• Compres- ance. Check the fuel feed pres-
sion or injec- Defective injector sure.
tor error. deactivated; "limp Check valve clearance.
home" with other Perform a compression
injectors. test and check cylinders #1
- 6.
651 - 656 / SID1 - 6 Injectors, cylin- - Check that the unit injector D794 -
7 der #1 - 6 wiring is not damaged.
• Electrical er- Check that the injector con-
ror. nections are not damaged.
• Compres- Check the fuel feed pres-
sion or injec- sure.
tor error. Check valve clearance.
Perform a compression
test and check cylinders #1
- 6.
651 - 656 / SID1 - 6 Injectors, cylin- - Check that the unit injector D794 -
9 der #1 - 6 wiring is not damaged.
• Electrical er- Check that the injector con-
ror. nections are not damaged.
• Compres- Check the fuel feed pres-
sion or injec- sure.
tor error. Check valve clearance.
Perform a compression
test and check cylinders #1
- 6.
Code J1587
651 - 656 / SID1 - 6 Injectors, cylin- - Check that the unit injector D794 -
12 der #1 - 6 wiring is not damaged.
• Electrical er- Check that the injector con-
ror. nections are not damaged.
• Compres- Check the fuel feed pres-
sion or injec- sure.
tor error. Check valve clearance.
Perform a compression
test and check cylinders #1
- 6.
677 / 3 PPID3 Start output / Engine cannot be Check that start key con- D794 -
Starter motor re- started. nections is not damaged.
lay Check that the start key
• Short wiring is not damaged.
circuited to
plus (+) or mi-
nus (-).
Activated too
long.
677 / 4 PPID3 Start output / Engine starts im- Check that start key con- D794 -
Starter motor re- mediately when nections is not damaged.
lay the ignition is Check that the start key
• Short switched on. wiring is not damaged.
circuited to
plus (+) or mi-
nus (-).
Activated too
long.
677 / 5 PPID3 Start output / Engine cannot be Check that start key con- D794 -
Starter motor re- started. nections is not damaged.
lay Check that the start key
• Short wiring is not damaged.
circuited to
plus (+) or mi-
nus (-).
Activated too
long.
Code J1587
1079 / 3 SID232 Voltage feed to Incorrect oil pres- Check that the oil pressure D794 -
sensor sure and charge and charge air pressure
• Short circuit. air pressure sen- sensor wiring is not dam-
sor values. aged.
• Sensor error.
Error code for oil Check the oil pressure and
pressure and charge air pressure sen-
charge air pres- sors.
sure sensors.
Low output.
Oil pressure and
boost pressure
gauges point to 0
in the instrument
panel.
1079 / 4 SID232 Voltage feed to Incorrect oil pres- Check that the oil pressure D794 -
sensor sure and charge and charge air pressure
• Short circuit. air pressure sen- sensor wiring is not dam-
sor values. aged.
• Sensor error.
Error code for oil Check the oil pressure and
pressure and charge air pressure sen-
charge air pres- sors.
sure sensors.
Low output.
Oil pressure and
boost pressure
gauges point to 0
in the instrument
panel.
2791 / 3 PPID19 Internal EGR The engine con- Check the wiring (boost D794 -
• Wiring error trol unit limits en- pressure sensor).
(boost pres- gine output. Contact an authorised Vol-
sure sensor). IEGR cannot be vo Penta workshop.
• Mechanical activated. Check the IEGR.
error on IE-
GR.
Code J1587
2791 / 4 PPID19 Internal EGR The engine con- Check the wiring (boost D794 -
• Wiring error trol unit limits en- pressure sensor).
(boost pres- gine output. Contact an authorised Vol-
sure sensor). IEGR cannot be vo Penta workshop.
• Mechanical activated. Check the IEGR.
error on IE-
GR.
2791 / 5 PPID19 Internal EGR The engine con- Check the wiring (boost D794 -
• Wiring error trol unit limits en- pressure sensor).
(boost pres- gine output. Contact an authorised Vol-
sure sensor). IEGR cannot be vo Penta workshop.
• Mechanical activated. Check the IEGR.
error on IE-
GR.
2791 / 7 PPID19 Internal EGR Could damage Check the wiring (boost D794 -
• Mechanical the turbine wheel pressure sensor).
error on IE- of the turbocharg- Contact an authorised Vol-
GR. er and increase vo Penta workshop.
force and emis-
Check the IEGR.
sions.
520194 / 3 PPID4 Start input CIU Engine cannot be Check that start key con- D794 -
• Short started. nections is not damaged.
circuited to Engine starts im- Check that the start key
minus (-). mediately when wiring is not damaged.
• Activated too the ignition is
long. switched on.
520194 / 4 PPID4 Start input CIU Engine cannot be Check that start key con- D794 -
• Short started. nections is not damaged.
circuited to Engine starts im- Check that the start key
minus (-). mediately when wiring is not damaged.
• Activated too the ignition is
long. switched on.
520195 / 4 PPID6 Stop input EMS The engine can Check that the connections D794 -
• Short only be stopped and wiring are not dam-
circuited to with the auxiliary aged.
minus (-). stop.
• Activated too
long.
engine)
Description Limitation Action Connec- Diagnos-
tions and tic menu
compo-
nents
Code Flash J1587
94/ 3.6 PID94/ Fuel pressure No limitation. Check cabling be- D794/B:16 -
FMI FMI sensor, short tween control unit and
circuited to volt- component.
age, ground, or Check the sensor.
open circuit.
94/ 3.8 PID94/ Low fuel pres- No limitation. Change fuel filter. - -
FMI FMI sure (feed). Change fuel pre-filter.
Check if pressure can
be built up with the
hand pump.
98/ 5.7 PID98/ Low oil level. No limitation. Check oil level. - ENGINE,
FMI FMI menu 6
98/ 5.9 PID98/ Oil level sensor, No limitation. Check cabling be- D794/B:3, ENGINE,
FMI FMI short circuited to tween control unit and B:4, A:31 menu 6
voltage, ground, component.
or open circuit. Check the sensor.
100/1 6.6 PID100/ Low engine oil Engine will shut Check oil level. - ENGINE,
1 pressure. down. Change oil filter. menu 6
100/4 3.1 PID100/ Oil pressure No limitation. Check cabling be- D794/B:11 ENGINE,
4 sensor, open cir- tween control unit and menu 6
cuit or short cir- component.
cuit to ground. Check the sensor.
102/0 3.5 PID102/ Boost pressure No limitation. Check the turbocharg- - ENGINE,
0 too high. er. menu 6
Check the sensor.
Check fuel quality and
injectors.
102/1 3.5 PID102/ Boost pressure Reduced engine Check the air filter. - ENGINE,
1 too low. power. Check the turbocharg- menu 6
er.
Check the sensor.
Check the fuel feed
pressure.
102/3 3.4 PID102/ Sensor boost The engine jerks Check cabling be- D794/A:22 ENGINE,
3 pressure, cable more than normal tween control unit and menu 7
short-circuited to during acceleration component.
voltage. or load. Check the sensor.
102/4 3.4 PID102/ Boost pressure The engine jerks Check cabling be- D794/A:22 ENGINE,
4 sensor, cable more than normal tween control unit and menu 7
short circuited to during acceleration component.
ground or open or load. Check the sensor.
circuit.
105/0 6.2 PID105/ High charge-air Engine will shut Check coolant level. - ENGINE,
0 temperature. down. Check that the charge- menu 7
air cooler is clean.
Check thermostat.
Check the sensor.
105/3 3.2 PID105/ Charge air tem- No limitation. Check cabling be- D794/A:47 ENGINE,
3 perature sen- tween control unit and menu 7
sor, cable short component.
circuited to sup- Check the sensor.
ply voltage or
open circuit.
106/ 3.4 PID106/ Boost pressure The engine jerks Check cabling be- D794/A:22 ENGINE,
FMI FMI sensor, short cir- more than normal tween control unit and menu 6
cuit to voltage, during acceleration component.
ground or open or load. Check the sensor.
circuit.
106/ 3.5 PID106/ High charge air No limitation. Check cabling be- - ENGINE,
FMI FMI pressure. tween control unit and menu 6
component.
Check the sensor.
110/0 6.1 PID110/ High coolant No limitation. Check coolant level. - ENGINE,
0 temperature. Check that radiator is menu 7
clean.
Check thermostat.
Check the cap on the
expansion tank.
Check if there’s air in
coolant system.
Check the sensor.
110/3 3.3 PID110/ Coolant temper- Preheating is acti- Check cabling be- D794/B:27 ENGINE,
3 ature sensor, ca- vated even if engine tween control unit and menu 7
ble short is warm. component.
circuited to sup- Check the sensor.
ply voltage or
open circuit.
110/4 3.3 PID110/ Coolant temper- Preheating is acti- Check cabling be- D794/B:27 ENGINE,
4 ature sensor, ca- vated even if engine tween control unit and menu 7
ble short is warm. component.
circuited to Check the sensor.
ground.
111/1 2.2 PID111/ Low coolant lev- No limitation. Check the coolant lev- - -
1 el. el, top up if needed.
Check the sensor.
153/ 7.7 PID153/ Crankcase ven- No limitation. Check cabling be- D794/B:28 -
FMI FMI tilation pressure tween control unit and
sensor, short cir- component.
cuit to voltage, Check the sensor.
ground or open
circuit.
158/ 3.9 PID158/ Low battery volt- Engine may be diffi- Check and charge the - -
FMI FMI age. cult to start. batteries.
Check the alternator.
Check the battery ca-
bles.
172/ 7.9 PID172/ Intake air tem- No limitation. Check cabling be- D794/A:47 ENGINE,
FMI FMI perature sen- tween control unit and menu 7
sor, short circuit component.
to voltage, Check the sensor.
ground, or open
circuit.
175/0 5.8 PID175/ High engine oil Reduced engine Check oil level. - ENGINE,
0 temperature. power. Check the lubrication menu 7
system’s thermostat.
Check the sensor.
175/3 3.7 PID175/ Oil temperature No limitation. Check cabling be- D794/A:31, ENGINE,
3 sensor, cable tween control unit and B:3, B:4 menu 7
short circuited to component.
supply voltage Check the sensor.
or open circuit.
175/4 3.7 PID175/ Oil temperature No limitation. Check cabling be- D794/A:31, ENGINE,
4 sensor, cable tween control unit and B:3, B:4 menu 7
short circuited to component.
ground. Check the sensor.
608/ - PPID98/ Signal error for No limitation. Check the CAN bus - CAN/POW-
FMI FMI start and stop. drivetrain. ER, menu 3
620/3 9.3 SID232/ Voltage feed to Several error codes Check cabling be- D794/B:17 -
1079/ 3 sensor, cable for sensor error. tween control unit and
2 short circuited to Reduced engine component.
voltage. power.
Incorrect instrument
values.
620/4 9.3 SID232/ Voltage feed to Several error codes Check cabling be- D794/B:17 -
1079/ 4 sensor, cable for sensor error. tween control unit and
3 short circuited to Reduced engine component.
ground. power.
Incorrect instrument
values.
626/3 5.4 PID45/3 Preheating re- Preheating cannot Check cabling be- D794/B:25 ENGINE,
lay, cable short be activated. tween control unit and menu 5
circuited to volt- component.
age. Check the relay.
626/4 5.4 PID45/4 Preheating re- Preheating is contin- Check cabling be- D794/B:25 ENGINE,
lay, cable short ually activated. tween control unit and menu 5
circuited to component.
ground. Check the relay.
626/5 5.4 PID45/5 Preheating re- Preheating cannot Check cabling be- D794/B:25 ENGINE,
lay, open circuit be activated. tween control unit and menu 5
on cable or de- component.
fective compo- Check the relay.
nent.
629/ 9.9 SID254/ Engine control The engine will not Change the control - -
FMI FMI unit (D794), in- start. unit.
ternal fault. Engine runs roughly.
630/ 9.9 SID253/ Engine control The engine will not Re-program the con- - -
FMI FMI unit (D794), start. trol unit.
memory error.
636/8 2.5 SID21/8 Sensor engine Engine takes longer Check cabling be- D794/B:45, -
rpm, camshaft, time to start than tween control unit and B:46
abnormal fre- normal. Engine runs component.
quency. normally when it has Check the sensor.
started.
637/2 2.4 SID22/2 Engine rpm sen- Engine is extremely Check cabling be- D794/B:37, ENGINE,
sor, flywheel, ir- difficult to start and tween control unit and B:38 menu 2
regular signal. runs rough, if it component.
starts. Check the sensor.
637/3 2.4 SID22/3 Sensor engine Engine is extremely Check cabling be- D794/B:37, ENGINE,
rpm, flywheel, difficult to start and tween control unit and B:38 menu 2
abnormal fre- runs rough, if it component.
quency. starts. Check the sensor.
637/8 2.4 SID22/8 Sensor engine Engine is extremely Check cabling be- D794/B:37, ENGINE,
rpm, flywheel, difficult to start and tween control unit and B:38 menu 2
abnormal fre- runs rough, if it component.
quency. starts. Check that the sensor
is connected correctly.
639/ 6.5 SID231/ Communication Engine off: engine Use diagnostic menu D794/B:51, CAN/POW-
FMI FMI error with En- cannot be started. to find incorrect seg- B:55 ER, menu 3
2017/ PSID20 gine control unit Engine on: engine ment.
FMI 1/FMI (D794), configu- goes to idle and can Check cabling be-
ration error. only be stopped by tween control unit and
using the emergen- component.
cy stop. Check the control unit.
639/ 6.4 SID231/ Communication Instruments and Use diagnostic menu - CAN/POW-
FMI FMI error with En- controls do not work. to find incorrect seg- ER, menu 3
gine control unit ment.
(D794), configu- Check cabling be-
ration error. tween control unit and
component.
Check the control unit.
639/ 9.9 SID240/ Engine control It may not be possi- Re-program the con- - -
FMI FMI unit, memory er- ble to start the en- trol unit.
ror. gine.
651/3 7.1 SID1/3 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:20, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:24
1. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
651/4 7.1 SID1/4 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:20, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:24
1. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
651/5 7.1 SID1/5 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:20, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:24
1. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
651/7 7.1 SID1/7 Incorrect com- Runs rough at low Check fuel pressure. D794/A:20, -
pression or de- rpms and low load. Check valve clear- A:24
fective injector ance.
cylinder 1.
Check cabling be-
tween control unit and
component.
Check the injector.
Perform compression
test and check cylinder
1.
651/ 7.1 SID1/11 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:20, -
11 injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:24
1. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
652/2 7.2 SID2/2 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:20, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:24
1. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
652/3 7.2 SID2/3 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:12, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:16
1. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
652/5 7.2 SID2/5 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:12, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:16
1. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
652/7 7.2 SID2/7 Incorrect com- Runs rough at low Check fuel pressure. D794/A:12, -
pression or de- rpms and low load. Check valve clear- A:16
fective injector ance.
cylinder 2.
Check cabling be-
tween control unit and
component.
Check the injector.
Perform compression
test and check cylinder
2.
652/ 123 SID2/11 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:12, -
11 DTC injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:16
7.2 2. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
653/2 7.3 SID3/2 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:28, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:32
3. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
653/3 7.3 SID3/3 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:28, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:32
3. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
653/4 7.3 SID3/4 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:28, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:32
3. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
653/5 7.3 SID3/5 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:28, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:32
3. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
653/ 7.3 SID3/11 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:28, -
11 injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:32
3. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/2 140 SID4/2 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:52, -
DTC injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:56
7.4 4. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/3 7.4 SID4/3 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:52, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:56
4. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/4 7.4 SID4/4 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:52, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:56
4. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/5 7.4 SID4/5 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:52, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:56
4. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
654/ 7.4 SID4/11 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:52, -
11 injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:56
4. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
655/2 7.5 SID5/2 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:44, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:48
5. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
655/3 7.5 SID5/3 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:44, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:48
5. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
655/4 7.5 SID5/4 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:44, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:48
5. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
655/5 7.5 SID5/5 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:44, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:48
5. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
655/ 7.5 SID5/11 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:44, -
11 injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:48
5. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
656/2 7.6 SID6/2 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:36, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:40
6. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the component.
656/3 7.6 SID6/3 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:36, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:40
6. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
656/4 7.6 SID6/4 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:36, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:40
6. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
656/5 7.6 SID6/5 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:36, -
injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:40
6. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
656/ 7.6 SID6/11 Electric failure, Engine runs on 5 Check cabling be- D794/A:36, -
11 injector cylinder cylinders, sounds tween control unit and A:40
6. rough and has re- component.
duced power. Check the injector.
677/ 6.3 PPID3/ Starter motor re- The engine will not Check cabling be- D794/B:29 ENGINE,
FMI FMI lay, short circuit start. tween control unit and menu 5
SID39/ to voltage/ Engine starts imme- component.
FMI ground. diately when ignition Check the motor.
is turned on.
1485/ 5.1 PPID5/3 Main relay, ca- The instrument pan- Check cabling be- D794/A:8 -
3 ble short el loses voltage tween control unit and
circuited to volt- when the ignition component.
age. key is turned to the Check the relay.
start position. The
engine will not start.
52019 6.8 PPID8/ Piston cooling No limitation. Check cabling be- D794/B:14 -
2/FMI FMI pressure sen- tween control unit and
sor, short component.
circuited to volt- Check the sensor.
age, ground, or
open circuit.
52019 6.7 PPID8/ Low piston cool- No limitation. Check that engine oil - -
2/FMI FMI ing pressure pressure is over 175
kPa.
2 Transmission
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Control unit transmission can generate two modes with reduced func-
tionality to protect the transmission in case of serious malfunctions:
• "Limp home", indicated in display with "LH".
In this mode only 1-2 gear in both directions can be used. If the
malfunction occurs in a higher gear then downshifting has to be
performed manually to 1st gear or 2nd.
• "Shutdown", indicated in display with "Sd".
In this mode, the transmission is in permanent neutral position as
there is no oil pressure to enable selection of a gear.
Connec-
tions and Diagnos-
Description Limitation Action
compo- tic menu
nents
Code
00/50 Memory error in con- Transmission locked in - - -
trol unit transmission. neutral (shutdown).
20/60 Sensor oil pressure Transmission locked in Check cabling between con- D793/A:2 - TRANSM,
(B253) indicates low neutral (shutdown). trol unit and component. B253 menu 10
oil pressure when Check the solenoid valve.
there should be pres-
sure.
20/61 The oil pressure sen- Transmission locked in Check cabling between con- D793/A:2 - TRANSM,
sor (B253) indicates oil neutral (shutdown). trol unit and component. B253 menu 10
pressure when there Check the solenoid valve.
should not be pres-
sure.
21/02 Solenoid valves VFS Transmission locked in Check cabling between the D793/D1 - TRANSM,
short-circuiting to volt- neutral (shutdown). control unit and the compo- Y6069, menu 7
age, ground, or open nent with diagnostic menu. D793/F2 -
circuit. Check the solenoid valve. Y6075
30/04 Low battery voltage. Control unit saves stored in- Check cabling to control unit. - CAN/POW-
formation to flash memory Check alternator, battery ER, menu
and restarts to clear memo- and cabling between battery 12
ry. and alternator.
Connec-
tions and Diagnos-
Description Limitation Action
compo- tic menu
nents
Code
30/05 High battery voltage. Control unit receives re- Check voltage feed. - CAN/POW-
duced proportional control If auxiliary start equipment is ER, menu
precision depending on re- connected, disconnect it. 12
duced PWM work cycle.
31/00 Reference voltage Control unit receives re- Check voltage feed. - CAN/POW-
sensor 8 V, too low. duced sensor signals. Check the control unit. ER, menu
12
31/01 Reference voltage Control unit receives re- Check voltage feed. - CAN/POW-
sensor 8 V, too high. duced sensor signals. Check the control unit. ER, menu
12
40/06 Incorrect direction Control unit locks transmis- Check cabling to gear selec- - TRANSM,
from gear selector. sion in neutral. tor with regards to forward menu 2
and reverse signal.
41/06 Incorrect gear selec- Control unit doesn’t allow Check cabling to gear selec- - TRANSM,
tion from gear selector. change of range, however, tor with regards to signal menu 2
operation of machine is range.
possible.
42/04 Actual gear ratio too Control unit indicates that Check transmission with - TRANSM,
low. one or several clutches are purpose to understand if menu 6
slipping. and, if that is the case, which
clutch is slipping.
Check the set gear ratio for
the control unit.
42/05 Actual gear ratio too Control unit indicates that Check transmission with - TRANSM,
high. one or several clutches are purpose to understand if menu 6
slipping. and, if that is the case, which
clutch is slipping.
Check the set gear ratio for
the control unit.
43/03 Signal from Sensor en- Control unit indicates the Check cabling between con- D793/H3 - TRANSM,
gine rpm and oil tem- error. trol unit and component. B758/766 menu 10
perature transmission Check the sensor.
(B758/766) outside
valid interval.
43/07 Torque converter tem- Control unit indicates the Check transmission oil cool- D793/H3 - TRANSM,
perature exceeds 100 error to make operator er, clean as needed. B758/766 menu 10
°C. aware of the warning’s lev- Check the thermostat in the
el. transmission oil cooler.
Connec-
tions and Diagnos-
Description Limitation Action
compo- tic menu
nents
Code
43/08 Torque converter tem- The control unit protects the Check transmission oil cool- D793/H3 - TRANSM,
perature exceeds 125 transmission and does not er, clean as needed. B758/766 menu 10
°C. allow the temperature in the Check the thermostat in the
torque converter to exceed transmission oil cooler.
the limit value.
The control unit locks the
transmission in neutral po-
sition, the engine is restrict-
ed to 50% of max. rpm.
44/10 Faulty signal for accel- - Use diagnostic menu to find - CAN/POW-
erator pedal position incorrect segment. ER, menu 4
from engine control
unit (D794).
50/00 Sensor oil pressure Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/A:2 - TRANSM,
(B253), short-circuited trol unit and component. B253 menu 10
to ground. Check the sensor.
50/01 Sensor oil pressure Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/A:2 - TRANSM,
(B253), not connected trol unit and component. B253 menu 10
or open circuit. Check the sensor.
51/00 Sensor engine rpm The control unit limits the Check cabling between con- D793/H3 - TRANSM,
and oil temperature transmission’s temperature trol unit and component. B758/766 menu 10
transmission (B758/ measurement to the lowest Check the sensor.
766) short-circuited to value in its settings, which
ground. results in poor temperature
compensation.
51/01 Sensor engine rpm The control unit limits the Check cabling between con- D793/H3 - TRANSM,
and oil temperature transmission’s temperature trol unit and component. B758/766 menu 10
transmission (B758/ measurement to the highest Check the sensor.
766) not connected or value in its settings, which
open circuit. results in poor temperature
compensation.
52/00 Sensor oil temperature The control unit limits the Check cabling between con- D793/J3 - TRANSM,
(S221) short-circuited transmission’s temperature trol unit and component. S221 menu 10
to ground. measurement to the highest Check the sensor.
value in its settings, which
results in poor temperature
compensation.
Connec-
tions and Diagnos-
Description Limitation Action
compo- tic menu
nents
Code
52/01 Sensor oil temperature The control unit limits the Check cabling between con- D793/J3 - TRANSM,
(S221) open circuit. transmission’s temperature trol unit and component. S221 menu 10
measurement to the highest Check the sensor.
value in its settings, which
results in poor temperature
compensation.
60/00 Sensor rpm drum When only one rpm signal Check cable between con- D793/C3 - TRANSM,
(B752) short-circuited that is not the engine rpm trol unit and component. B752 menu 6
to ground. signal is incorrect, the con- Check component.
trol unit calculates the miss-
ing rpm.
If several rpm signals or if
the engine rpm signal are
defective, the control unit
activates Limp-home.
60/01 Sensor rpm drum When only one rpm signal Check cable between con- D793/C3 - TRANSM,
(B752) not connected. that is not the engine rpm trol unit and component. B752 menu 6
signal is incorrect, the con- Check component.
trol unit calculates the miss-
ing rpm.
If several rpm signals or if
the engine rpm signal are
defective, the control unit
activates Limp-home.
61/00 Sensor rpm output When only one rpm signal Check cable between con- D793/D3 - TRANSM,
shaft (B758) short- that is not the engine rpm trol unit and component. B758 menu 6
circuited to ground. signal is incorrect, the con- Check component.
trol unit calculates the miss-
ing rpm.
If several rpm signals or if
the engine rpm signal are
defective, the control unit
activates Limp-home.
Connec-
tions and Diagnos-
Description Limitation Action
compo- tic menu
nents
Code
61/01 Sensor rpm output When only one rpm signal Check cable between con- D793/D3 - TRANSM,
shaft (B758) not con- that is not the engine rpm trol unit and component. B758 menu 6
nected. signal is incorrect, the con- Check component.
trol unit calculates the miss-
ing rpm.
If several rpm signals or if
the engine rpm signal are
defective, the control unit
activates Limp-home.
62/00 Sensor engine rpm When only one rpm signal Check cable between con- D793/F3 - TRANSM,
(B758/766), short- that is not the engine rpm trol unit and component. B758/766 menu 6
circuited to ground. signal is incorrect, the con- Check component.
trol unit calculates the miss-
ing rpm.
If several rpm signals or if
the engine rpm signal are
defective, the control unit
activates Limp-home.
62/01 Sensor engine rpm When only one rpm signal Check cable between con- D793/F3 - TRANSM,
(B758/766), not con- that is not the engine rpm trol unit and component. B758/766 menu 6
nected or has open cir- signal is incorrect, the con- Check component.
cuit. trol unit calculates the miss-
ing rpm.
If several rpm signals or if
the engine rpm signal are
defective, the control unit
activates Limp-home.
63/00 Sensor rpm turbine When only one rpm signal Check cable between con- D793/R2 - TRANSM,
(B751) short-circuited that is not the engine rpm trol unit and component. B751 menu 6
to ground. signal is incorrect, the con- Check component.
trol unit calculates the miss-
ing rpm.
If several rpm signals or if
the engine rpm signal are
defective, the control unit
activates Limp-home.
Connec-
tions and Diagnos-
Description Limitation Action
compo- tic menu
nents
Code
63/01 Sensor rpm turbine When only one rpm signal Check cable between con- D793/R2 - TRANSM,
(B751) not connected. that is not the engine rpm trol unit and component. B751 menu 6
signal is incorrect, the con- Check component.
trol unit calculates the miss-
ing rpm.
If several rpm signals or if
the engine rpm signal are
defective, the control unit
activates Limp-home.
70/00 Solenoid valve VFS Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/B1 - TRANSM,
front (Y630), short- trol unit and component. Y630, C1 - menu 8
circuited to each other, Check the solenoid valve. Y630
signal cable short-
circuited to voltage, or
plus-cable short-
circuited to frame
ground.
70/01 Solenoid valve VFS Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/B1 - TRANSM,
forward (Y630) open trol unit and component. Y630, C1 - menu 8
circuit or short- Check the solenoid valve. Y630
circuited voltage.
70/02 Solenoid valve VFS Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/B1 - TRANSM,
forward (Y630), control trol unit and component. Y630, C1 - menu 9
current higher than Check the solenoid valve. Y630
1400 mA.
70/03 Solenoid valve VFS Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/B1 - TRANSM,
forward (Y630), control trol unit and component. Y630, C1 - menu 9
current outside ap- Check the solenoid valve. Y630
proved interval. Incor-
rect impedance.
71/00 Solenoid valve VFS 2/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/D1 - TRANSM,
4 (Y6069), short- trol unit and component. Y6069, E1 menu 8
circuited to each other, Check the solenoid valve. - Y6069
signal cable short-
circuited to voltage, or
plus-cable short-
circuited to frame
ground.
71/01 Solenoid valve VFS 2/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/D1 - TRANSM,
4 (Y6069) open circuit trol unit and component. Y6069, E1 menu 8
or short-circuited volt- Check the solenoid valve. - Y6069
age.
Connec-
tions and Diagnos-
Description Limitation Action
compo- tic menu
nents
Code
71/02 Solenoid valve VFS 2/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/D1 - TRANSM,
4 (Y6069), control cur- trol unit and component. Y6069, E1 menu 9
rent higher than 1400 Check the solenoid valve. - Y6069
mA.
71/03 Solenoid valve VFS 2/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/D1 - TRANSM,
4 (Y6069), control cur- trol unit and component. Y6069, E1 menu 9
rent outside approved Check the solenoid valve. - Y6069
interval (incorrect im-
pedance).
72/00 Solenoid valve VFS re- Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/F1 - TRANSM,
verse (Y631), cables trol unit and component. Y631, G1 - menu 8
short-circuited to each Check the solenoid valve. Y631
other, signal cable
short-circuited to volt-
age, or plus-cable
short-circuited to
frame ground.
72/01 Solenoid valve VFS re- Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/F1 - TRANSM,
verse (Y631) open cir- trol unit and component. Y631, G1 - menu 8
cuit or short-circuited Check the solenoid valve. Y631
voltage.
72/02 Solenoid valve VFS re- Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/F1 - TRANSM,
verse (Y631), control trol unit and component. Y631, G1 - menu 9
current higher than Check the solenoid valve. Y631
1400 mA.
72/03 Solenoid valve VFS re- Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/F1 - TRANSM,
verse (Y631), control trol unit and component. Y631, G1 - menu 9
current outside ap- Check the solenoid valve. Y631
proved interval (incor-
rect impedance).
73/00 Solenoid valve VFS 1/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/H1 - TRANSM,
3 (Y6067), cables trol unit and component. Y6067, J1 - menu 8
short-circuited to each Check the solenoid valve. Y6067
other, signal cable
short-circuited to volt-
age, or plus-cable
short-circuited to
frame ground.
73/01 Solenoid valve VFS 1/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/H1 - TRANSM,
3 (Y6067) open circuit trol unit and component. Y6067, J1 - menu 8
or short-circuited volt- Check the solenoid valve. Y6067
age.
Connec-
tions and Diagnos-
Description Limitation Action
compo- tic menu
nents
Code
73/02 Solenoid valve VFS 1/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/H1 - TRANSM,
3 (Y6067), control cur- trol unit and component. Y6067, J1 - menu 9
rent higher than 1400 Check the solenoid valve. Y6067
mA.
73/03 Solenoid valve VFS 1/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/H1 - TRANSM,
3 (Y6067), control cur- trol unit and component. Y6067, J1 - menu 9
rent outside approved Check the solenoid valve. Y6067
interval (incorrect im-
pedance).
80/00 Solenoid valve RSP Transmission locked in Check cabling between con- D793/K1 - TRANSM,
Drive (Y6066), cable neutral (shutdown). trol unit and component. Y6066 menu 7
short-circuited to Check the solenoid valve.
frame ground.
80/01 Solenoid valve RSP Transmission locked in Check cabling between con- D793/K1 - TRANSM,
Drive (Y6066), cable is neutral (shutdown). trol unit and component. Y6066 menu 7
not connected or Check the solenoid valve.
short-circuited to volt-
age.
81/00 Solenoid valve VFS 2/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/E2 - TRANSM,
4 (Y6074), cable short- trol unit and component. Y6074 menu 7
circuited to frame Check the solenoid valve.
ground.
81/01 Solenoid valve VSF 2/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/E2 - TRANSM,
4 (Y6074), cable is not trol unit and component. Y6074 menu 7
connected or short- Check the solenoid valve.
circuited to voltage.
82/00 Solenoid valve VFS 1/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/F2 - TRANSM,
3 (Y6075), cable short- trol unit and component. Y6075 menu 7
circuited to frame Check the solenoid valve.
ground.
82/01 Solenoid valve VSF 1/ Transmission in limp-home. Check cabling between con- D793/F2 - TRANSM,
3 (Y6075), cable is not trol unit and component. Y6075 menu 7
connected or short- Check the solenoid valve.
circuited to voltage.
83/00 Solenoid valve RSP Transmission locked in Check cabling to solenoid D793/K2 - TRANSM,
Drive (Y6066), cable neutral (shutdown). valve drive Y6066 menu 7
short-circuited to Check solenoid valve drive.
frame ground.
Connec-
tions and Diagnos-
Description Limitation Action
compo- tic menu
nents
Code
83/01 Solenoid valve RSP Transmission locked in Check cabling to solenoid D793/K2 - TRANSM,
Drive (Y6066), cable is neutral (shutdown). valve drive Y6066 menu 7
not connected or Check solenoid valve drive.
short-circuited to volt-
age.
8 Control system
mm mm mm mm mm mm
11 Error in cable, CAN – Use diagnostic menu to Varies depend- CAN/POW- 11.6.2 Redun-
network, segment 1. find incorrect segment. ing on machine ER, menu 1- dant CAN-bus
configuration. 3
12 Error in cable, CAN – Use diagnostic menu to Varies depend- CAN/POW- 11.6.2 Redun-
network, segment 2. find incorrect segment. ing on machine ER, menu 1- dant CAN-bus
configuration. 3
13 Error in cable, CAN – Use diagnostic menu to Varies depend- CAN/POW- 11.6.2 Redun-
network, segment 3. find incorrect segment. ing on machine ER, menu 1- dant CAN-bus
configuration. 3
14 Error in cable, CAN – Use diagnostic menu to Varies depend- CAN/POW- 11.6.2 Redun-
network, segment 4. find incorrect segment. ing on machine ER, menu 2 dant CAN-bus
configuration. and 3
15 Error in cable, CAN – Use diagnostic menu to Varies depend- CAN/POW- 11.6.2 Redun-
network, segment 5. find incorrect segment. ing on machine ER, menu 1- dant CAN-bus
configuration. 3
19 Accelerator pedal 2 Accelerator Calibrate the gas pedal, D790-1/K6:12 – CALIBRA- 1. Engine
VBFS not calibrated. pedal for rear- see the section 8 Control R690-2 TION: DRIV-
ward operation system, group 8.5.2.3 Cal- ETRAIN,
not working. En- ibrate DRIVE-TRAIN. menu 5 and
gine speed lim- 6
ited to idling
speed.
21 Communication error Gear selection Use diagnostic menu to D790-1/K13:1 – CAN/POW- 11.6.3 CAN-
with transmission not working. check communication. D793/M2 ER, menu 4 bus drivetrain
control unit (D793). Check the wiring between D790-1/K13:2 –
cab control unit (D790-1) D793/L2
and transmission control
unit (D793).
22 Communication error Engine does not Use diagnostic menu to Volvo: D790-1/ CAN/POW- 11.6.3 CAN-
with Control unit en- react to com- check communication. K13:1, K13:2 – ER, menu 4 bus drivetrain
gine (D794). mands from Check the wiring between D794/2, 1
cab. cab control unit (D790-1) Cummins: D790-
and engine control unit 1/K13:1, K13:2 –
(D794) D794/46, 37
23 Setup file cannot be No controls Contact Kalmar Industries D790-1 – 11.5.3.1 Con-
read in cab control working in cab. AB. trol unit cab
unit (D790-1).
24 Electric power feed Cab fan not Check fuse F58-5/3. D790-1/K2:8 – – 9.4.3 Cab fan
to cab fan less than working. 58-5/3:2
18 V.
25 Interference during Error code Switch the ignition off and D794 ENGINE, 11.5.3.10 Con-
software download. stored in engine on. menu 8 trol unit engine
26
Buffer for error codes control unit Repeat software down-
27 from engine control (D794). load.
unit (D794), active
28
error code when
29 downloading.
30
31 Incorrect power sup- Control in cab Check fuse F58-5/1. D790-1/K1:2, CAN/POW- 11.5.1.3 Igni-
ply to cab control unit not working. Check cabling between K1:3, K1:4 – ER, menu 7 tion voltage
(D790-1). Voltage the control unit and the F58-5/1:1, 1:2 (15)
under 18 V or over 32 component with diagnos-
V. tic menu.
Check the control unit.
33 No feedback signal The emergency Check fuse F58-3/8. D790-1/K11:13 – CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4 Emer-
for emergency stop stop switch can- Check cabling between K3009-1/87 ER, menu 5 gency stop
switch voltage from not be disen- the control unit and the switch voltage
emergency stop gaged. All component with diagnos- (15E)
switch voltage relay hydraulic func- tic menu.
(K3009-1). tions are
blocked.
34 Faulty signal from Parking brake Check cabling between D791-1/K8:5 – HYD, menu 4.5 Parking
parking brake switch cannot be re- the control unit and the S107/7 5 brake
(S107); indicates re- leased. component with diagnos- D791-1/K8:13 –
leased and applied at tic menu. S107/1
same time or nothing Check the switch.
at all.
35 Interference during Error code Switch the ignition off and D793 TRANSM, 11.5.3.9 Con-
software download. stored in trans- on. menu 13 trol unit trans-
36
Buffer for error codes mission control Repeat software down- mission
37 from transmission unit (D793). load.
control unit (D793),
38
active error code
39 when downloading.
40
41 Transistor has been Windshield wip- Check cabling between D790-1/K2:4 – CAB, menu 9.5.7 Wiper
triggered due to short er rear not the control unit and the M650-2/53 3 motor rear
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos-
in circuit for rear wip- tic menu.
er motor (M650-2). Check the motor.
42 Transistor has been Rotating bea- Check cabling between D790-1/K2:5 – LIGHTS, 9.6.8 Rotating
triggered due to short con not work- the control unit and the H428 menu 6 beacon
circuit or open circuit ing. component with diagnos-
in circuit for rotating tic menu.
beacon (H428). Check the component.
43 Transistor has been Left cab revers- Check bulb. D790-1/K2:6 – LIGHTS, 9.6.5 Back-up
triggered due to short ing light not Check cabling between E405L menu 8 light
circuit or open circuit working. the control unit and the
in circuit for left re- component with diagnos-
versing light (E405L). tic menu.
45 Transistor has been Windshield wip- Check cabling between D790-1/K2:1 – CAB, menu 9.5.5 Wiper
triggered due to short er front not the control unit and the M650-1/53 2 motor front
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos-
in circuit for front wip- tic menu.
er motor (M650-1). Check the component.
46 Transistor has been Cab fan not Check cabling between D790-1/K2:2 – CLIMATE, 9.4.3 Cab fan
triggered due to short working. the control unit and the M657/2 menu 6
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for fan mo- tic menu.
tor (M657). Check the motor.
47 Transistor has been Recirculation Check cabling between D790-1/K2:3 – CLIMATE, 9.4.2 Fresh air
triggered due to short damper to venti- the control unit and the M612/3 menu 6 filter and recir-
circuit or open circuit lation not work- component with diagnos- culation damp-
in circuit for recircula- ing. tic menu. er
tion actuating motor Check the motor.
(M612).
48 Transistor has been Heat in cab can- Check cabling between D790-1/K4:1 – CLIMATE, 9.4.5 Water
triggered due to short not be adjusted. the control unit and the Y673/5 menu 7 valve
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for water tic menu.
valve (Y673). Check the motor.
49 Transistor has been Heat in cab can- Check cabling between D790-1/K4:2 – CLIMATE, 9.4.5 Water
triggered due to short not be adjusted. the control unit and the Y673/6 menu 7 valve
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for water tic menu.
valve (Y673). Check the motor.
50 Transistor has been Air distribution Check cabling between D790-1/K4:3 – CLIMATE, 9.4.14 Air dis-
triggered due to short in cab cannot the control unit and the Y672/5 menu 8 tributor
circuit or open circuit be adjusted. component with diagnos-
in circuit for actuating tic menu.
motor (Y672). Check the motor.
51 Transistor has been Air distribution Check cabling between D790-1/K4:4 – CLIMATE, 9.4.14 Air dis-
triggered due to short in cab cannot the control unit and the Y672/6 menu 8 tributor
circuit or open circuit be adjusted. component with diagnos-
in circuit for actuating tic menu.
motor (Y672). Check the motor.
53 Transistor has been Windshield Check cabling between D790-1/K5:4 – CAB, menu 9.5.4 Washer
triggered due to short washer rear and the control unit and the M651-2 1 motor and res-
circuit or open circuit roof not work- component with diagnos- ervoir
in circuit for roof and ing. tic menu.
rear washer motor Check the motor.
(M651-2).
54 Transistor has been Flashing hazard Check cabling between D790-1/K5:5 – LIGHTS, 9.6.7 Flashing
triggered due to short lights not work- the control unit and the S109/ menu 7 hazard lights
circuit or open circuit ing. component with diagnos-
in circuit for flashing tic menu.
hazard light switch Check the switch.
(S109).
55 Transistor has been Reduced or no Check bulbs for back- D7901/K6:1, K LIGHTS, 9.1 Controls
triggered due to short background ground lighting, change if 8:15, K 9:2, all in- menu 14 and instru-
circuit or open circuit lighting in needed. puts of type A ments
in circuit for back- switches and in- Check cable harness to Digital in
ground lighting in struments background lighting.
switches and instru-
ments.
56 Transistor has been Work lights 20’ Check cabling between D790-1/ K7:8 – LIGHTS, 9.6.10 Work-
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the R3017-2/86 menu 12 ing lights, cab
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for relay for tic menu.
20’ working lights. Check the component.
57 Transistor has been Indicator light Check cabling between D790-1/ K7:9 – - 7.1.1 Control
triggered due to short for levelling lock the control unit and the S815/7 levers/Joystick
circuit or open circuit in joystick not component with diagnos-
in circuit for indicator working. tic menu.
light for levelling lock Check the component.
in joystick (S815).
58 Transistor has been Twistlock on ex- Check cabling between D790-1/ K7:10 – EXT-AT- 7.9.2 Twist-
triggered due to short ternal top lift at- the control unit and the K3005/86 TACH, locks
circuit or open circuit tachment does component with diagnos- menu 6
in circuit for relay for not work. tic menu.
twistlock on external Check the component.
top lift attachment
(K3005).
60 Transistor has been Seat heating Check cabling between D790-1/ K10:7 – CAB, menu 9.3.3 Heating
triggered due to short does not work. the control unit and the K383/86 8 coils
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for relay for tic menu.
heating element in Check the component.
operator’s seat
(K383).
61 Transistor has been Work lights 40’ Check cabling between D790-1/ K10:8 – LIGHTS, 9.6.10 Work-
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the K3017-1/86 menu 12 ing lights, cab
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for relay for tic menu.
40’ working lights Check the component.
(K3017-1).
63 Transistor has been No ignition volt- Check cabling between D790-1/K10:10 – CAN/POW- 11.5.1.3 Igni-
triggered due to short age to the ma- the control unit and the K315-1/86 ER, menu 5 tion voltage
circuit or open circuit chine’s Control component with diagnos- (15)
in circuit for relay for units. tic menu.
ignition voltage Check the component.
(K315-1).
64 Transistor has been No emergency Check cabling between D790-1/K10:11 – CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4 Emer-
triggered due to short stop switch volt- the control unit and the K3009-1/86 ER, menu 6 gency stop
circuit or open circuit age to the ma- component with diagnos- switch voltage
in circuit for relay for chine’s control tic menu.
emergency stop units. Check the component.
switch voltage
(K3009-1).
65 Transistor has been No emergency Check cabling between D790-1/K10:12 – CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4 Emer-
triggered due to short stop switch volt- the control unit and the K3009-2/86 ER, menu 6 gency stop
circuit or open circuit age to the ma- component with diagnos- switch voltage
in circuit for relay for chine’s control tic menu.
emergency stop units. Check the component.
switch voltage
(K3009-2).
67 Transistor has been Wiper roof not Check cabling between D790-1/K10:14 – CAB, menu 9.5.6 Wiper
triggered due to short working. the control unit and the M650-3 4 motor roof
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for roof wip- tic menu.
er motor (M650-3). Check the motor.
68 Transistor has been Pause heater Check cabling between D790-1/K10:15 – - 9.4 Heating,
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the M667 ventilation and
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos- air conditioning
in circuit for pause tic menu.
heater circulation Check the motor.
pump (M667).
69 Transistor has been No voltage feed Check cabling between D790-1/K10:16 – - 11.5.1.3 Igni-
triggered due to short to engine and the control unit and the K315-2/86 tion voltage
circuit or open circuit transmission. component with diagnos- (15)
in circuit for relay for tic menu.
drivetrain ignition Check the component.
voltage (K315-2).
71 Transistor has been Interior lighting Check bulb. D790-1/K11:6 – LIGHTS, 9.6.11 Interior
triggered due to short in cab not work- Check cabling between E434-1 menu 9 lighting cab
circuit or open circuit ing. the control unit and the
in circuit for cab inte- component with diagnos-
rior lighting (E434-1). tic menu.
75 Relay ignition volt- The cab control Check cabling between - CAN/POW- 11.5.1.3 Igni-
age (K315-1) has unit (D790-1) the control unit and the ER, menu 5 tion voltage
jammed in position still has a power component with diagnos-
on. supply and is tic menu.
thereby active. Check the component.
80 No signal from Pres- Air conditioning Check drive belt for air D797-1/K1:40 – CLIMATE, 9.4.10 Pres-
sure switch air condi- not working. conditioning compressor. S246 menu 3 sure switch
tioning (S246), Check that compressor for
despite the AC com- air conditioning is activat-
pressor being acti- ed.
vated.
Check cabling between
the control unit and the
component with diagnos-
tic menu.
85 Faulty signal from Accelerator Check cabling between D790-1/K6:11 – ENGINE, 1 Engine
accelerator pedal pedal for for- the control unit and the B690-1/2 menu 1
(B690-1). Signal volt- ward operation component with diagnos-
age under 0.2 V or not working. En- tic menu.
over 4.8 V. gine speed lim- Check the component.
ited to idling
speed.
86 Faulty signal from Accelerator Check the wiring between D790-1/K6:12 – VBFS, menu 1 Engine
auxiliary accelerator pedal for rear- the control unit and com- B690-2/2 4
pedal (B690-2). Sig- ward operation ponent with the diagnostic
nal voltage under 0.2 not working. En- menu.
V or over 4.8 V. gine speed lim- Check component.
ited to idling
speed.
87 Faulty signal from lift- Lifting/lowering Check cabling between D790-1/K7:3 – ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
ing/lower control le- not working. the control unit and the R8071/3 menu 1 (P1) lever
ver (R8071). Signal component with diagnos-
voltage under 0.2 V tic menu.
or over 4.8 V. Check the lever.
88 Faulty signal from tilt Tilt not working. Check cabling between D790-1/K7:4 – ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
control lever the control unit and the R8072/3 menu 1 (P2) lever
(R8072). Signal volt- component with diagnos-
age under 0.2 V or tic menu.
over 4.8 V. Check the lever.
89 Faulty signal from Side shift not Check cabling between D790-1/K7:5 – ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
side shift control le- working. the control unit and the R8073/3 menu 1 (P3) lever
ver (R8073). Signal component with diagnos-
voltage under 0.2 V tic menu.
or over 4.8 V. Check the lever.
91 DCF280-500/ Extra load han- Check the wiring between D790-1/K7:7 – ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
DCF90-100 dling function the control unit and com- R8075-1/3 menu 2 (P5) lever
Faulty signal from not working. ponent with the diagnostic
auxiliary function menu.
control lever (R8075- Check component.
1). Signal voltage un-
der 0.2 V or over 4.8
V.
92 Faulty signal from Joystick steer- Check cabling between D790-1/K9:8 – EL-STEER- 5.1.2 Mini-
steering lever (R825- ing or mini- the control unit and the R825-1/H1 ING, menu 1 wheel
1) or mini-wheel wheel not work- component with diagnos- 5.1.3 Joystick
(R825-1). Signal volt- ing. tic menu.
age under 0.2 V or Check the switch.
over 4.8 V.
93 Faulty signal from Joystick steer- Check cabling between D790-1/K9:9 – EL-STEER- 5.1.2 Mini-
mini-wheel (R825-2). ing or mini- the control unit and the R825-2/H2 ING, menu 1 wheel
Signal voltage under wheel not work- component with diagnos-
0.2 V or over 4.8 V. ing. tic menu.
Check the switch.
94 Faulty signal from Cab heat can- Check cabling between D790-1/K10:4 – CLIMATE, 9.4.5 Water
cab heater water not be adjusted. the control unit and the Y673/9 menu 4 valve
valve (Y673). Signal component with diagnos-
voltage under 0.2 V tic menu.
or over 4.8 V. Check the motor.
96 Faulty signal from Air conditioning Check cabling between D790-1/K4:8 – CLIMATE, 9.4.17 Sensor
cab temperature not working. the control unit and the B775-1/2 menu 1 cab tempera-
sensor (B775-1) component with diagnos- ture
Sensor indicates tic menu.
temperature under Check the sensor.
-43 °C or over 105
°C.
97 Faulty signal from Air conditioning Check cabling between D790-1/K4:9 – CLIMATE, 9.4.18 Sensor
outdoor temperature not working. the control unit and the B774/2 menu 2 outdoor tem-
sensor (B774). Tem- component with diagnos- perature
perature signal over tic menu.
105 °C. Check the sensor.
98 Faulty signal from Air conditioning Check cabling between D790-1/K4:10 – CLIMATE, 9.4.16 Sensor
outlet fan tempera- not working. the control unit and the B775-2/2 menu 2 temperature
ture sensor (B775-2) component with diagnos- outlet fan
Sensor indicates tic menu.
temperature under - Check the sensor.
43 °C or over 105 °C.
99 Faulty signal from re- Air conditioning Check cabling between D790-1/K4:11 – CLIMATE, 9.4.12 Sensor
frigerant temperature not working. the control unit and the B775-3/2 menu 2 temperature
sensor (B775-3) component with diagnos- refrigerant
Sensor indicates tic menu.
temperature under - Check the sensor.
43 °C or over 105 °C.
101 Redundant voltage – Check cabling between D797-1/K2:7 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2 Re-
feed left to frame the control unit and the ER, menu dundant volt-
control unit (D797-1) component with diagnos- 10 age feed of
does not reach desti- tic menu. control units
nation. Check the control unit.
103 Incorrect power sup- No electric pow- Check fuse F58-2/1, D797-1/K2:1, CAN/POW- 11.5.1.3 Igni-
ply to frame control er feed to com- change if needed. K2:9, K2:10 – ER, menu tion voltage
unit (D797-1). Volt- ponents. Check cabling between F58-2/1:1, 1:2 10 (15)
age under 18 V or the control unit and the
over 32 V. component with diagnos-
tic menu.
104 Incorrect emergency Functions nor- Check fuse F58-2:1 and D797-1/K2:11 – CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4 Emer-
stop switch voltage mally supplied replace if necessary. F58-2/1:1 ER, menu gency stop
to frame control unit emergency stop Check the wiring between 10 switch voltage
(D797-1). switch voltage the control unit and com-
have no feed. ponent with the diagnostic
All hydraulic menu.
functions
Check component.
blocked.
105 Incorrect 5 V refer- Incorrect func- Check cabling between D797-1/K1:8 – CAN/POW- 8.2.1 Overload
ence voltage to pres- tion, lift and tilt the control unit and the B768-1/1, B768- ER, menu protection
sure sensor. Voltage sensor. component with diagnos- 2/1 11
under 4.9 V or over tic menu.
5.1 V. Check the sensor.
106 Transistor has been Cooling fan hy- Check cabling between D797-1/K1:14 – HYD, menu 10.6.3 Cooling
triggered due to short draulic oil not the control unit and the M668/1 1 fan
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos-
in circuit for hydraulic tic menu.
oil cooling fan Check the motor.
(M668).
107 Transistor has been Mast work lights Check bulb. D797-1/K1:1 – LIGHTS, 9.6.9 Working
triggered due to short not working. Check the lamp holder. E404L-1, menu 10 lights mast
circuit or open circuit E404R-1
Check cabling between
in circuit for mast
the control unit and the
work lights (E404R-
component with diagnos-
1, E404L-1).
tic menu.
108 Transistor has been High beam not Check bulb. D797-1/K1:15 – LIGHTS, 9.6.1 Head-
triggered due to short working. Check the lamp holder. E402L-1, menu 3 lights
circuit or open circuit E402R-1
Check cabling between
in circuit for high
the control unit and the
beam (E402R-1,
component with diagnos-
E402L-1).
tic menu.
111 Transistor has been Running lights Check bulb. D797-1/K1:2 – LIGHTS, 9.6.2 Running
triggered due to short not working. Check the lamp holder. H416-1, H416-2, menu 2 lights
circuit or open circuit H417-1, H417-2
in circuit for running Check cabling between
the control unit and the
lights (H416-1,
component with diagnos-
H416-2, H417-1,
tic menu.
H417-2).
112 Transistor has been Cooling fan Check cabling between D797-1/K1:3 – HYD, menu 4.8.9 Cooling
triggered due to short brake oil not the control unit and the M674/1 2 fan
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos-
in circuit for brake oil tic menu.
cooling fan (M674). Check the motor.
113 Electric servo Lifting/lowering Check cabling between D797-1/K1:4 – ELSERV, DCF280-500:
Transistor has been not working. the control unit and the Y6004/1, Y6005/ menu 3 and 7.2.6 Control
triggered due to short component with diagnos- 1 4 valve, load
circuit or open circuit tic menu. handling
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid DCF360-
valve, lift mast valves. 450CSG: 7.2.5
(Y6005) and sole- Control valve,
noid valve, lower lift and tilt
mast (Y6004).
114 Electric servo Tilt not working. Check cabling between D797-1/K1:5 – ELSERV, DCF280-500:
Transistor has been the control unit and the Y6010/1, Y6011/ menu 5 and 7.7.5 Control
triggered due to short component with diagnos- 1 6 valve, load
circuit or open circuit tic menu. handling
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve. DCF360-
valve, tilt in (Y6011) 450CSG: 7.7.5
and solenoid valve, Control valve,
tilt out (Y6010). lift and tilt
115 Transistor has been Left direction in- Check bulb. D797-1/K1:30 – LIGHTS, 9.6.6 Direction
triggered due to short dicator not Check the lamp holder. H422/1, H426/1 menu 4 indicators
circuit or open circuit working.
in circuit for left direc- Check cabling between
tion indicator (H422, the control unit and the
H426). component with diagnos-
tic menu.
117 Transistor has been Starter motor Check cabling between D797-1/K1:32 – ENGINE, 1.11 Start and
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the K315/85 menu 5 stop
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for start re- tic menu.
lay (K315) for starter Check the component.
motor.
118 Transistor has been Tail lights not Check bulb. D797-1/K1:33 – LIGHTS, 9.6.3 Rear
triggered due to short working. Check the lamp holder. H412L/1, menu 2 lights
circuit or open circuit H412R/1
Check cabling between
in circuit for tail light
the control unit and the
(H412L, H412R).
component with diagnos-
tic menu.
119 Transistor has been Brake light left Check bulb. D797-1/K1:7 – LIGHTS, 9.6.4 Brake
triggered due to short not working. Check the lamp holder. H411L/1 menu 8 lights
circuit or open circuit
Check cabling between
in circuit for left brake
the control unit and the
light (H411L).
component with diagnos-
tic menu.
120 Transistor has been Brake light right Check bulb. D797-1/K1:9 – LIGHTS, 9.6.4 Brake
triggered due to short not working. Check the lamp holder. H411R/1 menu 8 lights
circuit or open circuit
Check cabling between
in circuit for right
the control unit and the
brake light (H411R).
component with diagnos-
tic menu.
121 Transistor has been Back-up alarm Check cabling between D797-1/K1:10 – LIGHTS, 9.7.5 Back-up
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the H965/1 menu 8 alarm
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for reversing tic menu.
warning device Check the component.
(H965).
124 Transistor has been Disconnection Check cabling between D797-1/K1:34 – HYD, menu 10.4.3 Vane
triggered due to short of pump 2 not the control unit and the Y6062/1 6 pump with fixed
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos- displacement
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve, hydraulic Check the solenoid valve.
pump disengage-
ment (Y6062).
125 Transistor has been Regeneration Check cabling between D797-1/K1:11 – ELSERV, 7.2.6 Valve
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the Y6051/1 menu 15 block lift cylin-
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos- der
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve regeneration, Check component.
lift, right (Y6051).
126 Transistor has been Regeneration Check cabling between D797-1/K1:12 – ELSERV, 7.2.6 Valve
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the Y6052/1 menu 15 block lift cylin-
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos- der
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve regeneration, Check component.
lift, left (Y6052).
133 Faulty signal from Scales, regen- Check the sensor. D797-1/K1:21 – HYD, menu 7.2.8 Sensor
hydraulic pressure eration and Check cabling between B768-1/3 3 hydraulic pres-
sensor for lift cylinder slack chain log- the control unit and the OLS, menu sure lift cylinder
(B768-1). ic, not working. component with diagnos- 1
Overload sys- tic menu.
tem not work-
ing. Error code
150 activated.
134 Faulty signal from Overload sys- Check the sensor. D797-1/K1:22 – HYD, menu 7.7.8 Hydraulic
hydraulic pressure tem not work- Check cabling between B768-2/3 3 pressure sen-
sensor for tilt cylinder ing. Error code the control unit and the OLS, menu sor, tilt cylinder
(B768-2). 150 activated. component with diagnos- 1
tic menu.
137 Electric servo Lift mast not Check cabling between D797-1/K1:16 – ELSERV, DCF280-500:
Faulty signal from working. the control unit and the Y6005/2 menu 3 7.7.5 Control
solenoid valve for lift component with diagnos- valve, load
mast (Y6005). Re- tic menu. handling
turn current does not Check the solenoid valve. DCF360-
match control cur- 450CSG: 7.7.5
rent. Control valve,
lift and tilt
138 Electric servo Lower mast not Check cabling between D797-1/K1:17 – ELSERV, DCF280-500:
Faulty signal from working. the control unit and the Y6004/2 menu 4 7.7.5 Control
solenoid valve for component with diagnos- valve, load
lower mast (Y6004). tic menu. handling
Return current does Check the solenoid valve. DCF360-
not match control 450CSG: 7.7.5
current. Control valve,
lift and tilt
139 Electric servo Tilt in not work- Check cabling between D797-1/K1:18 – ELSERV, DCF280-500:
Faulty signal from ing. the control unit and the Y6011/2 menu 5 7.7.5 Control
solenoid valve for tilt component with diagnos- valve, load
in (Y6011). Return tic menu. handling
current does not Check the solenoid valve. DCF360-
match control cur- 450CSG: 7.7.5
rent. Control valve,
lift and tilt
140 Electric servo Tilt out not Check cabling between D797-1/K1:19 – ELSERV, DCF280-500:
Faulty signal from working. the control unit and the Y6010/2 menu 6 7.7.5 Control
solenoid valve for tilt component with diagnos- valve, load
out (Y6010). Return tic menu. handling
current does not Check the solenoid valve. DCF360-
match control cur- 450CSG: 7.7.5
rent. Control valve,
lift and tilt
141 Transistor has been Parking brake Check cabling between D797-1/K1:34 – HYD, menu 4.5.3 Solenoid
triggered due to short cannot be re- the control unit and the Y642/1 5 valve parking
circuit or open circuit leased. component with diagnos- brake
in circuit for parking tic menu.
brake solenoid valve Check the solenoid valve.
(Y642).
DCF360-450CSG Disconnection Check cabling between D797-1/K1:35 – HYD, menu 10.4.2 Axial
Transistor has been of attachment the control unit and the Y6062/1 6 piston pump
triggered due to short pump not work- component with diagnos- with variable
circuit or open circuit ing. tic menu. displacement
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, hydraulic
pump disengage-
ment (Y6062).
DCF90-100 Quick-lift pump Check cabling between D797-1/K1:35 – HYD, menu 10.4.2 Axial
Transistor has been engagement the control unit and the Y6062/1 6 piston pump
triggered due to short not working. component with diagnos- with variable
circuit or open circuit tic menu. displacement
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, hydraulic
pump disengage-
ment (Y6062).
143 Transistor has been Spreading and Check cabling between D797-1/K1:36 – EXT-AT- 7.10.5 Sepa-
triggered due to short twistlocks on the control unit and the Y6039/6018/1 TACH, rate top lift at-
circuit or open circuit top lift attach- component with diagnos- menu 5 tachment
in circuit for solenoid ment not work- tic menu.
valve, lock twist- ing. Check the solenoid valve.
locks/spreading out
(Y6039/6018).
144 Transistor has been Spreading and Check cabling between D797-1/K1:37 – EXT-AT- 7.10.5 Sepa-
triggered due to short twistlocks on the control unit and the Y6040/6019/1 TACH, rate top lift at-
circuit or open circuit top lift attach- component with diagnos- menu 5 tachment
in circuit for solenoid ment not work- tic menu.
valve, open twist- ing. Check the solenoid valve.
locks/spreading in
(Y6040/6019).
145 High brake oil tem- Reduced brak- Check that cooling fan is D797-1/K2:6 – HYD, menu 4.8.10 Sensor
perature. ing capacity. If working. B772/1 2 brake oil tem-
the temperature Check that cooler isn’t perature
continues to clogged.
rise, speed is
Check the brake oil level.
limited to 5 km/
h. Check the sensor.
147 High hydraulic oil No limitation. Check that cooling fan is D797-1/K2:13 – HYD, menu 10.6.4 Sensor
temperature. working. B776/1 1 hydraulic oil
Check that cooler isn’t temperature
clogged.
Check the sensor.
148 Faulty signal from Incorrect tem- Check the sensor. D797-1/K2:13 – HYD, menu 10.6.4 Sensor
hydraulic oil temper- perature dis- Check cabling between B776/1 1 hydraulic oil
ature sensor (B776). play. the control unit and the temperature
component with diagnos-
tic menu.
149 Faulty signal from Incorrect dis- Check the sensor. D797-1/K2:15 – CAB, menu 1.2.2 Sensor
fuel level sensor play of fuel Check cabling between B757/1 7 fuel level
(B757). Resistance amount (empty the control unit and the
over 180 Ω. or full). component with diagnos-
tic menu.
150 Defective overload Overload sys- Check if there are error – OLS, menu 8.2.1 Overload
protection. tem not work- codes for sensors in the 1–7 protection
This error code can- ing. All lift overload system.
not be removed with functions oper-
Reset. ate at reduced
speed.
151 Redundant voltage – Check cabling between D797-2/K2:7 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2 Re-
feed left to frame the control unit and the ER, menu dundant volt-
control unit option component with diagnos- 13 age feed of
(D797-2) does not tic menu. Control units
reach destination. Check the control unit.
152 Redundant voltage – Check cabling between D797-2/K2:8 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2 Re-
feed right to frame the control unit and the ER, menu dundant volt-
control unit option component with diagnos- 13 age feed of
(D797-2) does not tic menu. Control units
reach destination. Check the control unit.
153 Incorrect power sup- No electric pow- Check fuse F58-2/3, D797-2/K2:1/9/ CAN/POW- 11.5.1.3 Igni-
ply to frame control er feed to com- change if needed. 10 ER, menu tion voltage
unit option (D797-2). ponents. Check cabling between D797-2/K2:1, 13 (15)
Voltage under 18 V the control unit and the K2:9, K2:10 –
or over 32 V. component with diagnos- F58-2/3:1, 3:2
tic menu.
155 Incorrect 5 V refer- – Check cabling between D797-2/K1:8 CAN/POW- 11.5.1 Power
ence voltage to pres- the control unit and the ER, menu supply
sure sensor. Voltage component with diagnos- 14
under 4.9 V or over tic menu.
5.1 V. Check the sensor.
157 Transistor has been Rear high beam Check bulb. D797-2/K1:1 – VBFS, menu 9.6.1 Head-
triggered due to short not working. Check the lamp holder. E402R-2/1, 6 lights
circuit or open circuit E402L-2/1
Check cabling between
in circuit for rear high
the control unit and the
beam (E402R-2,
component with diagnos-
E402L-2).
tic menu.
158 Transistor has been Rear low beam Check bulb. D797-2/K1:15 – VBFS, menu 9.6.1 Head-
triggered due to short not working. Check the lamp holder. E401R/1, E401L/ 6 lights
circuit or open circuit 1
Check cabling between
in circuit for rear low
the control unit and the
beam (E401R,
component with diagnos-
E401L).
tic menu.
160 Transistor has been Auxiliary work Check the lights. Check D797-2/K1:42 – LIGHTS, 9.6.9 Working
triggered due to short lights, frame the wiring between the E404R-2/1, menu 11 lights mast
circuit or open circuit front, not work- control unit and compo- E404L-2/1 9.6.10 Work-
in circuit for auxiliary ing. nent with the diagnostic ing lights, cab
work lights (E404R- menu.
2, E404L-2). 9.6.12 Work
Check component. lights, attach-
ment
161 Transistor has been Joystick steer- Check cabling between D797-2/K1:2 – EL-STEER- 5.2.10 Control
triggered due to short ing or mini- the control unit and the Y636-3/1 ING, menu 5 valve joystick
circuit or open circuit wheel not work- component with diagnos- steering/mini-
in circuit for solenoid ing. tic menu. wheel
valve, steering right Check the solenoid valve.
(Y636-3).
163 Transistor has been Lift carriage not Check cabling between D797-2/K1:4 – ELSERV, 7.2.6 Control
triggered due to short working. the control unit and the Y6022/1 menu 11 valve load han-
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos- dling
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve, lift carriage Check the solenoid valve.
(Y6022).
164 Transistor has been Lower carriage Check cabling between D797-2/K1:5 – ELSERV, 7.2.6 Control
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the Y6023/1 menu 12 valve load han-
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos- dling
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve, lower carriage Check the solenoid valve.
(Y6023).
165 Transistor has been Side shift right Check cabling between D797-2/K1:30 – ELSERV, 7.4.5 Control
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the Y6021/1 menu 8 valve load han-
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos- dling
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve, side shift right Check the solenoid valve.
(Y6021).
166 Transistor has been Side shift left Check cabling between D797-2/K1:31 – ELSERV, 7.4.5 Control
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the Y6020/1 menu 7 valve load han-
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos- dling
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve, side shift left Check the solenoid valve.
(Y6020).
167 Transistor has been Spreading in Check cabling between D797-2/K1:32 – ELSERV, 7.5.5 Control
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the Y6019/1 menu 9 valve load han-
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos- dling
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve, spreading in Check the solenoid valve.
(Y6019).
168 Transistor has been Spreading out Check cabling between D797-2/K1:33 – ELSERV, 7.5.5 Control
triggered due to short not working. the control unit and the Y6018/1 menu 10 valve load han-
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos- dling
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve, spreading out Check the solenoid valve.
(Y6018).
Tiltable cab Cab position in- Check cabling between D797-2/K1:7 – CAN/POW- 9.10.4.7 Sen-
Transistor has been dicator not the control unit and the B769-1/A, B769- ER, menu sor, cab up/cab
triggered due to short working. component with diagnos- 2/A 14 down
circuit or open circuit tic menu.
in circuit for sensor Check the sensor.
for cab tilt (B769-1,
B769-2).
170 Transistor has been Change of Check cabling between D797-2/K1:9 – VBFS, menu 5.2.15 Direc-
triggered due to short steering angle the control unit and the Y636-1/1 5 tional valve, re-
circuit or open circuit for reversible component with diagnos- versible
in circuit for solenoid operator’s seat tic menu. operator’s seat
valve, steering for- not working. Check the solenoid valve.
ward (Y636–1).
171 Transistor has been Change of Check cabling between D797-2/K1:10 – VBFS, menu 5.2.15 Direc-
triggered due to short steering angle the control unit and the Y636-2/1 5 tional valve, re-
circuit or open circuit for reversible component with diagnos- versible
in circuit for solenoid operator’s seat tic menu. operator’s seat
valve, steering rear- not working. Check the solenoid valve.
ward (Y636–2).
172 Reversible opera- Front tail lights, Check bulb. D797-2/K1:25 – VBFS, menu 9.6.3 Rear
tor's seat not working Check the lamp holder. H413R/1, 7 lights
Transistor has been H413L/1
Check cabling between
triggered due to short the control unit and the
circuit or open circuit component with diagnos-
in circuit for front tail tic menu.
light (H413R,
H413L).
Cab sliding Cab sliding not Check cabling between D797-2/K1:25 – - 9.10.4 Hydrau-
Transistor has been working. the control unit and the Y6080/1 lic sliding cab
triggered due to short component with diagnos-
circuit or open circuit tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, cab sliding
(Y6080).
Tiltable cab Cab tilt up not Check cabling between D797-2/K1:29 – MOVING- 9.10.4.5 Con-
Transistor has been working. the control unit and the Y6047/1 CAB, menu trol valve, cab
triggered due to short component with diagnos- 4 tilt
circuit or open circuit tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, cab tilt up
(Y6047).
174 Reversible opera- Reversal of op- Check the wiring between D797-2/K1:39 – VBFS, menu 9.3.10.1 Con-
tor's seat erator’s seat not the control unit and com- Y646-2/1 2 trol valve, re-
Transistor has been working. ponent with the diagnostic versible
triggered due to short menu. operator’s seat
circuit or open circuit Check component.
in circuit for solenoid
valve, reversible op-
erator’s seat, anti-
clockwise (Y646-2).
Tiltable cab Cab tilt down Check the wiring between D797-2/K1:39 – MOVING- 9.10.4.5 Con-
Transistor has been not working. the control unit and com- Y6048/1 CAB, menu trol valve, cab
triggered due to short ponent with the diagnostic 4 tilt
circuit or open circuit menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check component.
valve, cab tilt down
(Y6048).
187 Faulty signal from Joystick steer- Check cabling between D797-2/K1:16 – AUXILIARY 5.2.10 Control
steering solenoid ing or mini- the control unit and the Y636-3/2, Y636- / EL- valve joystick
valve (Y636-3, Y636- wheel not work- component with diagnos- 4/2 STEERING, steering/mini-
4). Return current ing. tic menu. menu 4 and wheel
does not match con- Check the solenoid valve. 5
trol current.
189 Faulty signal from Side shift not Check cabling between D797-2/K1:18 – ELSERV, 7.4.5 Control
solenoid valve, side working. the control unit and the Y6020/2, Y6021/ menu 7 and valve load han-
shift left (Y6020) and component with diagnos- 2 8 dling
solenoid valve, side tic menu.
shift right (Y6021). Check the solenoid valve.
Return current does
not match control
current.
190 Faulty signal from Spreading not Check cabling between D797-2/K1:19 – ELSERV, 7.5.5 Control
solenoid valve, working. the control unit and the Y6018/2, Y6019/ menu 9 and valve load han-
spreading out component with diagnos- 2 10 dling
(Y6018) and sole- tic menu.
noid valve, spreading Check the solenoid valve.
in (Y6019). Return
current does not
match control cur-
rent.
193 Transistor has been Right front Check bulb. D797-1/K1:36 – VBFS, menu 9.6.4 Brake
triggered due to short brake light not Check the lamp holder. H410R/1 8 lights
circuit or open circuit working.
Check cabling between
in circuit for right
the control unit and the
front brake light
component with diagnos-
(H410R).
tic menu.
194 Transistor has been Left front brake Check bulb. D797-1/K1:37 – VBFS, menu 9.6.4 Brake
triggered due to short light not work- Check the lamp holder. H410L/1 8 lights
circuit or open circuit ing.
Check cabling between
in circuit for left front
the control unit and the
brake light (H410L).
component with diagnos-
tic menu.
251 Redundant voltage - Check cabling between D791-1/K2:7 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2 Re-
feed left to frame the control unit and the ER, menu dundant volt-
control unit (D791-1) component with diagnos- 15 age feed of
does not reach desti- tic menu. Control units
nation. Check the control unit.
253 Incorrect power sup- Functions nor- Check fuse F58-3/1, D791-1/K2:1, CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4 Emer-
ply to attachment mally supplied change if needed. K2:9, K2:10 – ER, menu gency stop
control unit (D791-1). emergency stop Check cabling between F58-3/1:1 15 switch voltage
Voltage under 18 V switch voltage the control unit and the
or over 32 V. have no feed. component with diagnos-
No attachment tic menu.
functions opera-
tional.
254 Incorrect control Functions nor- Check fuse F58-3/1, D791-1/K2:11 – CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4 Emer-
switch voltage to at- mally supplied change if needed. F58-3/1:1 ER, menu gency stop
tachment control unit emergency stop Check cabling between 15 switch voltage
(D791-1). switch voltage the control unit and the
have no feed. component with diagnos-
No attachment tic menu.
functions opera-
tional.
255 Incorrect 5 V refer- – Check cabling between D791-1/K1:8 CAN/POW- 11.5.1 Power
ence voltage to pres- the control unit and the ER, menu supply
sure sensor. Voltage component with diagnos- 16
under 4.9 V or over tic menu.
5.1 V. Check the sensor.
256 Transistor has been Central lubrica- Check cabling between D791-1/K1:14 – OPT, menu 9.14.1 Pump
triggered due to short tion attachment the control unit and the M693-2/1 2 unit
circuit or open circuit not working. component with diagnos-
in circuit for central tic menu.
unit for central lubri- Check the component.
cation (M693-2).
257 Transistor has been Work light at- Check bulb. D791-1/K1:1 – LIGHTS, 9.6.12 Work
triggered due to short tachment left Check the lamp holder. E404L, E404UL, menu 13 light attach-
circuit or open circuit not working. E404LL-3/1 ment
Check cabling between
in circuit for attach-
the control unit and the
ment work lights, left
component with diagnos-
(E404L-3).
tic menu.
258 Transistor has been Work light at- Check bulb. D791-1/K1:15 – LIGHTS, 9.6.12 Work
triggered due to short tachment right Check the lamp holder. E404R, menu 13 light attach-
circuit or open circuit not working. E404UR, ment
Check cabling between
in circuit for attach- E404LR-3/1
the control unit and the
ment work lights,
component with diagnos-
right (E404R-3).
tic menu.
DCF90-100 Warning signal Check the buzzer. D791-1/K1:28 – ATTACH, 7.5.7 Buzzer,
Transistor has been for automatic Check cabling between H9003/1 menu 21 automatic
triggered due to short spreading not the control unit and the spreading 20'-
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos- 40'
in circuit for warning tic menu.
signal, automatic
spreading (H9003).
260 Transistor has been Levelling of at- Check cabling between D791-1/K1:42 – ATTACH, 7.8.4 Valve
triggered due to short tachment not the control unit and the Y637-1/1, Y637- menu 15 block, levelling
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos- 2/1 cylinders
in circuit for control tic menu.
valve for levelling Check the solenoid valve.
clockwise (Y637-1,
Y637-2).
261 DCF360-450CSG Extension left in Check cabling between D791-1/K1:2 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Transistor has been of attachment the control unit and the Y6046-1/1 menu 18 valve attach-
triggered due to short not working. component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, extension left
in (Y6046-1).
DCF90-100 Spreading left in Check cabling between D791-1/K1:16 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Transistor has been of attachment the control unit and the Y6019L/2 menu 18 valve attach-
triggered due to short not working. component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, spreading left
in (Y6019L).
DCF90-100 Spreading left Check cabling between D791-1/K1:16 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Transistor has been out of attach- the control unit and the Y6018L/2 menu 17 valve attach-
triggered due to short ment not func- component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit tioning. tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, spreading left
out (Y6018L).
263 DCF360-450CSG Extension right Check cabling between D791-1/K1:4 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Transistor has been in of attachment the control unit and the Y6046-3/1 menu 20 valve attach-
triggered due to short not working. component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, extension right
in (Y6046-3).
DCF90-100 Spreading right Check cabling between D791-1/K1:17 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Transistor has been in of attachment the control unit and the Y6019R/2 menu 20 valve attach-
triggered due to short not working. component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, spreading
right in (Y6019R).
264 DCF360-450CSG Extension right Check cabling between D791-1/K1:5 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Transistor has been out of attach- the control unit and the Y6046-4/1 menu 19 valve attach-
triggered due to short ment not func- component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit tioning. tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, extension right
out (Y6046-4).
DCF90-100 Spreading right Check cabling between D791-1/K1:17 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Transistor has been out of attach- the control unit and the Y6018R/2 menu 19 valve attach-
triggered due to short ment not func- component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit tioning. tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, spreading
right out (Y6018R).
DCF90-100 Levelling left of Check cabling between D791-1/K1:19 – ATTACH, 7.8.2 Control
Transistor has been attachment not the control unit and the Y6036/2 menu 13 valve attach-
triggered due to short working. component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit tic menu.
in circuit for levelling, Check the solenoid valve.
left (Y6036).
266 DCF360-450CSG Anticlockwise Check cabling between D791-1/K1:31 – ATTACH, 7.8.2 Control
Transistor has been levelling of at- the control unit and the Y6035/1 menu 16 valve attach-
triggered due to short tachment not component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit functioning. tic menu.
in circuit for control Check the solenoid valve.
valve, levelling anti-
clockwise (Y6035).
DCF90-100 Levelling right Check cabling between D791-1/K1:19 – ATTACH, 7.8.2 Control
Transistor has been of attachment the control unit and the Y6036/2 menu 14 valve attach-
triggered due to short not working. component with diagnos- ment
circuit or open circuit tic menu.
in circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid valve.
valve, levelling right
(Y6035).
267 Transistor has been Side shift left of Check cabling between DCF360- ATTACH, 7.4.2 Control
triggered due to short attachment not the control unit and the 450CSG menu 11 valve attach-
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos- D791-1/K1:32 – ment
in circuit for solenoid tic menu. Y6020/1
valve, side shift left Check the solenoid valve. DCF90-100
(Y6020).
D791-1/K1:18 –
Y6020/2
268 Transistor has been Side shift right Check cabling between DCF360- ATTACH, 7.4.2 Control
triggered due to short of attachment the control unit and the 450CSG menu 12 valve attach-
circuit or open circuit not working. component with diagnos- D791-1/K1:33 – ment
in circuit for solenoid tic menu. Y6021/1
valve, side shift right Check the solenoid valve. DCF90-100
(Y6021).
D791-1/K1:18 –
Y6021/2
270 Transistor has been Twistlock/lock Check cabling between D791-1/K1:9 – ATTACH, 7.9.1.2 Control
triggered due to short tongue not the control unit and the Y6039/1 menu 9 valve attach-
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos- ment
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve, open twistlock/ Check the solenoid valve.
lock tongue (Y6039).
271 Transistor has been Twistlocks and Check cabling between D791-1/K1:10 – CAN/POW- 7.9.1.2 Control
triggered due to short spreading not the control unit and the B769-1/A, B777- ER, menu valve attach-
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos- 1/A, B7202L/A, 16 ment
in circuit for voltage tic menu. B7202R/A,
feed to attachment Check the sensor. B7203L/A,
position sensor. B7203R/A,
B7204L/A,
B7204R/A,
B7205L/A,
B7205R/A,
Transistor has been Sensor on at- Check cabling between D791-1/K1:10 – CAN/POW- 7.9.1.2 Control
triggered due to short tachment not the control unit and the B769-L/A, B769- ER, menu valve attach-
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos- R/A, B777-L/A, 16 ment
in circuit for voltage tic menu. B777-R/A,
feed to attachment Check the sensor. B7203L/A,
sensor. B7203LL/A,
B7203LU/A,
B7203LU-2/A,
B7203R/A,
B7203RL/A,
B7203RU/A,
B7203RU-2/A,
B7204L/A,
B7204R/A,
B7205LL/A,
B7205LU/A,
B7205RL/A,
B7205RU/A
272 Transistor has been Indicator light, Check bulb. D791-1/K1:25 – ATTACH, 7.9.1 Twist-
triggered due to short open twistlock/ Check the lamp holder. H562/1 menu 10 locks
circuit or open circuit lock tongue not
Check cabling between
in circuit for indicator working.
the control unit and the
light, twistlock/lock
component with diagnos-
tongue open (H562).
tic menu.
274 Transistor has been Indicator light, Check bulb. D791-1/K1:39 – ATTACH, 7.9.1 Twist-
triggered due to short attachment Check the lamp holder. H564/1 menu 10 locks
circuit or open circuit alignment not
Check cabling between
in circuit for align- working.
the control unit and the
ment indicator light
component with diagnos-
(H564).
tic menu.
287 DCF360-450CSG Extension left of Check cabling between D791-1/K1:16 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Faulty signal from attachment not the control unit and the Y6046-1/2, menu 17 valve attach-
solenoid, extension working. component with diagnos- Y6046-2/2 and 18 ment
left in (Y6046-1) and tic menu.
solenoid valve, ex- Check the solenoid valve.
tension left out
(Y6046-2). Return
current does not
match control cur-
rent.
DCF90-100 Spreading left Check cabling between D791-1/K1:16 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Faulty signal from not working. the control unit and the Y6019L/2, menu 17 valve attach-
solenoid, spreading component with diagnos- Y6019R/2 and 18 ment
left in (Y6019L) and tic menu.
solenoid valve, Check the solenoid valve.
spreading left out
(Y6018L). Return
current does not
match control cur-
rent.
DCF90-100 Spreading right Check cabling between D791-1/K1:17 – ATTACH, 7.3.2 Control
Faulty signal from not working. the control unit and the Y6019R/2, menu 19 valve attach-
solenoid, spreading component with diagnos- Y6018R/2 and 20 ment
right in (Y6019R) and tic menu.
solenoid valve, Check the solenoid valve.
spreading right out
(Y6018R). Return
current does not
match control cur-
rent.
289 Faulty signal from Side shift of at- Check cabling between D791-1/K1:18 – ATTACH, 7.4.2 Control
solenoid valve, side tachment not the control unit and the Y6020/2, Y6021/ menu 11 valve attach-
shift left (Y6020) and working. component with diagnos- 2 and 12 ment
solenoid valve, side tic menu.
shift right (Y6021). Check the solenoid valve.
Return current does
not match control
current.
290 Faulty signal from Attachment Check cabling between D791-1/K1:19 – ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
solenoid, spreading spreading not the control unit and the Y6018/2, Y6019/ menu 13 valve attach-
out (Y6018) and so- working. component with diagnos- 2 and 14 ment
lenoid valve, spread- tic menu.
ing in (Y6019). Check the solenoid valve.
Return current does
not match control
current.
Faulty signal from Levelling of at- Check cabling between D791-1/K1:19 – ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
solenoid valve, level- tachment not the control unit and the Y6035/2, Y6036/ menu 13 valve attach-
ling right (Y6036) working. component with diagnos- 2 and 14 ment
and solenoid valve, tic menu.
levelling left (Y6035). Check the solenoid valve.
Return current does
not match control
current.
Transistor has been Indicator light Check bulb. D791-1/K1:34 – ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
triggered due to short for upper align- Check the lamp holder. H564UL/1 menu 23 valve attach-
circuit or open circuit ment not work- ment
Check cabling between
in circuit for indicator ing.
the control unit and the
light, upper align-
component with diagnos-
ment (H564UL).
tic menu.
292 Transistor has been Spreading in of Check cabling between D791-1/K1:35 – ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
triggered due to short attachment not the control unit and the Y6019/1 menu 14 valve attach-
circuit or open circuit working. component with diagnos- ment
in circuit for solenoid tic menu.
valve, spreading in Check the solenoid valve.
(Y6019).
298 Twistlock sensor in- Lift and spread- Check that Sensors twist- D791-1/K2:13 ATTACH, 7.9.1.7 Sensor
dicates that left twist- ing not working. lock are clean and correct- menu 8 twistlocks
lock is between open ly adjusted.
and locked position. Check cabling between
the control unit and the
component with diagnos-
tic menu.
299 Twistlock sensor in- Lift and spread- Check that Sensors twist- D791-1/K2:15 ATTACH, 7.9.1.7 Sensor
dicates that right ing not working. lock are clean and correct- menu 8 twistlocks
twistlock is between ly adjusted.
open and locked po- Check cabling between
sition. the control unit and the
component with diagnos-
tic menu.
300 Alignment sensor in- Twistlock not Check that the alignment - ATTACH, 7.9.1.6 Sensor
dicates unreasona- working. sensors are clean and menu 7 alignment
ble distance. correctly adjusted.
Check that alignment pin
runs smoothly.
Check cabling between
the control unit and the
component with diagnos-
tic menu.
452 Redundant voltage - Check cabling between D795/K1:8 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2 Re-
feed right to KID con- the control unit and the ER, menu 9 dundant volt-
trol unit (D795) does component with diagnos- age feed of
not reach destina- tic menu. control units
tion.
460 No messages re- Incorrect values Use diagnostic menu to D795/K1:10, CAN/POW- 11.6.2 Redun-
ceived on CAN-buff- in operating check CAN-bus. K1:11, K1:12, ER, menu 1, dant CAN-bus
er 1. menus. K1:13 2, 17
461 No messages re- Error codes Use diagnostic menu to D795/K1:5, K1:6 CAN/POW- 11.6.2 Redun-
ceived on CAN-buff- from other Con- check CAN-bus. ER, menu 1, dant CAN-bus
er 2. trol units cannot 2, 17
be shown.
E Schematics
10 Common hydraulics....................................................................................... 3
Hydraulic diagrams, compilation ............................................................................ 3
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF 280-330, hydraulic servo ......................... 4
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF 280-330, electric servo and freelift .......... 6
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF 280-330, hydraulic servo, log grapple ..... 8
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF 280-330, hydraulic servo,
brake fluid tank ..................................................................................................... 10
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF370-500, hydraulic servo ........................ 12
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF370-500, electric servo ........................... 14
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF370-500, electric servo, brake fluid tank 16
Hydraulic diagram, separate top lift attachment ................................................... 18
11 Common electrics ........................................................................................ 20
Circuit diagram, description ................................................................................. 20
Component designations ...................................................................................... 21
Circuit diagrams, compilation ............................................................................... 22
10 Common hydraulics
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF 280-330, electric servo and freelift page 6 A46139.0500
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF 280-330, hydraulic servo, log grapple A46139.0800
page 8
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF 280-330, hydraulic servo, brake fluid tank A46139.0900
page 10
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine DCF370-500, electric servo, brake fluid tank A46139.1000
page 16
VDCF02.02GB
TILTCYLINDRAR 4 9 TRYCKREDUCERINGSVENTIL
OPTION 4 LYFTCYLINDRAR 6
TILTING CYLINDERS PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
HYTTSKJUTNING LIFTING CYLINDERS 8 A
CABIN SLIDING
P H HDRAULSERVO SPAKAR OPTION
1 3 HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL
T H SERVOFILTER 12
5 5 7 7 10
OPTION
A2 S KERHETSL SNING
VID AGGREGAT EXTRA
B1 11
A1 B2 SAFETY LOCKING WIDE FUNKTION
ATTACHMENT
2 P T
B OPTION
A
SPAKSTYRNING
13 LEVEL CONTROL STEERING
39 B1 A1 B1 A1 B1 A1 B1 A1 P2 B2 A2 TP
STOLSUMMER
15 BROMSVENTIL CHAIR BUZZER
T
BRAKE VALVE HANDBROMSLAMPA
P2 ACKUMULATOR T
B HANDBRAKE LAMP
P
P1 T
16
14 19 18
T2
T3
P LS LSPB ACC B H
24
MAX
ORBITROL 1,5 B 17
OPTION
20 21 BROMSLJUS
BRAKELIGHT
OPTION M
L R
V NDBAR F RARSTOL 23
EXTRA TURNABLE DRIWERS
FUNKTION INCHING 25
SEAT
PRIORITETSVENTIL 16
31 DRIVAXEL
PRIORYTY VALVE
DRIVINGAXLE
LS CF EF P T LS
33
T 32
PP
LADDNINGSVENTIL
P
CHARGING VALVE
35
P M T OPTION
STYRCYLINDER
STEERINGCYLINDER OLJEKYLARE
34 26 OILCOOLER
L GT BROMSTRYCK
RETURFILTER LOW BRAKEPRESSURE 27
RETURNLINE TERMOBYPASSVENTIL
79 146 21 FILTER TERMOBYPASS VALVE
28
TRYCKFILTER
ANDNINGSFILTER
38 37 36 PRESSURE
AIR FILTER
FILTER
DCF 280-330, hydraulic servo
PUMP PUMP 29
30
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine
VDCF02.02GB
8
8 FRILYFTCYLINDER
OPTION TILTCYLINDRAR 4 4 6 6 LYFTCYLINDRAR
TILTING FREE LIFT
HYTTSKJUTNING LIFTING CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS CYLINDER
CABIN SLIDING
1 3 B A
5 7 7
5 TP
9 TRYCKREDUCERINGSVENTIL
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE T
P2
A2 11
B1 A
A1 B2
H
10P
13
2 P T SERVOFILTER
T H
T2
12
T3
P LS LSPB
S R S R S R S R S R S R
OPTION
C C C C C C SPAKSTYRNING
LEVEL CONTROL STEERING
39 40 B1 A1
41 B1 A1
42 B1 A1
43 B1 A1 P2 44 B2 A2 45
BROMSVENTIL
BRAKE VALVE
ACKUMULATOR B T 15
P
STOLSUMMER
CHAIR BUZZER
P1 T HANDBROMSLAMPA
16
14 HANDBRAKE LAMP
19 18
L GT BROMSTRYCK
LOW BRAKEPRESSURE
ACC B H
OPTION 24
freelift
V NDBAR F RARSTOL
C C C C C TURNABLE DRIWERS MAX
SEAT 1,5 B 17
R S R S R S R S R S R S
20 M 21 BROMSLJUS
BRAKELIGHT
L R 23
INCHING 25
ORBITROL
22 18
EXTRA PRIORITETSVENTIL
FUNKTION PRIORYTY VALVE
31 DRIVAXEL 16
DRIVINGAXLE
LS CF EF P T LS
33
T 32
PP
STYRCYLINDER LADDNINGSVENTIL
P STEERINGCYLINDER
35 CHARGING VALVE
OPTION
P M T
OLJEKYLARE
34 OILCOOLER 26
RETURFILTER
27
RETURNLINE TERMOBYPASSVENTIL
79 146 21 FILTER TERMOBYPASS VALVE
28
ANDNINGSFILTER TRYCKFILTER
38 37 36 AIR FILTER PRESSURE
FILTER
PUMP PUMP 29
DCF 280-330, electric servo and
30
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine
VDCF02.02GB
AVSKJUTCYLINDRAR TILTCYLINDRAR GRIP CYLINDRAR LYFTCYLINDRAR
1 1 PROTRUDE CYLINDERS 2 2 TILTING CYLINDERS 4 4 GRAPPLE CYLINDERS LIFTING CYLINDERS TRYCKREDUCERINGSVENTIL
5 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
7 HDRAULSERVO SPAKAR
A HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL
P H
T H SERVOFILTER
3 3 6 6 10
9
35 B1 A1 B1 A1 P2 B2 A2 B2 A2
12
BROMSVENTIL
BRAKE VALVE
ACKUMULATOR B T
P STOLSUMMER
CHAIR BUZZER
HANDBROMSLAMPA
P1 T
11 HANDBRAKE LAMP
17
20 19
ACC B H
L GT BROMSTRYCK 21
LOW BRAKEPRESSURE
14 MAX18
1,5 B
BROMSLJUS
BRAKELIGHT
13 M
MAN VERVENTIL L R
grapple
MAIN VALVE
16 INCHING 22
ORBITROL
28 15 19
LS CF EF P T LS
T
PP STYRCYLINDER
STEERINGCYLINDER LADDNINGSVENTIL
P
CHARGING VALVE
30
OLJEKYLARE
P M T
OILCOOLER
RETURFILTER TRYCKFILTER
24 23
31 RETURNLINE PRESSURE TERMOBYPASSVENTIL
79 146 21 FILTER FILTER TERMOBYPASS VALVE
25
ANDNINGSFILTER
34 33 32 AIR FILTER
BROMSPUMP
BRAKE PUMP 26
PUMP PUMP
27
DCF 280-330, hydraulic servo, log
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine
VDCF02.02GB
TILTCYLINDRAR TRYCKREDUCERINGSVENTIL
OPTION 4 4 LYFTCYLINDRAR 6 9
TILTING CYLINDERS PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
HYTTSKJUTNING LIFTING CYLINDERS
A
CABIN SLIDING 8P H HDRAULSERVO SPAKAR OPTION
1 3 HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL
7 T H SERVOFILTER
5 7
5
10
OPTION
A2 S KERHETSL SNING
VID AGGREGAT EXTRA
B1 12
A1 B2 SAFETY LOCKING WIDE FUNKTION
ATTACHMENT
2 P T
11
B OPTION
A
SPAKSTYRNING
13 LEVEL CONTROL STEERING
44 B1 A1 B1 A1 B1 A1 B1 A1 P2 B2 A2 TP
STOLSUMMER
15 BROMSVENTIL CHAIR BUZZER
T
BRAKE VALVE HANDBROMSLAMPA
P2 ACKUMULATOR T
B HANDBRAKE LAMP
P
L GT BROMSTRYCK 16
P1 T
LOW BRAKEPRESSURE
14 19 18
T2
T3
P LS LSPB ACC B H
24
MAX
17
ORBITROL 1,5 B
OPTION OPTION
20 M 21 BROMSLJUS
BRAKELIGHT
L R
V NDBAR F RARSTOL
EXTRA
fluid tank
P M T OLJEKYLARE
OILCOOLER
OLJEKYLARE
38 OILCOOLER
RETURFILTER
37 26
RETURNLINE 27 TERMOBYPASSVENTIL
79 146 21 46 FILTER 2 TERMOBYPASS VALVE ANDNINGSFILTER
AIR FILTER
ANDNINGSFILTER
28
AIR FILTER 29
TRYCKFILTER
43 42 41 40 32 PRESSURE 30
FILTER
BROMSPUMP PUMP OLJEKYLNING
MAIN PUMP MAIN PUMP PUMP OILCOOLING
BRAKE PUMP 31
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine
VDCF02.02GB
OPTION 9
4 4 8 A
6 6
1 P H
OPTION
3
T H 12
5 5 7 10
7
OPTION
A2
B1 EXTRA
A1 B2 FUNKTION
11
2 P T
B A
39 B1 A1 B1 A1 B1 A1 B1 A1 P2 B2 A2
13 TP
15
T
P2 B T
14 P
P1 T
16
19 18
T2
T3
ACC B H
P LS LSPB 20 21
24 MAX17
1,5 B
OPTION
OPTION M
L R
EXTRA
23
FUNKTION 31 25
32 16
35 LS CF EF P T LS
T 33
PP
P
P M T OPTION
34 26
27
79 158 21
28
36
DCF370-500, hydraulic servo
38 37
29
30
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine
VDCF02.02GB
OPTION TILTCYLINDRAR 4 4 LYFTCYLINDRAR 6
HYTTSKJUTNING TILTING CYLINDERS LIFTING CYLINDERS
CABIN SLIDING
1 3
B A
5 5 7 7 TRYCKREDUCERINGSVENTIL
TP
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
T
A2 P2
A
9
B1
A1 B2
H
8P
2 P T
T H SERVOFILTER
11
10 T2
T3
S R S R S R S R S R
P LS LSPB
C C C C C OPTION
38 B1 A1 39 B1 A1
40 B1 A1
41 B1 A1 P2 42 B2 A2 SPAKSTYRNING
LEVEL CONTROL STEERING
37 BROMSVENTIL
BRAKE VALVE
ACKUMULATOR B T
P
13 STOLSUMMER
CHAIR BUZZER
P1 T HANDBROMSLAMPA
14
12 HANDBRAKE LAMP
17 16
L GT BROMSTRYCK
LOW BRAKEPRESSURE
ACC B H
OPTION 18 19 22
V NDBAR F RARSTOL
C C C C C ORBITROL TURNABLE DRIWERS MAX 15
SEAT 1,5 B
BROMSLJUS
R S R S R S R S R S M BRAKELIGHT
L R 20
INCHING 23
16
EXTRA DRIVINGAXLE
LS CF EF P T LS
FUNKTION
T 30
PP
LADDNINGSVENTIL
P
33 STYRCYLINDER CHARGING VALVE
STEERINGCYLINDER
P M T OPTION
32 TRYCKFILTER OLJEKYLARE
PRESSURE OILCOOLER
RETURFILTER FILTER
RETURNLINE TERMOBYPASSVENTIL
79 158 21 FILTER 25 TERMOBYPASS VALVE
ANDNINGSFILTER
26
DCF370-500, electric servo
36 35 34 AIR FILTER
24
PUMP PUMP 27
28
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine
VDCF02.02GB
OPTION TILTCYLINDRAR 4 4 LYFTCYLINDRAR 6
HYTTSKJUTNING TILTING CYLINDERS LIFTING CYLINDERS
CABIN SLIDING 11
1 3
7 7 B A
5 5 TRYCKREDUCERINGSVENTIL
TP
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
T
A2 9 P2
B1 A
A1 B2
8P H
2 P T
T H SERVOFILTER
T2
10
T3
S R S R S R S R S R
P LS LSPB
44C OPTION
42 43C B1 A1 B1
45C
A1 B1
46C
A1 B1 A1 P2
47C B2 A2 SPAKSTYRNING
LEVEL CONTROL STEERING
BROMSVENTIL
BRAKE VALVE
ACKUMULATOR B T
P
STOLSUMMER
13 CHAIR BUZZER
P1 T HANDBROMSLAMPA 18
12 HANDBRAKE LAMP
21 20
L GT BROMSTRYCK
LOW BRAKEPRESSURE
ACC B H
OPTION
V NDBAR F RARSTOL
22
C C C C C ORBITROL TURNABLE DRIWERS
15 MAX19
SEAT 1,5 B
BROMSLJUS
R S R S R S R S R S
14 M BRAKELIGHT
L R
fluid tank
16 INCHING 23
EXTRA
PRIORYTY VALVE 30 DRIVINGAXLE
LS CF EF P T LS
FUNKTION
29
T 31
PP BYPASS
STYRCYLINDER
FILTER BACKVENTIL LADDNINGSVENTIL
P STEERINGCYLINDER
CHECK VALVE CHARGING VALVE
36
32 P M T OLJEKYLARE
OILCOOLER
33 TRYCKFILTER
2 PRESSURE
RETURFILTER FILTER
24
37 RETURNLINE OLJEKYLARE TERMOBYPASSVENTIL
79 158 21 46 FILTER OILCOOLER 25 TERMOBYPASS VALVE ANDNINGSFILTER
AIR FILTER
ANDNINGSFILTER
26
AIR FILTER 27
41 40 39 38 28
34
MAIN PUMP MAIN PUMP BROMSPUMP PUMP OLJEKYLNING
BRAKE PUMP PUMP OILCOOLING 35
DCF370-500, electric servo, brake
Hydraulic diagram, basic machine
attachment
2
3
1
4 5
7
007986 (A40533.0100 Ver.1)
1. Rotation cylinder
2. Twistlock cylinder
3. Hydraulic oil pump, attachment
4. Solenoid valve, twistlocks (Y6044)
5. Solenoid valve, spreading (Y6046)
6. Solenoid, damping (Y6046-2)
7. Spreading motor
8. Hydraulic oil connection to fork spreading section
11 Common electrics
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Component designations
page
–
Prefix Description
A Unit, sub-unit. Example: amplifier with separate components.
B Converter from non-electric to electric signals or vice versa. Example: inductive sensor.
C Capacitor.
K Relay, connector.
L Inductance, reactance.
T Transformer.
Z Transformer, network, hybrid, filter, equaliser, limiter. Example: cable balancing network.
Sheet Designation
0.0-1 Cross-reference list
Sheet Designation
7.2-2 Circuit, freelift sensors
Sheet Designation
9.6-1 Circuit, work lights 20’-40’
Sheet Designation
11.5-9 Circuit, option, ground power
Sheet Designation
1/5 Circuit, top lift attachment 20-40
A A
B B
C Kretsar DCF300, DCE300330 C
Wiring DCF 300, DCE300330
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Added connection automatic display change, 9.9_2 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring DCF370, DCE300330 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
D7901
K1 1:11:6 /11.5_4.C5 K6 6:1 /9.4_1.B1 LAMP INST. ILLUMINATION PWM K9 9:1 /5.2_1.A2 SWITCHES ARM REST 24V reference
6:2 /9.6_2.B8 SW WLIGHTS CARRIAGE Input 9:2 /5.2_1.C2 LAMP F/R ARM REST 1.5A
K2 2:1 /9.5_1.C1 MOTOR FRONT WIPER 5A 6:3 /9.6_3.B8 SW WORK LIGHTS MAST Input 9:3 /5.2_1.C8 SW REVERSE ARM REST Input
2:2 /9.4_2.C1 MOTOR HEATING FAN PWM 6:4 /9.6_4.C8 SWITCH ROT. BEACON Input 9:4 /5.2_1.B8 SW FORWARD ARM REST Input
2:3 /9.4_2.E1 MOTOR RECIRCULATION 1.5 6:5 /9.6_4.A8 SWITCH MAIN LIGHT Input 9:5 /5.2_1.B8 SW ACT. MICRO STEERING Input
2:4 /9.5_1.D1 MOTOR REAR WIPER 5A 6:6 /9.3_1.B8 SWITCH SEAT HEATER Input
2:5 /9.6_4.E1 MOTOR ROT. BEACON 5A 6:7 /9.1_1.E8 SWITCH S2 OPT. Input 9:6 /5.2_1.D8 POT. MICRO STEERING 0V reference
2:6 /9.6_6.A1 REVERSING LIGHT LEFT 5A 6:8 /9.1_1.D8 SWITCH S3 OPT. Input 9:7 /5.2_1.D2 POT. MICRO STEERING Analog reference 5V
2:7 /9.6_6.B1 REVERSING LIGHT RIGHT 5A 9:8 /5.2_1.D8 POT. MICRO STEERING (P6) Analog Input
2:8 /9.4_2.D8 LOGIC SUPPLY HEAT FAN 6:9 /9.1_1.B8 SWITCH S4 OPT. Input 9:9 /5.2_1.E8 POT. MIC STEER/6TH LEV (P7)Analog Input
6:10 /9.6_1.A8 SW WORK LIGHTS MAST Input 9:10 /5.2_1.A8 SWITCH HORN ARM REST Input
B 6:11 /1.0_1.A8 POT. ACCELERATOR 1 Analog Input B
K4 4:1 /9.4_2.B1 MOTOR WATER VALVE 0.5A
4:2 /9.4_2.B1 MOTOR WATER VALVE 0.5A 6:12 /1.0_1.B8 POT. ACCELERATOR 2 Analog Input
4:3 /9.4_2.A1 MOTOR DRAUGHT VALVE 0.5A 6:13
4:4 /9.4_2.A1 MOTOR DRAUGHT VALVE 0.5A 6:14 /2.0_1.C8 PEDAL DECLUTCHING Input K10 10:1
4:5 /9.4_2.B1 POT. DRAUGHT/WAT. VALVE Analog reference 5V 6:15 10:2
4:6 /9.4_2.B8 POT. DRAUGHT/ WAT VALVE 0V reference 6:16 SEE K11:13 10:3 /7.0_4.B8 SENSOR ALIGNMENT Input
4:7 /9.4_2.B8 POT. DRAUGHT VALVE Analog Input 10:4 /9.4_2.C8 POT. WATER VALVE Analog Input
K7 7:1 /7.0_1.A8 POTENTIOM. EL. SERVO 0V reference 10:5 Input
4:8 /9.4_1.D8 SENSOR TEMP. INDOOR Reostat in 7:2 /7.0_1.A1 POTENTIOM. EL. SERVO Analog reference 5V 10:6 Input
4:9 /9.4_1.F8 SENSOR TEMP. AMBIENT Reostat in 7:3 /7.0_1.A8 POT. LIFT / LOWER (P1) Analog Input 10:7 /9.3_1.C2 RELAY SEAT HEATER 0.5A
4:10 /9.4_1.E8 SENSOR TEMP. FAN AIR Reostat in 7:4 /7.0_1.B8 POT. TILT (P2) Analog Input 10:8 /9.6_1.B1 CONTAINER LIGHT 40 0.5A
4:11 /9.4_1.E8 SENSOR DEICING SENSOR Reostat in 7:5 /7.0_1.C8 POT. SIDE SHIFTING (P3) Analog Input
4:12 /9.4_1.F1 SENSORS AIRCONDITION 0V reference 7:6 /7.0_1.D8 POT. SPREADING (P4) Analog Input 10:9 /9.1_2.B1 HOUR MET/RELAY AIR SEAT 0.5A
4:13 /9.5_1.C8 MOTOR FRONT WIPER Input 7:7 /7.0_1.E8 POT. EXTRA (P5) Analog Input 10:10 /11.5_3.E1 RELAY K3151 0.5A
4:14 /9.5_1.C1 MOTOR FRONT WIPER 24V reference 7:8 /9.6_1.D1 CONTAINER LIGHT 20 0.5A 10:11 /11.5_6.C1 RELAY K30091 0.5A
10:12 /11.5_6.B1 RELAY K30092,K3002,K3007 0.5A
C K5 5:1 /9.1_1.B1 SWITCHES LEFT PANEL 24V reference 7:9 /7.0_2.C1 IND. LOCKED LEVELLING 0.5A 10:13 /9.5_1.E1 MOTOR WASHER 3A C
5:2 7:10 /7.0_5.B1 RELAY ACTIVATE TW 0.5A 10:14 /9.5_1.E1 MOTOR ROOF WIPER 1.5A
5:3 /7.0_4.F2 OVERRIDE ALIGNMENT PWM (NPN) 7:11 /7.0_5.C1 RELAY ACTIVATE SPREAD 0.5A 10:15
5:4 /9.5_1.F8 MOTOR WASH REAR/ROOF PWM (NPN) 7:12 /7.0_2.B1 SWITCHES EL. SERVO Analog Reference 24V 10:16 /11.5_3.F1 RELAY K3152 0.5A
5:5 /9.6_7.B8 SWITCH LAMP HAZARD PWM (PNP) 7:13 /7.5_1.B8 SWITCH SPREADING 2040 Input
5:6 /9.6_7.A8 SWITCH HAZARD Input 7:14 /7.5_1.A8 SWITCH SPREADING 4020 Input K11 11:1 /11.5_3.C8 SWITCH IGNITION Input
5:7 /9.4_1.B8 FAN SPEED Analog Input 7:15 /7.9_1.C8 SWITCH UNLOCK TW Input 11:2 /9.6_8.A8 INTERIOR LIGHT Input
7:16 /7.0_2.C8 SWITCH PISTOL Input 11:3 /9.6_8.B8 SWITCH BREAK CAB DOOR Input
5:8 /9.4_1.C8 TEMPERATURE Analog Input 11:4 /9.6_11.B8 SWITCH STEP IN LIGHT Input
5:9 /9.4_1.C8 DRAUGHT VALVE Analog Input K8 8:1 /7.8_1.E7 SWITCH LOCK LEVELLING Input 11:5
5:10 /9.4_1.D8 POT. FAN / TEMP / DEFROST 0V reference 8:2 /7.0_2.C8 SWITCH LOCK TILT Input 11:6 /9.6_8.D1 LAMP INTERIOR LIGHT 1.5A
5:11 /9.4_1.B1 POT. FAN / TEMP / DVALVE Analog reference 5V 8:3 /8.2_1.B8 SWITCH OVERRIDE Input 11:7 See K13 REDUNDANT POWER Dig out
5:12 /1.0_1.A8 POT. ACCELERATOR 0V reference 8:4 /11.5_6.A8 SW. OPERATING POWER Input
5:13 /1.0_1.A1 POT. ACCELERATOR Analog reference 5V 8:5 /4.0_1.B8 SWITCH PBRAKE OPEN Input 11:8 See K13 REDUNDANT POWER Dig out
5:14 /7.0_4.F8 OVERRIDE ALIGNMENT Input (K10:3) 8:6 /9.3_3.A8 SWITCH REV. SEAT C.W Input 11:9 See K13 REDUNDANT POWER Dig out
8:7 /9.3_3.B8 SWITCH REV. SEAT C.C.W Input 11:10 See K13 REDUNDANT POWER Dig out
D 8:8 /7.0_4.D8 SENSOR LOCK TW Input 11:11 /9.7_1.B2 HORN 3A D
11:12 /9.7_1.D2 SWITCH SEAT 24V reference
8:9 /7.0_4.C8 SENSOR UNLOCK TW Input
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
11:13 /11.5_6.E8 FEEDBACK K2 Input
8:10 /7.5_1.C8 SWITCH 3035 STOP Input 11:14 /9.7_1.D8 SWITCH SEAT Input
8:11 /7.5_3.B7 SWITCH AUT. 2040 Input
8:12 /7.9_1.A8 SWITCH LOCK TW Input K12 12:1 /9.5_1.D1 MOTOR REAR WIPER 24V reference
8:13 /4.0_1.A8 SWITCH PBRAKE LOCKED Input 12:2 /9.5_1.D8 MOTOR REAR WIPER Input
8:14 /9.1_1.A8 SWITCH S1 OPT. Input 12:3 /9.5_1.E1 MOTOR ROOF WIPER 24V reference
8:15 /9.3_3.B1 LIGHT SW. S169/S1010 1.5A 12:4 /9.5_1.E8 MOTOR ROOF WIPER Input
8:16 /7.9_1.C2 SWITCH ELSERVO PANEL 24V reference
K13 13:113:12 /11.6_1.D6 CANBUS
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Uppdaterade efter senaste ändring 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Crossreference list A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
D7971
CAN /11.6_1.E8
KDU contact K2
2:13 /10.6_1.A8 SENSOR HYDR. OIL TEMP. Temperature Input
2:16 /1.0_1.E1 D+ D+
C C
D7971
KDU contact K1
KDU contact K1
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
1:13 /4.0_1.D8 PRESSURE SWITCH ACCU. TANK Analog In 05V 1:33 /9.6_6.D1 REAR LIGHTS 1.5A
1:14 /10.6_1.B1 MOTOR COOLING FAN HYDR. OIL 10A 1:34 /4.0_1.E1 VALVE PARKING BRAKE 1.5A
1:15 /9.6_5.C1 HEAD LIGHT 6A 1:35 /10.4_1.D2 PUMP ATTACHMENT 1.5A
1:16 /7.2_1.C8 VALVE LIFT / BLOCK LIFT PWM 1:36 /8.2_3.C1 MAST POSITION 1.5A
1:17 /7.2_1.D8 VALVE LOWER / BLOCK LOWER PWM 1:37 /8.2_3.C8 MAST POSITION Dig In / 1.5A
1:18 /7.7_1.D8 VALVE TILT IN PWM 1:38 0V Ref
1:19 /7.7_1.C8 VALVE TILT OUT PWM 1:39 /10.4_1.C2 VALVE PUMP 2 1.5A
1:20 /9.6_5.E8 PRESSURE SWITCH BRAKE LIGHT Analog In 05V 1:40 /9.4_1.A8 PRESSURE SW. REFRIDGE Dig In / 1.5A
1:41 /4.0_1.C8 PRESSURE SWITCH PBRAKE Analog In 05V
1:42 /9.0_1.C2 CENTRAL LUB. / WORK LIGHT OPT. 6A
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Uppdaterade efter senaste ändring 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Crossreference list A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
D7972
Power /11.5_5.D5
CAN /11.6_2C.E3
2:6 Temperature Input
KDU contact K2
B B
2:13 Temperature Input
2:15 Reostat In
2:16 D+
D7972
KDU contact K1
KDU contact K1
1:13 /9.3_3.C8 SWITCH SEAT POS. F Analog In 05V 1:33 /7.5_1.E1 VALVE SPREADING OUT 1.5A
1:14 /11.5_9.A1 OPT. 10A 1:34 /9.3_7.B1 DAMPING TURNABLE SEAT 1.5A
1:15 /9.3_5.B1 LAMP DIPPED LIGHT REAR 6A 1:35 /9.3_7.C1 BRAKE TURNABLE SEAT 1.5A
D 1:16 /5.2_2.B8 VALVE MICRO STEERING PWM 1:36 /9.3_4.C2 LAMP BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD RIGHT 1.5A D
1:17 /7.10_1.B8 VALVE EXTRA FUNCT. PWM 1:37 /9.3_4.B2 LAMP BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD LEFT 1.5A
1:18 /7.4_1.B8 VALVE SIDESHIFT PWM 1:38 0V Ref
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
1:19 /7.5_1.E8 VALVE SPREADING PWM 1:39 /9.3_7.B1 VALVE SEAT ROTATION C.C.W 1.5A
1:20 /9.3_3.D8 SWITCH SEAT POS. R Analog In 05V 1:40 /11.5_11.D1 OPT. Dig In / 1.5A
1:41 /11.5_10.A8 OPT. Analog In 05V
1:42 /11.5_9.D1 OPT. 6A
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Uppdaterade efter senaste ändring 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Crossreference list A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
D791
Power /11.5_5.C5
CAN /11.6_2B.C3
B 2:6 Temperature Input B
2:11 /11.5_5.B4 Emergency stop Input
KDU contact K2
2:13 Temperature Input
2:15 Reostat In
2:16 D+
D791
KDU contact K1
KDU contact K1
1:13 /7.9_2.D8 SENSOR ALIGNMENT FRONT LEFT Analog In 05V 1:33 /7.4_2.C2 VALVE SIDESHIFT RIGHT 1.5A
1:14 /9.14_1.D2 PUMP CENTRAL LUBRICATION 10A 1:34 /7.5_2.B2 VALVE SPREADING OUT 1.5A
D 1:15 /9.6_2.D2 WORK LIGHT RIGHT 6A 1:35 /7.5_2.C2 VALVE SPREADING IN 1.5A D
1:16 /7.3_1.B7 PROJECTING LEFT PWM 1:36 /7.10_2.C2 OPT. 1.5A
1:17 /7.3_1.C7 PROJECTING RIGHT PWM 1:37 /7.10_2.D2 OPT. 1.5A
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
1:18 /7.4_2.B7 VALVE SIDESHIFT PWM 1:38 0V Ref
1:19 /7.5_2.B7 VALVE SPREADING PWM 1:39 /7.9_1.D2 LAMP ALIGNMENT 1.5A
1:20 /7.5_2.E7 SENSOR 3035 STOP Analog In 05V 1:40 /7.9_2.A8 SENSOR ALIGNMENT FRONT RIGHT Dig In / 1.5A
1:41 /7.9_2.B8 SENSOR UNLOCKED TW. RIGHT Analog In 05V
1:42 /7.8_1.C2 VALVE UNLOCK LEVELLING 6A
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Uppdaterade efter senaste ändring 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Crossreference list A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
S1053 S1051 M693
Choice: opt Choice: opt Central
mast fenders lubrication
Val: opt Val opt Central
KDU stativ skärmar S1993 S1994 smörjning
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
D7971 + X240/ X213
D7972 X249
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion / New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Truth table opt. A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X038f X038f
A 00513B 5 6 00512B A
X6901f X006
B6901 BK 2 2 00611 11 K6:11 Analog Input
D7901
X6901f /0.0_1.B4
3
00513C 1 1 RD 1 2 WH 3 3 00512C
POT. ACCELERATOR 1
ACCELERATOR
X016
24V D7902/2:1 0161 1 K2:1 Input
/ 11.5_3.C7 D7902 X066f X040f X040m X006
/11.5_4.F4 D7901/6:12 1 A0403 3 3 00612A 12 K6:12 Analog Input
/ 9.3_3.D6 D7901
SWITCH STARTER /0.0_1.B4
B POT. ACCELERATOR 2 B
X016 X038f
24V D7902/2:2 0162 2 K2:2 Input 8 00612B
/ 11.5_3.C7 D7902
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH PREHEAT
/ 1.0_2B1.B1
X210f / 1.0_2C.C2
581/3:1 2101 1 581/3:1
/ 11.5_1.B5 / 1.0_2D.B2
/ 1.0_2B2.B7
2102
/ 1.0_2D.B2
2 CHASSIS
/ 1.0_2E2.B7
C / 1.0_2A.B2 C
/ 1.0_2B1.B1
/ 1.0_2C.C2
2033 30 / 1.0_2D.B2
CAN_J1939_+ 3 CAN_J1939_+
/ 11.6_1.C2 / 1.0_2E1.F1
2034
/ 1.0_2A.B2
/ 1.0_2B1.B1
/ 1.0_2C.C2
/ 1.0_2D.B2
2034 30 / 1.0_2E1.F1
CAN_J1939_ 4 CAN_J1939_
/ 11.6_1.C2 / 2.0_2B1.A2
2033
X210f / 1.0_2A.E2
D 581/4:1 2105A 5 581/4:1 D
/ 11.5_1.C5 / 1.0_2B1.B1
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
/ 1.0_2A.B2
/ 1.0_2B1.C1
/ 1.0_2C.C2
X212 / 1.0_2D.B2
D+ K2:16 16 21216 D+
D7971 / 1.0_2E1.C1
/0.0_2.C4 6
D+
/ 1.0_2B2.B2
/ 1.0_2C.C2
2107A
/ 1.0_2D.B2
582/7:1 7 582/7:1
/ 11.5_1.C8 / 1.0_2E2.B2
E / 1.0_2A.E2 E
/ 1.0_2B1.C1
/ 1.0_2C.D2
2108A
/ 1.0_2D.C2
582/8:1 8 582/8:1
/ 11.5_1.C8 / 1.0_2E1.C1
/ 1.0_2A.C2
X211 X278f / 1.0_2B1.D1
1.5A K1:32 32 21132 2 START
D7971 / 1.0_2E1.E1
/0.0_2.D5
B757
RELAY STARTING KEY XB757 XB757 X212
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
2102 7572 2 2 1 1 21215 15 K2:15 Reostat In
D7971
U /0.0_2.C4
F SENSOR FUEL LEVEL F
FUEL LEVEL
X37211A
X37211
Ref. Benämning Produkt/Product Blad/Sheet
Nr Ändring Ändring nr Datum Sign. Datum/Date Huvudnr./Project no.
Ruta Sign.
Sq.
No. Design change Change No. Date Ritad/Drawn Krets drivlina motor DCF300,DCE300 1.0_1
CJS 050128 A47137.0100
Name
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring drive train engine A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D5.2
X279
2791 1
A A
X279
2
X279
X37212 8
X279
9
X279
X210m 2103B 12
CAN_J1939_+ 3 2103A X90017
/ 1.0_1.C6 X279
2104B 13
/1.0_2A.F8
CAN_J1939_ 4 2104A X90018
/ 1.0_1.D6 X279
2108D 14
B D794 B
D+ 6 2106 ENGINE
/ 1.0_1.D6
X22
1 2108E
2 2798
3 2792
Diagnostics engine. 4 2104C
5 2799
6 2103C SWITCH CLOSES WHEN
C COOLANT LEVEL IS TOO LOW C
K315 B759
X278m 2 2 1 1
START 2 2782A 85 86 2782B
/ 1.0_1.F6 COOLANT LEVEL
GY
W224
87A 30 X37212
87
G660 BK
M654 B+
STARTING KEY
30 31 W225 B D+
M G
2
1
ALTERNATOR
D 50 D
X280m
STARTER W
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
1
2
X280f
2105C
X210m
581/4:1 5 2105B
/ 1.0_1.D6
6
E E
20
K312
X23f
2108D 2108F 86 85 2108G 8 3
2108E X90016
582/8:1 8 2108B PREHEATER
/ 1.0_1.E6
/1.0_2A.B8
E800
W6 30 87 W7 1 2
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
PREHEATER D794
ENGINE
F D5.1 F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring engine TAD722 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
XD7941m
1/50
2/50
3/50
4/50
5/50
X210m XD7941f 6/50
581/3:1 1 2101 X90068 2101A 7 7/50
/ 1.0_1.C6
2101B 8 8/50
9/50
CAN_J1939_+ 3 30 2103 10/50
/ 1.0_1.C6
B 11/50 B
12/50
CAN_J1939_ 4 30 2104 13/50
/ 1.0_1.D6
14/50
15/50
581/4:1 5 2105 16/50
/ 1.0_1.D6
2101C 17 17/50
2105A 18 18/50
D+ 6 2106 X90069 19/50
/ 1.0_1.D6
20/50
21/50
582/8:1 8 2108 22/50
/ 1.0_1.E6
C 23/50 C
24/50
25/50
26/50
K360 27/50
X278m 2105B 28 28/50
START 2 2782 85 86 W19F W19A 29 29/50
/ 1.0_1.F6
W19B 30 30/50
87 30 31/50
87A 32/50
33/50
STARTING SOLENOID 34/50
D 35/50 D
36/50
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
37 37/50
36030
38 38/50
W19C 39 39/50
RD W19D 40 40/50
41/50
42/50
G660 43/50
M654 B+
44/50
30 31 I W19
B 45/50
M G X90070 46 46/50
50 W 47/50
E E
48/50
WH 49/50
W19E 50 50/50
W11
D794 /1.0_2B2.D6
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring engine Cummins QSM11 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
SWITCH CLOSES WHEN
B B
COOLANT LEVEL IS TOO LOW
K322
X210m X759f X759m B759 X759m X759f X210m
582/7:1 7 2107 86 85 86 85 2102A 2 2 BK 2 2 1 1 GY 1 1 2102 2 CHASSIS
/ 1.0_1.E6 / 1.0_1.C6
/1.0_2B2.D3
XD7942f XD7942m
C W26 5 5/31 C
W25 6 6/31
K322 7 7/31
30 30 87
87A 87a W25A 19 19/31
/1.0_2B2.B3
COOLANT LEVEL
D794 /1.0_2B1.F6
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring engine Cummins QSM11 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X22
1 221
2 2798
3 2793
Diagnostics engine. 4
5 2797
6
B B
X210m
581/3:1 1 2101
/ 1.0_1.C6
X279f X279m
CAN_J1939_+ 3 2103 30 2103 1 1/8
/ 1.0_1.C6
2104 2 2/8
C CAN_J1939_ 4 2104 2793 3 3/8 C
/ 1.0_1.D6
2101 4 4/8
D+ 6 2106
/ 1.0_1.D6
2795 5 5/8
582/7:1 7 2107 X90082 2107 6 6/8
/ 1.0_1.E6
2797 7 7/8
582/8:1 8 2108A 2798 8 8/8
/ 1.0_1.E6
D794
D D
Only 950 & 1250
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
Volvos harness
XG660D+ W
E L E
1
15
65430 1
BS
DFM
M654
G660 G660
B+ 30 31
M
D+ B
G
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
50
ALTERNATOR STARTER
W
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Connection 950,1250 changed 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring engine 950,1240,1250 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
G660
B+
A 2106 D+ B A
G
ALTERNATOR
W
X210m
581/3:1 1 2101
/ 1.0_1.C6
CHASSIS 2 2102
/ 1.0_1.C6
X279f X279m
CAN_J1939_+ 3 2103 30 2103 1 1/8
/ 1.0_1.C6
2104 2 2/8
B CAN_J1939_ 4 2104 2102 3 3/8 B
/ 1.0_1.D6
2101 4 4/8
D+ 6 2106 2108 5 5/8
/ 1.0_1.D6
2107 6 6/8
582/7:1 7 2107 7/8
/ 1.0_1.E6
8/8
582/8:1 8 2108
/ 1.0_1.E6
XK312Am XK312Af
1 1/2
2 2/2
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
K312 D794
XK312f XK312f
1 86 85 2
Volvo harness
XK31230 30 87 XK31287 UH
PRE HEAT
E8001 E8002
E 1 2 1 2 E
M654
Preheat cylinder Preheat cylinder
31 30 XM65430 31230
M
50
STARTER E8003 E8004
1 2 1 2
31287 XE800
Preheat cylinder Preheat cylinder
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
E8005 E8006
1 2 1 2
F F
Preheat cylinder Preheat cylinder
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Preheat added. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring engine TAD760 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D794
F56
XD7943f XD7943m
A 7941 1 1/4 A
7942 2 2/4
65430-2 B:1 30A 2:1 7943 3 3/4
2:2 7944 4 4/4
XD7942m
1/50
2/50
3/50
4/50
B 5/50 B
F56 6/50
1 7/50
2 Power ECU D794
3 8/50
4 9/50
5 10/50
X37217
6
X210m 11/50
D+ 6 2106 12/50
/ 1.0_1.D6
13/50
582/8:1 8 2108 14/50
/ 1.0_1.E6
15/50
16/50
C 17/50 C
18/50
19/50
ALTERNATOR P 20/50
B WH 21/50
L
G B 22/50
B+ 23/50
G660 24/50
25/50
K312 26/50
F51 E800
65430-1 31230 30 87 31287 1 2 XD7942f 27/50
1 2
125A /1.0_2E1.E5 PREHEATER D79428 28 28/50
/ 1.0_2E2.D7
D RELAY PREHEATER 29/50 D
30/50
M654
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
31/50
30 31 D79432 79432 32 32/50
M / 1.0_2E2.C2
RD 33/50
50 34/50
STARTER
35/50
36/50
K360 37/50
36030 30 87 36087 38/50
/1.0_2E1.E3 2108 39 39/50
RELAY STARTER 31286 40 40/50
E 41/50 E
K312 31285 42 42/50
86 85 43/50
K360 /1.0_2E1.D5 44/50
X278m
START 2 2782 86 85 W19 RELAY PREHEATER 45/50
/ 1.0_1.F6
/1.0_2E1.E3 30 46 46/50
RELAY STARTER 47 47/50
X37217 48/50
49/50
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
X210m 50/50
CAN_J1939_+ 3 2103 30
F / 1.0_1.C6 F
CAN_J1939_ 4 2104
/ 1.0_1.D6
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Cable WH was red now white. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 070123 Klass/Class
Wiring engine QSB6,7 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B SWITCH CLOSES WHEN B
COOLANT LEVEL IS TOO LOW
K322
X210m X759f B759 X759f X210m
582/7:1 7 2107 86 85 86 85 2102A 2 2 1 1 2102 2 CHASSIS
/ 1.0_1.E6 / 1.0_1.C6
18,0kOHM
COOLANT LEVEL
C R82011 C
322-30 B B 1 2
560kOHM
C C
V
Coolant level OK = 0,5V2,1V
Coolant level low = 4,5V4,9V
79428 D79428
/ 1.0_2E1.D7
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 XR820, 32230, 32287A added. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 070123 Klass/Class
Wiring engine QSB6,7 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X017
S162 MULTISWITCH 12 K3:12 Input
D7902
/11.5_4.F4
/9.6_4.D4
GEAR SWITCH REVERSE
R R BK/WH/GN
X017
24V reference K3:10 10 RD 15/1 N N
D7902
/11.5_4.F4
X017
24V REF TO GEAR SWITCH F F BK/GN 11 K3:11 Input
D7902
/11.5_4.F4
GEAR /9.5_1.B4 GEAR SWITCH FORWARD
B B
DECLUTCHING PEDAL DECLUTCHING
XS2203f XS2203f
C 0381B 1 7901:51/24V 7901/6:14 2 0382B C
/ 9.3_3.F2 / 9.3_3.F6
S2202
P
X211
582/5:1 216-1B 1 2 21127 27 K1:27 Analog In 05V
/ 9.6_5.E2 D7971
582/5:1 216-1C /0.0_2.D5
/ 4.0_1.C2 DECLUTCHING
SWITCH DECLUTCHING
X205m
CAN_J1939_+ 30 2035 A CAN_J1939_+
D / 11.6_1.C2 / 2.0_2A1.B2 D
2036
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
CAN_J1939_ 30 2036 B CAN_J1939_
/ 11.6_1.C2 / 2.0_2A1.B2
2035
X201f / 2.0_2A1.C7
2011 1 CHASSIS
/ 2.0_2B1.C7
2012
/ 2.0_2A1.C2
581/5:1 2 581/5:1
/ 11.5_1.C5 / 2.0_2B1.C2
E E
2013
/ 2.0_2A1.C7
3 CHASSIS
/ 2.0_2B1.C7
2014
/ 2.0_2A1.C2
582/6:1 4 582/6:1
X37211B / 11.5_1.B8 / 2.0_2B1.C2
X37211
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Extra declutch, XS2203 added. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring drive train gearbox A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
D793
CAN
X205f X252f
CAN_J1939_ B 252A2 A2 L2 ECU793
/ 2.0_1.D7 CAN L
CAN_J1939_+ A 252B2 B2 M2
/ 2.0_1.D7 CAN H
C
B B
251K3D 0V_ref
/ 2.0_2A2.E2
C C
D793
X201m X251f X251f X201m
581/5:1 2 251A1 A1 A1
ECU793 A3 A3 251A3 1 CHASSIS
/ 2.0_1.E7 PPWR Power Supply GND / 2.0_1.E7
X252f X252f
582/6:1 4 252F2 F2 S2 S3 F3 252F3B 252F3A 3 CHASSIS
/ 2.0_1.E7 SPWR VFSGND / 2.0_1.E7
D CHASSIS 252F3D D
/ 2.0_2A3.E7
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
D793
RS 232
E ECU793 X252f X261m E
N2 C2 252C2 A
R x D
P2 D2 252D2 B
T x D
C
251K3E 0V_ref
/ 2.0_2A2.E2
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Kabel 252F3C utgår. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE32 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X251f
RPM B3 B3 251B3
D793
XB752
B752 1 1
A X251f A
2 2 251C3 C3 C3 RPM
D793
DRUM SPEED
X251f
RPM D3 D3 251D3
D793
XB758
B758 1 1 X251f
2 2 251E3 E3 E3 RPM
D793
OUTPUT SPEED
B B
B758/766
XB766 X251f
T T 1 251H3 H3 H3 Analogue Input
D793
2 251G3
+ 3 251F3 X251f
G3 G3 RPM
D793
ENGINE SPEED/GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
X251f
F3 F3 RPM
D793
S221
C XS221 C
251J3B X37Gearbox
1 T 2
TEMP SWITCH COOLER IN
(CONVERTER OUT TEMP)
X251f
251J3A J3 J3 Analogue Input
D793
X252f R8 R7
5V Analogue Ref M1 B1 252B1 1 2 251J3C 1 2
D793
10KOhm 10KOhm
251K3B
X252f
D RPM R2 E2 252E2 D
D793
X251f
K3 Signal GND
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
XB751 K3
D793
B751 1 1
2 2 251K3C
TURBINE SPEED
0V_ref 251K3D 251K3A
/ 2.0_2A1.B7
0V_ref 251K3E
/ 2.0_2A1.E7
E B765
E
P PRESURE FEEDBACK SENSOR
X251f X253f X253f
Rheostat Input A2 A2 251A2 11 15 251K3F
D793
2K2
2K2
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE32 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Y6069
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Analogue Output D1 D1 251D1 1 1 2 2 251E1 E1 E1 Analogue Output
D793 D793
VFS 2ND/4TH
Y630
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Analogue Output B1 B1 251B1 3 1 2 4 251C1 C1 C1 Analogue Output
B D793 D793 B
VFS FWD
Y6067
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Analogue Output H1 H1 251H1 5 1 2 6 251J1 J1 J1 Analogue Output
D793 D793
VFS 1ST/3RD
C C
Y631
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Analogue Output F1 F1 251F1 7 1 2 8 251G1 G1 G1 Analogue Output
D793 D793
VFS REV
Y6066
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Digital Output K1 K1 251K1 9 1 2 10 251K2 K2 K2 Digital Output
D793 D793
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
DRIVE
Y6074
X251f X253f X253f
Digital Output E2 E2 251E2 12 1 2 14 252F3D CHASSIS
D793 / 2.0_2A1.D2
2/4 SELECT
Y6075
E X251f X253f E
Digital Output F2 F2 251F2 13 1 2
D793
1/3 SELECT
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ventil Y602 utgår. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE32 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D793
CAN
X205f X252f
CAN_J1939_ B 30 252A2 30 A2 L2 ECU793
A / 1.0_1.D6 CAN L A
CAN_J1939_+ A 252B2 B2 M2
CAN H
B B
D793
C X201m X251f X251f X201m C
581/5:1 2 251A1 A1 A1
ECU793 A3 A3 251A3 1 CHASSIS
/ 2.0_1.E7 PPWR Power Supply GND / 2.0_1.E7
X201m X252f X252f X201m
582/6:1 4 252F2 F2 S2 S3 F3 252F3B 3 CHASSIS
/ 2.0_1.E7 SPWR VFSGND / 2.0_1.E7
0V_ref 252F3C
/ 2.0_2B2.F7
252F3A
0V_ref 252F3D
/ 2.0_2B3.E8
D D
D793
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
RS 232
ECU793 X252f X261m
N2 C2 252C2 A
R x D
P2 D2 252D2 B
T x D
C
251K3D 0V_ref
/ 2.0_2B2.E1
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 New page 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE17 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X251f
RPM B3 B3 251B3
D793
A XB752f A
DRUM SPEED B752 1 1 X251f
2 2 251C3 C3 C3 RPM
D793
DRUM SPEED
DRUM SPEED
X251f
RPM D3 D3 251D3
D793
XB758f
OUTPUT SPEED B758 1 1 X251f
2 2 251E3 E3 E3 RPM
D793
OUTPUT SPEED
OUTPUT SPEED
B B
X251f
251H3 H3 H3 Analogue Input
D793
GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
B758/766
XB766f
T T B X251f
C 251G3 G3 G3 RPM
D793
+ A
ENGINE SPEED/GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
C ENGINE SPEED/GEARBOX TEMPERATURE C
X251f
251F3 F3 F3 RPM
D793
S221
XS221
2211 1 2 T 1 ENGINE SPEED
X37GND_GEARBOX
TEMPERATURE SWITCH COOLER IN/CONVERTER OUT
X251f
251J3 J3 J3 Analogue Input
D793
X252f R8208 R8209
5V Analogue Ref M1 B1 252B1 1 2 1 2 251K3B TEMPERATURE SWITCH COOLER IN
D D793 D
10KOhm 10KOhm
TEMPERATURE SWITCH COOLER IN
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
0.6W 0.6W
X252f
RPM R2 E2 252E2
D793
XB751f
TURBINE SPEED B751 1 1 X251f
2 2 251K3C 251K3A K3 K3 Signal GND
D793
TURBINE SPEED
0V_ref 251K3D
/ 2.0_2B1.E7
E E
B765
P PRESSURE FEEDBACK SENSOR
X251f X253f X253f
Rheostat Input A2 A2 251A2 11 1 2 12 252F3C 0V_ref
D793 / 2.0_2B1.D2
2K2
PRESSURE FEEDBACK SENSOR
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
1 2
F 2K2
F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 New page 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE17 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A Y630 A
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Analogue Output B1 B1 251B1 3 1 2 4 251C1 C1 C1 Analogue Output
D793 D793
VFS FWD
Y6067
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Analogue Output H1 H1 251H1 5 1 2 6 251J1 J1 J1 Analogue Output
B D793 D793 B
VFS 1ST/3RD
Y1
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Analogue Output D1 D1 251D1 1 1 2 2 251E1 E1 E1 Analogue Output
D793 D793
C C
VFS 2ND
Y631
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Analogue Output F1 F1 251F1 7 1 2 8 251G1 G1 G1 Analogue Output
D793 D793
VFS REV
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
Y6066
X251f X253f X253f X251f
Digital Output K1 K1 251K1 9 1 2 10 251K2 K2 K2 Digital Output
D793 D793
DRIVE
E E
Y6075
X251f X253f X253f
Digital Output F2 F2 251F2 13 1 2 14 252F3D 0V_ref
D793 / 2.0_2B1.D2
1/3 SELECT
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 New page 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE17 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X008
+CAB 00813A 13 K8:13 Input
A S107 D7901 A
/0.0_1.D4
24V D7901/8:16 00816H 1
/ 7.5_3.B2 SWITCH PBRAKE LOCKED
0
1 1
24V D7901/8:16 00816J 5 5
/ 8.2_1.B2 7 7 0085
10 10 9 9
CHASSIS37D 0923F 00813B X008
/ 7.5_3.B2 PARKING BRAKE
5 K8:5 Input
D7901
/0.0_1.D4
SWITCH PBRAKE OPEN
B B
S200
P
X211
582/5:1 216-1C 1 2 21141 41 K1:41 Analog In 05V
/ 2.0_1.D2 D7971
/0.0_2.E5
PARKING BRAKE
PRESSURE SWITCH PBRAKE
C C
S204
P
X211
216-1D 1 2 21113 13 K1:13 Analog In 05V
D7971
/0.0_2.D2
PRESSURE ACCUMULATORTANK
PRESSURE SWITCH ACCU. TANK
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
Y642
E X211 E
1.5A K1:34 34 21134 1 1 2 2 642 CHASSIS
D7971 / 7.2_2.F5
/0.0_2.D5
VALVE PARKING BRAKE
PARKING BRAKE
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 X211.34 V X211.39. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring brake system A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B772
XB772f XB772f X212
2 2 T 1 1 2126 6 K2:6 Temperature Input
D7971
U /0.0_2.B4
BRAKE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR BRAKE OIL TEMP.
B B
7722
K3774
X211
1.5A K1:3 3 2113 86 85 86 85 W212G CHASSIS
C D7971 / 11.5_3.D7 C
/0.0_2.D2
RELAY COOLING FAN BRAKE OIL
M674
XM674f XM674m XM674m XM674f
581/6:1 377430 30 30 87 87 6741 1 1 1 2 2 2 6742
/ 11.5_1.C5 M
87A
COOLING FAN BRAKE OIL X37202B
COOLING FAN BRAKE OIL
X37202
D Feedback oil cooler brakes D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
XM674Am XM674Af XM674Af XM674Am
1 674A1A 674A1B 1 2 674A2 2
X90101
XB771m
E 674A1C C 24V D7971/1:23 E
/ 7.7_2.C5
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Feedback oil cooler added. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring cooling brake oil A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+CAB
S1492
1
0 XS1492m XS1492f X009Af X009Am X009
X009 X009Am X009Af XS1492f XS1492m 1 2 2 009910A 10 10 00910 10 K9:10 Input
A 24V reference K9:1 1 0091 1 1 0091A 1 1 5 D7901 A
D7901 /0.0_1.B6
/0.0_1.A6
HORN SWITCH HORN ARM REST
SWITCHES ARM REST
+CAB
S113
1
0 XS113m XS113f X009Af X009Am X009
XS113f XS113m 1 2 2 0095A 5 5 0095 5 K9:5 Input
0091B 1 1 5 D7901
/0.0_1.B6
SW ACT. MICRO STEERING
ACTIVATE LEVER / MICRO STEERING
B B
X009Af X009Am X009
0094A 4 4 0094 4 K9:4 Input
1 = FORWARD D7901
+CAB /0.0_1.B6
S1602 0 = NEUTRAL SW FORWARD ARM REST
1 2 = REVERSE
0
2
1 1 X009Af X009Am X009
0091C 3 3
7 7 0093A 3 3 0093 3 K9:3 Input
D7901
2 /0.0_1.B6
4
8 SW REVERSE ARM REST
X009 X009Am X009Af X009Af X009Am
1.5A K9:2 2 0092 2 2 0092A 10 10 9 9 W11A 11 11 W11
D7901
/0.0_1.A6
FORWARD / REVERSE
LAMP F/R ARM REST
C C
X37D
X825Hm
RD 1
LEVER STEERING (P6)
X825Hm X825Hf X009Af X009Am X009
WH 1 1 0098A 8 8 0098 8 K9:8 Analog Input
D7901
/0.0_1.B6
POT. MICRO STEERING (P6)
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X009 X009Am X009Af X825Pf X825Pm R8251 X825Pm X825Pf X009Af X009Am X009
Analog reference 5V 3 0V reference
K9:7 7 0097 7 7 0097A 1 1 GN 1 2 BN 2 2 0096A 6 6 0096 6 K9:6
D7901 D7901
/0.0_1.B6 /0.0_1.B6
POT. MICRO STEERING MICRO STEERING (P6) POT. MICRO STEERING
MICRO STEERING (P7)
E E
X018 XB770f XB770m
1.5A K8:1 1 0181 1 1
D7902
/11.5_4.F4
SENSOR STEERING WHEEL
BN
B770 XB770m XB770f X018
BK 2 2 0182 2 K8:2 Input
D7902
/11.5_4.F4
STEERING WHEEL ANGLE
BU SENSOR STEERING WHEEL
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F XB770m XB770f X018
3 3 0183 3 K8:3 0V ref F
D7902
SENSOR STEERING WHEEL
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring lever/micro wheel A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Y6363
X221 X244f X244m X244m X244f X221
1.5A K1:2 2 2212 10 10 24410 1 1 2 2 24412B X90039 24412A 12 12 22116 16 K1:16 PWM
D7972 D7972
/0.0_3.C2 /0.0_3.D2
VALVE MICRO STEERING RIGHT VALVE MICRO STEERING
MICRO/LEVERSTEERING RIGHT
B B
Y6364
X221 X244f X244m
1.5A K1:3 3 2213 11 11 24411 1 1 2 2 24412C
D7972
/0.0_3.C2
VALVE MICRO STEERING LEFT
MICRO/LEVERSTEERING LEFT
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring lever/micro wheel A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0902B
0901B
XR8072m XR8072f X090m X090f X007
R8072 RD 0904 0074 Analog Input
3 3 4 4 4 K7:4
D7901
/0.0_1.C4
POT. TILT (P2)
B XR8072f XR8072m B
3
1 1 GN 1 2 YE 2 2
TILT (P2)
Placering spakar från vänster
Placement levers from left
0902C
0901C
P1 XR8073m XR8073f X090m X090f X007
R8073 RD 0905 0075 Analog Input
P2 3 3 5 5 5 K7:5
D7901
/0.0_1.C4
P3 POT. SIDE SHIFTING (P3)
XR8073f XR8073m
P4 3
C 1 1 GN 1 2 YE 2 2 C
P7 opt. FCH
SIDE SHIFTING (P3)
P5
0902D
0901D
XR8074m XR8074f X090m X090f X007
R8074 RD 0906 0076 Analog Input
3 3 6 6 6 K7:6
D7901
/0.0_1.C4
POT. SPREADING (P4)
XR8074f XR8074m
3
1 1 GN 1 2 YE 2 2
D D
SPREADING (P4)
PROJECTION LEFT
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
0902E
0901E
EXTRA (P5)
E E
LEVELLING
0902F
0901F
POT 7TH LEVER (P7)
XR80752f XR80752m
3
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
1 1 GN 1 2 YE 2 2
F EXTRA (P7) F
PROJECTION RIGHT
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring el. servo levers A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Lever 815
X007 X091f X091m X815f T11 X815f X091m X091f X007f
Analog Reference 24V K7:12 12 00712 8 8 0918 15 15 14 14 0913 3 3 00714 14 K7:14 Input
D7901 D7901
/0.0_1.C4
SWITCHES EL. SERVO SW. SPREAD IN
T12 X091m X091f X007f
16 16 0914 4 4 00713 13 K7:13 Input
B D7901 B
SW. SPREAD OUT
T2 X091m X091f X007f
20 20 0915 5 5 00715 15 K7:15 Input
D7901
SWITCH UNLOCK TW
T4 X091m X091f X007
19 19 0916 6 6 00716 16 K7:16 Input
D7901
/0.0_1.C4
SWITCH PISTOL
T31 X091m X091f X008
17 17 0919 9 9 0081 1 K8:1 Input
X007 X091f X091m D7901
0.5A K7:9 9 0079 7 7 0917 7 7
D7901
/0.0_1.C4 SWITCH LOCK LEVELLING
IND. LOCKED LEVELLING
C T32 X091m X091f X008 C
18 18 0912 2 2 0082 2 K8:2 Input
D7901
CHASSIS37D 0923H 5 /0.0_1.D4
/ 7.8_1.F7
SWITCH LOCK TILT
6 6
X090m X090f X007f
P1 8 8 0903 3 3 0073 3 K7:3 Analog Input
X007f X090f X090m D7901
Analog Reference 5V K7:2 2 0072 2 2 0902 9 9
D7901
POT. LIFT / LOWER (P1)
POTENTIOM. EL. SERVO
X090m X090f X007f
P2 4 4 0904 4 4 0074 4 K7:4 Analog Input
D7901
POT. TILT (P2)
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
POT. (P3)
POTENTIOM. EL. SERVO
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 X007.9 skiftad med X007.12 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring el. servo joystick A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
2028 583/3:1
/ 7.0_5.D2
X207m X207f
B 2075 5 5 2025 Alignment B
/ 7.0_5.E2
X207m X207f
C 2076 6 6 2026 Unlock TW C
/ 7.0_5.E2
X207m X207f
D 2077 7 7 2027 Lock TW D
/ 7.0_5.F2
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
R8205 X207m X207f X070m X070f X069f X069m X008
4 4 0703 3 3 A0693 3 3 0088 8 K8:8 Input
D7901
/0.0_1.D4
820 Ohm
SENSOR LOCK TW
E E
X081f
0053B 3
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
OVERRIDE ALIGNMENT OVERRIDE ALIGNMENT
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Flyttad från 9.1_3 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring toplift frame A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
K3005
X007 X069m X069f
0.5A K7:10 10 00710 4 4 A0694A 86 85 A0694B
D7901
/0.0_1.C4
RELAY ACTIVATE TW X070f X070m X202f X202m X208f X208m X208Am
A0707C 30 87 A0706 6 6 0706 1 1 BN_/_1 1 1 BN_/_1 1
VALVE TWISTLOCK
TWISTLOCK
584/5:2
/ 11.5_2.B6
B B
A0707B
K3006
X007 X069m X069f
0.5A K7:11 11 00711 5 5 A0695A 86 85 A0695B
D7901
/0.0_1.C4
RELAY ACTIVATE SPREAD X070f X070m X202f X202m X208f X208m X208Am
30 87 A0707A 7 7 0707 2 2 RD_/_2 2 2 RD_/_2 2
VALVE SPREADING
SPREADING
X37A
C C
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
583/3:1 2028 8 8 GY_/_8 13 13 4A
/ 7.0_4.A7
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring toplift frame A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
X302f X302m XB72111f XB72111m
582/5:1 2481C A A 302A A A
/ 7.2_6.E1
BN
B72111 XB72111m XB72111f X302m X302f X248m X248f X211
BK C C 302C C C 2484 4 4 21126 26 K1:26 Dig In / 1.5A
D7971
/0.0_2.D5
AUT. CAB TILT
BU SENSOR CAB TILT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring lift height A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
Y6005
X211 XK3007 K3007 XK3007 X235f X235m X235m X235f X211
1.5A K1:4 4 2114A 30 30 87 87 2114B 1 1 2351A X90029 2351B 1 1 2 2 2352 2 2 21116 16 K1:16 PWM
D7971 D7971
/0.0_2.D2 87A /0.0_2.D2
VALVE LIFT / LOWER /11.5_6.B4 VALVE LIFT / BLOCK LIFT
LIFT
C C
Y6004
X235m X235f X211
2351C 1 1 2 2 2353 3 3 21117 17 K1:17 PWM
D D7971 D
/0.0_2.D2
VALVE LOWER / BLOCK LOWER
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
LOWER
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Moved from 7.2_5 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring lift/lower el. servo A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
CHASSIS 6012
/ 10.4_1.D5
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
CHASSIS 771B
/ 7.7_2.D7
CHASSIS 2482
/ 7.2_6.E7
E E
CHASSIS 2132
/ 9.0_1.C7
CHASSIS 6039
/ 8.2_3.D7
XY6040/6019f
2 6040
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
CHASSIS 642
F / 4.0_1.E7 F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring free lift sensors A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B X236Lm B
582/5:2 A RD XB260 1
/ 7.2_2.B3
BN
B260 X236Lm
BK XB260 2 GY C 24V D7971/1:12
/ 7.2_2.B5
SENSOR CARRIAGE UP
BU
X236Lm
XB260 3 BK B CHASSIS
/ 7.2_2.B5
C C
X236Rm
582/5:2 A
/ 7.2_2.C3
BN
B261 X236Rm
BK C 24V D7971/1:11
/ 7.2_2.C5
SENSOR MAST DOWN
BU
D D
X236Rm
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
B CHASSIS
/ 7.2_2.C5
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring free lift sensors A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Y6052
X236Lm X236Lm
B 24V D7971/1:12 C 236C 1 1 2 2 236B B CHASSIS B
/ 7.2_2.B5 / 7.2_2.B5
REGENERATING LEFT
C C
Y6051
X236Rm X236Rm
24V D7971/1:11 C 236C 1 1 2 2 236B B CHASSIS
/ 7.2_2.C5 / 7.2_2.C5
REGENERATING RIGHT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X248f X248m X301f X301m XB72112f XB72112m
582/5:1 2481 1 1 2481A 2481B A A 301A A A
/ 9.6_5.E2
X90076
BN
B72112 XB72112m XB72112f X301m X301f X248m X248f X211
BK C C 301C C C 2483 3 3 21124 24 K1:24 Analog In 05V
E D7971 E
/0.0_2.D5
MAST POSITION/STOP REGENERATING
582/5:1 2481C BU SENSOR MAST POS/REGENERATING
/ 7.0_7.C2
B B 301B B B 2482B 2482A 2 2 2482 CHASSIS
/ 7.2_2.E5
X90075
2482C CHASSIS
/ 7.0_7.D7
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring control valves mast A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Y60461
X421 XY60461 XY60461 X421
1.5A K1:2 2 4212 1 1 2 2 42116B 42116A 16 K1:16 PWM
D791 D791
/0.0_4.C2 X90050 /0.0_4.D2
PROJECTING LEFT IN PROJECTING LEFT
PROJECTING LEFT IN
B B
Y60462
X421 XY60462 XY60462
1.5A K1:3 3 4213 1 1 2 2 42116C
D791
/0.0_4.C2
PROJECTING LEFT OUT
PROJECTING LEFT OUT
C C
Y60463
X421 XY60463 XY60463 X421
1.5A K1:4 4 4214 1 1 2 2 42117B 42117A 17 K1:17 PWM
D791 D791
/0.0_4.C2 X90051 /0.0_4.D2
PROJECTING RIGHT IN PROJECTING RIGHT
PROJECTING RIGHT IN
Y60464
D X421 XY60464 XY60464 D
1.5A K1:5 5 4215 1 1 2 2 42117C
D791
/0.0_4.C2
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
PROJECTING RIGHT OUT
PROJECTING RIGHT OUT
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring projection gantry A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Y6020
X221 X244f X244m X244m X244f X221
2.5A K1:31 31 22131 1 1 2441 1 1 2 2 2443B X90036 2443A 3 3 22118 18 K1:18 PWM
D7972 D7972
/0.0_3.D5 /0.0_3.D2
VALVE SIDESHIFT LEFT VALVE SIDESHIFT
B B
SIDESHIFT LEFT
Y6021
X221 X244f X244m
2.5A K1:30 30 22130 2 2 2442 1 1 2 2 2443C
D7972
/0.0_3.D5
VALVE SIDESHIFT RIGHT
SIDESHIFT RIGHT
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring Sideshift el. servo A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Y6020
X421 X421
1.5A K1:32 32 42132 1 1 2 2 42118B 42118A 18 K1:18 PWM
D791 D791
/0.0_4.D5 X90052 /0.0_4.D2
VALVE SIDESHIFT LEFT VALVE SIDESHIFT
SIDESHIFT LEFT
B B
Y6021
X421
1.5A K1:33 33 42133 1 1 2 2 42118C
D791
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE SIDESHIFT RIGHT
SIDESHIFT RIGHT
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring sideshift gantry A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A 1 = 40'20' A
0 = 0
2 = 20'40' X091m X091f X007
0913 3 3 00714 14 K7:14 Input
+CAB D7901
S1012 /0.0_1.C4
1 SWITCH SPREADING 4020
0
24V D7901/8:16 0921C 2
/ 9.7_4.B2 1 1 X091m X091f X007
24V D7901/8:16 0921D 3 3
/ 7.8_1.E2 7 7 0914 4 4 00713 13 K7:13 Input
D7901
2 /0.0_1.C4
4
8 SWITCH SPREADING 2040
CHASSIS37D 0923F 10 10 9 9
/ 7.9_1.B3
B CHASSIS37D 0923G B
/ 7.8_1.F2 2040
0922B 24V D7901/8:15
/ 7.8_1.E7
/ 9.3_3.B7 0922A
24V D7901/8:15
/ 9.10_1.B7
C C
+CAB
S1004
1 X008
00810A 10 K8:10 Input
24V D7901/8:16 00816D 0 D7901
/ 7.9_1.A2 1 1 /0.0_1.D4
24V D7901/8:16 00816E 5 5
/ 9.1_1.A2 7 SWITCH 3035 STOP
CHASSIS37D 0923B 10 10 9 9 00810B
/ 7.9_1.A2
CHASSIS37D 0923C
/ 9.1_1.A2 3035 STOP
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
Y6018
X221 X244f X244m X244m X244f X221
1.5A K1:33 33 22133 4 4 2444 1 1 2 2 2446B X90037 2446A 6 6 22119 19 K1:19 PWM
D7972 D7972
/0.0_3.D5 /0.0_3.D2
VALVE SPREADING OUT VALVE SPREADING
SPREADING OUT
E E
Y6019
X221 X244f X244m
1.5A K1:32 32 22132 5 5 2445 1 1 2 2 2446C
D7972
/0.0_3.D5
VALVE SPREADING IN
SPREADING IN
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring 2040, 3035 stop A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Y6018
X421 XY6018 XY6018 X421
1.5A K1:34 34 42134 1 1 2 2 42119B 42119A 19 K1:19 PWM
D791 D791
/0.0_4.D5 X90053 /0.0_4.D2
B B
VALVE SPREADING OUT VALVE SPREADING
SPREADING OUT
Y6019
X421 XY6019 XY6019
1.5A K1:35 35 42135 1 1 2 2 42119C
D791
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE SPREADING IN
C C
SPREADING IN
XB7691f XB7691m
24V D7911/1:10 4041C A A
/ 7.9_2.F3
BN
B7691 XB7691m XB7691f X404Am X404Af X421
BK C C 4047 7 7 42112 12 K1:12 Dig In / 1.5A
D791
/0.0_4.D2
DAMPING 2040
BU SENSOR DAMPING 2040
D XB7691m XB7691f D
B B 4042C CHASSIS
/ 7.9_2.F4
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
XB7771f XB7771m
24V D7911/1:10 4041D A A
/ 7.9_2.F3
BN
B7771 XB7771m XB7771f X404Am X404Af X421
BK C C 4048 8 8 42120 20 K1:20 Analog In 05V
D791
/0.0_4.D2
3035 STOP
BU SENSOR 3035 STOP
XB7771m XB7771f
E B B 4042D CHASSIS E
/ 7.9_2.F4
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring spreading gantry A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S10122
/ 9.3_3.A2 1 X008
24V D7901/8:16 00816G 00811A 11 K8:11 Input
/ 9.10_1.A2 0 D7901
1 1 /0.0_1.D4
24V D7901/8:16 00816H 5 5
/ 4.0_1.A2 SWITCH AUT. 2040
CHASSIS37D 0923F 10 10 9 9 00811B
/ 4.0_1.B2
B / 9.3_3.B2 AUT. 2040 B
CHASSIS37D 0923E
/ 9.10_1.B2
C C
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
W9003 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_2.F8
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Searchlight changed, 0811B T. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring 2040 opt. A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
Y6010
X211 XK3002 K3002 XK3002 X235f X235m X235m X235f X211
1.5A K1:5 5 2115A 30 30 87 87 2115B 4 4 2354A X90030 2354B 1 1 2 2 2355 5 5 21119 19 K1:19 PWM
D7971 D7971
/0.0_2.D2 87A /0.0_2.E2
VALVE TILT /11.5_6.B4 VALVE TILT OUT
C C
TILT OUT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
Y6011
X235m X235f X211
2354C 1 1 2 2 2356 6 6 21118 18 K1:18 PWM
D7971
/0.0_2.D2
VALVE TILT IN
TILT IN
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Moved from 7.2_5 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring tilt el. servo A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
24V D7971/1:23
/ 4.8_1.E6
C C
XB771f XB771m
582/5:1 771A A A
/ 9.6_5.E2
BN
B771 XB771m XB771f X211
BK C C 21123 23 K1:23 Analog In 05V
D7971
/0.0_2.D5
SENSOR TILT ANGLE
BU SENS.TILT ANGLE/FEEDBACK BRK FAN
B B 771B CHASSIS
/ 7.2_2.D5
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring tilt indicator A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Y6035
X421
2.5A K1:31 31 42131 1 1 2 2 6035 CHASSIS
A D791 / 7.9_1.E7 A
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE LEVELLING RIGHT
LEVELLING RIGHT
Y6036
B X421 B
2.5A K1:30 30 42130 1 1 2 2 6036 CHASSIS
D791 / 7.9_1.E7
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE LEVELLING LEFT
LEVELLING LEFT
C Y6371 C
X421
6A K1:42 42 42142A X90071 42142B 1 1 2 2 637-1 CHASSIS
D791 / 7.9_1.E7
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE UNLOCK LEVELLING
UNLOCK LEVELLING
D D
Y6372
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
42142C 1 1 2 2 637-2 CHASSIS
/ 7.9_1.E7
UNLOCK LEVELLING
S1037
E 1 X091m X091f X008 E
0919A 9 9 0081 1 K8:1 Input
0 D7901
1 1 /0.0_1.D4
24V D7901/8:16 0921D 5 5
/ 7.5_1.B2 7 SWITCH LOCK LEVELLING
2 2 0919B
6 6
8 8 0922B 24V D7901/8:15
/ 7.5_1.B7
CHASSIS37D 0923G 10 10 9 9
/ 7.5_1.B2
LOCK LEVELLING
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
0922C
F 0923H CHASSIS37D
F
/ 7.0_2.C2
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring levelling gantry A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+CAB
S1003
1
A 24V D7901/8:16 00816D 0 A
/ 7.5_1.C2 2
1
00816C 3 3
7 7 00812B
2 2 X008
4 4 00812A 12 K8:12 Input
8 D7901
/0.0_1.D4
CHASSIS37D 0923B 10 10 9 9 00812C
/ 7.5_1.D2 SWITCH LOCK TW
0923A
Twistlock
X092f X092m
0923 3 3 0923F
Vid hydr. servo
CHASSIS37D S1002 When hyd. servo
/ 7.5_1.B2
B X37D XS1002m2 XS1002m1 B
1 RD 2 1 BK 1
24V D7901/8:16 0921B
/ 9.7_4.B2 UNLOCK TW
00816B S1002
1
0
2 XS1002m3 XS1002f3 0915A
X008 X092f X092m XS1002f2 XS1002m2 3 X091m X091f X007
24V reference K8:16 16 00816A 1 1 0921A 2 0915 5 5 00715 15 K7:15 Input
D7901 1 D7901
/0.0_1.E4 /0.0_1.C4
SWITCH ELSERVO PANEL SWITCH UNLOCK TW
UNLOCK TW
C C
H562
X421 X405f X405m XH5621 XH5622
1.5A K1:25 25 42125 1 1 4051 1 1 2 1
D791
/0.0_4.C5
LAMP UNLOCKED TW UNLOCKED TW
H564
X421 X405f X405m XH5641 XH5642
1.5A K1:39 39 42139 2 2 4052 1 1 2 1 4054C
D791
/0.0_4.D5
LAMP ALIGNMENT ALIGNMENT
D D
H563
X421 X405f X405m XH5631 XH5632
1.5A
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
K1:29 29 42129 3 3 4053 1 1 2 1 4054B
D791
/0.0_4.D5
LAMP LOCKED TW LOCKED TW
X405m X405f
4054A 4 4 4054 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_2.C8
6035 CHASSIS
/ 7.8_1.A7
Y6040 6036
X421 CHASSIS
/ 7.8_1.B7
1.5A K1:7 7 4217 1 1 2 2 6040
D791
/0.0_4.D2 637-1 CHASSIS
E / 7.8_1.C7 E
VALVE LOCK TWISTLOCK
LOCK TW 637-2 CHASSIS
/ 7.8_1.D7
Y6039
X421
1.5A K1:9 9 4219 1 1 2 2 6039 W402 CHASSIS
D791 / 11.5_5.B7
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
/0.0_4.D2 X90060
VALVE UNLOCK TWISTLOCK
F UNLOCK TW F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Connection S1002 changed. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring twistlock A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
XB7204Rf XB7204Rm
4031B A A
BN
B7204R XB7204Rm XB7204Rf
BK C C 4032B X403Bm X403Bf X403Af X403Am X421
B B 4034 4 4 4034 4 4 42141 41 K1:41 Analog In 05V
UNLOCKED TWISTLOCK RIGHT D791
BU /0.0_4.D5
SENSOR UNLOCKED TW. RIGHT
XB7205Rf XB7205Rm
B 4031C A A B
BN
B7205R XB7205Rm XB7205Rf
BK C C 4032C X403Bm X403Bf X403Af X403Am X421
B B 4035 5 5 4035 5 5 42124 24 K1:24 Analog In 05V
LOCKED TWISTLOCK RIGHT D791
BU /0.0_4.C5
SENSOR LOCKED TW. RIGHT
XB7203Rf XB7203Rm
4031D A A
BN
B7203R XB7203Rm XB7203Rf
42110B BK C C 4032D X403Bm X403Bf X403Af X403Am X421
B B 4036 6 6 4036 6 6 42126 26 K1:26 Dig In / 1.5A
ALIGNMENT REAR RIGHT D791
BU /0.0_4.C5
SENSOR ALIGNMENT REAR RIGHT
D XB7204Lf XB7204Lm D
4041B A A
BN
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
B7204L XB7204Lm XB7204Lf
BK C C 4042B X404Bm X404Bf X404Am X404Af X421
B B 4044 4 4 4044 4 4 42122 22 K1:22 Analog In 05V
UNLOCKED TWISTLOCK LEFT D791
BU /0.0_4.C5
SENSOR UNLOCKED TW. LEFT
XB7205Lf XB7205Lm
4041C A A
BN
B7205L XB7205Lm XB7205Lf
BK C C 4042C X404Bm X404Bf X404Am X404Af X421
B B 4045 5 5 4045 5 5 42123 23 K1:23 Analog In 05V
LOCKED TWISTLOCK LEFT D791
BU /0.0_4.C5
SENSOR LOCKED TW. LEFT
E XB7203Lf XB7203Lm E
4041D A A
BN
B7203L XB7203Lm XB7203Lf
BK C C 4042D X404Bm X404Bf X404Am X404Af X421
B B 4046 6 6 4046 6 6 42127 27 K1:27 Analog In 05V
ALIGNMENT REAR LEFT D791
BU /0.0_4.D5
SENSOR ALIGNMENT REAR LEFT
4041C 24V D7911/1:10 CHASSIS 4042C
/ 7.5_2.D1 / 7.5_2.D6
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
4041D 24V D7911/1:10 CHASSIS 4042D
F / 7.5_2.D1 / 7.5_2.E6 F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Kabelnr, 2 splicar T. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring sensors gantry A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X242m
582/4:1 7 YE_/_4
/ 11.5_10.B4
3 3 OG_/_3 8 CHASSIS
/ 11.5_10.D5
Strömbrytare S1008 klämma / lossa.
Kopplas in på XS1012. 4 4 YE_/_4
5 5
Switch S1008 clamping / releasing. 6 6 BU_/_6 3 D7972/1:22
/ 11.5_10.B5
Connected to XS1012.
7 7 VT_/_7 4 D7972/1:23
/ 11.5_10.C5
+CAB
S1008
B 1 B
0
2
1
3
7
2
4
8 K37681
10 9 86 86 85 85
CLAMPING RELEASING
30 30 87 87
87A
C C
K37682
86 86 85 85
30 30 87 87
87A 87a
D D
B7681
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
1
2
3
4
OPENS AT 150 BAR
CLOSES AT 135 BAR
H50001
B7682
E 1 2 E
PRESSURE CYLINDER UNDER 125 BAR (RED) 1
2
3
4
H50002
1 2
OPENS AT 150 BAR
PRESSURE CYLINDER OVER 125 BAR (GREEN) CLOSES AT 135 BAR
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Connection attachment Avesta changed. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring attachment Avesta A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
Y6022
X221 X244f X244m X244m X244f X221
1.5A K1:4 4 2214 7 7 2447 1 1 2 2 2449B X90038 2449A 9 9 22117 17 K1:17 PWM
D7972 D7972
/0.0_3.C2 /0.0_3.D2
VALVE EXTRA FUNCT. OUT VALVE EXTRA FUNCT.
5TH FUNCTION OUT
C C
Y6023
X221 X244f X244m
1.5A K1:5 5 2215 8 8 2448 1 1 2 2 2449C
D7972
/0.0_3.C2
VALVE EXTRA FUNCT. IN
5TH FUNCTION IN
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring 5th function el. servo A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X409f X409f
24V D7911/1:10 42110D 1 24V D7911/1:10 CHASSIS 2 7211B CHASSIS
/ 7.9_2.C4 / 7.9_2.C7
X409f X421
24V D7911/1:21 3 42121 21 K1:21 Analog In 05V
X421 X409f D791
Analog Ref 5V K1:8 8 4218 5 /0.0_4.C5
B D791 B
/0.0_4.D2 OPT.
OPT.
X421 X409f
1.5A K1:37 37 42137 8
D791
/0.0_4.D5
OPT.
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
XB7692f XB7692f X421
24V D7911/1:10 42110C A C 42111 11 K1:11 Dig In / 1.5A
E / 7.9_2.C4 D791 E
/0.0_4.D2
SENSOR OPT.
B 769B CHASSIS
/ 7.9_2.C7
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 X409.6 utgår. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring option gantry A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+CAB
B S1005 B
1
0 XS1005 X008
XS1005 1 1 0083 3 K8:3 Input
24V D7901/8:16 00816J 5 5 D7901
/ 4.0_1.A2 /0.0_1.D4
24V D7901/8:16 00816K
/ 11.5_6.A2 OVER RIDE SWITCH OVERRIDE
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring override A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
B7682 X211
2118C 1 2 2116C 2116A 6 K1:6 0V Ref
P D7971
3 X90064 /0.0_2.D2
U
SENSOR HYDR. SCALE
HYDRAULIC SCALE TILT
X211
21122 22 K1:22 Analog In 05V
D7971
/0.0_2.C5
SENSOR HYDR. SCALE TILT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Valve blocking tilt removed. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring overloading system A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Moved from 7.0_6 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring sensor mast OLS A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
08712
A 08713 A
D7952
X087f X087f 0876
13 K1:13 CAN 2 K1:6 6
L+ + X90093
12 K1:12 CAN K1:5 5 0875
L
8 K1:8 K1:4 X90094
+ Shield
RS232
K1:11 K1:3 3 30
R+ TX
K1:10 CAN K1:2 2
R RX
K1:7 K1:1 1
+ GND
0878
0879
0871
0872
0592
0591
X088f
25 0872
TX2
26 0873 X059m
RX2 30 1 CAN+
30 08830 X90091 0871 2
C GND CAN C
0878 3
3 0883 +15
+15 0879 5
13 08813 GND
GND X059f
14 0599
Batt+ 9 9 A0599
28 08828
A911 TX1
0895
MIU 29 08829
RX1
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
X089m
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 New page 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring RMI A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring std. opt. A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(10102)
+CAB
00816E S1992
24V D7901/8:16 X008
/ 7.5_1.D2 1
00814A 14 K8:14 Input
A 0 D7901 A
/ 9.3_3.A2 1 1 /0.0_1.D4
24V D7901/8:16 00816F 5 5
/ 9.10_1.A2 SWITCH S1 OPT.
10 10 9 9 00814B
CHASSIS37D 0923C
/ 7.5_1.D2
/ 9.3_3.A2 0923D
CHASSIS37D
/ 9.10_1.B2
(1019)
B B
+CAB
S1991
1 X080m X080f X006
X005 X081f X081m 0069A 9 9 0069 9 K6:9 Input
24V reference K5:1 1 0051 1 1 0811A 0 D7901
D7901 1 1 /0.0_1.B4
/0.0_1.C1 0811B 5 5
SWITCH S4 OPT.
SWITCHES LEFT PANEL
0812B 10 10 9 9 0069B
OPTION
7901:51/24V 0811
/ 2.0_1.C2
C C
X081m X081f
0812A 2 2 W08 CHASSIS
/ 9.5_1.B8
CHASSIS 0812L
/ 9.1_2.B7
+CAB
S1993
D 1 X080m X080f X006 D
0808A 8 8 0068 8 K6:8 Input
0811B 0 D7901
/0.0_1.B4
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
1 1
0811C 5 5
SWITCH S3 OPT.
0812B 10 10 9 9 0808B
0812C
OPTION
E E
(123)
+CAB
S1994
1 X080m X080f X006
0807A 7 7 0067 7 K6:7 Input
0811C 0 D7901
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
7901:51/24V 0811D 5 5
/ 9.3_1.B2 SWITCH S2 OPT.
0812C 10 10 9 9 0807B
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
CHASSIS 0812D
/ 9.3_1.B2 OPTION
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring option A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
P708 h
HOUR METER
+
1
2
B B
7901/10:9 A0109B
/ 9.3_2.B2
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring hour meter A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
When Isringhausen seat:
Switch S143 replaced by
jumper between 1 and 5.
Switch is placed on the seat.
+CAB
S143
1 X080m X080f X006
7901:51/24V 0811E 0806A 6 6 0066 6 K6:6 Input
/ 9.6_4.A2 0 D7901
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
7901:51/24V 0811D 5 5
/ 9.1_1.F2 SWITCH SEAT HEATER
C C
K383
X010
0.5A K10:7 7 A0107 86 85 86 85 W05
D7901
/0.0_1.C6
RELAY SEAT HEATER SEAT HEATER
A0634B X37B
584/6:1 30 30 87 87
/ 11.5_2.B6
87A
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
A0634
X37D
E CHASSIS 0633A E
/ 9.3_2.C7
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 XE803f and XE803m changed place. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring seat heater A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
K358
584/8:1 A0635B 30 30 87 87
/ 11.5_2.B6
B 87A X37B B
COMPRESSOR AIR SEAT
X063m X063f
0635 5 5 A0635
C S268 C
M670
P COMPRESSOR
XM670m XM670f AIRSUSPENDED SEAT XM670f XM670m
1 1 RD 1 + BK 2 2 0633A CHASSIS
M / 9.3_1.E6
COMPRESSOR
AIR CUSHIONED SEAT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring aircushioned seat A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 = C.W
0 = 0
+CAB 2 = C.C.W X008
S169 0086 Input
6 K8:6
1 D7901
0 /0.0_1.D4
A 24V D7901/8:16 00816F 2 A
/ 9.1_1.A2 1 1 SWITCH REV. SEAT C.W
24V D7901/8:16 00816G 3 3
/ 7.5_3.B2 7 7 0087
2
4
8
CHASSIS37D 0923D 10 10 9 9 00815B X008
/ 9.1_1.B2
CHASSIS37D 0923E 7 K8:7 Input
/ 7.5_3.B2 REVERSIBLE SEAT D7901
/0.0_1.D4
SWITCH REV. SEAT C.C.W
B B
XS720Ff XS720Fm S720F XS720Fm XS720Ff X245f X245m X243m X243f X221
1 1 BU BN 2 2 2453 3 3 2435 5 5 22113 13 K1:13 Analog In 05V
D7972
BK BK/WH /0.0_3.D2
SWITCH SEAT POS. F
C SEAT POS. FRONT C
2451B
X221 X243f X243m X245m X245f XS720Rf XS720Rm S720R XS720Rm XS720Rf X245f X245m X243m X243f X221
1.5A K1:7 7 2217 4 4 2434 1 1 2451A 1 1 BU BN 2 2 2454 4 4 2436 6 6 22120 20 K1:20 Analog In 05V
D7972 D7972
/0.0_3.C2 BK BK/WH /0.0_3.D2
SWITCHES SEAT POS. F/R SWITCH SEAT POS. R
SEAT POS. REAR
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X6902f X066m
B6902 BK 2 2 0661 1 D7901/6:12
X066m X6902f / 1.0_1.B5
3
5V 2 0662 1 1 RD 1 2 WH 3 3
/ 1.0_1.A4
ACCELERATOR REAR
X066m
0V 3 0663
/ 1.0_1.A6
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
DECLUTCHING REAR
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Extra declutch added S2203. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
H410L
B X221 X247f X247m X270f X270m B
1.5A K1:37 37 22137 1 1 2471 3 3 3 1 1 2 CHASSIS
D7972 / 9.6_7.E8
/0.0_3.D5
LAMP BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD LEFT BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD LEFT
H410R
X221 X247f X247m X271f X271m
1.5A K1:36 36 22136 2 2 2472 3 3 3 1 1 2 CHASSIS
D7972 / 9.6_7.D8
/0.0_3.D5
C C
LAMP BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD RIGHT BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD RIGHT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
E401R
X221 X243f X243m X2752f X2752m X2732f X2732m
6A K1:15 15 22115 1 1 2431A 1 1 2431B X90034 2431D 2 2 2A 1 2
D7972
/0.0_3.D2
B B
LAMP DIPPED LIGHT REAR DIPPED LIGHT REAR RIGHT
E401L
X2722f X2722m
2431C 2 2 2A 1 2
DIPPED LIGHT REAR LEFT
E402R2
C X221 X243f X243m X2752f X2752m X2732f X2732m C
6A K1:1 1 2211 2 2 2432A 2 2 2432B X90033 2432D 1 1 1A 1 2 6A CHASSIS
D7972 / 9.6_6.E7
/0.0_3.C2
HEAD LIGHT REAR HEAD LIGHT REAR RIGHT
E402L2
X2722f X2722m
2432C 1 1 1A 1 2 6A CHASSIS
/ 9.6_6.D7
HEAD LIGHT REAR LEFT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
H413R
X221 X243f X243m X2712f X2712m
1.5A K1:25 25 22125 3 3 2433A X90025 2433B 2 2 2A 1 2 CHASSIS
D7972 / 9.6_7.D8
/0.0_3.C5
LAMP REAR LIGHT FRONT REAR LIGHT FRONT RIGHT
H413L
X2702f X2702m
2433C 2 2 2A 1 2 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_7.E8
REAR LIGHT FRONT LEFT
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B Y6361 B
X221 X243f X243m
1.5A K1:9 9 2219 10 10 24310 1 1 2 2 24312B
D7972
/0.0_3.D2
VALVE STEERING FORWARD
STEERING FORWARD
Y6362
X221 X243f X243m X243m X243f
1.5A K1:10 10 22110 11 11 24311 1 1 2 2 24312C X90040 24312A 12 12 W243
D7972
C /0.0_3.D2 C
VALVE STEERING REVERSE
STEERING REVERSE X37216
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
CHASSIS 24312D
/ 9.3_7.C6
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X066f X066m
584/6:2 A0664 4 4 BN
/ 11.5_2.B6
A A
A798
X221 X243f X243m X246f X246m XA7981m
1.5A K1:29 29 22129 8 8 2438 B B RD 5/10
D7972
/0.0_3.D5
VALVE SEAT ROTATION C.W
XA7982m
BN 6/10 1/1 X066m X066f
BU 5 5 A0665
X221 X243f X243m X246f X246m
1.5A K1:39 39 22139 9 9 2439 C C BK 7/10 2/10
D7972
/0.0_3.D5
B B
VALVE SEAT ROTATION C.C.W X37E
BU 8/10 3/10
10/10
WH
C C
A
B
X37798
XM675f
XM675f
Y676
X221 X243Bf X243Bm XY676f XY676m XY676m XY676f
B
/0.0_3.D5
BRAKE TURNABLE SEAT
BU
BN
TURN SEAT BRAKE M675
31 50
M
TURN SEAT
D D
MOTOR
YE/GN
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Cable BN and BU switched in A798. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S246
P
XS2461 XS2462 X211
582/5:1 246-1 1 1 2 1 21140 40 K1:40 Dig In / 1.5A
A / 9.6_5.E2 D7971 A
/0.0_2.E5
REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE SW. REFRIDGE
S118
X005 X033f X033m 1
Analog reference 5V K5:11 11 00511 5 5 0335 0
D7901 2
/0.0_1.D1 1 1 X033m X033f X005
3 3 0331 1 1 0057 7 K5:7 Analog Input
POT. FAN / TEMP / DVALVE 7 7 D7901
/0.0_1.C1
R8206 2
1 2 4 FAN SPEED
8 X033m X033f
8k Ohm 0337 9 9 10 10 0338 8 8 0338 0363 CHASSIS
/ 9.4_2.E7
B X006 X033f X033m FAN SPEED B
PWM K6:1 1 0061 7 7
D7901
/0.0_1.A4
LAMP INST. ILLUMINATION S139 X37D
1
0335A 0
2
1 1 X033m X033f X005
3 3 0333 3 3 0059 9 K5:9 Analog Input
0339A 7 7 D7901
/0.0_1.D1
2
4 DRAUGHT VALVE
8
0337A 9 9 10 10 0338A
DRAUGHT VALVE
C C
S117
X033m 1
9 0339 0
2
0335B 1 1 X033m X033f X005
3 3 0332 2 2 0058 8 K5:8 Analog Input
0339B 7 7 D7901
/0.0_1.D1
2
4 TEMPERATURE
8
0337B 9 9 10 10 0338B
TEMPERATURE
R8207 X005
1 2 4 4 00510 10 K5:10 0V reference
D7901
/0.0_1.D1
D 8k Ohm D
0,5W POT. FAN / TEMP / DEFROST
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
B7751
X035f X035m X7751 X7751 X035m X035f X004
9 9 WH 1 1 T 2 2 YE 7 7 0048 8 K4:8 Reostat in
D7901
WH U /0.0_1.C1
TEMP. INDOOR SENSOR TEMP. INDOOR
10kOhm
B7752
X7752 X7752 X035m X035f X004
00412C
1 1 T 2 2 BU 8 8 00410 10 K4:10 Reostat in
D7901
U /0.0_1.C1
TEMP. FAN AIR SENSOR TEMP. FAN AIR
E 10kOhm at 25°C E
B7753
X036f X036m X7753 X7753 X036m X036f X004
9 9 WH 1 1 T 2 2 YE 8 8 00411 11 K4:11 Reostat in
D7901
U /0.0_1.C1
DEICING SENSOR SENSOR DEICING SENSOR
10kOhm at 25°C
00412B
B774
X004 X039m X039f X065f X065m X774 X774 X065m X065f X039f X039m X004
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
0V reference K4:12 12 00412A 7 7 A0397 1 1 0651 1 1 T 2 2 0652 2 2 A0399 9 9 0049 9 K4:9 Reostat in
D7901 D7901
/0.0_1.C1 U /0.0_1.C1
F SENSORS AIRCONDITION TEMP. AMBIENT SENSOR TEMP. AMBIENT F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring climate control A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
24V/12V
X004 X035f X035m R6
0.5A K4:4 4 0044 2 2 BK 1 2
A D7901 A
/0.0_1.B1
2 x 47 Ohm
MOTOR DRAUGHT VALVE
X004 X035f X035m R5 Y672 DRAUGHT VALVE
0.5A K4:3 3 0043 1 1 RD 1 2
D7901 5 M 6
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR DRAUGHT VALVE
X004 X035f X035m X035m X035f X004
Analog reference 5V K4:5 5 0045A 4 4 GN BN 6 6 0046A 6 K4:6 0V reference
D7901 10 8 D7901
/0.0_1.B1 /0.0_1.B1
9
POT. DRAUGHT/WAT. VALVE POT. DRAUGHT/ WAT VALVE
X035m X035f X004
OG 5 5 0047 7 K4:7 Analog Input
D7901
/0.0_1.B1
0045B
24V / 12V
POT. DRAUGHT VALVE
X004 X034f X034m R4
0.5A K4:2 2 0042 5 5 BK 1 2
B D7901 B
/0.0_1.B1
2 x 220 Ohm
MOTOR WATER VALVE WATER VALVE
0046B
X004 X034f X034m R3 Y673
0.5A K4:1 1 0041 4 4 RD 1 2 5 6
D7901 M
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR WATER VALVE
X034f X034m X034m X034f
7 7 GN 10 8 BN 9 9
M657
C X039f X039m X034f X034m X657f X657m C
585/3:1 A0396 6 6 0396 1 1 OG 1 1 OG
/ 11.5_2.D6 1
X002 X062f X062m X034f X034m X657f X657m
PWM K2:2 2 A0022 8 8 0628 2 2 BK 2 2 BK
D7901 31
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR HEATING FAN HEATING FAN
X002
585/3:2 A0028 A0028 8 K2:8
/ 11.5_2.D6 D7901
/0.0_1.B1
24/12v LOGIC SUPPLY HEAT FAN
D D
X039f X039m X036f X036m R1
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
585/4:1 A0395 5 5 0395 1 1 RD 1 2 X612f X612m M612
/ 11.5_2.D6
82 Ohm RD 1 1 RD
+12V
BK 2 2 GY
GND M
BU BU 3 3 BU
Signal
X002 X062f X062m X036f X036m
1.5 A0023 0629 MOTOR, RECIRCULATION
K2:3 3 9 9 2 2
D7901
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR RECIRCULATION
E E
X036m X036f
M645 BK 3 3 0363 CHASSIS
/ 9.4_1.B7
X211 X278f X278m X645
1.5A K1:25 25 21125A X90013 21125B 1 1 2781 1 2
D7971
/0.0_2.D5 1
COMPRESSOR AIRCONDITION
COMPRESSOR
X211
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
1.5A K1:29 29 21129
D7971
/0.0_2.D5
F COMPRESSOR AIRCONDITION F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring climate control A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S162 MULTISWITCH
X017 X017
24V reference K3:5 5 RD 15 53C GY 4 K3:4 Input
A D7902 D7902 A
/11.5_4.F4 /11.5_4.F4
SWITCH MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH FLUSHING
X017
J1 GN 6 K3:6 Input
D7902
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH WIPER FRONT
X017
J2 BK 7 K3:7 Input
D7902
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH WIPER FRONT
X017
53 BU 8 K3:8 Input
D7902
/9.7_1.B1 /11.5_4.F4
SWITCH WIPER FRONT
WIPER /9.6_4.E5
B /2.0_1.B5 B
31
XM6501m XM6501f
BK 4 4 W01 W08 CHASSIS
/ 9.1_1.D7
M6501 M
X002 X062f X062m XM6501f XM6501m FRONT WIPER
5A K2:1 1 A0021 7 7 0627 2 2 RD
D7901
/0.0_1.B1
53
X37D
53a
53b
31b
MOTOR FRONT WIPER
X004 XM6501f XM6501m
24V reference K4:14 14 00414 1 1 YE
D7901
/0.0_1.C1
XM6501m XM6501f X004
C MOTOR FRONT WIPER GN 3 3 00413 13 K4:13 Input C
D7901
/0.0_1.C1
MOTOR FRONT WIPER
M6502
X002 X057f X057m XM6502f XM6502m XM6502m XM6502f X057m X057f
5A K2:4 4 A0024 1 1 0571 1 1 YE 53 31 BN 2 2 0574 4 4
D7901 M
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR REAR WIPER
X012 X057f X057m XM6502f XM6502m 31b XM6502m XM6502f X057m X057f X012
24V reference K12:1 1 A0121 3 3 0573 4 4 BK/GN 53a BK 3 3 0572 2 2 A0122 2 K12:2 Input
D7901 D7901
/0.0_1.D6 REAR WIPER /0.0_1.D6
D MOTOR REAR WIPER MOTOR REAR WIPER D
A0574
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
M6503
X010 X055f X055m XM6503f XM6503m XM6503m XM6503f X055m X055f
1.5A K10:14 14 A01014 1 1 0551 1 1 YE 53 31 BN 2 2 0554 4 4 A0554 X37B
D7901 M
/0.0_1.C6
MOTOR ROOF WIPER
X012 X055f X055m XM6503f XM6503m 31b XM6503m XM6503f X055m X055f X012
24V reference K12:3 3 A0123 3 3 0553 4 4 BK/GN 53a BK 3 3 0552 2 2 A0124 4 K12:4 Input
D7901 D7901
/0.0_1.D6 ROOF WIPER /0.0_1.E6
MOTOR ROOF WIPER MOTOR ROOF WIPER
E M6511 E
WASHER FRONT
X010 X058f X058m XM6511 XM6511 X058m X058f
3A K10:13 13 A01013 1 1 0581 1 + 2 0582 2 2 A0582
D7901 M
/0.0_1.C6
MOTOR WASHER
X37B
M6512
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
WASHER REAR & ROOF
X058f X058m XM6512 XM6512 X058m X058f X040f X040m X005
F A01013A 3 3 0583 1 + 2 0584 4 4 A0402 2 2 0054 4 K5:4 PWM (NPN) F
M D7901
/0.0_1.C1
MOTOR WASH REAR/ROOF
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring wiper function A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S1051
1 X080m X080f X006
00610A 1 1 00610 10 K6:10 Input
0 D7901
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
7901:51/24V 0811I 5 5
/ 9.6_2.B2 SW WORK LIGHTS MAST
A A
CHASSIS 0812J 10 10 9 9 00610B
/ 9.6_2.B2
WORK LIGHTS 2040
K30171
X010
0.5A K10:8 8 A0108 86 86 85 85 W02
D7901
/0.0_1.C6
CONTAINER LIGHT 40
584/7:2 A0545B 30 30 87 87
/ 11.5_2.B6
87A
B CONTAINER LIGHT 40 B
A0565
X37A
A0563
E406L1
X056f X056m XE406L1f XE406L1m XE406L1m XE406L1f
3 3 0563 1 1 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 2 2 0567A
CONTAINER LIGHT 40
C C
E406R1
X056f X056m XE406R1f XE406R1m XE406R1m XE406R1f X056m X056f
5 5 0565 1 1 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 2 2 0567B 7 7 A0567
CONTAINER LIGHT 40 X37E
K30172
X007 X069m X069f
0.5A K7:8 8 0078 1 1 A0691 86 86 85 85 W02A
D7901
D /0.0_1.C4 D
CONTAINER LIGHT 20
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
584/7:2 A0545C 30 30 87 87
/ 11.5_2.B6
87A
CONTAINER LIGHT 20
A0564
A0562 X37C
E406L2
X056f X056m XE406L2f XE406L2m XE406L2m XE406L2f
2 2 0562 1 1 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 2 2 0566A
E E
CONTAINER LIGHT 20
E406R2
X056f X056m XE406R2f XE406R2m XE406R2m XE406R2f X056m X056f
4 4 0564 1 1 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 2 2 0566B 6 6 A0566
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
CONTAINER LIGHT 20 X37E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights 2040 A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S1052
1 X080m X080f X006
7901:51/24V 0811H 0062A 2 2 0062 2 K6:2 Input
/ 9.6_3.B2 0 D7901
1 1 /0.0_1.A4
7901:51/24V 0811I 5 5
/ 9.6_1.A2 SW WLIGHTS CARRIAGE
B B
CHASSIS 0812J 10 10 9 9 0062B
/ 9.6_1.A2
CHASSIS 0812I WORK LIGHTS CARRIAGE
/ 9.6_3.B2
24V D7911/1:1 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_14.B2 / 9.6_14.B7
C C
E404L3
X421 XE404L3f XE404L3f
6A K1:1 1 4211 1 1 2 2 W4211 4054 CHASSIS
D791 / 7.9_1.E7
/0.0_4.C2
WORK LIGHT LEFT WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE LEFT
24V D7911/1:15 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_14.E2 / 9.6_14.E7
E404R3
X421 XE404R3f XE404R3f
6A K1:15 15 42115 1 1 2 2 W42115 W400 CHASSIS
D D791 / 11.5_5.B7 D
/0.0_4.D2 X90061
WORK LIGHT RIGHT
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE RIGHT
W42114 CHASSIS
/ 9.14_1.E7
E E
W9003 CHASSIS
/ 7.5_3.E7
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Extra worklight added. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights carriage A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B S1053 B
1 X080m X080f X006
7901:51/24V 0811G 0063A 3 3 0063 3 K6:3 Input
/ 9.6_4.C2 0 D7901
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
7901:51/24V 0811H 5 5
/ 9.6_2.B2 SW WORK LIGHTS MAST
CHASSIS 0812I 10 10 9 9 0063B
/ 9.6_2.B2
CHASSIS 0812H WORK LIGHTS MAST
/ 9.6_4.C2
C C
D D
E404L1
X211 X204m X204f X2041f X2041f X204f X204m
6A X90019
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
K1:1 1 2111A 2111B 1 1 2041 1 1 2 2 2043 3 3 W2043
D7971
/0.0_2.C2
LAMPS WORK LIGHT MAST WORK LIGHT MAST
E404R1
X204m X204f X2042f X2042f X204f X204m
2111C 2 2 2042 1 1 2 2 2044 4 4 W2044 W204
X90078
WORK LIGHT MAST X37201A
E X37201 E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Kablage till 5298 utgår 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights mast A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S100
1 X080m X080f X006
0065A 5 5 0065 5 K6:5 Input
7901:51/24V 0811E 0 D7901
/ 9.3_1.B2 1 1 /0.0_1.B4
5 5
SWITCH MAIN LIGHT
CHASSIS 0812E 10 10 9 9 0065B
/ 9.3_1.B2
CHASSIS 0812F
/ 9.6_7.A2 MAIN LIGHT
B B
0811F
S110
1 X080m X080f X006
0064A 4 4 0064 4 K6:4 Input
0 D7901
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
7901:51/24V 0811G 5 5
/ 9.6_3.B2 SWITCH ROT. BEACON
CHASSIS 0812G 10 10 9 9 0064B
/ 9.6_7.B2
CHASSIS 0812H
/ 9.6_3.C2 ROT. BEACON
C C
S162 MULTISWITCH
D D
56 56b
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X017
56a WH 9 K3:9 Input
D7902
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH MAIN / DIPPED BEAM
/2.0_1.A4
MAIN / DIPPED BEAM /9.5_1.B4
E X002 X056f E
5A K2:5 5 A0025 1
D7901
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR ROT. BEACON
H428
ROT. BEACON
X054f X054m X4281 X4282 X054m X054f
A0547 7 7 0547 1 + 1 0548 8 8 A0548
M
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F X37B F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring lights A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIPPED LIGHT FRONT LEFT
B B
6B CHASSIS
/ 9.6_7.E8
X270/271f X270/271m 271:1 E402R1
X211 X271f / 9.6_13.C1 X271m
6A K1:15 15 21115A X90027 21115B 2 2 21115E 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 6A
D7971
/0.0_2.D2 24VK304287
/ 9.6_13.F5
HEAD LIGHT HEAD LIGHT FRONT RIGHT
C C
6B CHASSIS
/ 9.6_7.D8
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
SIDE POSITION FRONT RIGHT
X37207
2112D 2112
/ 9.6_6.D2
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 X270/271 and ref to 9.6_13 added. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring lights A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E405L
X056f X056m
A0543 9 9 0569A 1 1 2 1 0569B
REVERSING LIGHT REAR LEFT
A A
E405L
X002 X054f X054m X054m X054f
5A K2:6 6 A0026 3 3 0543 1 1 2 2 0544 4 4 A0544
D7901
/0.0_1.B1
REVERSING LIGHT LEFT REVERSING LIGHT REAR LEFT
E405R
X056f X056m
A0545 8 8 0568A 1 1 2 1 0568B
REVERSING LIGHT REAR RIGHT
E405R X37C
X002 X054f X054m X054m X054f
5A K2:7 7 A0027 5 5 0545 1 1 2 2 0546 6 6 A0546
B D7901 B
/0.0_1.B1
REVERSING LIGHT RIGHT REVERSING LIGHT REAR RIGHT
X37A
H411L
X211 X275f X275m X272f X272m
1.5A K1:7 7 2117 3 3 2753 3 3 3 1 2
D7971
/0.0_2.D2
BRAKE LIGHT LEFT BRAKE LIGHT REAR LEFT
C H411R C
X211 X275f X275m X273f X273m
1.5A K1:9 9 2119 4 4 2754 3 3 3 1 2
D7971
/0.0_2.D2
BRAKE LIGHT RIGHT BRAKE LIGHT REAR RIGHT
CHASSIS
H412L / 9.6_7.E8
X211 X275f X275m X272f X272m
1.5A K1:33 33 21133 5 5 2755A X90007 2755B 2 2 2 1 2 6B
D7971
/0.0_2.D5
6A CHASSIS
REAR LIGHTS REAR LIGHT LEFT / 9.3_5.D7
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
H4162
X275f X275m X272f X272m X272m X272f X275m X275f
2112 2112D 6 6 2756A X90024 2756B 5 5 5 1 2 6C 6 6 6 2726 8 8 2758
/ 9.6_5.D6
X90049
SIDE POSITION REAR LEFT
CHASSIS
H412R / 9.6_7.D8
X273f X273m
2755C 2 2 2 1 2 6B
E 6A CHASSIS E
REAR LIGHT RIGHT / 9.3_5.C7
H4172
X273f X273m X273m X273f X275m X275f
2756C 5 5 5 1 2 6C 6 6 6 2736 7 7 2757
X90048
SIDE POSITION REAR RIGHT
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
X37204
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Jordning lampor ändrad. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring lights A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A S109 A
1
0 X081m X081f X005
X039f X039m X081f X081m 1 1 0816 6 6 0056 6 K5:6 Input
584/2:2 A0392 2 2 0392 7 7 0817 5 5 D7901
/ 11.5_2.A6 /0.0_1.C1
CHASSIS 0812F 10 10 9 9 0815 5 5 SWITCH HAZARD
/ 9.6_4.B2
CHASSIS 0812G Hazard
/ 9.6_4.C2 X005
0055 5 K5:5 PWM (PNP)
D7901
/0.0_1.C1
SWITCH LAMP HAZARD
B B
S161
R
0
L X018
1 1 0189 9 K8:9 Input
D7902
0187B 2 2 3 /11.5_4.F4
SWITCH DIRECTION LIGHT RIGHT
X018
1.5A K8:7 7 0187A 5 5 4
D7902 X018
/11.5_4.F4 6 6 0188 8 K8:8 Input
C D7902 C
SWITCH DIRECTION LIGHT /11.5_4.F4
DIRECTION LIGHT SWITCH DIRECTION LIGHT LEFT
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
H427
X275f X275m X273f X273m
21131C 2 2 2752 4 4 4 1 1 2 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_6.E7
Direction Right Rear
H426
X275f X275m X272f X272m
21130C 1 1 2751 4 4 4 1 1 2 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_6.D7
Direction Left Rear
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ref to 9.6_13 added. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring light director & hazard A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A0668 584/2:1
/ 9.6_11.B1
A A
X060f X060m X060Af X060Am X018 X018 X060Am X060Af X060m X060f X011
584/2:1 A0607 7 7 0607 7 7 0607B 10 K8:10 K8:11 11 0609 9 9 0609 9 9 A0112 2 K11:2 Input
/ 11.5_2.A6 D7902 D7902 D7901
/0.0_1.C6
SWITCH INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH INTERIOR LIGHT INTERIOR LIGHT
584/2:1 0607A
/ 11.5_3.C2
INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH DISPLAY
B B
X039f X039m X082f X082m S266LE X082m X082f X039m X039f X011
584/2:1 A0393 3 3 0393A 1 1 0393C 1 1 2 1 0394C 2 2 0394A 4 4 A0113 3 K11:3 Input
/ 11.5_2.A6 D7901
/0.0_1.C6
BRAKING CAB DOOR
SWITCH BREAK CAB DOOR
S266RI
C 0393B 1 1 2 1 0394B C
BRAKING CAB DOOR
E4341
X011 X054f X054m X054m X054f
1.5A K11:6 6 A0116 1 1 0541 1 1 2 1 0542 2 2 A0542A
D7901
/0.0_1.D6
LAMP INTERIOR LIGHT INTERIOR LIGHT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X066f X066f
A0541 6 24V D7901/11:6 CHASSIS 7 A0542B
/ 9.6_11.C1 / 9.6_11.C7
E E
E4342
X062f X062m XE4342f XE4342m XE4342m XE4342f X062m X062f
585/6:1 A0624 4 4 0624 1 1 BK 1 2 1 2 BK 2 2 0625 5 5 A0625
/ 11.5_2.E6
MAP LIGHT
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
X37A
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring interior lights A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
E404R4
X213m XE404R4f XE404R4f X213m
24V D7971/1:42 1 2131A X90062 2131B 1 1 2 2 2132B 2132A 2 CHASSIS
/ 9.0_1.C4 / 9.0_1.C6
X90063
WORK LIGHT OPT
C C
E404L4
XE404L4f XE404L4f
2131C 1 1 2 2 2132C
WORK LIGHT OPT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Kablage till 5298 utgår 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights option A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
E404R2
XE404R2f XE404R2f
2491C 1 1 2 2 2492C
C C
WORK LIGHT OPT
E404L2
X249m XE404L2f XE404L2f X249m
D7972/1:42 1 2491A X90042 2491B 1 1 2 2 2492B 2492A 2 CHASSIS
/ 11.5_9.D3 / 11.5_9.D6
X90041
WORK LIGHT OPT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Kablage till 5298 U. X249 v X240. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights option A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X066f X066m X276f X276m XS141f XS141m S141 XS141m XS141f X276m X276f X066m X066f X011
584/2:1 A0668 8 8 GY 1 1 GY 1 1 BN 1 2 BK 2 2 BK 2 2 BK 9 9 A0114 4 K11:4 Input
/ 9.6_8.A2 D7901
/0.0_1.D6
STEP LIGHT
SWITCH STEP IN LIGHT
B B
C C
E433
X066m X276f X276m X276m X276f X066m
24V D7901/11:6 6 RD 3 3 GY 1 1 2 1 BK 4 4 BU 7 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_8.D3 / 9.6_8.D6
STEP LIGHT
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring step in light A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
E404L5
XE404L3m XE404L5f XE404L5f XE404L3m
Kopplas till kontakt för std belyning. 1 4211A X90085 4211B 1 1 2 2 W4211B X90087 W4211A 2
Kopplas till kontakt för std belyning.
B B
Connected to connector std work light. Connected to connector std work light.
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE LEFT OPT
XE404L3f XE404L3f
4211C 1
Std belysning 2 W4211C
Std work light
C C
E404R5
XE404R3m XE404R5f XE404R5f XE404R3m
Kopplas till kontakt för std belyning. 1 42115A X90086 42115B 1 1 2 2 W42115B X90088 W42115A 2
Kopplas till kontakt för std belyning.
Connected to connector std work light. Connected to connector std work light.
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE RIGHT OPT
D XE404R3f XE404R3f D
42115C 1
Std belysning 2 W42115C
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
Std work light
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion / New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights carriage opt A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X270Am
270:1 1 1 X270Af
/ 9.6_5.B4
A 270:2 2 2 2 2 270:2 A
/ 9.6_5.A3 / 9.6_5.A5
3 3 3 3
270:4 4 4 4 4 270:4
/ 9.6_7.E4 / 9.6_7.E5
270:5 5 5 5 5 270:5
/ 9.6_5.C3 / 9.6_5.C5
270:6 6 6 6A 6 270:6
/ 9.6_5.C8 / 9.6_5.C7
E4047L
1A 1 2 6B
B B
OPT. WORKING LIGHT FRONT LEFT
E4048L
1B 1 2 6C
OPT. WORKING LIGHT FRONT LEFT
C C
X271Am
271:1 1 1 X271Af
/ 9.6_5.C4
271:2 2 2 2 2 271:2
/ 9.6_5.B3 / 9.6_5.B5
3 3 3 3
271:4 4 4 4 4 271:4
/ 9.6_7.D4 / 9.6_7.D5
271:5 5 5 5 5 271:5
/ 9.6_5.D3 / 9.6_5.D5
271:6 6 6 6A 6 271:6
/ 9.6_5.D8 / 9.6_5.D7
D D
E4047R
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
1A 1 2 6B
OPT. WORKING LIGHT FRONT RIGHT
E4048R
1B 1 2 6C
OPT. WORKING LIGHT FRONT RIGHT
E E
K3042
X270/271m
X211:1 1 GY 86 86 85 85 W304-2-85
/ 9.6_5.B3
X270/271f X37200R
581/8:1 W304-2-30A 30 30 87 87 BK 1 24VK304287
/ 11.5_1.C5 / 9.6_5.B3
87A RD 2 24VK304287
/ 9.6_5.C3
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
WORK LIGHTS
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 New page 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights option fenders A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
E404L1
XE404m XE404m
24V D7911/1:1 1 4041A XSP4041 4041B 1 1 2 2 4042B XSP4042 4042A 2 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_2.C4 / 9.6_2.C5
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE LEFT
E404L2
4041C 1 1 2 2 4042C
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE EXTRA LEFT
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E404R1
XE404Rm XE404Rm
24V D7911/1:15 1 4041A XSP4041 4041B 1 1 2 2 4042B XSP4042 4042A 2 CHASSIS
/ 9.6_2.D4 / 9.6_2.D5
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE RIGHT
E404R2
E 4041C 1 1 2 2 4042C E
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE EXTRA RIGHT
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
New drawing 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights option carriage A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S162 MULTISWITCH
/9.5_1.B4
X017
H BN 2 K3:2 Input
D7902
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH HORN
HORN
B B
0621 A01111B
/ 9.7_3.B2
0622A CHASSIS
/ 9.7_3.C7
X062f X062m
C 2 2 C
A0622
X37B
X011 X063f X063m X230f X230m S230 X230m X230f X063m X063f X011
24V reference K11:12 12 A01112 1 1 0631 2 2 BU 2 1 RD 1 1 0632 2 2 A01114 14 K11:14 Input
D D7901 D7901 D
/0.0_1.D6 3 GY 3 /0.0_1.D6
SWITCH SEAT SWITCH SEAT
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
SEAT SWITCH
H853
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring alarm, buzzer and horn A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
X37210
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring reversing alarm A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
K3016
B X37B B
H8501
COMPRESSOR HORN
K3016 X062f X062m
585/8:1 A0623A 30 30 87 87 A0623B 3 3 0623 1 + 1 0622A CHASSIS
/ 11.5_2.E6 M / 9.7_1.C7
87A
/9.7_3.B4
COMPRESSOR HORN
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring compressor horn A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S1493
1
24V D7901/8:16 0921B 0 X091m X091f X009
/ 7.9_1.B2 1 0911 1 1 00910 10 K9:10 Input
24V D7901/8:16 0921C 2 D7901
B / 7.5_1.B2 B
HORN SERVO PANEL OPT. HORN SERVO PANEL OPT.
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Connection S1493 v 51, now 21 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring horn servo panel A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X900Af X900Bf
1/8 1/8
2/8 2/8 H902R
X900Bm
3/8 3/8 3 BK/WH +
X055f X055m X900Am
584/5:1 A0555 5 5 0555 4 4/8 4/8 4 BK
/ 11.5_2.B6
5/8 5/8 5 BK/WH
SPEAKER RIGHT
6/8 6/8 6 BK
X055f X055m X900Am
584/3:2 A0559 9 9 0559 7 7/8 7/8
/ 11.5_2.B6
A0557 7 7 0557 8 8/8 8/8
B H902L B
+
SPEAKER LEFT
A900
C C
A0557
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X37C
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring radio A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+12V RD 12V
/ 11.5_7.D6
CHASSIS BK
/ 11.5_7.D6
5V
XA9092f
X182m X182f XA9092m
KID_RX 1822 2 2 90922 TX
/ 11.6_1.A2
KID_TX 1823 3 3 90923 RX
/ 11.6_1.A2
B A909 B
Printer
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring printer A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Strömbrytare 123, se sida 9.1_1
B B
/Switch 123, see page 9.1_1
X241m XE802Rf XE802Rm E802R1 XE802Rm XE802Rf X241m
24V D7972/1:11 2 GY 1 1 BN 1 2 BU 2 2 BK 1 CHASSIS
/ 11.5_11.B3 / 11.5_11.B6
E802R2
BN 1 2 BU
C C
E802L2
BN 1 2 BU
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion / New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring heating mirrors A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
WHEN BOTH CAMERAS ARE USED CONNECT CORE GN TO X056:8 OR X054:5
B B
1
A907
C C
Front Camera
A9082
XCA1f XCA1m XA9082f XA9082m
D Rear Camera D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
Monitor
E E
X057m X057f
BK 9 9 A0579
X37E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Added connection for automatic display change. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring camera A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Strömställare val manuell/automatisk hyttippning se S1992.
Switch choice manual/automatic cab tilt see S1992. 1 = UP/RIGHT
0 = 0
A 2 = DOWN/LEFT X008 A
S1010 0086 Input
6 K8:6
24V D7901/8:16 00816F 1 D7901
/ 9.1_1.A2 0
2
1 1 SWITCH CAB TILT UP/RIGHT
24V D7901/8:16 00816G 3 3
/ 7.5_3.B2 7 7
2
4
8 X008
CHASSIS37D 0923D 10 10 9 9 00815B 0087 7 K8:7 Input
/ 9.1_1.B2 D7901
CHASSIS37D 0923E
/ 7.5_3.B2 CAB TILT/SLIDING CAB
SWITCH CAB TILT DOWN/LEFT
Y6080
X221 X243f X243m X243m
1.5A K1:25 25 22125 3 3 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 12
D7972
Endast vid hyttkörning, ej hyttilt. ACT. SLIDING CAB
Only for sliding cab, not cab tilt.
C C
Y6047
X221 X243f X243m
1.5A K1:29 29 22129 8 8 2438 1 1 2 2 24312B
D7972
CAB TILT UP/RIGHT
Y6048
X221 X243f X243m X243m X243f
1.5A K1:39 39 22139 9 9 2439 1 1 2 2 24312C 24312A 12 12 W243
D7972
X90067
D CAB TILT DOWN/LEFT X37216 D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X221 X243f X243m XB7691f XB7691m
1.5A K1:7 7 2217 4 4 2434A X90066 2434B A A
D7972
BN
B7691 XB7691m XB7691f X243m X243f X221
BK C C 2435 5 5 22113 13 K1:13 Input
D7972
CAB TILT UP
BU
B B 24312D
E E
XB7692f XB7692m
2434C A A
BN
B7692 XB7692m XB7692f X243m X243f X221
BK C C 2436 6 6 22120 20 K1:20 Input
D7972
CAB TILT DOWN
Endast vid hyttilt, ej hyttkörning. BU
B B 24312E
Only for cab tilt, not sliding cab.
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
Givare stativ för automatisk hyttilt se B72111.
Sensor mast when automatic cab tilt see B72111.
Ref. Benämning Produkt/Product Blad/Sheet
Nr Ändring Ändring nr Datum Sign. Datum/Date Huvudnr./Project no.
Ruta Sign.
Sq.
No. Design change Change No. Date Ritad/Drawn Krets hyttilt/hyttkörning DCF300,DCE300 9.10_1
CJS 050128 A47137.0100
Name
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Cable 00815C U 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring cab tilt/sliding cab A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
M6931
1
GREY
2
B X213m XM6931 B
24V D7971/1:42 1 1 15
/ 9.0_1.C4 M
31 BLACK
2
CENTRAL LUBRICATION
X213m
2 CHASSIS
/ 9.0_1.C6
C C
M6932
1
D GREY D
2
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X421 XM6932
10A K1:14 14 42114 1 15
D791 M
/0.0_4.D2 BLACK
2 31
PUMP CENTRAL LUBRICATION
CENTRAL LUBRICATION
E W42114 CHASSIS E
/ 9.6_2.E8
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring central lubrication A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
Y6062
X211
1.5A K1:39 39 21139 1 1 2 2 6062 CHASSIS
D7971 / 7.2_2.E5
/0.0_2.E5
VALVE PUMP 2
INTERRUPTION PUMP 2
(EXTRA PUMP LIFT)EC
C C
Y60622
X211 XY6012/6062 XY6012/6062
1.5A K1:35 35 21135 1 1 2 2 6012 CHASSIS
D D7971 / 7.2_2.D5 D
/0.0_2.D5
PUMP ATTACHMENT
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
INTERR PUMP ATT
(ACT. PUMP ATT)EC
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Moved from 8.2_2 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring interruption hydr. pump A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B776
XB776f XB776f X212
2 2 T 1 1 21213 13 K2:13 Temperature Input
D7971
U /0.0_2.C4
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HYDR. OIL TEMP.
7762
B B
M668
X211 XM668f XM668m XM668m XM668f
10A K1:14 14 21114 1 1 1 2 2 2 6682
D7971 M
/0.0_2.D2
MOTOR COOLING FAN HYDR. OIL
COOLING FAN HYDRAULIC OIL
X37202A
X37202
C C
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring cooling hydraulic oil A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0711 544
MAIN RELAY IGNITION / 11.5_2.C1
/11.5_3.E4
87 30
A K3151 A
W208
21211 582/1:1
/ 11.5_4.A2
F582 2121 582/1:1
1a 1b / 11.5_4.B2
50A /11.5_1.B2 W213 A:1 30 A 1:1 2129 582/1:2
A:1 1:1 / 11.5_4.B2
W214 A:2 A:2 1:2 1:2 21210 582/1:2
/ 11.5_4.B2
W226 B:1 5 A
B:1 2:1
B:2 2:2 2221 582/3:1
/ 11.5_5.D2
C:1 25 A 3:1 2229 582/3:1
2a 2b C:1 3:1 / 11.5_5.D2
F581 C:2 C:2 3:2 3:2 22210 582/3:2
50A / 11.5_5.D2
W223
B W209 A:1 30 A 1:1 0526 581/1:1 D:1 10 A 4:1 W237 582/4:1 B
A:1 1:1 / 11.5_2.A2 D:1 4:1 / 11.5_10.B2
A:2 A:2 1:2 D:2 4:2
B:1 5 A E:1 5 A 5:1 216-246 582/5:1
B:1 2:1 E:1 5:1 / 9.6_5.E2
B:2 2:2 E:2 E:2 5:2 5:2 90012A 582/5:2
3a 3b / 7.2_2.C2
50A W210 C:1 15 A 3:1 2101 581/3:1 F:1 5 A 6:1 2014 582/6:1
C:1 3:1 / 1.0_1.C3 F:1 6:1 / 2.0_1.E2
C:2 C:2 3:2 F:2 F:2 6:2
2105A K3152 2107A
D:1 10 A 4:1 581/4:1 G:1 5 A 7:1 582/7:1
D:1 4:1 / 1.0_1.D3 G:1 7:1 / 1.0_1.E3
D:2 D:2 4:2 4:2 W221 30 87 W222 G:2 7:2
E:1 5 A 5:1 2012 581/5:1 87A H:1 5 A 8:1 2108A 582/8:1
4a 4b E:1 5:1 / 2.0_1.E2 H:1 8:1 / 1.0_1.E3
50A E:2 5:2 /11.5_3.F4 H:2 8:2
W228 377430 RELAY IGNITION
F:1 15A 6:1 581/6:1 /11.5_1.D6 +15
F:1 6:1 / 4.8_1.C2
F:2 6:2
C W214 C
G:1 7:1 F582
G:2 7:2 1 KDU CHASSIS
W304-2-30B H:1 15A 8:1 W304-2-30A 581/8:1 2 NOT USED
H:1 8:1 / 9.6_13.F2 3 KDU OPT. CHASSIS
H:2 8:2
4 OPT.
/11.5_1.D3 +30 5 SWITCHES / SENSORS
6 TRANSMISSION
W207
W206
W211
7 ENGINE
1 CAB 8 ENGINE
2 NOT USED
/11.5_1.C6
3 ENGINE
4 ENGINE
5 TRANSMISSION
6 OPT. COOLING FAN, BRAKES
54/3 7 NOT USED
/ 11.5_6.D2
D 8 Opt. work lights D
/11.5_1.C3
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
GY Batt + W212 CHASSIS
/ 8.2_4.F1 / 11.5_3.E2
37209 CHASSIS
S144 G301 G302 / 7.2_2.E8
2 1 W3 + W2 + W1
X2152A X2152B
12V, 140Ah 12V, 140Ah W219 BU CHASSIS
/ 11.5_5.B7
W5
W220 X37200D
W4
E X37100B E
X37200
X37100
X37200A 0712
M654 G660
B+ X37100C
X37100A X37200
30 31 B D+ X37100 X37100
M G
ALTERNATOR
50 STARTER W X37200B X37200C X0712A
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
X37200 X37200 X0712
Inkoppling startmotor & generator
F se sida motor 1.0_2. F
Connection starter & alternator
see page engine 1.0_2.
Ref. Benämning Produkt/Product Blad/Sheet
Nr Ändring Ändring nr Datum Sign. Datum/Date Huvudnr./Project no.
Ruta Sign.
Sq.
No. Design change Change No. Date Ritad/Drawn Krets ström DCF300,DCE300 11.5_1
CJS 050128 A47137.0100
Name
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Cable GY added. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A0595
A A
F584
X052m X052f
0526 A0526 A0011 X37A
581/1:1 6 6 A:1 10 A 1:1 584/1:1
/ 11.5_1.B5 A:1 1:1 / 11.5_4.C2
AA2-B1 A:2 A:2 1:2 A0607 584/2:1
/ 9.6_8.A1
B:1 5 A 2:1 A0393 584/2:1 X059f
B:1 2:1 / 9.6_8.B1
B:2 2:2 2:2 A0392 584/2:2 5
/ 9.6_7.A2
A0526A C:1 10 A 3:1 A0594 4
C:1 3:1
AC2-D1 C:2 C:2 3:2 3:2 A0559 584/3:2 3
/ 9.8_1.B2
D:1 10 A 4:1 A0672
D:1 4:1
D:2 4:2
10 A 5:1 A0555 584/5:1
E:1 5:1 / 9.8_1.B2
AE2-F1 E:2 E:2 5:2 5:2 A0707C 584/5:2
/ 7.0_5.B1
B F:1 25 A 6:1 A0634B 584/6:1 X067f B
F:1 6:1 / 9.3_1.D2
A0711B F:2 F:2 6:2 6:2 A0664 584/6:2 2
/ 9.3_7.A1 Dedicated for
15 A 7:1 A0545B 584/7:2 1
G:1 7:1 / 9.6_1.B2
AG2-H1 G:2 G:2 7:2 7:2 A0545C 584/7:2 3 use of customer
/ 9.6_1.D2
H:1 15 A 8:1 A0635B 584/8:1 4
H:1 8:1 / 9.3_2.B2
A0711D H:2 H:2 8:2
/11.5_2.C4 +30/+15 in Cab
F584
X071 1 KCU
544 0711 2 KCU STARTUP A0626A +12V
/ 11.5_1.A4 3 SERVICE
/ 11.5_7.D2
4 OPT. CUSTOMER
C 5 OPT. RADIO C
6 OPT. SEAT HEATER, TURNABLE SEAT.
7 OPT. CONTAINER LIGHT
A0673
8 OPT. AIR SEAT
/11.5_2.C4
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
D:1 5 A 4:1 A0395 585/4:1
D:1 4:1 / 9.4_2.D2
AD2-E1 D:2 D:2 4:2 4:2 A0577 585/4:2
/ 9.9_2.C1
E:1 10 A 5:1 A0593
E:1 5:1
E:2 5:2 5:2 A0671
A0711C F:1 5 A 6:1 A0624 585/6:1
F:1 6:1 / 9.6_8.E1
AF2-G1 F:2 F:2 6:2
901 X901.1f / 11.5_7.B2
G:1 10 A 7:1 585/7:1
G:1 7:1 / 11.5_8.C3
AG2-H1 G:2 G:2 7:2
H:1 10 A 8:1 A0623A 585/8:1
H:1 8:1 / 9.7_3.C2
H:2 8:2
E /11.5_2.F4 +15 in Cab E
F585
1 KCU
2 KIT
3 ECC, FAN
4 ECC, RECIRCULATION
5 SERVICE / CUSTOMER
6 OPT. MAP LIGHT
7 OPT. CONVERTER 12V
8 OPT. COMP. HORN
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
/11.5_2.E4
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Wire A0577 added.. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
P 1
B S150 B
STARTER SWITCH 3
58
15
30
19
50
17
130
819
317
750a
515/54
0161 24V D7902/2:1
/ 1.0_1.B1
0162A
584/2:1 0607A
/ 9.6_8.B1
0162 24V D7902/2:2
/ 1.0_1.B1
C C
X058m X058f
6 6 A0586
Cable 0586 is connected to X058f:6 and X058f:7
X058m X058f
when no engine preheater is used. 0586 7 7 A0111
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
W212G CHASSIS
/ 4.8_1.C4
W212C CHASSIS
/ 11.5_6.C2
W212D CHASSIS
/ 11.5_6.C2
W212E CHASSIS
CHASSIS W212 X90044 / 11.5_6.D2
/ 11.5_1.D6 W212F CHASSIS
/ 11.5_6.D2
E K3151 E
X010 X052f X052m
0.5A K10:10 10 A01010 3 3 0523 2 86 85 1 W212A
D7901
/0.0_1.C6 /11.5_1.A2
RELAY K3151 MAIN RELAY IGNITION
K3152
X010 X052f X052m
0.5A K10:16 16 A01016 7 7 0527 86 86 85 85 W212B
D7901
/0.0_1.C6 /11.5_1.C5
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
RELAY K3152 RELAY IGNITION
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 K3151 v K1, K3152 v K4 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A X212 A
582/1:1 21211 11 K2:11 Input
/ 11.5_1.A8 D7971
/0.0_2.B4
Emergency stop
X212 D7971
582/1:1 2121 1 K2:1
/ 11.5_1.A8 Main power
X212 Power supply/Ground X212
582/1:2 2129 9 K2:9 Main power Ground K2:12 12 21212
/ 11.5_1.B8
582/1:2 21210 10 K2:10 Main power Ground K2:14 14 21214
/ 11.5_1.B8
/0.0_2.B4
B B
X37203A
X37203
X001 D7901
C 584/1:1 A0011 1 K1:1 C
/ 11.5_2.A6 24V Battery
X001 X001
585/1:1 A0012 2 K1:2 K1:5 5 A0015
/ 11.5_2.D6 24V Ignition Ground
585/1:2 A0013 3 K1:3 K1:6 6 A0016
/ 11.5_2.D6 24V Ignition Ground
585/1:2 A0014 4 K1:4
/ 11.5_2.D6 24V Ignition
/0.0_1.A1
X37A
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
D7902
F
E D7902 D7902 E
/11.6_1.B3
Keyb.
Keybord
Ind.
Ind. Cluster
X061f X061m X061Am X061Af X015 X015 X061Af X061Am X061m X061f
585/2:1 A0615 5 5 0615 5 5 0615 1 K4:1 K4:5 5 0616 6 6 0616 6 6 A0616
/ 11.5_2.D6 +
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
X37A
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X422
42211 11 K2:11 Input
D791
/0.0_4.B4
Emergency stop
C C
X222
583/5:1 22211 11 K2:11 Input
/ 11.5_6.E7 D7972
/0.0_3.B4
Emergency stop
X222 D7972
582/3:1 2221 1 K2:1
/ 11.5_1.B8 Main power
D Power supply/Ground X222 D
582/3:1 2229 9 K2:9 Main power Ground K2:12 12 22212
/ 11.5_1.B8
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
582/3:2 22210 10 K2:10 Main power Ground K2:14 14 22214
/ 11.5_1.B8
/0.0_3.B4
X37208
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S250
X008
24V D7901/8:16 00816K 1 2 0084 4 K8:4 Input
/ 8.2_1.B2 D7901
/0.0_1.D4
OPERATING SWITCH SW. OPERATING POWER
A A
K3002
XK3002 XK3002
0525C 86 85 86 85
/7.7_1.C3
TILT IN / OUT
K3007
XK3007 XK3007
0525B 86 85 86 85
B /7.2_1.C3
B
LIFT / LOWER
K30092
X010 X052f X052m
0.5A K10:12 12 A01012 5 5 0525 X90045 0525A 2 86 85 1
D7901
/0.0_1.C6 /11.5_6.D3
RELAY K30092,K3002,K3007 RELAY OPERATING SWITCH
K30091
X010 X052f X052m
0.5A K10:11 11 A01011 4 4 0524 2 86 85 1
D7901
/0.0_1.C6 /11.5_6.D2
C RELAY K30091 RELAY OPERATING SWITCH C
CHASSIS W212C
/ 11.5_3.D7
CHASSIS W212D
/ 11.5_3.E7
CHASSIS W212E
/ 11.5_3.E7
CHASSIS W212F
/ 11.5_3.E7
X2151A
RELAY OPERATING SWITCH RELAY OPERATING SWITCH 1681 RD 583/1:1
/11.5_6.C4 /11.5_6.C4 F583 / 11.5_5.B2
D D
54/3 W211 W215 W216A A:1 1:1 W227 X168 X2151B
25 A
/ 11.5_1.D3 30 87 30 87 A:1 1:1
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
A:2 A:2 1:2
K30091 K30092
B:1 5 A
B:1 2:1
B:2 2:2
W216B 5 A 3:1 2024 583/3:1
C:1 3:1 / 7.0_5.D2
C:2 C:2 3:2
D:1 5 A
D:1 4:1
D:2 4:2
E:1 5 A 5:1 22211 583/5:1
E:1 5:1 / 11.5_5.C2
E:2 5:2
F:1 6:1
E F:2 6:2 E
G:1 7:1
G:2 7:2 X051m X051f X011
W218 5 A 8:1 0511 1 1 A01113 13 K11:13 Input
H:1 8:1 D7901
H:2 8:2 /0.0_1.D6
/11.5_6.F5 +15E FEEDBACK K2
F583
1 KDU ATTACHMENT
2 NOT USED
3 FORK ATTACHMENT
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
4 NOT USED
5 KDU OPT. CHASSIS
F 6 NOT USED F
7 NOT USED
8 FEEDBACK K30091
/11.5_6.E4
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 S250 Ä. 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring power operating switch A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X901.3f W14B
24V COM
X901.2f W14A
GND
X901.4f
585/7:1
/ 11.5_2.E6 12V
24V 12V
A901 X37C
B B
X37C
C C
OPTION ADAPTER
+12V A0626A
/ 11.5_2.C8 XA9091f
804A1A 1 +12V
/ 9.8_2.A2
D 804A2A 2 CHASSIS D
/ 9.8_2.A2
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
W03
E E
X37D
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring 24/12V A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
X901.3f
C W14B X37C C
X072f
BK 2
GY 1 24V
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring 24V contact A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X221 X240f
10A K1:14 14 22114 1
D7972
/0.0_3.D2
OPT.
X240f
B 4 W235D CHASSIS B
/ 11.5_11.A8
X221 X240f
6A K1:28 28 22128 2
D7972
/0.0_3.D5
OPT.
C X221 X240f C
Analog In 05V K1:24 24 22124 3
D7972
/0.0_3.C5
OPT.
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X221 X249f X249f
6A K1:42 42 22142 1 D7972/1:42 CHASSIS 2 W235F CHASSIS
D7972 / 9.6_10.D2 / 9.6_10.D7 / 11.5_11.B8
/0.0_3.D5
OPT.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 X249 T, X249.1 & 2 V X240.3 & 4 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring option base power A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X242f X221
D7972/1:23 4 22123 23 K1:23 Analog In 05V
C / 7.9_3.B7 D7972 C
/0.0_3.C5
OPT.
X242f
CHASSIS 8 W235E CHASSIS
/ 7.9_3.A7 / 11.5_11.A8
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring option base A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
W235D CHASSIS
/ 11.5_9.B7
W235E CHASSIS
/ 11.5_10.D7
W235F CHASSIS
/ 11.5_9.D7
B B
X221 X241f X241f
Dig In / 1.5A K1:11 11 22111 2 24V D7972/1:11 CHASSIS 1 W235B X90035 W235A
D7972 / 9.9_1.B2 / 9.9_1.B7
/0.0_3.D2
OPT.
X37215
X221 X241f
Dig In / 1.5A K1:12 12 22112 3 24V D7972/1:12
D7972 / 9.9_1.D2
/0.0_3.D2
C C
OPT.
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X221 X241f
Dig In / 1.5A K1:40 40 22140 5
D7972
/0.0_3.D5
OPT.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring option base A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R8202 D795
1 2 X020 X020 X060Am X060Af X060m X060f X051f X051m
6 K1:6 CAN 2 K1:13 13 30 0605 5 5 30 0605 5 5 A0512A 30 2 2
+ L+
0606 0606 A0513A
WH
GY
5 K1:5 CAN K1:12 12 6 6 6 6 3 3
L
A K1:4 K1:8 8 0604 4 4 0604 4 4 A
Shield +
GY
X020 RS232
KID_TX 30 1823 3 K1:3 K1:11 11 30 0601A 1 1 30 0601 1 1
/ 9.8_2.B2 TX R+
1822 CAN 0602A 0602
WH
KID_RX 2 K1:2 RX R K1:10 10 2 2 2 2
/ 9.8_2.B2
KID_GND 1825 1 K1:1 K1:7 7 0603 3 3 0603 3 3
/ 9.8_2.B2 GND +
GY
X020 X061Af X061Am X061m X061f
7902/1:14 02014 14 K1:14 BUZZER 0V REF K1:9 9 0613 3 3 0613 3 3
/ 9.7_1.E7
WH
KID
0152
0156
6
5
4
3
2
1
X203m
A0513B
A0512B
D7902
30
30
A0613
6
5
4
3
B /11.5_4.E4 B
X203f
X015 X015
2 K4:2 K4:7 7 0601B
+ + X37A
6 K4:6 CAN CAN K4:8 8 0602B
2034
0521 30 X059f
30
2 30 30 0513
0522 K4:3 Shield Shield K4:4 1 0512
2033
30
X052m X052f
1 1 30 A0481B X048 1 30 A0131
2033 CAN_J1939_+
/ 1.0_1.C3 A B
2036
X052m X052f
30
2034 CAN_J1939_
/ 1.0_1.D3 2 2 30 A0482B X048 2 30 A0132
C C
2035 CAN_J1939_+ A B A0135 30
2035
/ 2.0_1.D2
30
X049m A0134
2036 CAN_J1939_
/ 2.0_1.D2 A 30 A0481A
R8201
B A0482A 1 2
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
/ 11.6_2A.C7 30 4 4 30 A0137 7 K13:7 /0.0_1.E6
/ 11.6_2B.B7 R+
CAN 3 0515 5 5 A0138 8 K13:8 CAN
/ 11.6_2C.B7 R
K13:9
Shield
RED+2 2 0519A X011
/ 11.6_2C.B7 A0117 CANBUS
6 6 7 K11:7
Power 1
8 8 A0118A 8 K11:8
Power 1
/ 11.6_2A.C7 7 7 A0119 9 K11:9
/ 11.6_2B.B7 Power 2
RED+1 1 0518A 9 9 A01110A 10 K11:10
/ 11.6_2C.B7 Power 2
E A0118B E
A01110B X212
0513 5
R
0512 4 K2:5 CAN
X209Af R+
K2:4 CANBUS
RED+1 1 0518B 0517 0517 8
/ 11.6_2C.E7 +
K2:8
/ 11.6_2A.D7 0516 0516 7
+ /0.0_2.B4
/ 11.6_2B.C7 0519B 30 2123 K2:7
RED+2 2 3 D7971
/ 11.6_2C.E7 L
2122 2 K2:3 CAN
L+
/ 11.6_2A.D7 K2:2
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
/ 11.6_2B.C7 2123
CAN 3
/ 11.6_2C.F7
F F
/ 11.6_2A.D7
/ 11.6_2B.C7 2122
CAN+ 4
/ 11.6_2C.E7
Ref. Benämning Produkt/Product Blad/Sheet
Nr Ändring Ändring nr Datum Sign. Datum/Date Huvudnr./Project no.
Ruta Sign.
Sq.
No. Design change Change No. Date Ritad/Drawn Krets CANBUS grund DCF300,DCE300 11.6_1
CJS 050128 A47137.0100
Name
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring CANBUS base A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
X209Bf
30 4 CAN+
/ 11.6_1.D2
3 CAN
/ 11.6_1.D2
1 RED+1
C
Opt. chassi / 11.6_1.E2 C
X222
K2:2 2 2222
L+
CAN K2:3 3 2223
D7972 L
K2:7 7 2227
+
X209Bm
K2:8 8 2228 2 RED+2
CANBUS + / 11.6_1.F2
K2:4 4 2224 30 4 CAN+
R+ / 11.6_1.F2
CAN K2:5 5 2225 3 CAN
R / 11.6_1.F2
CAN Shield
K2:6
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Ny konstruktion/New design 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring CANBUS KDU opt. chassi A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B X209Cf B
4 CAN+
/ 11.6_1.D2
3 CAN
/ 11.6_1.D2
1 RED+1
/ 11.6_1.E2
Opt. attachment
X422 X401Am X401Af
K2:2 2 4222 30 A A GN 30
L+
CAN K2:3 3 4223 B B YE
C D791 L C
K2:7 7 4227 C C GY
/0.0_4.B4 +
X401Bf X401Bm X209Cm
K2:8 8 4228 C C OG 2 RED+2
+ / 11.6_1.F2
CANBUS K2:4 4 4224 30 A A BN 30 4 CAN+
R+ / 11.6_1.F2
CAN K2:5 5 4225 B B WH 3 CAN
R / 11.6_1.F2
D D
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
E E
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 GY changed with OG 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring CANBUS KDU opt. attachment A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Opt. attachment
X422 X401Am X401Af X209Cf
K2:2 2 30 1 4222 A A GN 30 4 CAN+
L+ / 11.6_1.D2
CAN K2:3 3 2 4223 B B YE 3 CAN
D791 L / 11.6_1.D2
K2:7 7 3 4227 C C GY 1 RED+1
+ / 11.6_1.E2
X401Bf X401Bm 2 RED+2
/ 11.6_1.E2
K2:8 8 3 4228 C C
+
CANBUS K2:4 4 30 1 4224 A A
R+
B CAN K2:5 5 2 4225 B B B
R
BN
WH
OG
2092
C C
30
2091
D D
4
3
2
1
1
2
This document must not be copied without our
written permission and the contents thereof must
not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any
unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be pro
secuted.
X209Cm
X214m
1
1
2
2
4
3
X214f
X209Bf
2142
Opt. chassis
X222
2222 30
2141
E K2:2 2 E
L+
CAN K2:3 3 2223
D7972 L X209Bm
K2:7 7 2227 1 RED+1
/0.0_3.B4 + / 11.6_1.E2
Denna ritning får ej utan vårt medgivande kopieras.
Den får ej heller delgivas annan eller annars obe
hörigen användas. Överträdelse härav beivras med
stöd av gällande lag.
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 GY changed with OG 071520 TKB 071030 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr CJS 061220 Klass/Class
Wiring CANBUS KDU opt. chassi + attach A49226.0100 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BU BU
BU BU
A A
-K1 -K3 -K4 -K5 -K6 -K7
85 85 86 86 85 85 86 86 85 85 86 86 85 85 86 86 85 85 86 86 85 85 86 86
BU
BU
BU
30 30 87 87 30 30 87 87 30 30 87 87 30 30 87 30 30 87 87 30 30 87 87
87A 87A 87A 87A 87a 87A 87A
ALIGNMENT TWISLOCKS OPEN TWISTLOCKS LOCKED END POSITION DAMPING LENGTH ADJUSTMENT 20 - 40 TWISTLOCK VALVE
10
10
B B
5 9
1
BU 13
14
7
8
11
12
BU 20
22
23
CHASSIS BU
/5.A7 17
1 -XK8 -XK8-30
14 30 1
C C
GY
-XK8 -XK8-87a
19 87a 1
-X100 1 1 2 2 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 17 19 20 22 23
RD +24V
-X200 1 1 /4.E2
TWISTLOCK YE TW._LOCKED
2 2 /4.E2
20' - 40' GY TW._OPEN
3 3 /4.E2
GND BK ALIGNMENT
D 4 4 /4.E2 D
24V
+24V_VIA_KNAPP
/5.D7
2 CHASSIS
/2.D2
CHASSIS
/5.E7
8 TW._LOCKED
E /2.E2 E
DAMPING GY
/5.E7
6 TW._OPEN
/2.E2
CHASSIS BU
/3.C7
1 +24V
/2.E2
TW. RD
/3.A2
4 ALIGNMENT
/2.E2
SPREADING YE
/3.B2
1 +24V
R
H.Grp: Name Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
1 Nyupplägg / New design 021756 CJS 021206 Konstr/Design 6
E³ DRAWING
T=Tillk/Added U=Utgår/Deleted V=Var/Was Godk/Appr LME 021209 Klass/Class Wiring diagram attachment toplift 20-40 A44659.0100 01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X7202Rf -X7202Rm
3 2 2 BN
-X7202Lm -X7202Lf -B7202R
BN 2 2 3 4 1 1 BK
A -B7202L A
BK 1 1 4 BU 3 3 ALIGNMENT RIGHT FRONT
3 3 BU BU
ALIGNMENT LEFT FRONT
BU
-X7203Rf -X7203Rm
9 2 2 BN
-X7203Lm -X7203Lf -B7203R
BN 2 2 1 7 1 1 BK
-B7203L
BK 1 1 9 BU 3 3 ALIGNMENT RIGHT REAR
3 3 BU BU
ALIGNMENT LEFT REAR
BU
-X7204Rf -X7204Rm
BK 2 2 BN
-X7204Lm -X7204Lf -B7204R
BN 2 2 5 5 1 1 BK
B -B7204L B
BK 1 1 6 BU 3 3 UNLOCKED TWISTLOCK RIGHT
3 3 BU BU
UNLOCKED TWISTLOCK LEFT
BU
-X7205Rf -X7205Rm
BK 2 2 BN
-X7205Lm -X7205Lf -B7205R
BN 2 2 7 6 1 1 BK
-B7205L
BK 1 1 8 BU 3 3 LOCKED TWISTLOCK RIGHT
3 3 BU BU
LOCKED TWISTLOCK LEFT
BU
-XSP4
C C
-X769m -X769f
BN 2 2
-B769
BK 1 1
END POSITION DAMPING 3 3
BU
-XSP2
-XSP3
CHASSIS YE./.GN
/1.D7
D DAMPING 1
/1.D7 D
CHASSIS 2
/1.E7
TW._LOCKED 8
/1.E7
TW._OPEN 6
/1.E7
+24V 1
E /1.E7 E
ALIGNMENT 4
/1.F7
+24V 1
/1.F7
CHASSIS 2
/1.F7
R
H.Grp: Name Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
1 Nyupplägg / New design 021756 CJS 021206 Konstr/Design 6
E³ DRAWING
T=Tillk/Added U=Utgår/Deleted V=Var/Was Godk/Appr LME 021209 Klass/Class Wiring diagram attachment toplift 20-40 A44659.0100 01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6044
TW. RD 1 1 2 2 BU
/1.E2
-Y6046
B B
SPREADING YE 1 1 2 2 BU
/1.F2
CHASSIS
/1.E2
-XSP5
-Y6046-2
C C
DAMPING GY 1 1 2 2 BU
/1.F2
-Y6046-3
D D
30-35_Stop BK 1 1 2 2 BU
/5.D7
E E
R
H.Grp: Name Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
1 Nyupplägg / New design 021756 CJS 021206 Konstr/Design 6
E³ DRAWING
T=Tillk/Added U=Utgår/Deleted V=Var/Was Godk/Appr LME 021209 Klass/Class Wiring diagram attachment toplift 20-40 A44659.0100 01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
RD
C C
RD RD
-XSP1
D D
TW._LOCKED YE
E /1.D7 E
TW._OPEN GY
/1.D7
ALIGNMENT BK
/1.D7
R
H.Grp: Name Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
1 Nyupplägg / New design 021756 CJS 021206 Konstr/Design 6
E³ DRAWING
T=Tillk/Added U=Utgår/Deleted V=Var/Was Godk/Appr LME 021209 Klass/Class Wiring diagram attachment toplift 20-40 A44659.0100 01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Option 30-35' stop
BU CHASSIS
/1.C2
-K8
85 85 86 86
B B
30 87 87
87A
24
18
Jumper between 30 - 87a replaced
by relay at 30-35' stop.
C C
-X100 18 21 24
BK BK 30-35_Stop
/3.D2
-X777-1m -X777-1f
BN 2 2 RD RD 8 +24V_VIA_KNAPP
-B777-1 /1.E2
BK 1 1 -XSP6
D 3 3 BU
30-35 STOP D
BU
E E
GY DAMPING
/1.E2
R
H.Grp: Name Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
1 Nyupplägg / New design 021756 CJS 021206 Konstr/Design 6
E³ DRAWING
T=Tillk/Added U=Utgår/Deleted V=Var/Was Godk/Appr LME 021209 Klass/Class Wiring diagram attachment toplift 20-40 A44659.0100 01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E Schema - Komponentförteckning / E Schematics - List of Components 1
232 S Brytkontakt lampa luftanslutning släp Contact, breaking, warning lamp air
connection
233 S Slutkontakt lampa låsning vändskiva Contact, warning, interlocking of turntable
235 S Slutkontakt sidoskjutning stol Contact, making, side shifting of seat
236 S Slutkontakt vattennivå Contact, water level
239 S Brytkontakt termisk Contact, breaking, thermic
240 S Slutkontakt termisk Contact, making, thermic
241 S Brytkontakt lampa luftmatning släp Contact, breaking, warning lamp air supply to
trailer
242 S Slutkontakt lampa oljetryck v-låda Contact, making, warning lamp, oil pressure
gear box
243 S Brytkontakt tryck kylmedia AC Contact, breaking, coolant pressure (air
condition)
244 S Slutkontakt hydraulik aktiverad Contact, making, hydraulics
245 S Slutkontakt hydraultryck styrning Contact, making, hydraulic pressure control
410 H G-lampa broms ljus vä fram Light bulb, brake light, left-hand forward
417 H G-lampa sidomarkering hö fram Light bulb, side position light, right -hand
forward
417 H G-lampa sidomarkering hö bak Light bulb, side position light, right-hand rear
427 H G-lampa körvisare hö bak Light bulb, direction indicator right-hand rear
453 H G-lampa bromsljus/körvisare höger Light bulb, brake light/dir. indicator right-hand
454 H G-lampa bromsljus blackout vänster Light bulb, brake light blackout left-hand
454 H G-lampa bromsljus blackout höger Light bulb, brake light blackout right-hand
456 E G-lampa backljus blackout IR vänster Light bulb, rear light blackout IR left-hand
456 E G-lampa backljus blackout IR höger Light bulb, rear light blackout IR right-hand
457 H G-lampa positionsljus blackout vänster Light bulb, position light blackout left-hand
458 E G-lampa fram blackout vänster Light bulb, roading light blackout left-hand
458 E G-lampa fram blackout höger Light bulb, roading light blackout right-hand
459 E G-lampa fram blackout IR vänster Light bulb, roading light blackout IR left-hand
459 E G-lampa fram blackout IR höger Light bulb, roading light blackout IR right-
hand
460 E G-lampa arb.belysning hytt blackout IR vä Light bulb, working light cab blackout IR left
460 E G-lampa arb.belysning hytt blackout IR hö Light bulb, working light cab blackout IR right
461 E G-lampa arb.bel. bom 20' blackout IR vä Light bulb, working light boom20' b.out IR left
461 E G-lampa arb.bel. bom 20' blackout IR hö Light bulb, working light boom20' b.out IR
right
462 E G-lampa arb.bel. bom 40' blackout IR vä Light bulb, working light boom40' b.out IR left
462 E G-lampa arb.bel. bom 40' blackout IR hö Light bulb, working light boom40' b.out IR
right
463 H G-lampa bak ljus vänster bak, blackout Light bulb, rear light left-hand rear, blackout
463 H G-lampa bak ljus höger bak, blackout Light bulb, rear light right-hand rear, blackout
555 H Varn lampa temp kylvatten mot Warning lamp, temperature coolant engine
1016
1017 S Strömställare diagnostik öka/minska Switch, diagnostics increase/decrease
1018 S Strömställare diagnostik on/off Switch, diagnostics on/off
1019 S Strömställare rastvärme Switch, paus heat
1020 S Strömställare automatisk släpp/kläm Switch automatic release/clamp funktion
funktion
1021 S Strömställare sax Switch extender
1022 S Strömställare vertikalhållning Switch, vertical position
1023 S Strömställare låsning övre arm Switch, lock upper arm
1024 S Strömställare Korta Armen av/på Switch, Short Arm on/off
1025 S Strömställare pappersfunktioner av/på Switch, paper funktions on/off
1026 S Strömställare omkoppling Switch, switch papper/bale clamp
pappers/klämmagregat
1027 S Strömställare lyfthöjdsförval Switch, lift height selection
1028 S Strömställare lyfthöjdsförval öka Switch, lift height selection increase
1029 S Strömställare lyfthöjdsförval minska Switch, lift height selection decrease
3013 K Relä arb.bel. bom 20' vxl std/blackout Relay,working light boom20' shift std/b.out
3014 K Relä arb.bel. bom 40' vxl std/blackout Relay,working light boom40' shift std/b.out
3015 K Relä vxl bromsljus/blinkers vä Relay, shift brake light/direction indicator left
3306 K Relä VBFS, helljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, main beam
3307 K Relä VBFS, halvljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, dipped beam
3308 K Relä VBFS, bromsljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, brake light
3310 K Relä VBFS, körvisare vä Relay, rotating driver´s seat, direction
indicator left
3311 K Relä VBFS, körvisare hö Relay, rotating driver´s seat, direction
indicator right
3330 K Relä, säkerhetsbälte Relay, seat belt
3331 K Relä VBFS, drivning fram Relay, rotating driver´s seat, forward driving
3404 K Relä VBFS, mastljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, mast light
3412 K Relä bak ljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, rear light
3768 K Relä oljetryck hydraulik Relay, hydraulic pressure
3769 K Relä, blockering av hyttilt Relay, blocking of cab tilt
3770 K Relä anliggning Relay, alignment
3771 K Relä Krok Relay, Hook
3772 K Relä laddsignal (D+) Relay, charge signal (D+)
3773 K Relä 12V för minne radio Relay 12V for radio memory
3774 Relä kylfläkt olja Relay, cooling fan oil
3775
5000 H Kont lampa tryck lyfttång Indicating lamp, pressure lift tong
5001 H Varn lampa, Over Height ben uppe Warn. Lamp, Over Height leg upper pos
6001 Y M-ventil blockering höger Solenoid valve, blocking right
6002 Y M-ventil blockering vänster Solenoid valve, blocking left
6003 Y M-ventil inkoppling av hydraulik till topplyft Solenoid valve, activation of toplift hydraulics
6027 Y M-ventil höger framhjul styrning höger Solenoid valve, right front wheel, steering
right
6028 Y M-ventil vänster framhjul styrning vänster Solenoid valve, left front wheel, steering left
6029 Y M-ventil vänster framhjul styrning höger Solenoid valve, left front wheel, steering right
6030 Y M-ventil höger bakhjul styrning vänster Solenoid valve, right rear wheel, steering left
6033 Y M-ventil vänster bakhjul styrning höger Solenoid valve, left rear wheel, steering right
F Technical data
Technical data
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Data
Power acc. to ISO 3046 (net power) 194 kW at 181 kW at 210 kW at 261 kW at 252 kW at 247 kW at
2200 rpm 2300 rpm 1800 rpm 2000 rpm 1900 rpm 1900 rpm
186 kW at
2000 rpm
3 Driveline/axle AxleTech
4 Brakes
Parking brake Spring brake - Drive wheels
Bulb
Control lights 1.2 W2x4.6d
Volumes
For oil types see Oils and lubricants, recommendation page 9.
Engine oil incl. filter 20 litres 23 litres 35 litres 34 litres 35 litres 35 litres
4 Brakes
– Tank volume, 170 litres
Brake fluid system, volume
7 Load handling
Oil volume, planetary gear, hydraulic 1,6 litres
motor
10 Common hydraulics
Hydraulic oil tank 600 litres
dimensions
H5
H4
H3
H6
H8 H2
a
S L3 L2 L4
L L1
55
A1
DCF500-12
50 100 100
DCF450-12
45
DCF420-12
40
b
DCF370-12 V1 V B
35
DCF330-12
DCF300-12
30
DCF280-12
25
R2
20 R1
010586
15
600 900 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Lifting capacity
Classed (kg) 28000 30000 33000 37000 42000 45000 50000
Dimensions, truck
Truck length without forks
6675 6925 7345 7845 7950 8550
(L [mm])
Dimensions, forks
Width (b [mm]) 300
Weight
Service weight [kg] 40600 49300 51900 54800 61000
recommendation
The service intervals indicated by Kalmar Industries in the mainte-
nance manual only apply if oils are selected according to the table be-
low. The table indicates recommended viscosity for different oil types
and qualities depending on the ambient temperature.
Any deviation from this table must be approved in writing by Kalmar
Industries, and may mean changed service intervals.
Oil type, quality °C -40 -30 -20 -10 0 +10 +20 +30 +40
SAE 75W90
7 Load handling
10 Common hydraulics
ISO VG 46 HV
ISO VG 32
NOTE
The change interval for engine oils is conditional on the sulphur
content in the fuel does not exceed 0.5 %.
Oil filters shall always be changed in connection with oil change.
*) NOTE! API: CH-4 or CI-4 is approved for markets outside of Europe
(instead of ACEA E5).
**) Engine oil that fulfills both VDS-2 and ACEA E5 may be used.
***) Engine oil that fulfills both VDS-2 and ACEA E5 may be used pro-
vided that the oil change interval is reduced to 250 hours.
****) Engine oil that fulfills both VDS-2 and ACEA E5 may be used pro-
vided that the oil change interval is reduced to 400 hours.
*****) The fluid in the brake system must be UTTO (Universal Tractor
Transmission Oil).
VDS = Volvo Drain System.
ACEA = Association des Constructeurs Européenne d’Automobiles.
API = American Petroleum Institute.
Grease
Use a universal grease type EP according to NLGI Grade 2 with 3-5%
molybdenum sulphide content for all grease points except glide plates
where lubrication paste Gleitmo 805 or the equivalent shall be used.
For connectors, use contact grease 923836.0552.
Sealant silicone
Use Loctite 5972 or Loctite 598 (or equivalent). If uncertain, contact
Kalmar Industries.
Tightening torques,
page
–
recommendations
The tightening torques in the following table are recommendations
when tightening bolts and nuts.
When torquing using a machine, for example, bolt runner, the tighten-
ing torque should be reduced by approx. 5%.
For mild surfaces (hardness below 200 HB), washer shall be used un-
der both bolt head and nut. Alternatively, use flange bolt or flange nut.
Tighten to the prescribed torque without stopping.
Recommended tightening torque may vary depending on surface
treatment. Certain combinations of nut and bolt require lubrication ac-
cording to the table below.
State 1 2 3 1 1
Fine M-thread
M81 27 Nm 24 Nm 30 Nm 39 Nm 46 Nm
M101,25 54 Nm 48 Nm 61 Nm 78 Nm 91 Nm
M-thread
M6 11 Nm 9.8 Nm 12.5 Nm 16 Nm 19 Nm
M8 26 Nm 24 Nm 30 Nm 38 Nm 45 Nm
M10 52 Nm 47 Nm 59 Nm 74 Nm 89 Nm
UNC-thread
3/8 44 Nm 39 Nm 50 Nm 62 Nm 73 Nm
couplings
Pipe and hose coupling
mm inch Nm
6 1/4 23-25
8 5/16
33-38
10 3/8
12 1/2 51-57
14 -
15 - 80-90
16 5/8
18 3/4
120-130
20 -
22 7/8
150-170
25 1"
mm inch Nm
28 -
30 - 180-200
32 1"1/4
35 -
200-240
38 1"1/2
mm inch Nm
17 11/16 23-25
22 13/16 33-38
24 15/16 51-57
36 1 3/8 120-130
41 1 5/8 150-170
Flange coupling
42x2 330
48x2 400
system connections
O-rings, radiator hoses
mm inch inch Nm
The above values are to be considered guidelines and may vary de-
pending on installation.
Unit explanations
page
–
Unit Abbreviation
Newton metre Nm
Kilowatt kW
Kilojoule kJ
Calorie ca
Inch in
Feet ft
Yard yd
Mile mile
Centimetre cm
Metre m
Kilometre km
Torque
Power (W = J/s)
Energy (J = Nm)
Horsepower/torque
Temperature
Flow factor
Unit cm m km in ft yd mile
1 mm = 0,1 cm - 1 mm = 0,001 m
Unit g kg t oz lb
Explanations
page
–
Term Description
Accumulator Reservoir that stores (accumulates) pressure for i.e. hydraulic functions.
Anti-corrosion compound Prevents oxidation, in simple terms, rustproofing.
Attachment The part of the machine that grips the load when lifting.
Axle distance Distance between drive axle and steering axle.
Bar Unit for measuring pressure.
Battery disconnect switch Cuts off current from battery.
Buzzer Acoustic alarm to catch the operator’s attention.
Control valve Valves that can be used to control something, e.g. release pressure and thus lower a
boom or a fork. See also control valve.
Daily inspection The actions that should be performed daily to ensure the machine’s functionality.
Decitonne Tenth of a tonne; measure of the machine’s lift capacity.
Display "Window" showing digital information on steering wheel panel in cab.
Drive axle Driving axle that receives the torque from the drivetrain.
Drive line Parts in machine involved in power transmission; engine, torque converter, transmission,
propeller shaft and drive axle with differential and hub reduction.
Dust reservoir The air filter collects the coarsest particles in a dust reservoir, which empties automatically
while driving.
ECC Electric Climate Control. Climate control system with thermostat-controlled cooling, dehu-
midification and heating.
EHC Electric Heat Control. Heater system with thermostat heating control.
Electrolyte level Fluid level in battery cells.
End position As far out or away as the object can be moved, e.g. end position for tilt cylinders.
Environmental waste Used oils, filters, etc., must be handled according to governing national laws and regula-
tions.
Expansion tank Coolant reservoir, with space for the fluid to change volume due to temperature differenc-
es.
Fixed displacement Pump with fixed pump volume.
Fork mounting Mounting for forks, mounted on the lifting carriage.
Forks Lifting device that lifts the loads.
Frame member Structural members in the frame.
Hanging load Raised load.
Hub reduction Type of final drive (often next to drive wheel) that reduces rpm and increases torque from
the drivetrain.
Hydraulic oil Oil for hydraulic system. See specifications in operator’s manual.
Hydraulic oil pump Pump in the hydraulic system.
Hydraulic system System that uses oil pressure to transfer power to different functions.
Term Description
Indicator Mechanical "sensor", for example, shows that a filter is clogged and needs to be changed.
Inverted forks Upside-down forks, for lifting and mounting of top lift.
LC Load centre
Levelling The forks/attachment are/is tilted, for example, if load stands on uneven ground.
Lifting capacity Indicates machine’s maximal lift capacity.
Lifting carriage Lifts the load, located on the mast.
Lifting point Attaching point for lifting device when lifting an object.
Low emission engine Engine with low emissions of hazardous substances. Manufactured in accordance with
regulations.
Machine model Machine type. Indicated as, for example: DCF370-500. See also type designation.
Main fuse Located by battery. Cuts off current to all systems in machine.
Maintenance Periodic maintenance operations so that the machine functions safely and lasts well.
Mast Carrier of lifting carriage, forks, attachment and load.
Operating time Number of hours machine has been in operation, shown on hour meter in cab.
Option Optional equipment for machine.
Pilot oil pressure A low control pressure to, for example, a valve.
Planetary gear Type of gearbox with the gears in constant mesh.
Product alternative One of several alternatives selected for a machine, i.e. engine alternative.
Progressive steering Quick steering wheel movements give greater steering angle.
Proportional valve An electromagnetically controlled valve. If a current is applied, the valve is activated in
proportion to the current’s amplitude. In simple terms, infinitely variable valve, as opposed
to on/off valve. For example, on the transmission valve housing.
Recirculation Circulate over and over again.
Refrigerant Fluid/gas in the climate control system. Must only be handled by authorised trained per-
sonnel.
Securing machine for transport Actions before transporting machine.
Serial number Unique machine designation. On the machine plate.
Service position How machine should be safely positioned before service may be started.
Servo Power amplifier. A small movement by the user generates great displacement, e.g. power
steering.
Servo pressure A low control pressure to control a higher pressure, for example to a valve.
Side shift The forks/attachment are/is moved parallel sideways.
Solenoid valve An electro magnetically controlled valve. See also proportional valve.
Spirit Delta Enclosed type of cab.
Spreading Spreading of the forks (i.e. change the distance between them) / Widening of attachment.
Start-up Start-up procedure for the control system (from de-enerised to energised).
Steering axle Wheel axle with steering.
Tilting The mast is tilted forwards or backwards.
Top lift Attachment. See attachment.
Term Description
Torque converter Hydraulic, stepless clutch.
Transmission oil Oil for gearbox and torque converter. See specifications in operator’s manual.
Twistlocks Four lock pins - one in each corner of the attachment - pushed down in corresponding
holes in the container and twisted to lock the container when lifting.
Type designation Indicates machine type and capacity. See also machine model.
Valve spool Movable part in valve. Determines oil’s path.
Variable displacement. Regulatable volume (capacity) in a pump.
Variable pump Pump with adjustable flow rate.
Wet brakes Brake friction plates in an oil bath.
Working hydraulics All load handling functions, i.e. lift and lower, tilt, side shift, spreading and levelling.
Index
page
–
ATTACH, DCF 90-100 with lifting hook attachment 8 Control system 8.4.9
Cab structure and suspension 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.10
Conditions A Foreword -
Coolant B Safety -
Copyright A Foreword -
Directional valve, reversible operator’s seat 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.3.12
Environment B Safety -
Feedback A Foreword -
Fresh air and recirculation damper 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.4.2
Gear selector and multi-function lever 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.1.1
General A Foreword -
General B Safety -
General B Safety -
Heating, ventilation and air conditioning 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.4
Instrument and control panels 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.11.1
Noise B Safety -
Oils B Safety -
Refrigerant B Safety -
Reversible operator’s seat sensor 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.3.13
Safety and emergency equipment 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.2
Sensor temperature outlet fan 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.4.16
Solvents B Safety -
Storage A Foreword -
Washer motor and reservoir 9 Frame, body, cab and accessories 9.5.4
Vibrations B Safety -